SEC Filing | Charter Communications Inc.

View:

Download DOC

Download PDF

Download XLS

body.htm

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 8-K

Current Report

Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

Date of Report (Date of earliest event reported): November 30, 2009

Charter Communications, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware

(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)

000-27927		43-1857213
(Commission File Number)		(I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)

12405 Powerscourt Drive

St. Louis, Missouri 63131

(Address of principal executive offices including zip code)

(314) 965-0555

(Registrant's telephone number, including area code)

Not Applicable

(Former name or former address, if changed since last report)

Check the appropriate box below if the Form 8-K filing is intended to simultaneously satisfy the filing obligation of the registrant under any of the following provisions:

o	Written communications pursuant to Rule 425 under the Securities Act (17 CFR 230.425)

o	Soliciting material pursuant to Rule 14a-12 under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.14a-12)

o	Pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 14d-2(b) under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.14d-2(b))

o	Pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 13e-4(c) under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.13e-4(c))

EXPLANATORY NOTE

As previously reported, on March 27, 2009 (the “Petition Date”), Charter Communications, Inc. (the “Company” or “CCI”), and certain of its subsidiaries and affiliates (collectively, the “Debtors”) filed voluntary petitions in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York (the “Bankruptcy Court”) seeking relief under the provisions of chapter 11 of Title 11 of the United States Code (the “Bankruptcy Code”). The chapter 11 cases were consolidated for the purpose of joint administration under the caption In re Charter Communications, Inc., et al., Case No. 09-11435 (JMP) (the “Chapter 11 Cases”).

On November 17, 2009 (the “Confirmation Date”), the Bankruptcy Court entered an order (the “Confirmation Order”) confirming the Debtors’ Joint Plan of Reorganization, as amended, pursuant to chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code, which was originally filed with the Bankruptcy Court on the Petition Date and supplemented by the Supplement to Debtors’ Joint Plan of Reorganization pursuant to chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code filed with the Bankruptcy Court on the Petition Date (as so amended and supplemented, the “Plan”).

On November 30, 2009 (the “Effective Date”), the Debtors consummated their reorganization under the Bankruptcy Code and the Plan became effective. The distributions of securities under the Plan of the Debtors described in this Current Report on Form 8-K were made on the Effective Date. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Form 8-K have the meanings set forth in the Plan.

ITEM 1.01 ENTRY INTO A MATERIAL DEFINITIVE AGREEMENT.

Agreements Relating to the Debtors’ Securities

New CCH II Notes

On the Effective Date, CCH II, LLC (“CCH II”) and CCH II Capital Corp. issued $1.77 billion in aggregate principal amount of new 13.5% Senior Notes (the “New CCH II Notes”)) pursuant to the indenture, dated as of the Effective Date, by and among CCH II, CCH II Capital Corp. and the Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company N.A., as trustee (the "Indenture"). The New CCH II Notes will pay interest in cash semi-annually in arrears on February 15 and August 15 of each year commencing on February 15, 2010 at the rate of 13.5% per annum and will be unsecured. The New CCH II Notes will mature on November 30, 2016.

Redemption

At any time prior to the third anniversary of their issuance, CCH II will be permitted to redeem up to 35% of the New CCH II Notes with the proceeds of an equity offering, for cash equal to 113.5% of the then-outstanding principal amount of the New CCH II Notes being redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest.

At or any time prior to the third anniversary of their issuance, CCH II will be permitted to redeem the New CCH II Notes, in whole or in part, at 100 % of the principal amount outstanding plus a “make-whole” premium calculated based on a discount rate of the Treasury rate plus 50 basis points, plus accrued and unpaid interest.

On or after the third anniversary of their issuance, the New CCH II Notes will be subject to redemption by CCH II for cash equal to 106.75% of the principal amount of the New CCH II Notes being redeemed for redemptions made during the fourth year following their issuance, 103.375% for redemptions made during the fifth year following their issuance, 101.6875% for redemptions made during the sixth year following their issuance, and 100.000% for redemptions made thereafter, in each case, together with accrued and unpaid interest.

Change of Control Offer

Upon the occurrence of a change of control, as defined in the Indenture, each holder of New CCH II Notes will have the right to require CCH II to repurchase all or any part of that holder’s New CCH II Notes at a repurchase price equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of the New CCH II Notes repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the date of purchase.

Restrictive Covenants

The Indenture contains restrictions on the ability of CCH II and CCH II’s restricted subsidiaries to, without limitation: (i) incur indebtedness, (ii) create liens, (iii) pay dividends or make distributions in respect of capital stock and other restricted payments, (iv) make investments, (v) sell assets, (vi) create restrictions on the ability of restricted subsidiaries to make certain payments and asset transfers, (vii) enter into sale-leaseback transactions, (viii) enter into transactions with affiliates, (ix) consolidate, merge or sell all or substantially all of their assets or (x) engage in certain types of transactions with respect to indebtedness of parents and subsidiaries. However, such covenants will be subject to a number of important qualifications and exceptions including, without limitation, provisions allowing CCH II and its restricted subsidiaries to incur additional indebtedness as long as CCH II’s leverage ratio is not greater than 5.75 to 1.0. In addition, CCH II will be permitted to incur up to $1 billion of additional indebtedness under one or more credit facilities and will be permitted to incur another $300 million under a “general” exception.

Events of Default

Holders of at least 25% in the aggregate of the New CCH II Notes then outstanding may accelerate the obligations due under the New CCH II Notes upon any of the following circumstances: (i) default for 30 consecutive days in the payment when due of interest on the New CCH II Notes; (ii) default in the payment when due of principal of or premium, if any, on the New CCH II Notes; (iii) the failure to comply with the Indenture’s change of control or merger covenants; (iv) the failure to comply with other covenants for 30 consecutive days after notice is given by holders of at least 25% of the aggregate principal amount of the New CCH II Notes then outstanding; (v) the occurrence of a payment default or acceleration of indebtedness in excess of $100 million under any other debt instrument of CCH II or its restricted subsidiaries; or (vi) failure to pay a judgment in excess of $100 million against CCH II or its restricted subsidiaries which judgment is not paid, discharged or stayed for 60 days. In addition, in case of certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency, or liquidation with respect to CCH II, all outstanding New CCH II Notes will become due and payable immediately without further action or notice.

Amendment, Supplement and Waiver

Without the consent of holders of the New CCH II Notes, CCH II and the trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture or the New CCH II Notes to (i) cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency; (ii) provide for uncertificated New CCH II Notes in addition to or in place of certificated New CCH II Notes; (iii) provide for or confirm the issuance of additional New CCH II Notes or any exchange notes; (iv) provide for the assumption of obligations under the New CCH II Notes in the case of a merger or consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of CCH II and its restricted subsidiaries; (v) make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the holders of New CCH II Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal rights of holders of the New CCH II Notes under the Indenture; (vi) release any subsidiary guarantee in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture; (vii) add a guarantor or a note guarantee; or (viii) comply with requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, or otherwise as necessary to comply with applicable law.

Except as provided in the next paragraph, the Indenture or the New CCH II Notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the New CCH II Notes then outstanding.

Without the consent of each holder of New CCH II Notes affected thereby, an amendment, supplement or waiver may not (with respect to any New CCH II Notes held by such holder): (i) reduce the principal amount of such notes; (ii) change the fixed maturity of such notes or reduce the premium payable upon redemption of such notes; (iii) reduce the rate of or extend the time for payment of interest on such notes; (iv) waive a default or an event of default in the payment of principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on such notes (except a rescission of acceleration of such notes by the holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of such notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration); (v) make such notes payable in money other than that stated in such notes; (vi) make any change in the provisions of the Indenture relating to waivers of past defaults applicable to any notes or the rights of holders thereof to receive payments of principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on such notes; (vii) waive certain redemption payments with respect to such notes; or (viii) make any changes to the provisions of the Indenture relating to amendments and waivers requiring the consent of holders.

The foregoing description of the Indenture does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of such agreement, a copy of which is attached as Exhibit 10.1 to this report and incorporated herein by reference.

Warrant Agreements

As of the Effective Date, the Company issued CIH Warrants (as defined under Item 3.02 hereof) to purchase up to an aggregate of approximately 6.4 million shares of New Class A Stock (as defined under Item 3.02 hereof) to holders of CIH Notes. In connection with the issuance of the CIH Warrants, the Company entered into a warrant agreement, dated as of the Effective Date (the “CIH Warrant Agreement”), with Mellon Investor Services LLC, as warrant agent. Subject to the terms of the CIH Warrant Agreement, the warrant holders are entitled to purchase up to approximately 6.4 million shares of New Class AStock at an initial exercise price of $46.86 per share. The CIH Warrants have a five-year term and will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on November 30, 2014. A holder may exercise CIH Warrants by paying the applicable exercise price in cash or on a cashless basis. The CIH Warrants are freely transferable by the holder thereof.

As of the Effective Date, the Company issued CCH Warrants (as defined under Item 3.02 hereof) to purchase up to an aggregate of approximately 1.3 million shares of New Class A Stock to holders of CCH Notes. In connection with the issuance of the CCH Warrants, the Company entered into a warrant agreement, dated as of the Effective Date (the “CCH Warrant Agreement”), with Mellon Investor Services LLC, as warrant agent. Subject to the terms of the CCH Warrant Agreement, the warrant holders are entitled to purchase up to approximately 1.3 million shares of New Class A Stock at an initial exercise price of $51.28 per share. The CCH Warrants have a five-year term and will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on November 30, 2014. A holder may exercise CCH Warrants by paying the applicable exercise price in cash or on a cashless basis. The CCH Warrants are freely transferable by the holder thereof.

As of the Effective Date, the Company issued CII Warrants (as defined under Item 3.02 hereof) to purchase up to an aggregate of approximately 4.7 million shares of New Class A Stock to Charter Investment, Inc. ("CII"), as designee of Mr. Paul G. Allen (or his designees) as part of the CII Settlement. In connection with the issuance of the CII Warrants, the Company entered into a warrant agreement, dated as of the Effective Date (the “CII Warrant Agreement”), with Mellon Investor Services LLC, as warrant agent. Subject to the terms of the CII Warrant Agreement, the warrant holders are entitled to purchase up to approximately 4.7 million shares of New Class A Stock at an initial exercise price of $19.80 per share. The CII Warrants have a seven-year term and will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on November 30, 2016. A holder may exercise CII Warrants by paying the applicable exercise price in cash or on a cashless basis. The CII Warrants are restricted and not freely transferable by the holder thereof.

The number of shares of New Class A Stock issuable upon exercise of the CIH Warrants, the CCH Warrants and the CII Warrants (together, the “Warrants”) and the exercise prices of the Warrants will be adjusted in connection with any dividend or distribution of New Class A Stock, assets or cash (other than any regular cash dividend declared or paid after the second anniversary of the Effective Date not to exceed in any fiscal year 45% of the consolidated net income of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries for the preceding fiscal year), or any subdivision or combination of the New Class A Stock. Additionally, if any transaction or event occurs in which all or substantially all of the outstanding New Class A Stock is converted into, exchanged for, or the holders thereof are otherwise entitled to receive on account thereof stock, other securities, cash or assets (each, a “Fundamental Change Transaction”) the holder of each Warrant outstanding immediately prior to the occurrence of such Fundamental Change Transaction shall have the right to receive upon exercise of the applicable Warrant the kind and amount of stock, other securities, cash and/or assets that such holder would have received if such Warrant had been exercised.

The foregoing descriptions of the CIH Warrant Agreement, the CCH Warrant Agreement and the CII Warrant Agreement do not purport to be complete and are qualified in their entirety by reference to the full text of such agreements, copies of which are attached as Exhibits 4.1, 4.2 and 4.3 to this report and incorporated herein by reference.

Registration Rights Agreement for Equity

In connection with the purchase of shares of New Class A Stock or shares of New Class A Stock issued or issuable upon (i) the conversion of shares of the New Class B Stock (as defined under Item 3.02 hereof), (ii) the exchange of membership units pursuant to the Holdco Exchange Agreement (as defined below), and (iii) the exercise of the CII Warrants (collectively, the “Registrable Equity Securities”), the Company has entered into a Registration Rights Agreement (the "Equity Registration Rights Agreement") with

certain members of the Crossover Committee, Mr. Allen, and CII (collectively, the “Holders of Equity Rights”). Pursuant to the Equity Registration Rights Agreement, among other things, the Company is required to file a registration statement for a shelf registration on Form S-1 (the “Form S-1 Shelf”) covering the resale of the Registrable Equity Securities on a delayed or continuous basis prior to December 31, 2009 to effect the registration of the resale of the Registrable Equity Securities issued to the Holders of Equity Rights. The Company is required to use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Form S-1 Shelf to become effective by June 30, 2010.

The Company is required use its commercially reasonable efforts to convert the Form S-1 Shelf to a registration statement for a shelf registration on Form S-3 (the “Form S-3 Shelf”, and together with the Form S-1 Shelf, the “Shelf”) as soon as practicable after the Company is eligible to use Form S-3.

The Company is required to notify each holder of Registrable Equity Securities of the effectiveness of each registration statement and prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statements as may be necessary to keep such registration statements effective for a period ending on the date on which all Registrable Equity Securities have been sold under the registration statement or have otherwise ceased to be Registrable Equity Securities.

Upon the Company becoming a well-known seasoned issuer, the Company is required to promptly register the sale of all of the Registrable Equity Securities under an automatic shelf registration statement, and to cause such registration statement to remain effective thereafter until there are no longer Registrable Equity Securities.

In addition, if the Company proposes to register any of its securities, or proposes to offer any of its New Class A Stock under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), the Company is required, subject to certain conditions, to include all Registrable Equity Securities with respect to which the Company has received written requests for inclusion.

The rights of a holder of Registrable Equity Securities may be transferred, assigned or otherwise conveyed on a pro rata basis to any transferee or assignee of such Registrable Equity Securities. The Company will be responsible for expenses relating to the registrations contemplated by the Equity Registration Rights Agreement.

The registration rights granted in the Equity Registration Rights Agreement are subject to customary indemnification and contribution provisions, as well as customary restrictions such as minimums, blackout periods and, if a registration is for an underwritten offering, limitations on the number of shares to be included in the underwritten offering imposed by the managing underwriter. In addition, securities held by holders of less than 1% of the New Class A Stock shall not be entitled to registration rights.

The foregoing description of the Equity Registration Rights Agreement does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of such agreement, a copy of which is attached as Exhibit 10.2 to this report and incorporated herein by reference.

Registration Rights Agreement for Debt

In connection with the issuance of the New CCH II Notes, CCH II, CCH II Capital Corp. (together with CCH II, the “Issuers”), certain holders of the Crossover Committee and CII entered into an Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement (the “Exchange Registration Rights Agreement”). Pursuant to the Exchange Registration Rights Agreement, among other things, the Issuers agreed to use their commercially reasonable efforts to file under the Securities Act, on or prior to January 15, 2010, a registration statement relating to an offer to exchange (such registration statement, the “Exchange Offer Registration Statement”, and such offer, the “Exchange Offer”) all New CCH II Notes that are Definitive Notes (as defined in the Indenture) at the time the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is declared effective by the SEC, for a like aggregate principal amount of New CCH II Notes issued by the Issuers, substantially identical in all material respects to the New CCH II Notes (except that such New CCH II Notes will not contain terms with respect to transfer restrictions) (the “Exchange Notes”), and use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Exchange Offer Registration Statement to be declared effective under the Securities Act as soon as practicable but in no event later than June 30, 2010.

In addition, the Issuers have agreed to use their commercially reasonable efforts to, as soon as practicable after the Effective Date, but in no event later than June 30, 2010, file a shelf registration statement providing for the registration of, and the sale on a continuous or delayed basis by holders of, all the Registrable Securities (as defined

in the Exchange Registration Rights Agreement) held by Restricted Holders (as defined in the Exchange Registration Rights Agreement), and to cause such registration statement to be declared effective by the SEC as soon as practicable but in no event later than ninety (90) days after such obligation to file arises and to keep such registration statement continuously effective for a period ending at such time at there are no longer Registratble Securities outstanding.

In addition, the Issuers agreed that if (i) on or prior to the time the Exchange Offer is completed, (a) existing law or SEC policy or interpretations are changed such that the Exchange Notes received by holders, other than Restricted Holders in the Exchange Offer in exchange for Registrable Securities are not transferable by such holder without restriction under the Securities Act, or (b) the SEC does not permit the Exchange Offer to be consummated because Registrable Securities have been registered on the shelf registration statement, (ii) after completion of the Exchange Offer, one or more Restricted Holders give written notice to the Issuers that they hold Exchange Notes that continue to be Registrable Securities, or (iii) the Exchange Offer has not been completed by April 15, 2010, the Issuers shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to file a shelf registration statement on the appropriate form (or amend the existing shelf registration statement) to register for resale on a delayed or continuous basis any Registrable Securities not already registered for resale as soon as practicable, but in no event more than forty-five (45) days after the occurrence of one of the events set forth in clauses (i), (ii), or (iii) immediately above, and have such registration statement be declared effective as soon as practicable, but in no event more than one-hundred fifty (150) days after the occurrence of such event and keep such registration statement continuously effective for a period ending at such time as there are no longer any Registrable Securities outstanding.

The Exchange Registration Rights Agreement contains registration default provisions. If the Issuers fails to comply with certain obligations under the Registration Rights Agreement, they will be required to pay liquidated damages to the applicable holders of the New CCH II Notes. Subject to certain conditions, as liquidated damages for a registration default the Issuers shall pay special interest, in addition to the base interest, that accrues on the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Transfer Restricted Notes (as defined in the Exchange Registration Rights Agreement) affected by such registration default at a per annum rate of 0.25% for the first ninety (90) days of the registration default period, and at a per annum rate of 0.50% thereafter for the remaining portion of the registration default period.

The Company will be responsible for expenses relating to the registrations contemplated by the Exchange Registration Rights Agreement. The registration rights granted in the Exchange Registration Rights Agreement are subject to customary indemnification and contribution provisions.

The foregoing description of the Exchange Registration Rights Agreement does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of such agreement, a copy of which is attached as Exhibit 10.3 to this report and incorporated herein by reference.

Holdco LLC Agreement

On the Effective Date, the Company, CII and Charter Communications Holding Company, LLC (“Holdco”) entered into an Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Holdco (the “Holdco LLC Agreement”), pursuant to which the Company is the manager of Holdco and has the authority, subject to certain limitations, to manage the business of Holdco, including to appoint directors to Holdco’s board of directors.

The foregoing description of the Holdco LLC Agreement does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of such agreement, a copy of which is attached as Exhibit 10.4 to this report and incorporated herein by reference.

Holdco Exchange Agreement

On the Effective Date, the Company, Holdco, CII and Mr. Allen entered into an exchange agreement (the “Holdco Exchange Agreement”), pursuant to which Mr. Allen and certain persons and entities affiliated with Mr. Allen (together, the “Allen Entities”) have the right and option, at any time and from time to time on or before November 30, 2014, to require the Company to (i) exchange all or any portion of their membership units in Holdco for $1,000 in cash and approximately 1.1 million shares of New Class A Stock in a taxable

transaction, (ii) exchange 100% of the equity in such Allen Entity for $1,000 in cash and approximately 1.1 million shares of New Class A Stock in a taxable transaction, or (iii) permit such Allen Entity to merge with and into the Company, or a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, or undertake tax-free transactions similar to the taxable transactions in clauses (i) and (ii), provided that the exchange rights described in clauses (ii) and (iii) are subject to certain limitations. The number of shares of New Class A Stock that an Allen Entity receives is subject to certain adjustments, including for certain distributions received from Holdco prior to the date the option to exchange is exercised and for certain distributions made by the Company to holders of its New Class A Stock. In addition, no sooner than at least 120 days following the Effective Date, in the event that a transaction that would constitute a Change of Control (as defined in the Lock-Up Agreement) is approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company not affiliated with the person(s) proposing such transactions, the Company will have the right to require the Allen Entities to effect an exchange transaction of the type elected by the Allen Entities from subclauses (i), (ii) or (iii) above, which election is subject to certain limitations.

The foregoing description of the Holdco Exchange Agreement does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of such agreement, a copy of which is attached as Exhibit 10.5 to this report and incorporated herein by reference.

Lock-Up Agreement

On the Effective Date, the Company, CII and Mr. Allen entered into a lock up agreement (the “Lock-Up Agreement”) pursuant to which Mr. Allen and any permitted affiliate of Mr. Allen that will hold shares of New Class B Stock, from and after the Effective Date to but not including the earliest to occur of (i) September 15, 2014, (ii) the repayment, replacement, refinancing or substantial modification, including any waiver, to the change of control provisions of the CCO Credit Facility and (iii) a Change of Control (as defined in the Lock-Up Agreement), Mr. Allen and/or any such permitted affiliate shall not transfer or sell shares of New Class B Stock received by such person under the Plan or convert shares of New Class B Stock received by such person under the Plan into New Class A Stock except to Mr. Allen and/or such permitted affiliates.

The foregoing description of the Lock-Up Agreement does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of such agreement, a copy of which is attached as Exhibit 10.6 to this report and incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 1.02 TERMINATION OF A MATERIAL DEFINITIVE AGREEMENT.

In accordance with the Plan, on the Effective Date all of the obligations of CCI and its subsidiaries with respect to the following indentures were terminated and the respective notes and debentures issued under each such indenture were cancelled:

·	5.875% convertible senior notes due 2009 of the Company;

·	6.50% convertible senior notes due 2027 of the Company;

·	10.000% senior notes due 2009 of Charter Communications Holdings, LLC;

·	10.750% senior notes due 2009 of Charter Communications Holdings, LLC;

·	9.625% senior notes due 2009 of Charter Communications Holdings, LLC;

·	10.250% senior notes due 2010 of Charter Communications Holdings, LLC;

·	11.750% senior discount notes due 2010 of Charter Communications Holdings, LLC;

·	11.125% senior notes due 2011 of Charter Communications Holdings, LLC;

·	13.500% senior discount notes due 2011 of Charter Communications Holdings, LLC;

·	9.920% senior discount notes due 2011 of Charter Communications Holdings, LLC;

·	10.000% senior notes due 2011 of Charter Communications Holdings, LLC;

·	11.750% senior discount notes due 2011 of Charter Communications Holdings, LLC;

·	12.125% senior discount notes due 2012 of Charter Communications Holdings, LLC;

·	11.125% senior notes due 2014 of CCH I Holdings, LLC;

·	13.500% senior discount notes due 2014 of CCH I Holdings, LLC;

·	9.920% senior discount notes due 2014 of CCH I Holdings, LLC;

·	10.000% senior notes due 2014 of CCH I Holdings, LLC;

·	11.750% senior discount notes due 2014 of CCH I Holdings, LLC;

·	12.125% senior discount notes due 2015 of CCH I Holdings, LLC;

·	11.00% senior notes due 2015 of CCH I, LLC;

·	10.250% senior notes due 2010 of CCH II, LLC; and

·	10.250% senior notes due 2013 of CCH II, LLC.

In connection with CCI’s reorganization and emergence from bankruptcy, all shares of common stock of CCI outstanding prior to the Effective Date (the “Old Common Stock”) and all Preferred Share Purchase Rights were cancelled pursuant to the Plan. Accordingly, upon the Effective Date, CCI’s equity incentive plans in effect prior to the Effective Date, and all awards granted under such plans, were terminated. Below is a list of equity incentive plans and other benefit plans that were terminated on the Effective Date:

·	Charter Communications Holdings, LLC 1999 Option Plan; and

·	Charter Communications, Inc. 2001 Stock Incentive Plan.

ITEM 2.03 CREATION OF A DIRECT FINANCIAL OBLIGATION OR AN OBLIGATION UNDER AN OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENT OF A REGISTRANT.

The information set forth under “Item 1.01. Entry Into a Material Definitive Agreement - Agreements Relating to Debtors’ Securities - New CCH II Notes” is incorporated by reference into this Item 2.03.

ITEM 3.02 UNREGISTERED SALES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

On the Effective Date, all existing shares of Old Common Stock were cancelled pursuant to the Plan. In addition, on the Effective Date, CCI issued (i) approximately 21.1 million shares of Class A common stock pro rata to holder of CCH I Notes Claims (the “New Class A Global Stock”); (ii) approximately 86.6 million shares of Class A common stock to creditors that exercised rights received in a rights offering; (iii) approximately 2.1 million shares of Class A common stock to the Excess Backstop Parties for exercising the Overallotment Option (collectively with the common stock issued in (ii) of this paragraph, the “New Class A Certificated Stock”, and together with the New Class A Global Stock, the “New Class A Stock”); (iv) approximately 2.2 million shares of New Class B Stock to CII, which shares represent at least 35% of the voting power of the capital stock of the Company on a fully diluted basis (the “New Class B Stock,” and together with the New Class A Stock, the “New Common Stock”); (v) approximately 5.5 million share of preferred stock having an aggregate liquidation preference of $138 million to holders of CCI Notes (the “Preferred Stock”); (vi) warrants to purchase approximately 4.7 million shares of New Class A Stock to CII with an exercise price based on a total equity value of the Company equal to the Implied Plan Value less the Warrant Value plus the gross proceeds of the Rights Offering, and an expiration date that is seven years from the Effective Date (the “CII Warrants”); (vii) warrants to purchase approximately 6.4 million shares of New Class A Stock to holders of CIH Notes with an exercise price based on a total equity value of the Company of $5.3 billion, and an expiration date that is five years from the Effective Date (the “CIH Warrants”); and (viii) warrants to purchase approximately 1.3 million shares of New Class A Stock to holders of CCH Notes with an exercise price based on a total equity value of the Company of $5.8 billion, and an expiration date that is five years from the Effective Date (the “CCH Warrants”). Based on the Plan and Confirmation Order from the Bankruptcy Court, the issuance of shares of New Class A Global Stock, the Preferred Stock, the CIH Warrant (including shares of common stock issuable upon exercise thereof) and the CCH Warrants (including shares of common stock issued upon exercise thereof) described in the preceding sentence are exempt from registration requirements of the Securities Act, in reliance on Section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code; shares of New Class B Stock, New Class A Certificated Stock and CII Warrants described in the preceding sentence are exempt from registration requirements of the Act in reliance on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.

ITEM 3.03 MATERIAL MODIFICATION TO RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS.

The information set forth under “Item 5.03. Amendments to Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws, Change in Fiscal Year” is incorporated by reference into this Item 3.03.

ITEM 5.02 DEPARTURE OF DIRECTORS; CERTAIN OFFICERS; ELECTION OF DIRECTORS; APPOINTMENT OF CERTAIN OFFICERS; COMPENSATORY ARRANGEMENTS OF CERTAIN OFFICERS.

Departure of Directors

On the Effective Date, the following directors have departed the Company’s board of directors in connection with the Company’s emergence from chapter 11 proceedings and pursuant to the Plan: Paul G. Allen; Rajive Johri; Robert P. May; David C. Merritt; Jo Lynn Allen; John H. Tory; and Larry W. Wangberg.

Election of Directors

On the Effective Date, pursuant to the Plan, the Company’s board of directors was reconstituted to consist of (i) Eric L. Zinterhofer (who will serve as Chairman), (ii) Neil Smit (the current Chief Executive Officer of the Company), (iii) W. Lance Conn, (iv) Darren Glatt, (v) Bruce A. Karsh, (vi) John D. Markley, Jr., (vii) Bill McGrath, and (viii) Christopher M. Temple.

The Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides that the Company’s board of directors will be fixed at 11 members. Pursuant to the Plan, each holder of 10% of more of the voting power of the Company on the Effective Date (a “10% Holder”) has the right to appoint one member of the Company’s initial board of directors on the Effective Date. As a result, on December 2, 2009, Franklin Advisors, Inc. (“Franklin”), a 10% Holder, appointed Robert Cohn to the Company’s board of directors effective December 1, 2009. A press release announcing Mr. Cohn’s election is attached as Exhibit 99.2. Mr. Cohn has not been elected to any committees of the Company’s board of directors at this time.

The final two members of the board of directors are to be elected by a majority vote of the nine current board members after the appointment of the Franklin appointee.

Amendments to Employment Agreements

Pursuant to the Plan, on the Effective Date, certain officers entered into amendments to their employment agreements, including the following named executive officers: Neil Smit, Eloise Schmitz, M. Fawaz and Grier Raclin.

Mr. Smit’s amendment provides that (i) the Company waives the clawback provision of the retention bonus provision in his employment agreement, and (ii) Mr. Smit shall not be entitled to an Annual Long-Term Incentive Grant for 2009 due to his receiving the full $6,000,000 award made to him under the Restructuring Value Program pursuant to the Company’s Value Creation Plan adopted by the Company on March 12, 2009 pursuant to the Plan (the “VCP”). Mr. Smit’s amendment to his employment agreement is filed herewith as Exhibit 10.7.

The amendments to the employment agreements of Ms. Schmitz and Messrs. Fawaz and Raclin (a) conform the definition of “Change of Control” to the VCP; (b) provide that “Good Reason” shall not exist under their respective employment agreement by virtue of the filing of the Chapter 11 cases and implementation of the Plan; and (c) include an acknowledgement that, contingent upon the VCP becoming effective as set forth in the Plan, no long-term incentive award shall be granted to them in 2009.

The foregoing description of the amendments to the employment agreements of Ms. Schmitz and Messrs. Fawaz and Raclin does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of such agreements, copies of which are attached as Exhibits 10.8, 10.9 and 10.10 to this report and incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 5.03. AMENDMENTS TO ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION OR BYLAWS; CHANGE IN FISCAL YEAR.

In accordance with the Plan, the Company’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws were amended and restated in their entirety. Each of the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “Amended Certificate of Incorporation”) and Amended and Restated By-Laws (the “Amended By-Laws”) became effective on the Effective Date. A description of the key provisions of the Amended Certificate of Incorporation and the Amended By-Laws is included in the Company’s registration statement on Form S-8 under “Item 4 - Description of Securities” filed with the SEC on November 25, 2009, which description is incorporated herein by reference. This description is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of these documents, which are attached as Exhibit 3.1 and 3.2 to this report and incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 8.01. OTHER EVENTS.

On November 30, 2009, the Company announced that it had consummated the Plan. A copy of the press release announcing the effectiveness of the Plan and the Company’s emergence from chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code is attached hereto as Exhibit 99.1 and is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 9.01 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND EXHIBITS.

(d) Exhibits

Exhibit No.		Description
3.1		Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Charter Communications, Inc.*
3.2		Amended and Restated By-Laws of Charter Communications, Inc.*
4.1		Warrant Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2009, by and between Charter Communications, Inc. and Mellon Investor Services LLC*
4.2		Warrant Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2009, by and between Charter Communications, Inc. and Mellon Investor Services LLC*
4.3		Warrant Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2009, by and between Charter Communications, Inc. and Mellon Investor Services LLC*
10.1		Indenture, dated as of November 30, 2009, by and among CCH II, LLC, CCH II Capital Corp. and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, NA*
10.2		Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2009, by and among Charter Communications, Inc. and certain investors listed therein.*
10.3		Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2009, by and among CCH II, LLC, CCH II Capital Corp and certain investors listed therein.*
10.4		Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2009, among Charter Communications, Inc, Charter Investment, Inc. and Charter Communications Holding Company, LLC*
10.5		Exchange Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2009, among Charter Communications, Inc., Charter Investment, Inc., Paul G. Allen and Charter Communications Holding Company, LLC*
10.6		Lock-Up Agreement, dated as November 30, 2009, among Charter Communications, Inc, Paul G. Allen and Charter Investment, Inc.*
10.7		Amendment to Employment Agreement of Neil Smit, dated November 30, 2009*
10.8		Amendment to Employment Agreement of Eloise Schmitz, dated November 30, 2009*
10.9		Amendment to Employment Agreement of Marwan Fawaz, dated November 30, 2009*
10.10		Amendment to Employment Agreement of Grier Raclin, dated November 30, 2009*
99.1		Press release, dated November 30, 2009*
99.2		Press release, dated December 2, 2009*

______________

* filed herewith

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, Charter Communications, Inc. has duly caused this Current Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned hereunto duly authorized.

CHARTER COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

Registrant

Dated: December 4, 2009

By:/s/ Eloise E. Schmitz

Name: Eloise E. Schmitz

Title: Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit No.		Description
3.1		Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Charter Communications, Inc.*
3.2		Amended and Restated By-Laws of Charter Communications, Inc.*
4.1		Warrant Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2009, by and between Charter Communications, Inc. and Mellon Investor Services LLC*
4.2		Warrant Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2009, by and between Charter Communications, Inc. and Mellon Investor Services LLC*
4.3		Warrant Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2009, by and between Charter Communications, Inc. and Mellon Investor Services LLC*
10.1		Indenture, dated as of November 30, 2009, by and among CCH II, LLC, CCH II Capital Corp. and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, NA*
10.2		Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2009, by and among Charter Communications, Inc. and certain investors listed therein.*
10.3		Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2009, by and among CCH II, LLC, CCH II Capital Corp and certain investors listed therein.*
10.4		Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2009, among Charter Communications, Inc, Charter Investment, Inc. and Charter Communications Holding Company, LLC*
10.5		Exchange Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2009, among Charter Communications, Inc., Charter Investment, Inc., Paul G. Allen and Charter Communications Holding Company, LLC*
10.6		Lock-Up Agreement, dated as November 30, 2009, among Charter Communications, Inc, Paul G. Allen and Charter Investment, Inc.*
10.7		Amendment to Employment Agreement of Neil Smit, dated November 30, 2009*
10.8		Amendment to Employment Agreement of Eloise Schmitz, dated November 30, 2009*
10.9		Amendment to Employment Agreement of Marwan Fawaz, dated November 30, 2009*
10.10		Amendment to Employment Agreement of Grier Raclin, dated November 30, 2009*
99.1		Press release, dated November 30, 2009*
99.2		Press release, dated December 2, 2009*

______________

* filed herewith

exhibit3_1.htm

Exhibit 3.1

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

CHARTER COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

The undersigned, Richard R. Dykhouse, certifies that he is the Vice President, Associate General Counsel and Corporate Secretary of Charter Communications, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the "Corporation"), and does hereby further certify as follows:

(1) The name of the Corporation is Charter Communications, Inc. The original Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on July 22, 1999.

(2) The Corporation, Charter Investment, Inc. and certain of the Corporation’s direct and indirect subsidiaries filed a joint plan of reorganization (the "Joint Plan") which, pursuant to chapter 11 of title 11 of the United States Code (the "Bankruptcy Code"), was confirmed by an order, entered November 17, 2009, of the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York, a court having jurisdiction of a proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code, and that such order provides for the making and filing of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

(3) This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation amends and, as amended, restates in its entirety the Certificate of Incorporation and has been duly made, executed and acknowledged by the officers of the Corporation in accordance with Sections 242, 245 and 303 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

(4) The text of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

FIRST: NAME

The name of the corporation is Charter Communications, Inc. (the "Corporation").

SECOND: REGISTERED OFFICE

The registered office of the Corporation is located at 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, City of Wilmington, New Castle County, State of Delaware. The name of its registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company.

THIRD: PURPOSE

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as set forth in Title 8 of the Delaware Code (the "GCL").

FOURTH: CAPITAL STOCK

(a) AUTHORIZED CAPITAL STOCK.

(i) The total number of shares of stock that the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 1,175,000,000 shares, consisting of: (1) 900,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock, par value $.001 per share ("Class A Common Stock"); (2) 25,000,000 shares of Class B Common Stock, par value $.001 per share ("Class B Common Stock"); and (3) 250,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, par value $.001 per share ("Preferred Stock"), issuable in one or more series as hereinafter provided, of which 5,520,001 shares of Preferred Stock will be 15% Series A Pay-In-Kind Preferred Stock on the terms set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto, which is incorporated herein by reference. Except as otherwise provided in this Certificate of Incorporation, Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock shall be identical in all respects and shall have equal rights and privileges. Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock are herein sometimes collectively or individually referred to as the "Common Stock."

(ii) The number of authorized shares of Class A Common Stock or Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but the number of authorized shares of Class A Common Stock may not be decreased below (1) the number of shares thereof then outstanding plus (2) the number of shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the conversion of Class B Common Stock and the exercise of outstanding options, warrants, exchange rights, conversion rights or similar rights for Class A Common Stock plus (3) the number of shares of Class A Common Stock issuable by the Corporation upon the exchange of Membership Units pursuant to that certain Exchange Agreement, dated as of the effective date of the Joint Plan (as amended from time to time, the "Exchange Agreement"), entered into by and among the Corporation, Charter Communications Holding Company, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company ("Holdco"), Paul G. Allen ("Mr. Allen") and one or more entities controlled by Mr. Allen, and the number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock may not be decreased below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the Common Stock together with any other class of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the GCL or any corresponding provision hereinafter enacted. "Membership Units" shall mean limited liability company interests in Holdco or any successor entity thereto, issued under a Limited Liability Company Agreement as amended from time to time.

(iii) The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Class A Common Stock, solely for the purposes of issuance upon conversion of the outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock and upon exchange of Membership Units pursuant to the Exchange Agreement, such number of shares of Class A

Common Stock that shall be issuable (1) upon the conversion of all such outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock and (2) upon the exchange of Membership Units pursuant to the Exchange Agreement; provided, however, that nothing contained herein shall be construed to preclude the Corporation from satisfying its obligations in respect of the conversion of the outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock and/or the exchange of Membership Units pursuant to the Exchange Agreement by delivery of shares of Class A Common Stock which are held in the treasury of the Corporation. All shares of Class A Common Stock issued upon conversion of shares of Class B Common Stock and/or exchange of Membership Units pursuant to the Exchange Agreement shall, upon issue, be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

(iv) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Certificate of Incorporation, the Corporation shall not issue nonvoting equity securities to the extent prohibited by Section 1123(a)(6) of the Bankruptcy Code (11 U.S.C. § 1123(a)(6)). The prohibition on the issuance of nonvoting equity securities is included in this Certificate of Incorporation in compliance with Section 1123(a)(6) of the Bankruptcy Code (11 U.S.C. § 1123(a)(6)).

(b) COMMON STOCK VOTING RIGHTS AND DIRECTORS; DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS; SPLITS; OPTIONS; MERGERS; LIQUIDATION; PREEMPTIVE RIGHTS; CONVERSION.

(i) Common Stock Voting Rights and Directors.

(A) The holders of shares of Common Stock shall have the following voting rights and powers:

(1) Each holder of Class A Common Stock shall be entitled, with respect to each share of Class A Common Stock held by such holder on the applicable record date, to one (1) vote in person or by proxy on all matters submitted to a vote of the holders of Class A Common Stock, whether voting separately as a class or otherwise; provided, however, that the votes attributable to each share of Class A Common Stock held by any holder (other than an Authorized Class B Holder, as defined in Clause (b)(viii)(B) of this Article FOURTH) shall be automatically reduced pro rata amongst all shares of Class A Common Stock held by such holder and (if applicable) shares of Class A Common Stock held by any other holder (other than an Authorized Class B Holder) included in any "person" or "group" (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) with such holder, so that no "person" or "group" (other than an Authorized Class B Holder) is or becomes the holder or “beneficial owner” (as such term is used in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular “person” (as such term is used in Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act) such “person” shall be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such “person” has the right to acquire, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only upon the occurrence of a subsequent condition), directly or indirectly, of more than 34.9% of the combined voting power of the capital stock of the Corporation; provided, further that (i) a majority of the Disinterested Board Members shall have the authority (x) to determine the application of the immediately preceding proviso and make

any necessary adjustments to the number of votes attributable to each share of Class A Common Stock pursuant to such proviso, which determination and/or adjustment if made in good faith shall be conclusive and binding on the Corporation and its stockholders, and (y) to waive such proviso with respect to any "person" or "group" (a "Relevant Interested Stockholder") and (ii) in no event shall such proviso continue to be applicable from and after September 15, 2014; provided, further that for purposes of clause (i)(y) of the immediately preceding proviso, reference to an "Interested Stockholder" in the definition of Disinterested Board Members shall instead be deemed to refer to the "Relevant Interested Stockholder" to whom such waiver would apply. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing herein shall reduce the voting rights attributable to any shares of capital stock held from time to time by any Authorized Class B Holder.

(2) Each holder of Class B Common Stock shall be entitled, with respect to each share of Class B Common Stock held by such holder on the applicable record date, to a number of votes per share in person or by proxy on all matters submitted to a vote of the holders of Class B Common Stock, whether voting separately as a class or otherwise, such that shares of Class B Common Stock, in the aggregate, constitute at all times during which shares of Class B Common Stock are outstanding 35% (determined on a fully diluted basis) of the combined voting power of the capital stock of the Corporation. For purposes of this clause (2), any determination “on a fully diluted basis” shall be determined in the same manner as under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of March 18, 1999, as amended and restated on March 6, 2007, among Charter Communications Operating, LLC, CCO Holdings, LLC, the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties thereto, J.P. Morgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, J.P. Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. and Bank of America, N.A., as syndication agents, Citicorp North America, Inc., Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., General Electric Capital Corporation and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, as revolving facility co-documentation agents, and Citicorp North America, Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, General Electric Capital Corporation and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., as term facility co-documentation agents, as the same may be amended, supplemented or modified from time to time.

(B) The number of directors which shall constitute the whole Board of Directors shall be fixed by, or in the manner provided in, the Bylaws of the Corporation.

(1) In all elections of directors, the holders of Class B Common Stock voting together as a separate class shall be entitled to elect thirty-five percent (35%) of the members of the Board of Directors (rounded up to the next whole number).

(2) The holders of Class A Common Stock voting together as a separate class (or if any holders of shares of Preferred Stock are entitled to vote thereon together with the holders of Class A Common Stock, as one class with such holders of shares of Preferred Stock), shall be entitled to elect each other member of the Board of Directors not elected by holders of Class B Common Stock pursuant to Clause (b)(i)(B)(1) of this Article FOURTH (and except for any member of the Board of Directors elected separately by the holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock);

provided, however, that at such time as all outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock have been converted into shares of Class A Common Stock in accordance with Clause (b)(viii) of this Article FOURTH, the holders of Class A Common Stock (or if any holders of shares of Preferred Stock are entitled to vote thereon together with the holders of Class A Common Stock, as one class with such holders of shares of Preferred Stock) shall be entitled to elect all members of the Board of Directors (other than any member of the Board of Directors elected separately by the holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock).

(3) Any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, removal or other cause of a member of the Board of Directors elected by the holders of Class A Common Stock voting separately as a class (or if any holders of Preferred Stock are entitled to vote thereon together with the holders of Class A Common Stock, as one class with such holders of Preferred Stock) or, if prior to the Company’s first annual meeting of stockholders after the Effective Date, appointed by a holder of Class A Common Stock pursuant to the Joint Plan, shall be filled by majority vote of the remaining director or directors so elected or so appointed by the holders of Class A Common Stock, even if less than a quorum, or if there are no such directors or such directors fail to fill such vacancies within thirty (30) days, by the vote of the holders of Class A Common Stock, voting separately as a class (or if any holders of Preferred Stock are entitled to vote thereon together with the holders of Class A Common Stock, as one class with such holders of Preferred Stock). Any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, removal or other cause of a member of the Board of Directors elected by the holders of Class B Common Stock voting separately as a class or, if prior to the Company’s first annual meeting of stockholders after the Effective Date, appointed by the holders of Class B Common Stock pursuant to the Joint Plan, shall be filled by majority vote of the remaining director or directors so elected or so appointed by the holders of Class B Common Stock, even if less than a quorum, or if there are no such directors or such directors fail to fill such vacancies within thirty (30) days, by the vote of the holders of Class B Common Stock voting separately as a class; provided, however, that at such time as all outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock have been converted into shares of Class A Common Stock in accordance with Clause (b)(viii) of this Article FOURTH, any such vacancies shall be filled by majority vote of the remaining directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, or if there are no such directors or such directors fail to fill such vacancies within thirty (30) days, by the holders of Class A Common Stock (or if any holders of shares of Preferred Stock are entitled to vote thereon together with the holders of Class A Common Stock, together as one class with such holders of Preferred Stock). The foregoing provisions of this Clause (b)(i)(B)(3) of this Article FOURTH shall not apply to any members of the Board of Directors elected by one or more series of Preferred Stock voting as a separate class.

(4) If the number of directors to be appointed to the initial Board of Directors pursuant to Article VI.N. of the Joint Plan yields less than eleven (11) individuals, the remaining directors on the initial Board of Directors (the “Gap Directors”) shall be filled on or after the 31st day after the Effective Date by majority

vote of the entire Board of Directors. If, prior to the Company’s first annual meeting of stockholders after the Effective Date, there are any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, removal or other cause of a Gap Director, such vacancies shall be filled by majority vote of the remaining members of the entire Board of Directors.

(C) Except as otherwise required by applicable law, and Clauses (b)(i)(A) and (b)(i)(E) of this Article FOURTH notwithstanding, the Corporation shall not, without the prior affirmative vote of holders of at least a majority of the voting power of the outstanding Class B Common Stock voting as a separate class, amend, modify or repeal, or agree to amend, modify or repeal, in each case including by merger, consolidation or otherwise, Clauses (a)(i), (a)(ii), (a)(iii), (b)(i)(A), (b)(i)(B)(1), (b)(i)(B)(3), this (b)(i)(C), (b)(i)(D), (b)(ii), (b)(iii), (b)(v), (b)(vi) or (b)(viii) of this Article FOURTH, Clause (a) or (b) of Article FIFTH, Article SIXTH, Article EIGHTH, Article NINTH or Article TENTH.

(D) Except as otherwise required by applicable law, and Clauses (b)(i)(A) and (b)(i)(E) of this Article FOURTH notwithstanding, the Corporation shall not, without the prior affirmative vote of holders of at least a majority of the voting power of the outstanding Class A Common Stock voting as a separate class, amend, modify or repeal, or agree to amend, modify or repeal, in each case including by merger, consolidation or otherwise, Clauses (a)(i), (a)(ii), (b)(i)(A), (b)(i)(B), (b)(i)(C), this (b)(i)(D), (b)(ii), (b)(iii), (b)(v), (b)(vi) or (b)(viii) of this Article FOURTH, Clause (a) or (c) of Article FIFTH, Article SIXTH, Article EIGHTH, Article NINTH or Article TENTH.

(E) Except as otherwise provided in this Certificate of Incorporation (including without limitation Clauses (b)(i)(B), (b)(i)(C) and (b)(i)(D) of this Article FOURTH, Article FIFTH and Article EIGHTH of this Certificate of Incorporation) or required by applicable law, the holders of shares of Common Stock shall vote together as one class on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders of the Corporation (or if any holders of shares of any series of Preferred Stock are entitled to vote together with the holders of Common Stock, as one class with such holders of such series of Preferred Stock).

(ii) Dividends and Distributions.

(A) Subject to the preferences applicable to any series of Preferred Stock outstanding at any time, the holders of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive such dividends and other distributions in cash, property or shares of stock of the Corporation as may be declared thereon by the Board of Directors from time to time out of assets or funds of the Corporation legally available therefor; provided, however, that, subject to the provisions of this Clause (b)(ii) of this Article FOURTH, the Corporation shall not pay dividends or make distributions to any holders of any class of Common Stock unless simultaneously with such dividend or distribution, as the case may be, the Corporation makes the same dividend or distribution with respect to each outstanding share of Common Stock regardless of class.

(B) In the case of dividends or other distributions on Common Stock payable in Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, including without limitation

distributions pursuant to stock splits or divisions of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, only shares of Class A Common Stock shall be distributed with respect to Class A Common Stock and only shares of Class B Common Stock shall be distributed with respect to Class B Common Stock. In the case of any such dividend or distribution payable in shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, each class of Common Stock shall receive a dividend or distribution in shares of its class of Common Stock and the number of shares of each class of Common Stock payable per share of such class of Common Stock shall be equal in number.

(iii) Stock Splits.

The Corporation shall not in any manner subdivide (by any stock split, stock dividend, reclassification, recapitalization or otherwise) or combine (by reverse stock split, reclassification, recapitalization or otherwise) the outstanding shares of one class of Common Stock unless the outstanding shares of all classes of Common Stock shall be proportionately subdivided or combined.

(iv) Options, Rights or Warrants.

The Corporation shall have the power to create and issue, whether or not in connection with the issue and sale of any shares of stock or other securities of the Corporation, options, exchange rights, warrants, convertible rights, and similar rights permitting the holders thereof to purchase from the Corporation any shares of its capital stock of any class or classes at the time authorized, such options, exchange rights, warrants, convertible rights and similar rights to have such terms and conditions, and to be evidenced by or in such instrument or instruments, consistent with the terms and provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation and as shall be approved by the Board of Directors.

(v) Mergers, Consolidation, Etc.

In the event that the Corporation shall enter into any consolidation, merger, combination or other transaction (in each case other than incident to an exchange of Membership Units, Common Stock and/or other securities for Common Stock pursuant to the Exchange Agreement) in which shares of Common Stock are exchanged for or converted into other stock or securities, cash and/or any other property, then, and in such event, the shares of each class of Common Stock shall be exchanged for or converted into the same kind and amount of stock, securities, cash and/or any other property, as the case may be, into which or for which each share of any other class of Common Stock is exchanged or converted; provided, however, that if shares of Common Stock are exchanged for or converted into shares of capital stock, such shares received upon such exchange or conversion may differ, but only in a manner substantially similar to the manner in which Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock differ, and, in any event, and without limitation, the conversion rights and obligations of the holders of Class B Common Stock and the other relative rights and treatment accorded to the Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock in this Clause (b) of this Article FOURTH shall be preserved. To the fullest extent permitted by law, any construction, calculation or interpretation made by the Board of Directors in determining the application of the provisions of this Clause (b)(v) of this

Article FOURTH in good faith shall be conclusive and binding on the Corporation and its stockholders.

(vi) Liquidation Rights.

In the event of any dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the affairs of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, after payment or provision for payment of the debts and other liabilities of the Corporation and after making provision for the holders of any series of Preferred Stock entitled thereto, the remaining assets and funds of the Corporation, if any, shall be divided among and paid ratably to the holders of the shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock treated as a single class.

(vii) No Preemptive Rights.

The holders of shares of Common Stock are not entitled to any preemptive right to subscribe for, purchase or receive any part of any new or additional issue of stock of any class, whether now or hereafter authorized, or of bonds, debentures or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for stock.

(viii) Conversion of Class B Common Stock.

(A) Subject to the Lock-Up Agreement, each holder of a share of Class B Common Stock shall have the right to convert such share into one (1) fully paid and non-assessable share of Class A Common Stock, at any time and from time to time.

(B) Shares of Class B Common Stock shall at all times be held only by Authorized Class B Holders (as hereinafter defined). In that regard, each share of Class B Common Stock Transferred (as hereinafter defined) to one or more persons or entities other than Authorized Class B Holders shall automatically convert into one (1) fully paid and non-assessable share of Class A Common Stock upon such Transfer. "Authorized Class B Holders" shall mean any of (1) Mr. Allen, (2) his estate, spouse, immediate family members and heirs and (3) any trust, corporation, partnership or other entity, the beneficiaries, stockholders, partners or other owners of which consist exclusively of Mr. Allen or such other persons or entities referred to in clause (2) above or a combination thereof. "Transfer" shall mean any sale, assignment, gift, pledge, hypothecation, mortgage, exchange or other disposition.

(C) At any time on or after January 1, 2011 and until September 15, 2014, a majority of the Disinterested Board Members (as hereinafter defined) shall have the right to cause each share of Class B Common Stock held by such holder to automatically convert into one (1) fully paid and non-assessable share of Class A Common Stock. At any time on or after September 15, 2014, a majority of the members of the Board of Directors (excluding members of the Board of Directors elected by the holders of Class B Common Stock pursuant to Clause (b)(i)(B)(1) of this Article FOURTH) shall have the right to cause each share of Class B Common Stock held by such holder to automatically convert into one (1) fully paid and non-assessable share of Class A Common Stock. "Disinterested Board Members" shall mean only those members of the Board of Directors that would qualify as "Independent directors" within

the meaning of NASDAQ Marketplace Rule 4200(a)(15) (or any successor provision), whether or not applicable, including the requirements in clauses (C) through (G) thereof (or any successor provisions), with respect to the Company and each Interested Stockholder and each Affiliate and each Associate of each Interested Stockholder; provided, that in no event shall a Disinterested Board Member include any member (1) elected by the holders of Class B Common Stock pursuant to Clause (b)(i)(B)(1) of this Article FOURTH or (2) who is an Interested Stockholder or an Affiliate or Associate of an Interested Stockholder (as such terms are defined in Clause (b) of Article EIGHTH).

(D) As promptly as practicable following the surrender by a holder of a certificate representing shares of Class B Common Stock to be converted pursuant to Clause (b)(viii)(A) of this Article FOURTH or a certificate formerly representing shares of Class B Common Stock that have been converted pursuant to Clause (b)(viii)(B) or (C) of this Article FOURTH, and the payment in cash of any amount required by the provisions of Clause (b)(viii)(G) of this Article FOURTH, the Corporation shall deliver or cause to be delivered at the office of the transfer agent a certificate or certificates representing the number of shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon such conversion, issued in such name or names as such holder may direct. Such conversion shall be deemed to have been effected (1) immediately prior to the close of business of the Corporation on the date of the surrender of the certificate or certificates representing shares of Class B Common Stock in the case of a conversion under Clause (b)(viii)(A) of this Article FOURTH, (2) immediately prior to the close of business of the Corporation on the date of Transfer in the case of an automatic conversion under Clause (b)(viii)(B) of this Article FOURTH and (3) immediately prior to the close of business of the Corporation on the date of the determination by the Board of Directors in the case of conversion under Clause (b)(viii)(C) of this Article FOURTH. At the close of business of the Corporation on the date any such conversion is made or deemed to be effected, except as otherwise provided herein all rights of the holder of such shares of Class B Common Stock as a holder thereof shall cease, and the person or persons in whose name or names the certificate or certificates representing the shares of Class A Common Stock are to be issued shall be treated for all purposes as having become the record holder or holders of such shares of Class A Common Stock as of such date; provided, however, that if any such conversion is made or deemed to be effected on any date when the stock transfer books of the Corporation shall be closed, the person or persons in whose name or names the certificate or certificates representing shares of Class A Common Stock are to be issued shall be deemed the record holder or holders thereof for all purposes upon the opening of business of the Corporation on the next succeeding day on which the stock transfer books are open.

(E) In the event of a recapitalization, reorganization, reclassification or other event as a result of which the shares of Class A Common Stock are exchanged for or converted into other stock or securities, cash and/or any other property, then a holder of Class B Common Stock shall be entitled to receive upon conversion the same kind and amount of such stock, security, cash and/or other property that such holder would have received if such conversion had occurred immediately prior to the record date or effective date of such event.

(F) No adjustments in respect of dividends (other than dividends paid in stock or securities of the Corporation) shall be made upon the conversion of any shares of

Class B Common Stock except as otherwise provided herein; provided, however, that if a share of Class B Common Stock shall be converted subsequent to the record date for the payment of a dividend or other distribution on shares of Class B Common Stock but prior to such payment, then the registered holder of such share at the close of business on such record date shall be entitled to receive the dividend or other distribution payable on such shares on such date notwithstanding the conversion thereof or the default in payment of the dividend or distribution due on such date.

(G) The issuance of certificates for shares of Class A Common Stock upon conversion of Class B Common Stock and/or exchange of Membership Units pursuant to the Exchange Agreement shall be made without charge to the holders of such shares for any transfer or other similar tax in respect of such issuance; provided, however, that if any such certificate is to be issued in a name other than that of the holder of the share or shares of Class B Common Stock converted and/or Membership Units exchanged, then the person or persons requesting the issuance thereof shall pay to the Corporation the amount of any tax that may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in such issuance or shall establish to the satisfaction of the Corporation that such tax has been paid or is not payable.

(H) Shares of Class B Common Stock that are converted into shares of Class A Common Stock as provided herein shall be retired and not available for reissue by the Corporation.

The Board of Directors is hereby expressly granted authority from time to time to issue Preferred Stock in one or more series and with respect to any such series, subject to the terms and conditions of this Certificate of Incorporation, to fix by resolution or resolutions the numbers of shares, designations, powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of such series and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, including but without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the following:

(i) entitling the holders thereof to cumulative, non-cumulative or partially cumulative dividends, or to no dividends;

(ii) entitling the holders thereof to receive dividends payable on a parity with, junior to, or in preference to, the dividends payable on any other class or series of capital stock of the Corporation;

(iii) entitling the holders thereof to rights upon the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of, or upon any other distribution of the assets of, the Corporation, on a parity with, junior to or in preference to, the rights of any other class or series of capital stock of the Corporation;

(iv) providing for the conversion or exchange, at the option of the holder or of the Corporation or both, or upon the happening of a specified event, of the shares of Preferred Stock into shares of any other class or classes or series of capital stock of the Corporation or of

any series of the same or any other class or classes, including provision for adjustment of the conversion or exchange rate in such events as the Board of Directors shall determine, or providing for no conversion;

(v) providing for the redemption, in whole or in part, of the shares of Preferred Stock at the option of the Corporation or the holder thereof, or upon the happening of a specified event, in cash, bonds or other property, at such price or prices (which amount may vary under different conditions and at different redemption dates), within such period or periods, and under such conditions as the Board of Directors shall so provide, including provisions for the creation of a sinking fund for the redemption thereof, or providing for no redemption;

(vi) providing for voting rights or having limited voting rights or enjoying general, special or multiple voting rights; and

(vii) specifying the number of shares constituting that series and the distinctive designation of that series.

FIFTH: REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

(a) REMOVAL FOR CAUSE.

Any director may be removed from office for cause by the affirmative vote of a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock (and any series of Preferred Stock then entitled to vote at an election of directors), voting together as one class.

(b) CLASS B COMMON REMOVAL WITHOUT CAUSE.

Any director elected by the vote of the holders of Class B Common Stock voting separately as a class may be removed from office at any time, without cause, solely by the affirmative vote of a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock, voting as a separate class.

Any director elected by the vote of the holders of Class A Common Stock voting separately as a class (or if any holders of Preferred Stock are entitled to vote thereon together with the holders of Class A Common Stock, as one class with such holders of Preferred Stock) may be removed from office at any time, without cause, solely by the affirmative vote of a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock, voting separately as a class (or if any holders of Preferred Stock are entitled to vote thereon together with the holders of Class A Common Stock, as one class with such holders of Preferred Stock).

SIXTH: BYLAWS

The Board of Directors may from time to time adopt, make, amend, supplement or repeal the Bylaws, except as provided in this Certificate of Incorporation or in the Bylaws. Unless and except to the extent that the Bylaws of the Corporation shall so require, the election of directors of the Corporation need not be by written ballot.

SEVENTH: DIRECTOR EXCULPATION

No director of the Corporation shall have any personal liability to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except to the extent such exemption from liability or limitation thereof is not permitted under the GCL as the same exists or hereafter may be amended. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Article SEVENTH shall eliminate or reduce the effect thereof in respect of any matter occurring, or any cause of action, suit or claim that, but for this Article SEVENTH would accrue or arise, prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal.

EIGHTH: CERTAIN BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

(a) REQUIREMENTS TO EFFECT CERTAIN BUSINESS COMBINATIONS.

In addition to any affirmative vote required by law or this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws, a Business Combination (as hereinafter defined) involving as a party, or proposed by or on behalf of, an Interested Stockholder (as hereinafter defined) or an Affiliate (as hereinafter defined) or Associate (as hereinafter defined) of an Interested Stockholder or a person who upon consummation of such Business Combination would become an Affiliate or Associate of an Interested Stockholder shall, except as otherwise prohibited by applicable law, as in effect from time to time, require both of the following conditions to be satisfied:

(i) a majority of the Continuing Directors (as hereinafter defined) shall have determined (after consultation with their outside legal and financial advisors) that such Business Combination, including without limitation, the consideration to be received in connection therewith, is fair to the Corporation and its stockholders (other than any stockholder that is an Interested Stockholder in respect of such Business Combination and the Affiliates and Associates (if any) of such Interested Stockholder); and

(ii) holders of not less than a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by the holders of all of the then outstanding shares of Voting Stock (as hereinafter defined), voting together as a single class, excluding Voting Stock Beneficially Owned (as hereinafter defined) by any Interested Stockholder or any Affiliate or Associate of such Interested Stockholder, shall have approved such transaction. Such affirmative vote shall be required notwithstanding the fact that no vote may be required, or that a lesser percentage affirmative vote, or the vote of any other class of stockholders, may otherwise be required, by law or otherwise.

(b) CERTAIN DEFINED TERMS.

For purposes of this Article EIGHTH, the following definitions shall apply:

(i) "Business Combination" shall mean:

(A) any merger or consolidation of the Corporation or any Subsidiary (as hereinafter defined) with (A) any Interested Stockholder or (B) any other company (whether or not itself an Interested Stockholder) which is or after such merger or consolidation would be an Affiliate or Associate of an Interested Stockholder; or

(B) any (1) sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition or hypothecation of assets of the Corporation or of any Subsidiary (whether or not in connection with the dissolution of the Corporation) to or for the benefit of, or (2) purchase by the Corporation or any Subsidiary from, or (3) issuance by the Corporation or any Subsidiary of securities to, or (4) investment, loan, advance, guarantee, participation or other extension of credit by the Corporation or any Subsidiary to, from, in or with or (5) establishment of a partnership, joint venture or other joint enterprise with or for the benefit of, in each case, any Interested Stockholder or any Affiliate or Associate of any Interested Stockholder which transaction, alone or taken together with any related transaction or transactions, has an aggregate fair market value and/or involves aggregate commitments of $50,000,000 or more or any arrangement, whether as employee, consultant or otherwise (other than service as a director), pursuant to which any Interested Stockholder or any Affiliate or Associate thereof shall, directly or indirectly, attain any control over or responsibility for the management of any aspect of the business or affairs of the Corporation or any Subsidiary which involves assets which have an aggregate fair market value of $50,000,000 or more; or

(C) any (1) reclassification of securities (including any reverse stock split), or (2) recapitalization of the Corporation (including any change to or exchange of securities of the Corporation), or (3) merger or consolidation of the Corporation with any of its Subsidiaries or (4) other transaction (whether or not with or otherwise involving as a party an Interested Stockholder) that, in each case, has the effect, directly or indirectly, of increasing the proportionate share of any class or series of capital stock, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for capital stock or other equity securities, of the Corporation or any Subsidiary Beneficially Owned by any Interested Stockholder or any Affiliate or Associate of any Interested Stockholder; or

(D) any agreement, contract or other arrangement providing for any one or more of the actions specified in the foregoing Clauses (b)(i)(A), (b)(i)(B) and (b)(i)(C) of this Article EIGHTH.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Certificate of Incorporation, in no event shall a "Business Combination" include any exchange of Membership Units pursuant to the Exchange Agreement, any other transaction expressly contemplated by the Joint Plan (including, without limitation, the issuance of any securities pursuant thereto, including securities issued or issuable from time to time upon exercise, conversion or exchange thereof, and the payment of specified fees and expenses, and the assumption and performance of any executory contracts, thereunder) or any conversion of Class B Common Stock into Class A Common Stock under Clause (b)(viii) of Article FOURTH of this Certificate of Incorporation.

(ii) "Affiliate" in respect of a person shall mean any person (other than an Exempt Person) controlling, controlled by or under common control with such person.

(iii) "Associate" in respect of an individual shall mean (A) any corporation or other organization of which such person is an officer or partner or otherwise participates in a material way in the management or policy-making thereof or is the Beneficial Owner of ten percent (10%) or more of any class of voting equity security, (B) any trust or other estate in which such person has a substantial beneficial interest or as to which such person serves as a trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity and (C) any parent or lineal descendant of such person or the spouse of such person or any relative of such person who has the same home as such person or who is a director, officer, partner, limited liability company member, trustee or other fiduciary of any organization of which such person is also a director, officer, partner, limited liability company member, trustee or other fiduciary or substantial beneficiary. The term "Associate" in respect of any company means (A) any director, officer or trustee of such company or in the case of a limited liability company any manager or managing member or in the case of a partnership any general partner, (B) any other person who participates in a material way in the management or policy-making of such company and (C) any person who is the Beneficial Owner of ten percent (10%) or more of any class of equity security of such company. In no event shall an "Associate" include an Exempt Person.

(iv) A person shall be a "Beneficial Owner" of any capital stock or other securities of the Corporation: (A) which such person or any of its Affiliates or Associates owns or has the economic benefit of ownership of, directly or indirectly; (B) which such person or any of its Affiliates or Associates has, directly or indirectly, (1) the right to acquire (whether such right is exercisable immediately or subject only to the passage of time), pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants or options, or otherwise, or (2) the right to vote pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding; or (C) which any other person with which such person or any of its Affiliates or Associates has any agreement, arrangement or understanding for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting or disposing of any shares of capital stock, owns or has the economic benefit of ownership of. For the purposes of determining whether a person is an "Interested Stockholder", the number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation deemed to be outstanding shall include shares deemed beneficially owned by such person through application of this Clause (b)(iii) of this Article EIGHTH, but shall not include any other shares of capital stock that may be issuable pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise.

(v) "Continuing Director" with respect to an Interested Stockholder shall mean any member of the Board of Directors (while such person is a member of the Board of Directors) who is not an Affiliate or Associate or representative of such Interested Stockholder (including any person nominated to the Board of Directors by such Interested Stockholder or an Affiliate or Associate of such Interested Stockholder).

(vi) "Interested Stockholder" shall mean any person (other than (A) the Corporation or any Subsidiary, (B) any profit-sharing, employee stock ownership or other employee benefit plan of the Corporation or any Subsidiary or (C) any trustee or fiduciary with

respect to any such plan or holding Voting Stock for the purpose of funding any such plan or funding other employee benefits for employees of the Corporation or any Subsidiary when acting in such capacity (the persons and entities described in the foregoing clauses (A)-(C) being referred to herein as "Exempt Persons")) who is, or has announced or publicly disclosed a plan or intention to become, the Beneficial Owner of Voting Stock representing ten percent (10%) or more of the votes entitled to be cast by the holders of all then outstanding shares of Voting Stock.

(vii) "Subsidiary" shall mean any corporation, partnership, joint venture or other legal entity of which the Corporation (either alone or through or together with any other Subsidiary), owns, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the stock or other equity interests, has the power to elect a majority of the board of directors or similar governing body, or has the power to direct the business and policies.

(viii) "Voting Stock" shall mean all shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled generally to vote on the election of any director of the Corporation (without reference to any terms of any Preferred Stock providing for special voting rights or restrictions with respect to particular matters), including, without limitation, shares of Class A Common Stock and shares of Class B Common Stock.

A majority of the Continuing Directors shall have the power and duty to determine for the purposes of this Article EIGHTH, on the basis of information known to them after reasonable inquiry, all questions arising under this Article EIGHTH, including without limitation, (i) whether a person is an Interested Stockholder, (ii) the number of shares of capital stock or other securities Beneficially Owned by any person, (iii) whether a person is an Affiliate or Associate of another person, (iv) whether a Business Combination is proposed by or on behalf of an Interested Stockholder or an Affiliate or Associate of an Interested Stockholder or a person who upon consummation of such Business Combination would become an Affiliate or Associate of such Interested Stockholder, (v) whether the assets that are the subject of any Business Combination have, or the consideration to be received for the issuance or transfer of securities by the Corporation or any Subsidiary in any Business Combination has, an aggregate fair market value of $50,000,000 or more, and (vi) the application of any other term used in this Article EIGHTH. Any such determination made in good faith shall be binding and conclusive on the Corporation, all of its stockholders and all other parties.

(d)	AMENDMENT OF THIS ARTICLE.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Certificate of Incorporation, and in addition to the requirements of Clauses (b)(i)(C) and (b)(i)(D) of Article FOURTH, any proposal to alter, amend or repeal, or to adopt any provision inconsistent with, this Article EIGHTH, including in each case by merger, consolidation or otherwise, shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by the holders of all of the then outstanding shares of Voting Stock, voting together as a single class, excluding Voting Stock beneficially owned by any Interested Stockholder.

NINTH: TRADING RESTRICTIONS

(a) RIGHT TO IMPOSE TRADING RESTRICTIONS

(i) In the event that both (1) the Equity Value (as hereinafter defined) of the Corporation has decreased by at least 35% (such equity value, the “Trigger Price”) from the Emergence Date Equity Value (as hereinafter defined) and (2) an “owner shift” of at least 25 percentage points has occurred during the relevant “testing period” with respect to the Corporation’s equity for purposes of Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the Treasury regulations thereunder (collectively, “Section 382”), as reasonably determined by the Corporation (in consultation with outside counsel) in accordance with Section 382 (Clauses (a)(i)(1) and (a)(i)(2) of this Article NINTH are collectively referred to herein as the “Trigger Provisions”), then the Board of Directors shall meet on an expedited basis to determine whether to impose restrictions on the trading of the Corporation’s stock in accordance with this Article NINTH and to determine the specific terms of such restrictions. Unless otherwise defined herein, all terms used in this Article NINTH (including but not limited to “5% shareholder,” “testing period,” “ownership change,” and “owner shift”) are intended to have the meanings ascribed to them under Section 382 and shall be construed accordingly.

(ii) The Board of Directors’ ability to impose trading restrictions pursuant to this Article NINTH shall terminate on the fifth anniversary of the Emergence Date (as hereinafter defined); provided, however, that any trading restrictions imposed by the Board of Directors pursuant to this Article NINTH prior to such fifth anniversary shall remain in full force and effect until the Trigger Provisions are no longer satisfied.

(b) CERTAIN DEFINED TERMS

(i) “Emergence Date Equity Value” shall mean the Corporation’s equity value on the date on which the Corporation emerges from chapter 11 bankruptcy protection (the “Emergence Date”), which equity value the Corporation shall announce via press release and the filing of a Current Report on Form 8-K with the Securities and Exchange Commission promptly after it is determined, but in no event later than thirty (30) days after the Emergence Date. Such equity value shall be determined by the Corporation in good faith based on the valuation of the Corporation’s total enterprise as determined and approved in connection with the Joint Plan.

(ii) “Equity Value” as of any date shall mean the Corporation’s then equity value (adjusted for any extraordinary dividends, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors) calculated as follows: (1) for any class of stock that is publicly traded for at least 20 trading days prior to such determination, the value determined using the volume-weighted average trading price of such stock for each trading day during the previous 20 trading days, plus (2) for any class of stock that is not publicly traded for at least 20 trading days prior to such determination, the fair market value of such stock, as reasonably determined by the Board of Directors after consultation with an investment banking firm of nationally recognized standing.

Except as provided in this Article NINTH, after the Emergence Date, the Corporation shall not impose any trading restrictions on transfers of the Corporation’s stock.

If the Board of Directors determines to impose trading restrictions on transfers of the Corporation’s stock pursuant to this Article NINTH, which shall require the affirmative vote of at least two thirds (2/3) of all directors, then the Corporation shall promptly announce the imposition and terms of such trading restrictions by means of a press release and the filing of a Current Report on Form 8-K with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The terms of such restrictions, including the form of any notice or application documentation that may be associated with such restrictions, shall also be described by the Corporation in each quarterly and annual report filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

(d) PRINCIPAL TERMS OF TRADING RESTRICTIONS

If the Board of Directors determines to impose trading restrictions on transfers of the Corporation’s stock in accordance with this Article NINTH, the principal terms of such trading restrictions shall be the terms set forth in this Clause (d) of Article NINTH. The Board of Directors shall have the authority in its sole discretion to determine and establish the definitive and ancillary terms of such trading restrictions so long as such terms are consistent with the following provisions of this Article NINTH:

(i) Any acquisition of the Corporation’s stock by a person or entity that is not a 5% shareholder of the Corporation will be null and void ab initio as to the purchaser to the extent such acquisition causes such person or entity to become a 5% shareholder of the Corporation unless the acquisition of such stock (1) was previously approved in writing by the Board of Directors, (2) is a Permitted Acquisition or (3) is covered by Clause (d)(v) of this Article NINTH. “Permitted Acquisition” shall mean an acquisition that will not result in an increase in an “owner shift” for purposes of Section 382 in excess of any “owner shift” that would have occurred if the seller had sold the same amount of stock through general public market transactions (e.g., because the stock is purchased from another 5% shareholder whose stock acquisition had caused an owner shift).

(ii) Any acquisition of the Corporation’s stock by a 5% shareholder of the Corporation will be null and void ab initio as to the purchaser unless the acquisition of such stock (1) was previously approved in writing by the Corporation’s Board of Directors, (2) is a Permitted Acquisition or (3) is covered by Clause (d)(v) of this Article NINTH.

(iii) Any person or entity seeking to use the “Permitted Acquisition” exception in the case of Clause (d)(i) or (d)(ii) of this Article NINTH shall either (1) contemporaneously with such transaction, notify the Corporation in writing of such transaction, represent in writing to the Corporation that such transaction is a Permitted Acquisition, and acknowledge in writing that if such transaction is not a Permitted Acquisition such person or entity will be subject to the consequences set forth in this Article NINTH or (2) prior to such transaction, notify the Corporation of its intent to engage in a Permitted Acquisition and provide relevant factual information sufficient to establish that the acquisition will qualify as a Permitted Acquisition, and within 10 business days of such notice, the Corporation shall indicate whether such proposed transaction will qualify as a Permitted Acquisition. For the avoidance of doubt, any transaction

covered by Clause (d)(v) of this Article NINTH shall not be subject to the restrictions and procedures of this Article NINTH.

(iv) The Corporation shall announce by press release and the filing of a Current Report on Form 8-K with the Securities and Exchange Commission if its Board of Directors determines that trading restrictions are no longer required or if the Trigger Provisions are no longer satisfied; provided, however, that if trading restrictions shall be imposed following a decline in the Corporation’s equity value, any increase in the value of the Corporation’s stock shall not result in the lapse of such trading restrictions unless such increase (determined using the same methodology set forth in the definition of Equity Value above ) is at least 10% greater than the Trigger Price.

(v) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board of Directors shall have no authority pursuant to this Article NINTH to restrict or otherwise limit in any manner (1) the disposition of shares of capital stock of the Corporation by any stockholder of the Corporation, (2) any issuance by the Corporation of Common Stock pursuant to the Exchange Agreement or the CII Settlement Claim Warrants (as defined in the Joint Plan), (3) any conversion of Class B Common Stock into Class A Common Stock, (4) any distributions upon, or adjustments to, any Membership Units, Class B Common Stock, or warrants (or any shares issuable upon exchange, conversion, or exercise thereof) to which the holder of such interest is otherwise entitled, or (5) any acquisition of Common Stock pursuant to clause (2), (3), or (4) above.

(e) REQUIREMENT TO PROVIDE INFORMATION REGARDING SHARE OWNERSHIP

All stockholders of the Corporation that have filed or would be required to file a Schedule 13D or 13G with the Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to the Corporation shall be required to provide information to the Corporation regarding such stockholder’s ownership of the Corporation’s stock, including the dates of the acquisition and disposition of such stock and the amounts of such acquisitions and dispositions, to the extent requested by the Corporation. Such information shall be provided within five business days of the Corporation’s request, and, at the stockholder’s request, the Corporation shall execute a standard confidentiality agreement with respect to such information.

TENTH: AMENDMENT, ETC.

Subject in each instance to Clauses (b)(i)(C), (b)(i)(D) and (b)(i)(E) of Article FOURTH and Article EIGHTH of this Certificate of Incorporation, the Corporation reserves the right at any time, and from time to time, to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation in the manner now or hereafter authorized by the laws of the State of Delaware. All rights, preferences and privileges herein conferred are granted subject to this reservation.

(Remainder of this Page Intentionally Left Blank)

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, which restates, integrates and further amends the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, and which was duly made, executed and acknowledged in accordance with Sections 242, 245 and 303 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, has been signed on November 30, 2009.

CHARTER COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

By: ____________________________

Name: Richard R. Dykehouse

Title: Vice President, Associate General

Counsel and Corporate Secretary

EXHIBIT A

TERMS OF

SERIES A 15% PAY-IN-KIND PREFERRED STOCK

CHARTER COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

POWERS, PREFERENCES AND RIGHTS

SERIES A 15% PAY-IN-KIND PREFERRED STOCK

CHARTER COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

Charter Communications, Inc. (the “Corporation”), a corporation organized and existing under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”), pursuant to the authority expressly granted to and vested in the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”) by the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation (the “Certificate of Incorporation”), which authorizes the issuance, by the Corporation, of up to 250,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $.001 per share (the “Preferred Stock”), designates the Series A 15% Pay-in-Kind Preferred Stock of the Corporation pursuant to Section 303 of the DGCL with the following powers, preferences and rights (capitalized terms used herein but not defined in Section 1 through Section 14 below have the meanings ascribed to them in Section 13):

Section 1. Designation. 5,520,001 shares of the Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby constituted as a series of Preferred Stock, par value $.001 per share and with a liquidation preference of $25 per share (the “Liquidation Preference”), designated as “Series A 15% Pay-in-Kind Preferred Stock” (the “Series A PIK Preferred Stock”), no shares of which have been issued by the Corporation prior to November 30, 2009 (the “Issue Date”).

Section 2. Ranking. The Series A PIK Preferred Stock shall rank senior as to dividends over the Common Stock and any other series or class of the Corporation’s stock created after the date hereof that by its terms ranks junior as to dividends to the Series A PIK Preferred Stock, when and if issued (“Junior Dividend Stock”), and senior as to distributions of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, over the Common Stock and any other series or class of the Corporation’s stock issued after the date hereof that by its terms ranks junior as to liquidation, dissolution and winding up to the Series A PIK Preferred Stock, when and if issued (“Junior Liquidation Stock”). The Common Stock and any other series or class of the Corporation’s stock that is both Junior Dividend Stock and Junior Liquidation Stock is referred to herein as “Junior Stock”. The Series A PIK Preferred Stock shall be junior as to dividends to any series or class of the Corporation’s stock issued after the date hereof that by its terms ranks senior as to dividends to the Series A PIK Preferred Stock, when and if issued (“Senior Dividend Stock”), and junior as to distributions of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, to any series or class of the Corporation’s stock issued after the date hereof that by its terms ranks senior as to liquidation, dissolution and winding up to the Series A PIK Preferred Stock, when and if issued (“Senior Liquidation Stock” and collectively with the Senior Dividend Stock, “Senior Stock”). The Series A PIK Preferred Stock shall rank pari passu with respect to dividends with any series or class of the Corporation’s stock issued after the date hereof that by its terms ranks pari passu as to dividends with the Series A PIK Preferred Stock, when and if issued (“Parity Dividend Stock”), and pari passu as to distributions of assets upon liquidation,

dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, to any series or class of the Corporation’s stock issued after the date hereof that by its terms ranks pari passu as to liquidation, dissolution and winding up with the Series A PIK Preferred Stock, when and if issued (“Parity Liquidation Stock” and collectively with the Parity Dividend Stock, “Parity Stock”).

Section 3. Dividends.

(a) Each holder of Series A PIK Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee thereof out of funds of the Corporation legally available therefor, at an annual rate equal to the Applicable Dividend Rate on the Liquidation Preference of Series A PIK Preferred Stock (the “Annual Dividend Amount”), payable at the option of the Corporation (i) through the issuance of additional shares of Series A PIK Preferred Stock having an aggregate Liquidation Preference equal to the amount of the dividend to be paid, (ii) in cash, or (iii) in a combination of (i) and (ii) above. Such dividends shall be cumulative and shall accrue (whether or not earned or declared, whether or not there are funds legally available for the payment thereof and whether or not restricted by the terms of any of the Corporation’s indebtedness outstanding at any time) from the date such shares are issued and shall be payable semi-annually in arrears on January 15 and July 15 of each year (each, a “Dividend Payment Date”) commencing January 15, 2010. The Series A PIK Preferred Stock paid as dividends shall have all rights granted hereunder, including the payment of dividends. The Corporation shall elect the form of such payment by giving notice at least 15 days prior to the applicable Dividend Payment Date. The first such notice may indicate the form of payment for all future dividend payments, subject to later modifications by the Corporation. If no notice is given, the Corporation shall be deemed to have elected a payment through the issuance of shares of Series A Preferred Stock.

(b) The dividend payment period for any dividend payable on a Dividend Payment Date shall be the period beginning on the immediately preceding Dividend Payment Date (or on the Issue Date in the case of the first dividend payment period) and ending on the day preceding such applicable Dividend Payment Date. If any date on which a payment of a dividend or any other amount is due in respect of the Series A PIK Preferred Stock is not a Business Day, such payment shall be made on the next day that is a Business Day.

(c) The amount of dividends payable per share of Series A PIK Preferred Stock for each dividend payment period will be computed by dividing the Annual Dividend Amount by two; provided, however, that the amount of dividends payable for the first dividend payment period and for any dividend payment period shorter than a full semi-annual dividend period will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. All dividends paid in additional shares of Series A PIK Preferred Stock shall be deemed issued on the applicable Dividend Payment Date and will thereupon be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and free and clear of all liens, charges and other encumbrances created by the Corporation.

(d) Dividends payable on any Dividend Payment Date shall be payable to the holders of record of the Series A PIK Preferred Stock as they appear on the stock transfer books of the Corporation at the close of business on the first day of the calendar month in which the related

Dividend Payment Date falls, or such other date that the Board of Directors designates that is not more than 30 nor less than 10 days prior to the Dividend Payment Date. Dividends paid on the shares of Series A PIK Preferred Stock in an amount less than accumulated and unpaid dividends payable thereon shall be allocated pro rata on a share-by-share basis among all such shares at the time outstanding.

(e) In order to pay dividends on any Dividend Payment Date, or such other date as is fixed by the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee thereof pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in Section 3(f) hereof, in shares of Series A PIK Preferred Stock, the shares of Series A PIK Preferred Stock to be paid as a dividend shall have been duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

(f) Accrued but unpaid dividends for any past dividend periods not paid on the relevant Dividend Payment Date may be declared by the Board of Directors and paid on any date fixed by the Board of Directors, whether or not a regular Dividend Payment Date, to Holders of record on the books of the Corporation on such record date as may be fixed by the Board of Directors, which record date shall be no more than 60 days prior to the payment date thereof.

Section 4. Optional and Mandatory Redemption. The Corporation may redeem the Series A PIK Preferred Stock in whole or in part on at least 15 days prior written notice (of the anticipated date of redemption, which notice shall not obligate the Corporation to redeem any Series A Preferred Stock) to each holder of record if the Board of Directors approves such redemption, payable at the Corporation’s option (i) in cash; (ii) through the issuance of shares of Common Stock; or (iii) in a combination of (i) and (ii) above (the “Redemption Payment”) based on the provisions set forth below; provided, however, that any Redemption Payment made during the first six months following the Issue Date shall be payable solely in cash. All outstanding shares of the Series A PIK Preferred Stock shall be mandatorily redeemed by the Corporation on the fifth anniversary of the Issue Date, and the Corporation shall pay the Redemption Payment based on the provisions set forth below.

(a) Common Stock Redemption. If the Corporation elects to pay the optional or mandatory Redemption Payment, in whole or in part, in shares of Common Stock, the number of shares of Common Stock to be delivered by the Corporation with respect to the shares of Series A PIK Preferred Stock being redeemed in shares of Common Stock, shall be equal to (1) the Liquidation Preference of the shares being redeemed and any other accrued and unpaid dividends whether or not declared (the “Accreted Value”), divided by (2) the Market Price of a share of Common Stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall any Redemption Payment made in shares of Common Stock exceed 20% of the total fully diluted Common Stock of the Corporation at the time of such Redemption Payment.

(b) Cash Redemption. If the Corporation elects to pay the optional or mandatory Redemption Payment, in whole or in part, in cash, the amount of cash payable with respect to the Series A PIK Preferred Stock being redeemed in cash shall be the Accreted Value of the shares of Series A PIK Preferred Stock being redeemed in cash.

If the Corporation elects to deliver Common Stock in payment, in whole or in part, of the optional or mandatory Redemption Payment, the Corporation will, at its option (i) pay cash

based on the Market Price for all fractional shares of Common Stock, or (ii) pay any fractional shares of Common Stock by delivery of a whole share of Common Stock.

Section 5. Procedure For Redemption.

(a) In the event of redemption of the Series A PIK Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 4, notice of such redemption shall be given by hand or by nationally recognized “overnight courier” for delivery at the earliest time offered by such overnight courier (which may not necessarily be the next day) to each holder of record of the shares to be redeemed at such holder’s address as the same appears on the stock transfer books of the Corporation at least 15 but not more than 60 days before the date fixed for redemption, provided, however, that no failure to give such notice nor any defect therein shall affect the validity of the redemption of any share of Series A PIK Preferred Stock to be redeemed except as to the holder to whom the Corporation has failed to give said notice or except as to the holder whose notice was defective. Each such notice shall state: (i) the redemption date; (ii) the number of shares of Series A PIK Preferred Stock to be redeemed and, if less than all the shares held by such holder are to be redeemed, the number of shares to be redeemed from such holder; (iii) the Redemption Payment (including the method of payment (i.e., cash, Common Stock or a combination thereof)), as applicable; (iv) if not all of the shares of the Series A PIK Preferred Stock are held through the Depository Trust Company (“DTC”), the place or places where certificates for such shares are to be surrendered for payment of the Redemption Payment, as applicable; (v) the specific provision hereof pursuant to which such redemption is to be made; and (vi) that dividends on the shares to be redeemed will cease to accrue on such redemption date. Each such notice shall be effective upon delivery if given by hand or upon deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier if given by such a courier.

(b) Notice having been given as aforesaid, from and after the redemption date (unless default shall be made by the Corporation in providing money or shares of Common Stock for the payment of the Redemption Payment of the shares called for redemption), dividends on the shares of Series A PIK Preferred Stock called for redemption shall cease to accrue, and such shares shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding and shall have the status of authorized but unissued shares of Series A PIK Preferred Stock, unclassified as to series, and shall not be reissued as shares of Series A PIK Preferred Stock, and all rights of the holders thereof attendant to their ownership of Series A PIK Preferred Stock as stockholders of the Corporation (except the right to receive from the Corporation the Redemption Payment) shall cease. Upon surrender in accordance with said notice of the certificates for any shares so redeemed (properly endorsed or assigned for transfer, if the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall require and the notice shall so state), such shares shall be redeemed by the Corporation, and the Corporation shall make the required Redemption Payment.

(c) If a notice of redemption shall have been given, and if, prior to the redemption date, the Corporation shall have irrevocably deposited the aggregate Redemption Payment of the shares of Series A PIK Preferred Stock to be redeemed in trust for the pro rata benefit of the holders of the shares of Series A PIK Preferred Stock to be redeemed, so as to be and to continue to be available therefor, with a bank or trust company that is organized under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof, has capital and surplus of not less than $250,000,000 and has, or, if it has no publicly traded debt securities rated by a nationally recognized rating agency, is the subsidiary of a bank holding company that has, publicly traded

debt securities rated at least “A” or the equivalent thereof by Standard & Poor’s Corporation or “A-2” or the equivalent by Moody’s Investor Service Inc., then upon making such deposit, all rights of holders of the shares so called for redemption shall cease, except (i) as otherwise set forth herein and (ii) for the right of holders of such shares to receive the Redemption Payment against delivery of such shares, but without interest after the actual redemption date, and such shares shall cease to be outstanding. Any funds so deposited that are unclaimed by holders of shares at the end of three years from such redemption date shall be repaid to the Corporation upon its request, after which repayment the holders of shares of Series A PIK Preferred Stock so called for redemption shall thereafter be entitled to look only to the Corporation for payment of the Redemption Payment.

Section 6. No Conversion or Exchange Rights.

The holders of the shares of the Series A PIK Preferred Stock shall not have any right to convert such shares into or exchange such shares for any other class or series of stock or obligations of the Corporation.

Section 7. Liquidation Rights.

(a) In the case of the liquidation, bankruptcy, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, in each case, whether voluntary or involuntary, holders of outstanding shares of Series A PIK Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, from the net assets of the Corporation available for distribution to stockholders, an amount in cash equal to the Liquidation Preference, plus any accrued and unpaid dividends to the payment date, as set forth herein, before any payment or distribution is made to the holders of Common Stock or any other Junior Liquidation Stock, but the holders of the shares of the Series A PIK Preferred Stock will not be entitled to receive the liquidation preference of such shares until the liquidation preference of any Senior Liquidation Stock has been paid in full.

(b) The holders of Series A PIK Preferred Stock and any Parity Liquidation Stock shall share ratably in any liquidation, distribution or winding up of the Corporation (after payment of the liquidation preference of the Senior Liquidation Stock) in which the net assets or the proceeds thereof are not sufficient to pay in full the aggregate of the amounts payable thereon, in the same ratio that the respective amounts which would be payable on such distribution if the amounts to which the holders of all the outstanding shares of Series A PIK Preferred Stock and Parity Liquidation Stock are entitled were paid in full, bear to each other.

(c) A Change of Control, as defined below, shall be considered a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation for the purpose of this Section 7; provided that the Corporation shall be able to pay the Liquidation Preference, plus any accrued and unpaid dividends to the payment date, by making a Redemption Payment, and such Redemption Payment shall be made pursuant to the procedures set forth in Section 4 hereof. For purposes hereof, a “Change of Control” shall mean (i) a sale or transfer of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s property or assets or (ii) a consolidation or merger of the Corporation with another corporation, other than a consolidation or merger in which the capital stock of the Corporation outstanding immediately prior to such consolidation or merger is converted into or exchanged for capital stock of the surviving or transferee Person constituting a majority of the outstanding voting power of such surviving or transferee Person immediately after giving effect to such consolidation or merger.

Section 8. Additional Classes or Series of Stock.

The Board of Directors shall have the right at any time in the future to authorize, create and issue, by resolution or resolutions, one or more additional classes or series of stock of the Corporation, and to determine and fix the distinguishing characteristics and the relative rights, preferences, privileges and other terms of the shares thereof. Any such class or series of stock may rank prior to or on a parity with or junior to the Series A PIK Preferred Stock as to dividends or upon liquidation or otherwise.

Section 9. Voting Rights; Amendments.

(a) Holders of Series A PIK Preferred Stock shall vote together with holders of shares of Common Stock as a single class and not as a separate class on all matters on which the holders of shares of Common Stock are entitled to vote pursuant to the DGCL. In connection with all such matters, each share of Series A PIK Preferred Stock shall be entitled to 25/1000 (or 0.025) votes per share.

(b) So long as any Series A PIK Preferred Stock is outstanding, in addition to any other vote of stockholders of the Corporation required under applicable law or the Certificate of Incorporation, the affirmative vote or consent of the holders of at least 50.1% of the outstanding shares of the Series A PIK Preferred Stock will be required for any amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation if the amendment would specifically alter or change the powers, preferences or rights of the shares of the Series A PIK Preferred Stock so as to affect them adversely.

(c) Except as set forth in this Section 9, the Series A PIK Preferred Stock shall not have any other voting powers, either general or special.

Section 10. Registration, Transfer and Exchanges. The Corporation will keep with the registrar and transfer agent of the Series A PIK Preferred Stock a register in which the Corporation will provide for the registration and transfer of shares of Series A PIK Preferred Stock. Any holder of shares of Series A PIK Preferred Stock may, at its option, in person or by duly authorized attorney, surrender the certificate representing the same for exchange at the registrar and transfer agent (duly endorsed or accompanied, if so required by the Corporation, by a written instrument of transfer duly executed by such holder or his or her duly authorized attorney) and, within a reasonable time thereafter and without expense (other than transfer taxes, if any), receive in exchange therefor one or more duly executed certificate or certificates dated as of the date to which dividends have been paid on the shares of Series A PIK Preferred Stock so surrendered, or if no dividend has yet been so paid, then dated the date hereof, and registered in such name or names, all as may be designated by such holder, for the same aggregate number of shares of Series A PIK Preferred Stock as represented by the certificate or certificates so surrendered. The Corporation covenants and agrees to take and cause to be taken all action reasonably necessary to effect such registrations, transfers and exchanges. Each share of Series A PIK Preferred Stock issued in exchange for any share shall carry the same rights to unpaid dividends and redemption payments which were carried by the share so exchanged, so that neither gain nor loss of any such right shall result from any such transfer or exchange.

The Corporation and any agent of the Corporation may treat the person in whose name any share of Series A PIK Preferred Stock is registered as the owner of such share for the

purpose of receiving payment of dividends, and amounts payable on redemption and liquidation in respect of such share and for all other purposes.

Section 11. Form.

(a) The Series A PIK Preferred Stock shall initially be issued in the form of one or more permanent global shares of Preferred Stock in definitive, fully registered form with the global legend (the “Global Shares Legend”) as set forth on the form of Preferred Stock certificate attached hereto as Exhibit A (each, a “Global Preferred Share”), which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of this Certificate of Designation. The Global Preferred Share may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rules, agreements to which the Corporation is subject, if any, or usage (provided that any such notation, legend or endorsement is in a form acceptable to the Corporation). The Global Preferred Share shall be deposited on behalf of the holders of the Series A PIK Preferred Stock represented thereby with the Registrar, at its New York office, as custodian for the Depositary, and registered in the name of the Depositary or a nominee of the Depositary, duly executed by the Corporation and countersigned and registered by the Registrar as hereinafter provided. The aggregate number of shares represented by each Global Preferred Share may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Registrar and the Depositary or its nominee in a manner not inconsistent with this Certificate of Designation. This Section 11 shall apply only to a Global Preferred Share deposited with or on behalf of the Depositary. The Corporation shall execute and the Registrar shall, in accordance with this Section 11, countersign and deliver initially one or more Global Preferred Shares that (i) shall be registered in the name of Cede & Co. or other nominee of the Depositary and (ii) shall be delivered by the Registrar to Cede & Co., or be delivered pursuant to instructions received from Cede & Co. or be held by the Registrar as custodian for the Depositary pursuant to an agreement between the Depositary and the Registrar. Members of, or participants in, the Depositary (“Agent Members”) shall have no rights under this Certificate of Designation with respect to any Global Preferred Share held on their behalf by the Depositary or by the Registrar as the custodian of the Depositary or under such Global Preferred Share, and the Depositary may be treated by the Corporation, the Registrar and any agent of the Corporation or the Registrar as the absolute owner of such Global Preferred Share for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Corporation, the Registrar or any agent of the Corporation or the Registrar from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depositary or impair, as between the Depositary and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices of the Depositary governing the exercise of the rights of a holder of a beneficial interest in any Global Preferred Share. Unless otherwise required by applicable law, owners of beneficial interests in Global Preferred Shares shall not be entitled to receive physical delivery of certificated shares of Preferred Stock, unless (x) the Depositary is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for the Global Preferred Shares and the Corporation does not appoint a qualified replacement for the Depositary within 90 days, (y) the Depositary ceases to be a “clearing agency” registered under the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or (z) the Corporation decides to discontinue the use of book-entry transfer through the Depositary (or any successor Depositary). In any such case, the Global Preferred Shares shall be exchanged in whole for definitive shares of Series A PIK Preferred Stock in registered form, with the same terms and of an equal aggregate Liquidation Preference. Definitive shares of Preferred Stock shall be registered in the name or names of the Person or Person specified by the Depositary. To the extent required by law, the Corporation

will issue Series A PIK Preferred Stock in certificate form to beneficial owners upon their written request. Such certificates shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto except for references to the Depositary and its nominee, and may have such other modifications as deemed necessary or advisable by the Corporation.

(b) (i) An Officer shall sign the Global Preferred Shares for the Corporation, in accordance with the Corporation’s bylaws and applicable law, by manual or facsimile signature.

(ii) If an Officer whose signature is on a Global Preferred Share no longer holds that office at the time the Transfer Agent authenticates the Global Preferred Share, the Global Preferred Share shall be valid nevertheless.

Section 12. Transfer Agent and Registrar. The duly appointed Transfer Agent and Registrar for the Series A PIK Preferred Stock shall be BNY Mellon Shareowner Services. The Corporation may, in its sole discretion, remove the Transfer Agent and Registrar in accordance with the agreement between the Corporation and the Transfer Agent and Registrar; provided that the Corporation shall appoint a successor transfer agent who shall accept such appointment prior to the effectiveness of such removal.

Section 13. Definitions. The following terms shall have the following meanings, terms defined in the singular to have a correlative meaning when used in the plural and vice versa:

“Applicable Dividend Rate” means (i) 15% per annum from the Issue Date through the third anniversary of the Issue Date, (ii) 17% per annum from the day immediately following the third anniversary of the Issue Date through the fourth anniversary of the Issue Date, and (iii) 19% per annum from the day immediately following the fourth anniversary of the Issue Date through the fifth anniversary of the Issue Date.

“Business Day” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or any day on which banking institutions are authorized to close in New York, New York.

“Common Stock” means shares of the Class A Common Stock, par value $.001 per share, of the Corporation or any other shares of capital stock of the Corporation into which the Common Stock is reclassified or changed.

“Depositary” means DTC or its successor depositary.

“Market Price” means, when used with respect to any security as of any date, the volume weighted average price of such security on the twenty (20) consecutive Trading Days immediately preceding (but not including) such date as reported for consolidated transactions with respect to securities listed on the principal national securities exchange on which such security is listed or admitted to trading; or, if such security has not been listed or admitted to trading on a national securities exchange for a minimum of twenty (20) consecutive Trading Days immediately preceding (but not including) such date, the volume weighted average price of such security on the twenty (20) consecutive Trading Days immediately preceding (but not including) such date in the over-the-counter market, as reported by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Automated Quotations System or such other system then in use; or, if such security has not been quoted by any such organization for a minimum of twenty (20)

consecutive Trading Days immediately preceding (but not including) such date, the volume weighted average price of such security as of the twenty (20) consecutive Trading Days immediately preceding (but not including) such date furnished by a New York Stock Exchange member firm selected by the Corporation; or, if no New York Stock Exchange member firm has furnished such prices for the twenty (20) consecutive Trading Days immediately preceding (but not including) such date, such price as determined by the Board of Directors acting reasonably and in good faith, evidenced by a resolution of such Board of Directors, which resolution shall be conclusive evidence of the Board of Directors’ approval and determination of such matters.

“Officer” means the Chairman, any Vice Chairman, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Operating Officer, any Vice President, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, or the Secretary of the Corporation.

“Person” shall mean any individual, corporation, general partnership, limited partnership, limited liability partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, limited liability company, unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

“Registrar” shall mean the party described in Section 12 hereof.

“Trading Day” shall mean a day on which the Common Stock was traded on the Corporation’s principal national securities exchange or quotation system or in the over-the-counter market and was not suspended from trading on any national or regional securities exchange or association of over-the-counter market at the close of business on such day.

“Transfer Agent” shall mean the party described in Section 12 hereof.

Section 14. Miscellaneous.

(a) The Series A PIK Preferred Stock is not entitled to any preemptive or subscription rights in respect of any securities of the Corporation.

(b) If any shares of Common Stock are listed on a national securities exchange, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to list the Series A PIK Preferred Stock on such exchange.

(c) Whenever possible, each provision hereof shall be interpreted in a manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision hereof is held to be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating or otherwise adversely affecting the remaining provisions hereof. If a court of competent jurisdiction should determine that a provision hereof would be valid or enforceable if a period of time were extended or shortened or a particular percentage were increased or decreased, then such court may make such change as shall be necessary to render the provision in question effective and valid under applicable law.

(d) The headings of the various subdivisions hereof are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of any of the provisions hereof.

(e) If any of the voting powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other special rights of the Series A PIK Preferred Stock and qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof set forth herein is invalid, unlawful or incapable of being enforced by reason of any rule of law or public policy, all other voting powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other special rights of Series A PIK Preferred Stock and qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof set forth herein which can be given effect without the invalid, unlawful or unenforceable voting powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other special rights of Series A PIK Preferred Stock and qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof shall, nevertheless, remain in full force and effect, and no voting powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of Series A PIK Preferred Stock and qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof herein set forth shall be deemed dependent upon any other such voting powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of Series A PIK Preferred Stock and qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof unless so expressed herein.

(f) If any of the Series A PIK Preferred Stock certificates shall be mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed, the Corporation shall issue, in exchange and in substitution for and upon cancellation of the mutilated Series A PIK Preferred Stock certificate, or in lieu of and substitution for the Series A PIK Preferred Stock certificate lost, stolen or destroyed, a new Series A PIK Preferred Stock certificate of like tenor and representing an equivalent amount of shares of Series A PIK Preferred Stock, but only upon receipt of evidence of such loss, theft or destruction of such Series A PIK Preferred Stock certificate and indemnity, if requested, satisfactory to the Corporation and the Transfer Agent.

(g) RECEIPT AND ACCEPTANCE OF A SHARE OR SHARES OF THE SERIES A PIK PREFERRED STOCK BY OR ON BEHALF OF A HOLDER SHALL CONSTITUTE THE UNCONDITIONAL ACCEPTANCE BY THE HOLDER (AND ALL OTHERS HAVING BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF SUCH SHARE OR SHARES) OF ALL OF THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF THIS CERTIFICATE. NO SIGNATURE OR OTHER FURTHER MANIFESTATION OF ASSENT TO THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF THIS CERTIFICATE SHALL BE NECESSARY FOR ITS OPERATION OR EFFECT AS BETWEEN THE CORPORATION AND THE HOLDER (AND ALL SUCH OTHERS).

EXHIBIT A

FORM OF SERIES A 15% PAY-IN-KIND PREFERRED STOCK

Number: ____________

Shares ____________

CUSIP NO.:

SERIES A 15% PAY-IN-KIND PREFERRED STOCK

(PAR VALUE $.001 PER SHARE)

(LIQUIDATION PREFERENCE $25.00 PER SHARE)

CHARTER COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

FACE OF SECURITY

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO., OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL IN AS MUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO. HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATION (AS DEFINED BELOW).

Charter Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”), hereby certifies that Cede & Co. or registered assigns (the “Holder”) is the registered owner of ____________ fully paid and non-assessable shares of preferred stock of the Corporation designated the Series A 15% Pay-in-Kind Preferred Stock, par value $.001 per share and liquidation preference $25.00 per share (the “Series A PIK Preferred Stock”). The shares of Series A PIK Preferred Stock are transferable on the books and records of the Registrar, in person or by a duly authorized attorney, upon surrender of this certificate duly endorsed and in proper form for transfer. The designation, rights, privileges, restrictions, preferences and other terms and provisions of the Series A Preferred Stock represented hereby are issued and shall in all respects be subject to the provisions of Exhibit A to the Amended and Restated Certificate of

Incorporation of the Corporation dated [ ], 2009, as the same may be amended from time to time in accordance with its terms (the “Certificate Of Designation”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the respective meanings given to them in the Certificate of Designation. The Corporation will provide a copy of the Certificate of Designation to a Holder without charge upon written request to the Corporation at its principal place of business.

Upon receipt of this certificate, the Holder is bound by the Certificate of Designation and is entitled to the benefits thereunder.

Unless the Transfer Agent’s Certificate of Authentication hereon has been properly executed, the shares of Preferred Stock evidenced hereby shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Certificate of Designation or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Charter Communications, Inc. has executed this certificate as of the date set forth below.

CHARTER COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

By:	_____________________________

Name:

Title:

Dated:

ASSIGNMENT

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned assigns and transfers the shares of Series A PIK Preferred Stock evidenced hereby to:

____________________________________________________________________________________________

(Insert assignee’s social security or tax identification number)

____________________________________________________________________________________________

(Insert address and zip code of assignee)

and irrevocably appoints:

____________________________________________________________________________________________

as agent to transfer the shares of Preferred Stock evidenced hereby on the books of the Transfer Agent and Registrar. The agent may substitute another to act for him or her.

Date: _________________________

Signature:

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Preferred Stock Certificate)

Signature Guarantee: ____________________________ 1

Signature must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” (i.e., a bank, stockbroker, savings and loan association or credit union) meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES FOR GLOBAL SECURITY

The initial number of shares of Series A PIK Preferred Stock represented by this Global Preferred Share shall be _________. The following exchanges of a part of this Global Preferred Share have been made:

Date Of Exchange	Amount Of Increase In The Number Of Shares Represented By This Global Preferred Share	Number Of Shares Represented By Global Preferred Share Following Such Increase Or Decrease

Signature Of Authorized

Officer Of Registrar: __________________________

exhibit3_2.htm

EXHIBIT 3.2

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

CHARTER COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

(As adopted and in effect on [•], 2009)

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

SECTION 1.1 Delaware Office. The office of Charter Communications, Inc. (the "Corporation") within the State of Delaware shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle.

SECTION 1.2 Other Offices. The Corporation may also have an office or offices and keep the books and records of the Corporation, except as otherwise may be required by law, in such other place or places, either within or without the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the "Board") may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

SECTION 2.1 Place of Meetings. All meetings of holders of shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be held at the office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware or at such other place, within or without the State of Delaware, as may from time to time be fixed by the Board or specified or fixed in the respective notices or waivers of notice thereof.

SECTION 2.2 Annual Meetings. An annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation for the election of directors and for the transaction of such other business as may properly come before the meeting (an "Annual Meeting") shall, if required by law, be held at such place, on such date, and at such time as the Board shall each year fix.

SECTION 2.3 Special Meetings. Except as required by law and subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock (as defined below), special meetings of stockholders may be called at any time only by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or by the Board pursuant to a resolution approved by a majority of the then authorized number of directors. Any such call must specify the matter or matters to be acted upon at such meeting and only such matter or matters shall be acted upon thereat.

SECTION 2.4 Notice of Meetings. Except as otherwise required by law, notice of each meeting of stockholders, whether an Annual Meeting or a special meeting, shall state the purpose or purposes of the meeting, the place, date and hour of the meeting and, unless it is an Annual Meeting, shall indicate that the notice is being issued by or at the direction of the

person or persons calling the meeting and shall be given not less than ten (10) or more than sixty (60) days before the date of said meeting, to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting. If mailed, notice is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to each stockholder at such stockholder's address as it appears on the stock records of the Corporation. Notice of an adjourned meeting need not be given if the date, time and place to which the meeting is to be adjourned was announced at the meeting at which the adjournment was taken, unless (i) the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or (ii) the Board shall fix a new record date for such adjourned meeting after the adjournment.

SECTION 2.5 Quorum. At each meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, the holders of shares having a majority of the voting power of the capital stock of the Corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat shall be present or represented by proxy to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, except as otherwise provided by law. Where a separate vote by a class or classes or series is required, a majority of the voting power of the shares of such class or classes or series in person or represented by proxy shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter.

SECTION 2.6 Adjournments. Any meeting of the stockholders may be adjourned from time to time to reconvene at the same or some other place, and notice need not be given of any such adjourned meeting if the time and place, if any, thereof and the means of remote communications, if any, by which holders of shares having a majority of the voting power of the capital stock of the Corporation may be deemed to be present or represented by proxy and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. A meeting of the stockholders may be adjourned only by the Chairman of the Board or holders of shares having a majority of the voting power of the capital stock of the Corporation present or represented by proxy at such meeting. At the adjourned meeting, the Corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, notice of the adjourned meeting in accordance with the requirements of Section 2.4 hereof shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to notice of and to vote at the meeting.

SECTION 2.7 Notice of Stockholder Business and Director Nomination.

(a) Annual Meetings of Stockholders. (1) Nominations of persons for election to the Board and the proposal of business to be considered by the stockholders may be made at an Annual Meeting only (A) pursuant to the Corporation's notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto), (B) by or at the direction of the Board or (C) by any stockholder of the Corporation who was a stockholder of record of the Corporation at the time the notice provided for in this Section 2.7 is delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation, who is entitled to vote at the meeting for such director and who complies with the notice and delivery procedures set forth in this Section 2.7.

(2) For nominations or other business to be properly brought before an Annual Meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (C) of paragraph (a)(1) of this Section 2.7,

(A) the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation, (B) any such proposed business other than nominations of persons for election to the Board must constitute a proper matter for stockholder action, (C) if the stockholder, or beneficial owner on whose behalf any such proposal or nomination is made, has provided the Corporation with a Solicitation Notice, as that term is defined in subclause III of this paragraph (a)(2) of Section 2.7, such stockholder or beneficial owner must, in the case of a proposal, have delivered a proxy statement and form of proxy to the holders of at least the percentage of the Corporation's voting shares required under applicable law to carry such proposal, or, in the case of a nomination or nominations, have delivered a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the Corporation's voting shares reasonably believed by such stockholder or beneficial owner to be sufficient to elect the nominee or nominees proposed to be nominated by such stockholder and (D) if no Solicitation Notice relating thereto has been timely provided pursuant to this section, the stockholder or beneficial owner proposing such business or nomination must not have solicited a number of proxies sufficient to have required the delivery of a Solicitation Notice under this section. To be timely, a stockholder's notice shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the forty-fifth (45th) day nor earlier than the close of business on the seventieth (70th) day prior to the first anniversary (the "Mailing Anniversary") of the date on which the Corporation first mailed proxy materials for the preceding year's Annual Meeting (provided, however, that in the event that the date of the Annual Meeting is more than thirty (30) days before or more than thirty (30) days after the anniversary date of the preceding year's Annual Meeting, notice by the stockholder must be so delivered not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120th) day prior to such Annual Meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such Annual Meeting or the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made by the Corporation). In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment or postponement of an Annual Meeting commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder's notice as described above. Such stockholder's notice shall set forth: (I) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election as a director all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors in an election contest, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act") and Rule 14a-11 thereunder (and such person's written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected); (II) as to any other business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the text of the proposal or business (including the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration and in the event that such business includes a proposal to amend the Bylaws of the Corporation, the language of the proposed amendment), the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of such stockholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; and (III) as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made (i) the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the Corporation's books, and of such beneficial owner, if any, (ii) the class and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially and of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner, (iii) a representation that the stockholder is a holder of record of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting and intends to appear in

person or by proxy at the meeting to propose such business or nomination and (iv) a representation whether the stockholder or the beneficial owner, if any, intends or is part of a group which intends to deliver a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the Corporation's outstanding capital stock required to approve or adopt the proposal or elect the nominee (an affirmative statement of such intent, a "Solicitation Notice"). The Corporation may require any proposed nominee to furnish such other information as it may reasonably require to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as a director of the Corporation.

(3) Notwithstanding anything in the second sentence of paragraph (a)(2) of this Section 2.7 to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board at an Annual Meeting is increased and there is no public announcement by the Corporation naming the nominees for the additional directorships at least fifty-five (55) days prior to the Mailing Anniversary, a stockholder's notice required by this Section 2.7 shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for the additional directorships, if it shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the tenth day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Corporation.

(b) Special Meetings of Stockholders. Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Corporation's notice of meeting. Nominations of persons for election to the Board may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected pursuant to the Corporation's notice of meeting (1) by or at the direction of the Board or (2) provided that the Board has determined that directors shall be elected at such meeting, by any stockholder of the Corporation who is a stockholder of record at the time the notice provided for in this Section 2.7 is delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation, who is entitled to vote at the meeting upon such election of such director and who complies with the notice and delivery procedures set forth in this Section 2.7. In the event the Corporation calls a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of electing one or more directors to the Board, any such stockholder entitled to vote in such election of such directors may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be) for election to such position(s) as specified in the Corporation's notice of meeting, if the stockholder's notice required by paragraph (a)(2) of this Section 2.7 shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120th) day prior to such special meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such special meeting or the tenth (10th) day following the day on which the public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board to be elected at such meeting. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment or postponement of a special meeting commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder's notice as described above.

(c) General. (1) Only such persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.7 shall be eligible to be elected at an Annual Meeting or

special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation to serve as directors and only such business shall be conducted at a meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.7. Except as otherwise provided by law, the chairman of the meeting shall have the power and duty (A) to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.7 (including whether the stockholder or beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made solicited (or is part of a group which solicited) or did not so solicit, as the case may be, proxies in support of such stockholder's nominee or proposal in compliance with such stockholder's representation as required by clause (a)(2)(III)(iv) of this Section 2.7) and (B) if any proposed nomination or business was not made or proposed in compliance with this Section 2.7, to declare that such nomination shall be disregarded or that such proposed business shall not be transacted.

(2) For purposes of this Section 2.7, "public announcement" shall include disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Sections 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

(3) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.7, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 2.7. Nothing in this Section 2.7 shall be deemed to affect any rights (A) of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporation's proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act or (B) of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors pursuant to any applicable provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation (the "Certificate of Incorporation").

SECTION 2.8 Proxies and Voting. At each meeting of stockholders, all matters (except in cases where a larger vote is required by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws) shall be decided by a majority of the votes cast at such meeting by the holders of shares of capital stock present or represented by proxy and entitled to vote thereon, a quorum being present. At any meeting of the stockholders, every stockholder entitled to vote may vote in person or by proxy authorized by an instrument in writing or by a transmission permitted by law filed in accordance with the procedure established for the meeting. Any copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reliable reproduction of the writing or transmission created pursuant to this Section 2.8 may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing or transmission for any and all purposes for which the original writing or transmission could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing or transmission.

SECTION 2.9 Inspectors. In advance of any meeting of stockholders, the Board may, and shall if required by law, appoint an inspector or inspectors. If, for any election of directors or the voting upon any other matter, any inspector appointed by the Board shall be unwilling or unable to serve, the chairman of the meeting shall appoint the necessary inspector or

inspectors. The inspectors so appointed, before entering upon the discharge of their duties, shall be sworn faithfully to execute the duties of inspectors with strict impartiality, and according to the best of their ability, and the oath so taken shall be subscribed by them. Such inspectors shall determine the number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation outstanding and the voting power of each of the shares represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum, and the validity and effect of proxies, and shall receive votes, ballots or consents, hear and determine all challenges and questions arising in connection with the right to vote, count and tabulate all votes, ballots or consents, determine the result, and do such acts as are proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all stockholders. The inspectors shall make a report in writing of any challenge, question or matter determined by them and shall execute a certificate of any fact found by them. No director or candidate for the office of director shall act as an inspector of election of directors. Inspectors need not be stockholders.

SECTION 2.10 Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of Meeting. Any action required to be taken at any Annual Meeting or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, or any action which may be taken at any Annual Meeting or special meeting of the stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and shall be delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the books in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the Corporation's registered office shall be made by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested.

Every written consent shall bear the date of signature of each stockholder who signs the consent and no written consent shall be effective to take the corporate action referred to therein unless, within sixty (60) days of the earliest dated consent delivered to the Corporation in the manner prescribed in the first paragraph of this Section, a written consent or consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take action are delivered to the Corporation in the manner prescribed in the first paragraph of this Section.

ARTICLE III

DIRECTORS

SECTION 3.1 Powers. The business of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board. The Board may, except as otherwise required by law, exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation.

SECTION 3.2 Number; Terms and Vacancies. The number of directors, which shall constitute the whole Board, shall be fixed at eleven (11) persons. The holders of Class B Common Stock voting together as a separate class shall be entitled to elect thirty-five

percent (35%) of the members of the Board (rounded up to the nearest whole number) (the "Class B Directors"), with the remaining directors to be elected by majority vote of the holders of Class A Common Stock voting together as a separate class (or if any holders of shares of Preferred Stock are entitled to vote thereon together with the holders of Class A Common Stock, as one class with such holders of shares of Preferred Stock); provided, however, that at such time as all outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock have been converted into shares of Class A Common Stock in accordance with Clause (b)(viii) of Article FOURTH of the Certificate of Incorporation, the holders of Class A Common Stock (or if any holders of shares of Preferred Stock are entitled to vote thereon together with the holders of Class A Common Stock, as one class with such holders of shares of Preferred Stock) shall be entitled to elect by majority vote all members of the Board (other than any member of the Board elected separately by the holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock). Any vacancies on the Board resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, removal or other cause shall be filled in the manner provided in the Certificate of Incorporation.

SECTION 3.3 Place of Meetings. Meetings of the Board shall be held at the Corporation's office in the State of Delaware or at such other places, within or without such State, as the Board may from time to time determine or as shall be specified or fixed in the notice or waiver of notice of any such meeting.

SECTION 3.4 Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the Board shall be held in accordance with a yearly meeting schedule as determined by the Board; or such meetings may be held on such other days and at such other times as the Board may from time to time determine. Regular meetings of the Board shall be held not less frequently than quarterly.

SECTION 3.5 Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board may be called by a majority of the directors then in office (rounded up to the nearest whole number) or by the Chairman of the Board and shall be held at such place, on such date, and at such time as they or he shall fix.

SECTION 3.6 Notice of Meetings. Notice of each special meeting of the Board stating the time, place and purposes thereof, shall be (i) mailed to each director not less than five (5) days prior to the meeting, addressed to such director at his or her residence or usual place of business, or (ii) shall be sent to him by facsimile or other means of electronic transmission, or shall be given personally or by telephone, on not less than twenty four (24) hours notice.

SECTION 3.7 Quorum and Manner of Acting. The presence of at least a majority of the authorized number of directors shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the Board. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board, a majority of the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present. Except where a different vote is required or permitted by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum shall be present shall be the act of the Board. Any action required or permitted to be taken by the Board may be taken without a meeting if all the directors consent in writing or by electronic transmission to the adoption of a resolution authorizing the action. The

resolution and the written consents or copies of electronic consents thereto by the directors shall be filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the Board. Any one or more directors may participate in any meeting of the Board by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment allowing all persons participating in the meeting to hear each other at the same time. Participation by such means shall be deemed to constitute presence in person at a meeting of the Board.

SECTION 3.8 Resignation. Any director may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Corporation; provided, however, that written notice to the Board, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation or the Secretary of the Corporation shall be deemed to constitute notice to the Corporation. Such resignation shall take effect upon receipt of such notice or at any later time specified therein and, unless otherwise specified therein, acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

SECTION 3.9 Removal of Directors. Directors may be removed as provided by law and in the Corporation's Certificate of Incorporation.

SECTION 3.10 Compensation of Directors. The Board may provide for the payment to any of the directors, other than officers or employees of the Corporation, of a specified amount for services as director or member of a committee of the Board, or of a specified amount for attendance at each regular or special Board meeting or committee meeting, or of both, and all directors shall be reimbursed for expenses of attendance at any such meeting; provided, however, that nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.

ARTICLE IV

COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD

SECTION 4.1 Committees. The Board may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided herein or in the resolution of the Board designating such committee, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to the following matters: (i) approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter expressly required by the Certificate of Incorporation or Delaware law to be submitted to stockholders for approval or (ii) adopting, amending or repealing any Bylaws of the Corporation.

SECTION 4.2 Audit Committee. Subject to Section 4.1, the Board may designate an Audit Committee of the Board, which shall consist of such number of members as the Board shall determine. The Audit Committee shall: (i) make recommendations to the Board as to the independent accountants to be appointed by the Board; (ii) review with the independent accountants the scope of their examinations; (iii) receive the reports of the independent accountants and meet with representatives of such accountants for the purpose of reviewing and considering questions relating to their examination and such reports; (iv) review, either directly or through the independent accountants, the internal accounting and auditing procedures of the Corporation; (v) review related party transactions; and (vi) perform such other functions as may be assigned to it from time to time by the Board. The Audit Committee may determine its manner of acting, and fix the time and place of its meetings, unless the Board shall otherwise provide.

SECTION 4.3 Compensation Committee. Subject to Section 4.1, the Board may designate members of the Board to constitute a Compensation Committee which shall consist of such number of directors as the Board may determine. The Compensation Committee may determine its manner of acting and fix the time and place of its meetings, unless the Board shall otherwise provide.

SECTION 4.4 Action by Consent; Participation by Telephone or Similar Equipment. Unless the Board shall otherwise provide, any action required or permitted to be taken by any committee may be taken without a meeting if all the members of the committee consent in writing to the adoption of a resolution authorizing the action. The resolution and the written consents thereto by the members of the committee shall be filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the committee. Unless the Board shall otherwise provide, any one or more members of any such committee may participate in any meeting of the committee by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other. Participation by such means shall constitute presence in person at a meeting of the committee.

SECTION 4.5 Resignations; Removals. Any member of any committee may resign at any time by giving notice to the Corporation; provided, however, that notice to the Board, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation, the chairman of such committee or the Secretary of the Corporation shall be deemed to constitute notice to the Corporation. Such resignation shall take effect upon receipt of such notice or at any later time specified therein; and, unless otherwise specified therein, acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Subject to Section 4.6, any member of any such committee may be removed at any time, either with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the authorized number of directors at any meeting of the Board called for that purpose.

SECTION 4.6 Proportionate Representation. Notwithstanding anything in this Article IV to the contrary, the Class B Directors shall at all times have proportionate representation on each committee of the Board, except for any committee (i) required by applicable stock exchange rules to be comprised solely of independent directors or (ii) formed solely for the purpose of reviewing, recommending and/or authorizing any transaction in which holders of Class B

Common Stock or their affiliates (other than the Corporation or its subsidiaries) are interested parties.

ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

SECTION 5.1 Number, Titles and Qualification. The Corporation shall have such officers as may be necessary or desirable for the business of the Corporation. The officers of the Corporation may include a Chairman of the Board, a Chief Executive Officer, a President, one or more Vice Presidents, a Chief Financial Officer, a Secretary, one or more Assistant Secretaries, a Treasurer, and one or more Assistant Treasurers. The Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, President, Executive Vice Presidents, Senior Vice Presidents, and Chief Financial Officer shall be elected by the Board, which shall consider that subject at its first meeting after every Annual Meeting of stockholders. The Corporation shall have such other officers as may from time to time be appointed by the Board or the Chief Executive Officer. Each officer shall hold office until his or her successor is elected or appointed, as the case may be, and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation or removal. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

SECTION 5.2 Chairman of the Board. The Chairman of the Board shall be elected from among the directors, and the Chairman of the Board, or at the election of the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and directors and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board or provided in these By-laws. The Chief Executive Officer shall report to the Chairman of the Board.

SECTION 5.3 Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall have general and active responsibility for the management of the business of the Corporation, shall be responsible for implementing all orders and resolutions of the Board, shall supervise the daily operations of the business of the Corporation, and shall report to the Chairman of the Board. Subject to the provisions of these Bylaws and to the direction of the Chairman of the Board or the Board, he or she shall perform all duties which are commonly incident to the office of Chief Executive Officer or which are delegated to him or her by the Chairman of the Board or the Board. To the fullest extent permitted by law, he or she shall have power to sign all contracts and other instruments of the Corporation which are authorized and shall have general supervision and direction of all of the other officers, employees and agents of the Corporation. The Chief Executive Officer shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Chairman of the Board in the event of the Chairman of the Board's absence or disability.

SECTION 5.4 President. The President shall have such powers and duties as may be delegated to him or her by the Chairman of the Board, the Board, or the Chief Executive Officer. The President shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Chief Executive Officer in the event of the Chief Executive Officer's absence or disability.

SECTION 5.5 Vice President. Each Vice President shall have such powers and duties as may be delegated to him or her by the Board or the Chief Executive Officer.

SECTION 5.6 Chief Financial Officer. The Chief Financial Officer shall have responsibility for maintaining the financial records of the Corporation. He or she shall render from time to time an account of all such transactions and of the financial condition of the Corporation. The Chief Financial Officer shall also perform such other duties as the Board or the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time prescribe.

SECTION 5.7 Treasurer. The Treasurer shall have the responsibility for investments and disbursements of the funds of the Corporation as are authorized and shall render from time to time an account of all such transactions. The Treasurer shall also perform such other duties as the Board or the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time prescribe.

SECTION 5.8 Secretary. The Secretary shall issue all authorized notices for, and shall keep minutes of, all meetings of the stockholders and the Board. He or she shall have charge of the corporate books and shall perform such other duties as the Board or the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time prescribe.

SECTION 5.9 Delegation of Authority. The Chairman of the Board, the Board, or the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time delegate the powers or duties of any officer to any other officers or agents, notwithstanding any provision hereof.

SECTION 5.10 Removal. Any officer of the Corporation may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the Chairman of the Board, by the Board, or, except as to the Chairman of the Board, President, Executive Vice Presidents, Senior Vice Presidents, and Chief Financial Officer, by the Chief Executive Officer.

SECTION 5.11 Resignations. Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Corporation; provided, however, that notice to the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the Secretary shall be deemed to constitute notice to the Corporation. Such resignation shall take effect upon receipt of such notice or at any later time specified therein; and, unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

SECTION 5.12 Vacancies. Any vacancy among the officers, whether caused by death, resignation, removal or any other cause, shall be filled in the manner prescribed for election or appointment to such office.

SECTION 5.13 Action with Respect to Securities of Other Corporations. Unless otherwise directed by the Board, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or any other officer of the Corporation authorized by the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer shall have power to vote and otherwise act on behalf of the Corporation, in person or by proxy, at any meeting of stockholders of or with respect to any action of stockholders of any other corporation in which this Corporation may hold securities and otherwise to exercise any and all rights and powers which this Corporation may possess by reason of its ownership of securities in such other corporation.

SECTION 5.14 Bonds of Officers. If required by the Chairman of the Board, the Board, or the Chief Executive Officer, any officer of the Corporation shall give a bond for the faithful discharge of his or her duties in such amount and with such surety or sureties as the Chairman of the Board, the Board or the Chief Executive Officer may require.

SECTION 5.15 Compensation. The salaries of the officers shall be fixed from time to time by the Board, unless and until the Board appoints a Compensation Committee.

SECTION 5.16 Officers of Operating Companies, Regions or Divisions. The Chief Executive Officer shall have the power to appoint, remove and prescribe the terms of office, responsibilities and duties of the officers of the operating companies, regions or divisions, other than those who are officers of the Corporation appointed by the Board.

ARTICLE VI

CONTRACTS, CHECKS, LOANS, DEPOSITS, ETC.

SECTION 6.1 Contracts. The Board may authorize any officer or officers, agent or agents, in the name and on behalf of the Corporation, to enter into any contract or to execute and deliver any instrument, which authorization may be general or confined to specific instances; and, unless so authorized by the Board, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the Corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable pecuniarily for any purpose or for any amount.

SECTION 6.2 Checks, etc. All checks, drafts, bills of exchange or other orders for the payment of money out of the funds of the Corporation, and all notes or other evidences of indebtedness of the Corporation, shall be signed in the name and on behalf of the Corporation in such manner as shall from time to time be authorized by the Board or the Chief Executive Officer, which authorization may be general or confined to specific instances.

SECTION 6.3 Loans. No loan shall be contracted on behalf of the Corporation, and no negotiable paper shall be issued in its name, unless authorized by the Board, which authorization may be general or confined to specific instances, and bonds, debentures, notes and other obligations or evidences of indebtedness of the Corporation issued for such loans shall be made, executed and delivered as the Board shall authorize.

SECTION 6.4 Deposits. All funds of the Corporation not otherwise employed shall be deposited from time to time to the credit of the Corporation in such banks, trust companies or other depositories as may be selected by or in the manner designated by the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the Chief Financial Officer. The Board or its designees may make such special rules and regulations with respect to such bank accounts, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, as they may deem advisable.

ARTICLE VII

CAPITAL STOCK

SECTION 7.1 Certificates of Stock. The shares of the capital stock of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board by resolution or resolutions may provide that some or all of any or all classes or series of capital stock of the Corporation shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the Corporation. Notwithstanding the adoption of such a resolution by the Board, every holder of stock represented by certificates and upon request every holder of uncertificated shares shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by, the Chairman of the Board, President or a Vice President, and by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, or the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, certifying the number of shares owned by him or her. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be by facsimile.

SECTION 7.2 Transfers of Stock. Transfers of stock shall be made only upon the transfer books of the Corporation kept at an office of the Corporation or by transfer agents designated to transfer shares of the stock of the Corporation. Except where a certificate is issued in accordance with Section 7.4 of these Bylaws, an outstanding certificate for the number of shares involved, if certificated, shall be surrendered for cancellation before a new certificate is issued therefor.

SECTION 7.3 Record Date. In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders, or to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date on which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted and which record date, except as set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation, shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of any meeting of stockholders, nor more than sixty (60) days prior to the time for such other action as hereinbefore described; provided, however, that if no record date is fixed by the Board, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held, and, for determining stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of rights or to exercise any rights of change, conversion or exchange of stock or for any other purpose, the record date shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts a resolution relating thereto.

A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board may fix a record date, which shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board, and which record date shall be not more than ten (10) days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted. Any stockholder of record seeking to have the stockholders authorize or take corporate action by written consent shall, by written notice to the Secretary of the Corporation, request the Board to fix a record date. The Board shall promptly, but in all events within ten (10) days after the date on which such a request is received, adopt a resolution fixing the record date. If no record date has been fixed by the Board and no prior action by the Board is required by the Delaware General Corporation Law, the record date shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation in the manner prescribed by Section 2.10 hereof. If no record date has been fixed by the Board and prior action by the Board is required by the Delaware General Corporation Law with respect to the proposed action by written consent of the stockholders, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

SECTION 7.4 Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates. In the event of the loss, theft or destruction of any certificate of stock, another may be issued in its place pursuant to such regulations as the Board may establish concerning proof of such loss, theft or destruction and concerning the giving of satisfactory bond or bonds of indemnity.

SECTION 7.5 Regulations. The issue, transfer, conversion and registration of certificates of stock shall be governed by such other regulations as the Board may establish.

ARTICLE VIII

NOTICES

SECTION 8.1 Notices. Except as otherwise specifically provided herein or required by law, all notices required to be given to any stockholder, director, officer, employee or agent may in every instance be effectively given by hand delivery to the recipient thereof, by depositing such notice in the mails, postage-paid, or with a recognized overnight-delivery service or by sending such notice by facsimile or other means of electronic transmission, or such other means as is provided by law. Any such notice shall be addressed to such stockholder, director, officer, employee or agent at such person's last known address as the same appears on the books of the Corporation. The time when such notice is received, if hand delivered, or dispatched, if delivered through the mails or by overnight delivery service, or by telegram, mailgram or facsimile, shall be the time of the giving of the notice.

SECTION 8.2 Waivers. A written waiver of any notice, signed by a stockholder, director, officer, employee or agent, whether before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to the notice required to be given to such

stockholder, director, officer, employee, agent. Neither the business nor the purpose of any meeting need be specified in such a waiver.

ARTICLE IX

MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 9.1 Facsimile Signatures. In addition to the provisions for use of facsimile signatures elsewhere specifically authorized in these Bylaws, facsimile signatures of any officer or officers of the Corporation may be used whenever and as authorized by the Board or a committee thereof.

SECTION 9.2 Corporate Seal. The Board may provide a suitable seal, containing the name of the Corporation, which seal shall be in the charge of the Secretary of the Corporation. If and when so directed by the Board or a committee thereof, duplicates of the seal may be kept and used by the Corporation's Treasurer or by an Assistant Secretary or Assistant Treasurer.

SECTION 9.3 Reliance Upon Books, Reports and Records. Each director, each member of any committee designated by the Board, and each officer of the Corporation shall, in the performance of his or her duties, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the books of account or other records of the Corporation and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Corporation by any of its officers or employees, or committees of the Board so designated, or by any other person as to matters which such director or committee member reasonably believes are within such other person's professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care or on behalf of the Corporation.

SECTION 9.4 Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be as fixed by the Board.

SECTION 9.5 Time Periods. In applying any provision of these Bylaws which requires that an act be done or not be done a specified number of days prior to an event or that an act be done during a period of a specified number of days prior to an event, calendar days shall be used, the day of the doing of the act shall be excluded, and the day of the event shall be included.

ARTICLE X

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

SECTION 10.1 Right to Indemnification. Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (hereinafter, a "proceeding"), by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or an officer of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with

respect to an employee benefit plan (hereinafter, a "Covered Person"), whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, officer, employee or agent or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer, employee or agent, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended, against all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys' fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such Covered Person in connection therewith; provided, however, that, except as provided in Section 10.3 hereof with respect to proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, the Corporation shall indemnify any such Covered Person in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such Covered Person only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board.

SECTION 10.2 Right to Advancement of Expenses. The Corporation shall pay the expenses (including attorneys' fees) incurred by a Covered Person in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition (hereinafter, an "advancement of expenses"), provided, however, that, if the Delaware General Corporation Law so requires, an advancement of expenses incurred by a Covered Person in his or her capacity as such shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking (hereinafter, an "undertaking"), by or on behalf of such Covered Person, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal (hereinafter, a "final adjudication") that such Covered Person is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses under this Section 10.2 or otherwise. The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in Sections 10.1 and 10.2 hereof shall be contract rights and such rights shall continue as to a Covered Person who has ceased to be such and shall inure to the benefit of the Covered Person's heirs, executors and administrators.

SECTION 10.3 Right of Covered Person to Bring Suit. If a claim under Section 10.1 or 10.2 hereof is not paid in full by the Corporation within sixty (60) days after a written claim therefor has been received by the Corporation, except in the case of a claim for an advancement of expenses, in which case the applicable period shall be twenty (20) days, the Covered Person may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim. If successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the Covered Person shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit. In (i) any suit brought by the Covered Person to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by the Covered Person to enforce a right to an advancement of expenses) it shall be a defense that, and (ii) any suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that, the Covered Person has not met the applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law. To the fullest extent permitted by law, neither the failure of the Corporation (including its disinterested directors, committee thereof, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the Covered Person is proper in the circumstances because the Covered Person has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its disinterested directors, committee thereof, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) that the Covered Person has

not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the Covered Person has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the Covered Person, be a defense to such suit. In any suit brought by the Covered Person to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the Covered Person is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Article X or otherwise shall, to the extent permitted by law, be on the Corporation.

SECTION 10.4 Non-Exclusivity of Rights. The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in this Article X shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire by any statute, the Corporation's Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

SECTION 10.5 Insurance. The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the Delaware General Corporation Law.

SECTION 10.6 Indemnification of Employees and Agents of the Corporation. The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board, grant rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to any employee or agent of the Corporation to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Article X with respect to the indemnification and advancement of expenses of directors and officers of the Corporation.

SECTION 10.7 Amendment or Repeal.

Any repeal or modification of the provisions of this Article X shall not adversely affect any right or protection hereunder of any Covered Person in respect of any proceeding (regardless of when such proceeding is first threatened, commenced or completed) arising out of, or related to, any act or omission occurring prior to the time of such repeal or modification.

ARTICLE XI

AMENDMENTS

The Board may from time to time adopt, make, amend, supplement or repeal these Bylaws by vote of a majority of the Board. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any amendment, supplement or repeal, including in each case by merger, consolidation or otherwise, of Sections 3.2 and/or 4.6 hereof or this Article XI shall require a majority vote of the holders of Class A Common Stock and a majority vote of the holders of Class B Common Stock, each voting as a separate class.

exhibit4_1.htm

Exhibit 4.1

WARRANT AGREEMENT

THIS WARRANT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made as of the 30th day of November, 2009 between Charter Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation, with offices at 12405 Powerscourt Drive, St. Louis, Missouri 63131 (the “Company”), and Mellon Investor Services LLC, a New Jersey limited liability company (d/b/a BNY Mellon Shareowner Services), as Warrant Agent (the “Warrant Agent”).

WHEREAS, on March 27, 2009, the Company, Charter Investment, Inc. and the direct and indirect debtor subsidiaries of the Company (collectively, the “Debtors”) filed petitions with the United States Bankruptcy Court (the “Bankruptcy Court”) under Title 11 of the United States Code, 11 U.S.C. §§ 101-1330.

WHEREAS, the Company proposes to issue shares of New Common Stock (as defined below) pursuant to the order of the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York, Case No. 09-11435 (JMP), and the Plan of Reorganization confirmed therein in connection with the reorganization of the Company under Chapter 11 of Title 11 of the United States Code;

WHEREAS, the Company proposes to issue, at the Effective Date (as defined below), warrants (the “Warrants”) to purchase, in the aggregate, 1,282,798 shares of New Common Stock at an exercise price of $51.28, to all holders of CCH Notes Claims (as defined below), on a pro rata basis, based upon the proportion that the outstanding principal amount of CCH Notes (as defined below) held by such holder bears to the total outstanding principal amount of CCH Notes;

WHEREAS, the Company desires to provide for the form and provisions of the Warrants, the terms upon which they shall be issued and exercised, and the respective rights, limitation of rights, and immunities of the Company, the Warrant Agent, and the holders of the Warrants;

WHEREAS, the Company desires the Warrant Agent to act on behalf of the Company, and the Warrant Agent is willing to so act, in connection with the issuance, registration, transfer, exchange, exercise and cancellation of the Warrants; and

WHEREAS, all acts and things have been done and performed which are necessary to make the Warrants, when executed on behalf of the Company and countersigned by or on behalf of the Warrant Agent, as provided herein, the valid, binding and legal obligations of the Company, and to authorize the execution and delivery of this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1 Definition of Terms. As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized terms shall have the following respective meanings:

(a) “Business Day” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banks in the State of New York or New Jersey are authorized by law to remain closed.

(b) “Beneficial Holder” shall mean any Person that holds beneficial interests in a Global Warrant Certificate.

(d) “CCH Note” has the meaning set forth in the Plan of Reorganization.

(e) “CCH Notes Claim” has the meaning set forth in the Plan of Reorganization.

(f) “Effective Date” has the meaning set forth in the Plan of Reorganization.

(g) “Expiration Date” shall mean 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on November 30, 2014, or if such day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding day which is a Business Day.

(h) “NASDAQ” shall mean The NASDAQ Stock Market (including any of its subdivisions such as the NASDAQ Global Select Market) or any successor market thereto.

(i) “New Common Stock” shall mean Class A common stock, $.001 par value per share, of the Company. For purposes of Article V hereof, references to “shares of New Common Stock” shall be deemed to include shares of any other class of stock resulting from successive changes or reclassifications of the New Common Stock consisting solely of changes in par value or from no par value to par value and vice versa.

(j) “NYSE” shall mean The New York Stock Exchange or any successor stock exchange thereto.

(k) “Person” shall mean any individual, firm, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, trust or other entity, and shall include any successor (by merger or otherwise) thereof or thereto.

(l) “Plan of Reorganization” shall mean the joint plan of reorganization of the Debtors as finally approved by the bankruptcy court before which the Debtors’ case under Chapter 11 of Title 11 of the United States Code was pending.

(m) “Regular Dividend” means any regularly scheduled cash dividend that (i) is declared or paid after the later to occur of (A) the date upon which the Specified Fees and Expenses have been paid in full and (B) the second anniversary of the Effective Date and (ii) together with all other regularly scheduled cash dividends paid or declared during the applicable fiscal year, does not exceed forty-five percent (45%) of the consolidated net income (determined in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles) of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries for the preceding fiscal year.

(n) “Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(o) “Specified Fees and Expenses” has the meaning set forth in the Plan of Reorganization.

(p) “Warrant Shares” shall mean New Common Stock and any other securities purchased or purchasable upon exercise of the Warrants (and, if the context requires, securities which may thereafter be issued by the Company in respect of any such securities, by means of any stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations, reclassifications or the like, including as set forth in Article V).

Section 1.2 Table of Defined Terms.

Term		Section Number
Agreement		Recitals
Appropriate Officer		Section 3.3(a)
Bankruptcy Court		Recitals
Book-Entry Warrants		Section 3.1
Company		Recitals
Depositary		Section 3.2(b)
Exercise Amount		Section 4.5(a)
Exercise Form		Section 4.3(a)
Exercise Price		Section 4.1
Extraordinary Distribution		Section 5.1(b)
FMV		Section 4.5(c)
Fundamental Change		Section 5.1(c)
Global Warrant Certificates		Section 3.2(a)
Holder		Section 4.1
Net Issuance Exercise Date		Section 4.4(b)
Net Issuance Right		Section 4.5(b)
Net Issuance Warrant Shares		Section 4.5(b)
Registered Holder		Section 3.4(d)
Warrants		Recitals
Warrant Agent		Recitals
Warrant Register		Section 3.4(b)
Warrant Statements		Section 3.1

ARTICLE II

APPOINTMENT OF WARRANT AGENT

Section 2.1 Appointment. The Company hereby appoints the Warrant Agent to act as agent for the Company in respect of the Warrants upon the express terms and subject to the conditions herein set forth (and no implied terms), and the Warrant Agent hereby accepts such appointment and agrees to perform the same in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

ARTICLE III

WARRANTS

Section 3.1 Issuance of Warrants. On the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement and in accordance with the terms of the Plan of Reorganization, on the Effective Date, Warrants to purchase the Warrant Shares will be issued by the Company to all holders of CCH Notes Claims, on a pro rata basis, based upon the proportion that the outstanding principal amount of CCH Notes held by such holder bears to the total outstanding principal amount of CCH Notes. On such date, the Company will deliver, or cause to be delivered to the Depositary, one or more Global Warrant Certificates evidencing a portion of the Warrants. Upon receipt by the Warrant Agent of a written order of the Company pursuant to Section 3.4 hereof, the remainder of the Warrants shall be issued by book-entry registration on the books of the Warrant Agent (“Book-Entry Warrants”) and shall be evidenced by statements issued by the Warrant Agent from time to time to the Registered Holders of Book-Entry Warrants reflecting such book-entry position (the “Warrant Statements”). The maximum number of shares of New Common Stock issuable pursuant to the Warrants shall be 1,282,798 shares, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time pursuant to this Agreement. The Company shall promptly notify the Warrant Agent in writing upon the occurrence of the Effective Date and, if such notification is given orally, the Company shall confirm same in writing on or prior to the Business Day next following. Until such notice is received by the Warrant Agent, the Warrant Agent may presume conclusively for all purposes that the Effective Date has not occurred.

Section 3.2 Form of Warrant.

(a) Subject to Section 6.1 of this Agreement, the Warrants shall be issued either (i) via book-entry registration on the books and records of the Warrant Agent and evidenced by the Warrant Statements, in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit A-1 attached hereto, or (ii) in the form of one or more global certificates (the “Global Warrant Certificates”), with the forms of election to exercise and of assignment printed on the reverse thereof, in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit A-2 attached hereto. The Warrant Statements and Global Warrant Certificates may bear such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as are required or permitted by this Agreement, may have such letters, numbers or other marks of identification if required to comply with any law or with any rules made pursuant thereto or with any rules of any securities exchange.

(b) The Global Warrant Certificates shall be deposited on or after the Effective Date with the Warrant Agent and registered in the name of Cede & Co., as the nominee of The Depository Trust Company (the “Depositary”). Each Global Warrant Certificate shall represent such number of the outstanding Warrants as specified therein, and each shall provide that it shall represent the aggregate amount of outstanding Warrants from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate amount of outstanding Warrants represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

Section 3.3 Execution of Global Warrant Certificates.

(a) The Global Warrant Certificates shall be signed on behalf of the Company by its Chairman of the Board of Directors, its Chief Executive Officer, its President, any Vice President or its Treasurer (each, an “Appropriate Officer”). Each such signature upon the Global Warrant Certificates may be in the form of a facsimile signature of any such Appropriate Officer and may be imprinted or otherwise reproduced on the Global Warrant Certificates and for that purpose the Company may adopt and use the facsimile signature of any Appropriate Officer.

(b) If any Appropriate Officer who shall have signed any of the Global Warrant Certificates shall cease to be such Appropriate Officer before the Global Warrant Certificates so signed shall have been countersigned by the Warrant Agent or disposed of by the Company, such Global Warrant Certificates nevertheless may be countersigned and delivered or disposed of as though such Appropriate Officer had not ceased to be such Appropriate Officer of the Company; and any Global Warrant Certificate may be signed on behalf of the Company by any person who, at the actual date of the execution of such Global Warrant Certificate, shall be a proper Appropriate Officer of the Company to sign such Global Warrant Certificate, although at the date of the execution of this Agreement any such person was not such Appropriate Officer.

Section 3.4 Registration and Countersignature.

(b) No Global Warrant Certificate shall be valid for any purpose, and no Warrant evidenced thereby shall be exercisable, until such Global Warrant Certificate has been either manually or by facsimile signature countersigned by the Warrant Agent. Such signature by the Warrant Agent upon any Global Warrant Certificate executed by the Company shall be conclusive evidence that such Global Warrant Certificate so countersigned has been duly issued hereunder.

(c) The Warrant Agent shall keep, at an office designated for such purpose, books (the “Warrant Register”) in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, it shall register the Book-Entry Warrants as well as any Global Warrant Certificates and exchanges and transfers of outstanding Warrants in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 6.1 of this Agreement, all in form satisfactory to the Company and the Warrant Agent. No service charge shall be made for any exchange or registration of transfer of the Warrants, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any stamp or other tax or other charge that may be imposed on the Registered Holder in connection with any such exchange or registration of transfer. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Warrant

Agent shall have no obligation to take any action whatsoever with respect to an exchange or registration of transfer unless and until it is reasonably satisfied that all such payments required by the immediately preceding sentence have been made.

(d) Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer or exchange of any Warrant in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Agreement, the Company and the Warrant Agent may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Warrant is registered upon the Warrant Register (the “Registered Holder” of such Warrant) as the absolute owner of such Warrant (notwithstanding any notation of ownership or other writing on a Global Warrant Certificate made by anyone other than the Company or the Warrant Agent), for the purpose of any exercise thereof, any distribution to the holder thereof and for all other purposes, and neither the Warrant Agent nor the Company shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

ARTICLE IV

TERMS AND EXERCISE OF WARRANTS

Section 4.1 Exercise Price. On the Effective Date, each Warrant shall entitle (i) in the case of the Book-Entry Warrants, the Registered Holder thereof and (ii) in the case of Warrants held through the book-entry facilities of the Depositary or by or through Persons that are direct participants in the Depositary, the Beneficial Holder thereof ((i) and (ii) collectively, the “Holder”), subject to the provisions of such Warrant and of this Agreement, to purchase from the Company (and the Company shall issue and sell to each Holder) the number of Warrant Shares, at the price of $51.28 per whole share (as the same may be hereafter adjusted pursuant to Article V, the “Exercise Price”), specified in such Warrant.

Section 4.2 Duration of Warrants. Warrants may be exercised by the Holder thereof, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time during the period commencing on the Effective Date and terminating at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date. Any Warrant, or any portion thereof, not exercised prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date, shall become permanently and irrevocably null and void at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date, and all rights thereunder and all rights in respect thereof under this Agreement shall cease at such time.

Section 4.3 Method of Exercise.

(a) Subject to the provisions of the Warrants and this Agreement, the Holder of a Warrant may exercise such Holder’s right to purchase the Warrant Shares, in whole or from time to time in part, by: (x) in the case of Persons who hold Book-Entry Warrants, providing an exercise form for the election to exercise such Warrant (“Exercise Form”) substantially in the form of Exhibit B-1 hereto, properly completed and duly executed by the Registered Holder thereof, and, in the case of an exercise for cash pursuant to Section 4.5(a), providing payment of the Exercise Amount, to the Warrant Agent, and (y) in the case of Warrants held through the book-entry facilities of the Depositary or by or through Persons that are direct participants in the Depositary, providing an Exercise Form (as provided by such Holder’s broker), properly completed and duly executed by the Beneficial Holder thereof, and, in the case of an exercise for cash pursuant to Section 4.5(a), providing payment of the Exercise Amount, to its broker.

(b) Any exercise of a Warrant pursuant to the terms of this Agreement shall be irrevocable and shall constitute a binding agreement between the Holder and the Company, enforceable in accordance with its terms.

(i) examine all Exercise Forms and all other documents delivered to it by or on behalf of Holders as contemplated hereunder to ascertain whether or not, on their face, such Exercise Forms and any such other documents have been executed and completed in accordance with their terms and the terms hereof;

(ii) where an Exercise Form or other document appears on its face to have been improperly completed or executed or some other irregularity in connection with the exercise of the Warrants exists, endeavor to inform the appropriate parties (including the Person submitting such instrument) of the need for fulfillment of all requirements, specifying those requirements which appear to be unfulfilled;

(iii) inform the Company of and cooperate with and assist the Company in resolving any reconciliation problems between Exercise Forms received and the delivery of Warrants to the Warrant Agent’s account;

(iv) advise the Company no later than five (5) Business Days after receipt of an Exercise Form, of (A) the receipt of such Exercise Form and the number of Warrants exercised in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, (B) the instructions with respect to delivery of the Warrant Shares deliverable upon such exercise, subject to timely receipt from the Depositary of the necessary information, and (C) such other information as the Company shall reasonably require;

(v) if requested by the Company and provided with the Warrant Shares and all other necessary information, liaise with the Depositary and endeavor to deliver the Warrant Shares to the relevant accounts at the Depositary in accordance with its customary requirements; and

(vi) account promptly to the Company with respect to Warrants exercised and promptly deposit all monies received by the Warrant Agent for the purchase of Warrant Shares through the exercise of Warrants in the account of the Company maintained with the Warrant Agent for such purpose.

(d) The Company reserves the right to reasonably reject any and all Exercise Forms not in proper form. Such determination by the Company shall be final and binding on the Holders of the Warrants, absent manifest error. Moreover, the Company reserves the absolute right to waive any of the conditions to the exercise of Warrants or defects in Exercise Forms with regard to any particular exercise of Warrants. Neither the Company nor the Warrant Agent shall be under any duty to give notice to the Holders of the Warrants of any irregularities in any exercise of Warrants, nor shall it incur any liability for the failure to give such notice.

Section 4.4 Issuance of Warrant Shares.

(a) Upon exercise of any Warrants pursuant to Section 4.3 and, if applicable, clearance of the funds in payment of the Exercise Price, the Company shall promptly at its expense, and in no event later than ten (10) Business Days thereafter, calculate and cause to be issued to the Holder of such Warrants the total number of whole Warrant Shares for which such Warrants are being exercised (as the same may be hereafter adjusted pursuant to Article V):

(i) in the case of a Beneficial Holder who holds the Warrants being exercised through the Depositary’s book-entry transfer facilities, by same-day or next-day credit to the Depositary for the account of such Beneficial Holder or for the account of a participant in the Depositary the number of Warrant Shares to which such Person is entitled, in each case registered in such name and delivered to such account as directed in the Exercise Form by such Beneficial Holder or by the direct participant in the Depositary through which such Beneficial Holder is acting, or

(ii) in the case of a Registered Holder who holds the Warrants being exercised in the form of Book-Entry Warrants, a book-entry interest in the Warrant Shares registered on the books of the Company’s transfer agent or, at the Registered Holder’s option, by delivery to the address designated by such Registered Holder on its Exercise Form of a physical certificate representing the number of Warrant Shares to which such Registered Holder is entitled, in fully registered form, registered in such name or names as may be directed by such Registered Holder.

(b) Any exercise of Net Issuance Right pursuant to Section 4.5(b) shall be effective upon receipt by the Warrant Agent of the Exercise Form properly completed and duly executed, or on such later date as is specified therein (the “Net Issuance Exercise Date”). The Holder of the Warrants shall be deemed to be the holder of record of the Warrant Shares issuable upon such exercise as of the time of receipt of the Exercise Form and payment of the aggregate Exercise Price for the Warrant Shares for which a Warrant is then being exercised, in the case of an exercise for cash pursuant to Section 4.5(a), or as of the Net Issuance Exercise Date, in the case of a net issuance exercise pursuant to Section 4.5(b), except that, if the date of such receipt and payment or the Net Issuance Exercise Date is a date when the stock transfer books of the Company are closed, the Holder shall be deemed to have become the holder of such shares at the close of business on the next succeeding date on which the stock transfer books are open. Warrants may not be exercised by, or securities issued to, any Holder in any state in which such exercise or issuance would be unlawful.

(c) If less than all of the Warrants evidenced by a Global Warrant Certificate or Warrant Statement, as applicable, surrendered upon the exercise of Warrants are exercised at any time prior to the Expiration Date, a new Global Warrant Certificate or Warrant Statement, as applicable, shall be issued for the remaining number of Warrants evidenced by such Global Warrant Certificate or Warrant Statement, as applicable, so surrendered, and the Warrant Agent is hereby authorized to countersign and deliver the required new Global Warrant Certificate or Warrant Statement, as applicable, pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.4 and this Section 4.4.

Section 4.5 Exercise of Warrant.

(a) Right to Exercise for Cash. Warrants or any portion thereof may be exercised by the Holders thereof at any time or from time to time during the period specified in Section 4.2 hereof by delivery of payment to the Warrant Agent, for the account of the Company, by certified or bank cashier’s check payable to the order of the Company (or as otherwise agreed to by the Company), in lawful money of the United States of America, of the full Exercise Price for the number of Warrant Shares specified in the Exercise Form (which shall be equal to the Exercise Price multiplied by the number of Warrant Shares in respect of which any Warrants are being exercised) and, to the extent required by Section 8.1 hereof, any and all applicable taxes and charges due in connection with the exercise of Warrants and the exchange of Warrants for Warrant Shares (the “Exercise Amount”).

(b) Right to Exercise on a Net Issuance Basis. In lieu of exercising Warrants for cash pursuant to Section 4.5(a), Holders shall have the right to exercise Warrants or any portion thereof (the “Net Issuance Right”) for Warrant Shares as provided in this Section 4.5(b) at any time or from time to time during the period specified in Section 4.2 hereof by the surrender to the Warrant Agent of a duly executed and properly completed Exercise Form marked to reflect net issuance exercise. Upon exercise of the Net Issuance Right with respect to a particular number of Warrant Shares subject to such Warrants and noted on the Exercise Form (the “Net Issuance Warrant Shares”), the Company shall calculate and deliver or cause to be delivered to the Holder (without payment by the Holder of any Exercise Amount or any cash or other consideration) that number of fully paid and nonassessable Warrant Shares (subject to the provisions of Section 4.7) equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the value of such Warrants (or the specified portion hereof) on the Net Issuance Exercise Date, which value shall be determined by subtracting (A) the aggregate Exercise Amount of the Net Issuance Warrant Shares immediately prior to the exercise of the Net Issuance Right from (B) the aggregate fair market value of the Net Issuance Warrant Shares issuable upon exercise of such Warrants (or the specified portion thereof) on the Net Issuance Exercise Date (as defined above) by (y) the fair market value of one Warrant Share on the Net Issuance Exercise Date. Expressed as a formula, such net issuance exercise shall be computed as follows:

X = B - A

Where:

X =

the number of Warrant Shares issuable to the Holder thereof

Y =

the FMV of one Warrant Share as of the Net Issuance Exercise Date

A =

the aggregate Exercise Amount (i.e., Net Issuance Warrant Shares x Exercise Price, plus, to the extent required by Section 8.1 hereof, any and all applicable taxes and charges due in connection with the exercise of the applicable Warrants and the exchange of such Warrants for such Net Issuance Warrant Shares)

B = the aggregate FMV (i.e., FMV x Net Issuance Warrant Shares)

If the foregoing calculation results in a negative number, then no Warrant Shares shall be issuable upon exercise of the Net Issuance Right by the applicable Holder.

(c) Determination of Fair Market Value. For purposes of this Section 4.5, “fair market value” or “FMV” of a Warrant Share as of the Net Issuance Exercise Date shall mean:

(i) if traded on the NYSE, NASDAQ or another stock exchange, the trailing 20-day volume-weighted average price of the Warrant Shares on the NYSE, NASDAQ or such other exchange for the period ending on the trading day immediately prior to the Net Issuance Exercise Date;

(ii) if traded over-the-counter, the trailing 20-day volume-weighted average price of the Warrant Shares for the period ending on the trading day immediately prior to the Net Issuance Exercise Date; and

(iii) if there is no public market for the Warrant Shares, a good faith determination of such fair market value by the Board after consultation with an investment banking firm of nationally recognized standing.

(d) Determination of the Number of Warrant Shares to be Issued. The number of Warrant Shares to be issued on each such exercise will be determined by the Company (with written notice thereof to the Warrant Agent) using the formula set forth in this Section 4.5. The Warrant Agent shall have no duty or obligation to investigate or confirm whether the Company’s determination of the number of Warrant Shares to be issued on such exercise, pursuant to this Section 4.5, is accurate or correct.

Section 4.6 Reservation of Shares. The Company hereby agrees that at all times there shall be reserved for issuance and delivery upon exercise of Warrants such number of Warrant Shares as may be from time to time issuable upon exercise in full of the Warrants. All Warrant Shares shall be duly authorized, and when issued upon such exercise, shall be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, free and clear of all taxes (subject to Section 8.1), liens, security interests, charges and other encumbrances or restrictions of any kind (other than any applicable restrictions under federal and state securities laws) and free and clear of all preemptive rights or similar rights of stockholders, and the Company shall take all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order that the Company may validly and legally issue all Warrant Shares in compliance with this sentence. If at any time prior to the Expiration Date the number and kind of authorized but unissued shares of the Company’s capital stock shall not be sufficient to permit exercise in full of the Warrants, the Company will promptly take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes. The Company agrees that its issuance of Warrants shall constitute full authority to its officers who are charged with the issuance of Warrant Shares to issue shares of New Common Stock upon the exercise of Warrants. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company will not increase the stated or par value per share, if any, of the New Common Stock above the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such increase in stated or par value and will from time to time take all actions reasonably

necessary to ensure that the stated or par value per share, if any, of the New Common Stock is at all times less than the Exercise Price then in effect.

Section 4.7 Fractional Shares. The Company shall not be required to issue any fraction of a share of its capital stock in connection with the exercise of Warrants. All shares of capital stock issuable upon conversion of more than one Warrant by a holder thereof shall be aggregated for purposes of determining whether the conversion would result in the issuance of any fractional share. If, after the aforementioned aggregation, the conversion would result in the issuance of any fractional share, the Company shall, in lieu of issuing any fractional share, round such fraction of a share to the nearest whole number of shares. For the avoidance of doubt, 0.5 of a share shall be rounded to one (1) share.

Section 4.8 Listing. Subject to the restrictions on listing of New Common Stock as set forth in the Plan of Reorganization, the Company shall secure the listing of shares of New Common Stock issuable from time to time upon exercise of the Warrants or other Warrant Shares upon each national securities exchange or stock market, if any, upon which shares of New Common Stock (or securities of the same class as such other Warrant Shares, if applicable) are then listed (subject to official notice of issuance upon exercise of Warrants) and shall maintain, so long as any other shares of New Common Stock (or, as applicable, other securities) shall be so listed, such listing of all Warrant Shares from time to time issuable upon the exercise of Warrants.

Section 4.9 Redemption. The Warrants shall not be redeemable by the Company or any other Person.

ARTICLE V

ADJUSTMENT OF SHARES OF NEW COMMON STOCK PURCHASABLE AND OF EXERCISE PRICE

The Exercise Price and the number and kind of Warrant Shares shall be subject to adjustment from time to time upon the happening of certain events as provided in this Article V.

Section 5.1 Mechanical Adjustments.

(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 4.7, if at any time prior to the exercise in full of the Warrants, the Company shall (i) pay or declare a dividend or make a distribution on the New Common Stock payable in shares of its capital stock (whether shares of New Common Stock or of capital stock of any other class), (ii) subdivide, split, reclassify or recapitalize its outstanding New Common Stock into a greater number of shares, (iii) combine, reclassify or recapitalize its outstanding New Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, or (iv) issue any shares of its capital stock by reclassification of its New Common Stock (including any such reclassification in connection with a consolidation or a merger in which the Company is the continuing corporation), then the Exercise Price in effect at the time of the record date of such event shall be adjusted (either upward or downward, as the case may be) so that the Holders shall be entitled to receive the aggregate number and kind of shares which, if their Warrants had been exercised in full immediately prior to such event, the Holders would have owned upon such

exercise and been entitled to receive by virtue of such event. Any adjustment required by this Section 5.1(a) shall be made successively immediately after the earlier of the record date or the effective date of such event, as applicable, whenever any event in this Section 5.1(a) shall occur, to allow the purchase of such aggregate number and kind of shares.

(b) If the Company distributes to holders of its New Common Stock any assets (including but not limited to cash, but excluding any Regular Dividends), securities, or warrants to purchase securities (including but not limited to New Common Stock), other than as described in Section 5.1(a) or Section 5.1(c) (any such non-excluded event being referred to herein as an “Extraordinary Distribution”), then the Exercise Price shall be decreased, effective immediately after the record or other distribution date of such Extraordinary Distribution, by the amount of cash and/or fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Board after consultation with an investment banking firm of nationally recognized standing) of any securities or assets paid or distributed on each share of New Common Stock in respect of such Extraordinary Distribution. Any adjustment required by this Section 5.1(b) shall be made successively immediately after the earlier of the record date or distribution date whenever any event in this Section 5.1(b) shall occur to allow the purchase of the aggregate number and kind of shares to which Holders may be entitled.

(c) If any transaction or event (including, but not limited to, any merger, consolidation, sale of assets, tender or exchange offer, reorganization, reclassification, compulsory share exchange or liquidation) occurs in which all or substantially all of the outstanding New Common Stock is converted into or exchanged for stock, other securities, cash or assets (each, a “Fundamental Change”), the Holder of each Warrant outstanding immediately prior to the occurrence of such Fundamental Change will have the right upon any subsequent exercise (and payment of the applicable Exercise Price) to receive (but only out of legally available funds, to the extent required by applicable law) the kind and amount of stock, other securities, cash and assets that such Holder would have received if such Warrant had been exercised pursuant to the terms hereof immediately prior thereto (assuming such Holder failed to exercise his rights of election, if any, as to the kind or amount of securities, cash or other property receivable upon such Fundamental Change). Any adjustment required by this Section 5.1(c) shall be made successively immediately after the earlier of the record date or the effective date, as applicable, whenever any event in this Section 5.1(c) shall occur, to allow the purchase of the aggregate number and kind of shares or other consideration to which Holders may be entitled. The Company will not effect any capital reorganization or reclassification of its capital stock, or any consolidation or merger, or the sale of all or substantially all of its assets (where there is a change in or distribution with respect to the New Common Stock) unless prior to the consummation thereof the successor Person (if other than the Company) shall assume by written instrument the obligation to deliver to the Holder such shares of stock, securities or assets as, in accordance with the foregoing provisions, the Holder may be entitled to purchase.

(d) Subject to the provisions of Section 4.7, whenever the Exercise Price payable upon exercise of Warrants is adjusted pursuant to Section 5.1(a), the number of Warrant Shares issuable upon exercise of each Warrant shall simultaneously be adjusted to a number of Warrant Shares determined by multiplying the number of Warrant Shares initially issuable upon exercise of each Warrant by the Exercise Price in effect on the date of such adjustment and dividing the product so obtained by the Exercise Price, as adjusted.

(e) If, at any time after the Issue Date, any adjustment is made to the applicable Exercise Price pursuant to this Section 5.1, such adjustment to the Exercise Price will be applicable with respect to all then outstanding Warrants and all Warrants issued in exchange or substitution therefor on or after the date of the event causing such adjustment to the Exercise Price.

(f) No adjustment in the Exercise Price shall be required unless such adjustment would require an increase or decrease of at least five cents ($0.05) in such price; provided, however, that any adjustments which by reason of this Section 5.1(f) are not required to be made shall be carried forward and taken into account in any subsequent adjustment. All calculations under this Section 5.1 shall be made to the nearest cent ($0.01) (with $.005 being rounded upward) or to the nearest one-hundredth of a share (with .005 of a share being rounded upward), as the case may be. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 5.1 to the contrary, the Exercise Price shall not be reduced to less than the then existing par value of the New Common Stock as a result of any adjustment made hereunder.

(g) In the event that at any time, as a result of any adjustment made pursuant to Section 5.1(a), Section 5.1(b) or Section 5.1(c), the Holder thereafter shall become entitled to receive any shares of the Company other than New Common Stock, thereafter the number of such other shares so receivable upon exercise of any Warrant shall be subject to adjustment from time to time in a manner and on terms as nearly equivalent as practicable to the provisions with respect to the New Common Stock contained in this Section 5.1.

(h) The Company will not take any action that results in any adjustment hereunder if the total number of shares of New Common Stock issuable after such action upon exercise in full of the Warrants, together with all shares of New Common Stock then outstanding and all shares of New Common Stock then issuable upon exercise of all options and upon conversion of all convertible securities then outstanding, would exceed the total number of shares of New Common Stock then authorized by the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

Section 5.2 Notices of Adjustment. Whenever the number and/or kind of Warrant Shares or the Exercise Price is adjusted as herein provided, the Company shall (i) prepare and deliver, or cause to be prepared and delivered, forthwith to the Warrant Agent a certificate signed by an Appropriate Officer of the Company setting forth the adjusted number and/or kind of shares purchasable upon the exercise of Warrants and the Exercise Price of such shares after such adjustment, the facts requiring such adjustment and the computation by which adjustment was made, and (ii) cause the Warrant Agent to give written notice to each Holder in the manner provided in Section 9.2 below, which notice shall state the record date or the effective date of the event in addition to the adjusted number and/or kind of shares purchasable upon the exercise of Warrants and the Exercise Price of such shares after such adjustment, the facts requiring such adjustment and the computation by which adjustment was made. Failure to give such notice, or any defect therein, shall not affect the legality or validity of such event. The Warrant Agent shall be fully protected in relying upon such a certificate and shall have no duty with respect to, and shall not be deemed to have knowledge of, any adjustments, unless and until the Warrant Agent shall have received such a certificate.

Section 5.3 Form of Warrant After Adjustments. The form of the Global Warrant Certificate need not be changed because of any adjustments in the Exercise Price or the number or kind of the Warrant Shares, and Warrants theretofore or thereafter issued may continue to express the same price and number and kind of shares as are stated in Warrants, as initially issued. The Company, however, may at any time in its sole discretion make any change in the form of Global Warrant Certificate that it may deem appropriate to give effect to such adjustments and that does not affect the substance of the Global Warrant Certificate (including the rights, duties, immunities or obligations of the Warrant Agent), and any Global Warrant Certificate thereafter issued, whether in exchange or substitution for an outstanding Global Warrant Certificate or otherwise, may be in the form so changed.

ARTICLE VI

TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE

OF WARRANTS AND WARRANT SHARES

Section 6.1 Registration of Transfers and Exchanges.

(a) Transfer and Exchange of Global Warrant Certificates or Beneficial Interests Therein. The transfer and exchange of Global Warrant Certificates or beneficial interests therein shall be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with this Agreement and the procedures of the Depositary therefor.

(b) Exchange of a Beneficial Interest in a Global Warrant Certificate for a Book-Entry Warrant.

(i) Any Holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Warrant Certificate may, upon request, exchange such beneficial interest for a Book-Entry Warrant. Upon receipt by the Warrant Agent from the Depositary or its nominee of written instructions or such other form of instructions as is customary for the Depositary on behalf of any Person having a beneficial interest in a Global Warrant Certificate, and all other necessary information the Warrant Agent shall cause, in accordance with the standing instructions and procedures existing between the Depositary and Warrant Agent, the number of Warrants represented by the Global Warrant Certificate to be reduced by the number of Warrants to be represented by the Book-Entry Warrants to be issued in exchange for the beneficial interest of such Person in the Global Warrant Certificate and, following such reduction, the Warrant Agent shall register in the name of the Holder a Book-Entry Warrant and deliver to said Holder a Warrant Statement.

(ii) Book-Entry Warrants issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Global Warrant Certificate pursuant to this Section 6.1(b) shall be registered in such names as the Depositary, pursuant to instructions from its direct or indirect participants or otherwise, shall instruct the Warrant Agent. The Warrant Agent shall deliver such Warrant Statements to the Persons in whose names such Warrants are so registered.

(c) Transfer and Exchange of Book-Entry Warrants. When Book-Entry Warrants are presented to or deposited with the Warrant Agent with a written request:

(i) to register the transfer of any Book-Entry Warrants; or

(ii) to exchange any Book-Entry Warrants for an equal number of Book-Entry Warrants of other authorized denominations, the Warrant Agent shall register the transfer or make the exchange as requested if its customary requirements for such transactions are met; provided, however, that the Warrant Agent has received a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Warrant Agent, properly completed and duly executed by the Registered Holder thereof or by his attorney, duly authorized in writing.

(d) Restrictions on Exchange or Transfer of a Book-Entry Warrant for a Beneficial Interest in a Global Warrant Certificate. A Book-Entry Warrant may not be exchanged for a beneficial interest in a Global Warrant Certificate except upon satisfaction of the requirements set forth below. Upon receipt by the Warrant Agent of appropriate instruments of transfer with respect to a Book-Entry Warrant, in form satisfactory to the Warrant Agent, together with written instructions directing the Warrant Agent to make, or to direct the Depositary to make, an endorsement on the Global Warrant Certificate to reflect an increase in the number of Warrants represented by the Global Warrant Certificate equal to the number of Warrants represented by such Book-Entry Warrant, and all other necessary information, then the Warrant Agent shall cancel such Book-Entry Warrant on the Warrant Register and cause, or direct the Depositary to cause, in accordance with the standing instructions and procedures existing between the Depositary and the Warrant Agent, the number of Warrants represented by the Global Warrant Certificate to be increased accordingly. If no Global Warrant Certificates are then outstanding, the Company shall issue and the Warrant Agent shall either manually or by facsimile countersign a new Global Warrant Certificate representing the appropriate number of Warrants.

(e) Restrictions on Transfer and Exchange of Global Warrant Certificates. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement (other than the provisions set forth in Section 6.1(f)), unless and until it is exchanged in whole for a Book-Entry Warrant, a Global Warrant Certificate may not be transferred as a whole except by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary or by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or another nominee of the Depositary or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary.

(f) Book-Entry Warrants. If at any time, (i) the Depositary for the Global Warrant Certificates notifies the Company that the Depositary is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for the Global Warrant Certificates and a successor Depositary for the Global Warrant Certificates is not appointed by the Company within 90 days after delivery of such notice or (ii) the Company, in its sole discretion, notifies the Warrant Agent in writing that it elects to exclusively cause the issuance of Book-Entry Warrants under this Agreement, then the Warrant Agent, upon written instructions signed by an Appropriate Officer of the Company, and all other necessary information, shall register Book-Entry Warrants, in an aggregate number equal to the number of Warrants represented by the Global Warrant Certificates, in exchange for such Global Warrant Certificates in such names and in such amounts as directed by the Depositary or, in the absence of instructions from the Depositary, by the Company.

(g) Restrictions on Transfer. No Warrants or Warrant Shares shall be sold, exchanged or otherwise transferred in violation of the Securities Act or state securities laws.

(h) Cancellation of Global Warrant Certificate. At such time as all beneficial interests in Global Warrant Certificates have either been exchanged for Book-Entry Warrants, repurchased or cancelled, all Global Warrant Certificates shall be returned to, or retained and cancelled by, the Warrant Agent, upon written instructions from the Company satisfactory to the Warrant Agent.

Section 6.2 Obligations with Respect to Transfers and Exchanges of Warrants.

(i) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company shall execute Global Warrant Certificates, if applicable, and the Warrant Agent is hereby authorized, in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.4 and this Article VI, to countersign such Global Warrant Certificates, if applicable, or register Book-Entry Warrants, if applicable, as required pursuant to the provisions of this Article VI and for the purpose of any distribution of new Global Warrant Certificates contemplated by Section 7.2 or additional Global Warrant Certificates contemplated by Article V.

(ii) All Book-Entry Warrants and Global Warrant Certificates issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Book-Entry Warrants or Global Warrant Certificates shall be the valid obligations of the Company, entitled to the same benefits under this Agreement as the Book-Entry Warrants or Global Warrant Certificates surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

(iii) No service charge shall be made to a Holder for any registration, transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any stamp or other tax or other charge that may be imposed on the Holder in connection with any such exchange or registration of transfer.

(iv) So long as the Depositary, or its nominee, is the registered owner of a Global Warrant Certificate, the Depositary or such nominee, as the case may be, will be considered the sole owner or holder of the Warrants represented by such Global Warrant Certificate for all purposes under this Agreement. Except as provided in Section 6.1(b) and Section 6.1(f) upon the exchange of a beneficial interest in a Global Warrant Certificate for Book-Entry Warrants, Beneficial Holders will not be entitled to have any Warrants registered in their names, and will under no circumstances be entitled to receive physical delivery of any such Warrants and will not be considered the Registered Holder thereof under the Warrants or this Agreement. Neither the Company nor the Warrant Agent, in its capacity as registrar for such Warrants, will have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to beneficial interests in a Global Warrant Certificate or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial interests.

Transfer Agent Medallion Program, the Stock Exchanges Medallion Program or the New York Stock Exchange, Inc. Medallion Signature Program and, in the case of a transfer of a Global Warrant Certificate, upon surrender to the Warrant Agent of such Global Warrant Certificate, duly endorsed. Upon any such registration of transfer, a new Global Warrant Certificate or a Warrant Statement, as the case may be, shall be issued to the transferee.

Section 6.3 Fractional Warrants. The Warrant Agent shall not be required to effect any registration of transfer or exchange which will result in the issuance of a warrant certificate for a fraction of a Warrant.

ARTICLE VII

OTHER PROVISIONS RELATING TO RIGHTS OF HOLDERS OF WARRANTS

Section 7.1 No Rights or Liability as Stockholder; Notice to Registered Holders. Nothing contained in the Warrants shall be construed as conferring upon the Holder or his, her or its transferees the right to vote or to receive dividends or to consent or to receive notice as a stockholder in respect of any meeting of stockholders for the election of directors of the Company or of any other matter, or any rights whatsoever as stockholders of the Company. No provision thereof and no mere enumeration therein of the rights or privileges of the Holder shall give rise to any liability of such holder for the Exercise Price hereunder or as a stockholder of the Company, whether such liability is asserted by the Company or by creditors of the Company. To the extent not covered by any statement delivered pursuant to Section 5.2, the Company shall give notice to Registered Holders by registered mail if at any time prior to the expiration or exercise in full of the Warrants:

(a) any dividend or distribution (whether payable in cash, securities or other assets) upon the New Common Stock shall be proposed;

(b) an offer for subscription pro rata to the holders of New Common Stock of any additional shares of stock of any class or other securities or rights shall be proposed;

(d) any of the following additional events shall be proposed: a capital reorganization or reclassification of the New Common Stock; any consolidation or merger of the Company with or into another Person (other than a consolidation or merger in which the Company is the continuing corporation and that does not result in any reclassification or change of New Common Stock outstanding); any sale or conveyance to another Person of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; or any other Fundamental Change.

Such giving of notice shall be initiated at least ten (10) Business Days prior to the date fixed as a record date or effective date or the date of closing of the Company’s stock transfer books for the determination of the stockholders entitled to vote on any of the events described in clauses (a)-(d) immediately above. Such notice shall specify such record date or the date of closing the stock transfer books or the date the relevant event shall take place, as the case may be, a reasonably detailed description of such event, and the anticipated timing thereof. Failure to provide such notice shall not affect the validity of any action taken in connection with such

proposed event. For the avoidance of doubt, no such notice shall supersede or limit any adjustment called for by Section 5.1 by reason of any event as to which notice is required by this Section 7.1.

Section 7.2 Lost, Stolen, Mutilated or Destroyed Warrants. If any Global Warrant Certificate or Warrant Statement is lost, stolen, mutilated or destroyed, the Company shall issue, and the Warrant Agent shall countersign and deliver, in exchange and substitution for and upon cancellation of the mutilated Global Warrant Certificate or Warrant Statement, as applicable, or in lieu of and substitution for such Global Warrant Certificate or Warrant Statement, as applicable, lost, stolen or destroyed, a new Global Warrant Certificate or Warrant Statement, as applicable, of like tenor and representing an equivalent number of Warrants, but only upon receipt of evidence and an affidavit reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the Warrant Agent of the loss, theft or destruction of such Global Warrant Certificate or Warrant Statement, as applicable, or the posting of an indemnity or bond of the Company and Warrant Agent for any losses in connection therewith, if requested by either the Company or the Warrant Agent, also satisfactory to them. Applicants for such substitute Global Warrant Certificates or Warrant Statement, as applicable, shall also comply with such other reasonable regulations and pay such other reasonable charges as the Company or the Warrant Agent may prescribe and as required by Section 8-405 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of New York.

Section 7.3 No Restrictive Legends. No legend shall be stamped or imprinted on any stock certificate for Warrant Shares issued upon the exercise of any Warrant and or stock certificate issued upon the direct or indirect transfer of any such Warrant Shares.

Section 7.4 Cancellation of Warrants. If the Company shall purchase or otherwise acquire Warrants, the Global Warrant Certificates and the Book-Entry Warrants representing such Warrants shall thereupon be deposited with or delivered to the Warrant Agent, if applicable, and be cancelled by it and retired. The Warrant Agent shall cancel all Global Warrant Certificates surrendered for exchange, substitution, transfer or exercise in whole or in part. Such cancelled Global Warrant Certificates shall thereafter be disposed of in a manner satisfactory to the Company provided in writing to the Warrant Agent.

ARTICLE VIII

CONCERNING THE WARRANT AGENT AND OTHER MATTERS

Section 8.1 Payment of Taxes. The Company will from time to time promptly pay all taxes and charges that may be imposed upon the Company or the Warrant Agent in respect of the issuance or delivery of the Warrant Shares upon the exercise of Warrants, but any taxes or charges in connection with the issuance of Warrants or Warrant Shares in any name other than that of the Holder of the Warrants shall be paid by such Holder; and in any such case, the Company and the Warrant Agent shall not be required to issue or deliver any Warrants or Warrant Shares until such taxes or charges shall have been paid or it is established to the Company’s and the Warrant Agent’s reasonable satisfaction that no tax or charge is due.

Section 8.2 Resignation, Consolidation or Merger of Warrant Agent.

(a) Appointment of Successor Warrant Agent. The Warrant Agent, or any successor to it hereafter appointed, may resign its duties and be discharged from all further duties and liabilities hereunder after giving thirty (30) days’ notice in writing to the Company. If the office of the Warrant Agent becomes vacant by resignation or incapacity to act or otherwise, the Company shall appoint in writing a successor Warrant Agent in place of the Warrant Agent. If the Company shall fail to make such appointment within a period of thirty (30) calendar days after it has been notified in writing of such resignation or incapacity by the Warrant Agent or by the Registered Holder of a Warrant (who shall, with such notice, submit his Warrant for inspection by the Company), then the Registered Holder of any Warrant may apply to any court of competent jurisdiction located in the State of New York. Any successor Warrant Agent, whether appointed by the Company or by such court, shall be a Person organized and existing under the laws of any state or of the United States of America, and shall be authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers and subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authority. After appointment, any successor Warrant Agent shall be vested with all the authority, powers, rights, immunities, duties and obligations of its predecessor Warrant Agent with like effect as if originally named as Warrant Agent hereunder, without any further act or deed; but if for any reason it becomes necessary or appropriate, the predecessor Warrant Agent shall execute and deliver, at the expense of the Company, an instrument transferring to such successor Warrant Agent all the authority, powers, rights, immunities, duties and obligations of such predecessor Warrant Agent hereunder; and upon request of any successor Warrant Agent, the Company shall make, execute, acknowledge and deliver any and all instruments in writing for more fully and effectually vesting in and confirming to such successor Warrant Agent all such authority, powers, rights, immunities, duties and obligations. For the avoidance of doubt, any predecessor Warrant Agent shall deliver and transfer to its successor Warrant Agent any property at the time held by it hereunder and execute and deliver, at the expense of the Company, any further assurance, conveyance, act or deed necessary for the purpose.

(b) Notice of Successor Warrant Agent. In the event a successor Warrant Agent shall be appointed, the Company shall (i) give notice thereof to the predecessor Warrant Agent and the transfer agent for the New Common Stock not later than the effective date of any such appointment, and (ii) cause written notice thereof to be delivered to each Registered Holder at such holder’s address appearing on the Warrant Register. Failure to give any notice provided for in this Section 8.2(b) or any defect therein shall not affect the legality or validity of the removal of the Warrant Agent or the appointment of a successor Warrant Agent, as the case may be.

(i) Any Person or other entity into which the Warrant Agent may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated or any Person resulting from any merger, conversion, or consolidation to which the Warrant Agent shall be a party or any Person succeeding to the shareholder services business of the Warrant Agent or any successor Warrant Agent, shall be the successor Warrant Agent under this Agreement, without any further act or deed, if such Person would be eligible for appointment as a successor Warrant Agent under the provisions of Section 8.2(a). If any of the Global Warrant Certificates have been countersigned but not delivered at the time such successor to the Warrant Agent succeeds under this Agreement, any such successor to the Warrant Agent may adopt the countersignature of the

original Warrant Agent; and if at that time any of the Global Warrant Certificates shall not have been countersigned, any successor to the Warrant Agent may countersign such Global Warrant Certificates either in the name of the predecessor Warrant Agent or in the name of the successor Warrant Agent; and in all such cases such Global Warrant Certificates shall have the full force provided in the Global Warrant Certificates and in this Agreement.

(ii) If at any time the name of the Warrant Agent is changed and at such time any of the Global Warrant Certificates have been countersigned but not delivered, the Warrant Agent whose name has changed may adopt the countersignature under its prior name; and if at that time any of the Global Warrant Certificates have not been countersigned, the Warrant Agent may countersign such Global Warrant Certificates either in its prior name or in its changed name; and in all such cases such Global Warrant Certificates shall have the full force provided in the Global Warrant Certificates and in this Agreement.

Section 8.3 Fees and Expenses of Warrant Agent.

(a) Remuneration. The Company agrees to pay the Warrant Agent reasonable remuneration to be agreed upon between the Warrant Agent and the Company for its services as Warrant Agent hereunder and will reimburse the Warrant Agent upon demand for all expenditures (including reasonable counsel fees and expenses) that the Warrant Agent may reasonably incur in the preparation, delivery, administration, execution and amendment of this Agreement and the exercise and performance of its duties hereunder.

(b) Further Assurances. The Company agrees to perform, execute, acknowledge and deliver or cause to be performed, executed, acknowledged and delivered all such further and other acts, instruments, and assurances as may reasonably be required by the Warrant Agent for the carrying out or performing of the provisions of this Agreement.

Section 8.4 Liability of Warrant Agent.

(a) Reliance on Company Statement. Whenever in the performance of its duties under this Agreement the Warrant Agent shall deem it necessary or desirable that any fact or matter be proved or established by the Company prior to taking or suffering any action hereunder, such fact or matter may be deemed to be conclusively proved and established by a statement signed by the Chief Executive Officer or Chairman of the Board and delivered to the Warrant Agent; and such certificate will be full authorization to the Warrant Agent for any action taken, suffered or omitted by it under the provisions of this Agreement in reliance upon such certificate. The Warrant Agent is hereby authorized and directed to accept instructions with respect to the performance of its duties hereunder from any one of the Chief Executive Officer or Chairman of the Board, and to apply to such officers for advice or instructions in connection with its duties, and it may rely upon such statement and will not be liable for any action taken, suffered or omitted to be taken by it in accordance with any such instructions or pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement.

court of competent jurisdiction). The Company agrees to indemnify the Warrant Agent for, and to hold it harmless against, any loss, liability, suit, action, proceeding, judgment, claim, settlement, cost or expense (including reasonable counsel fees and expenses), incurred without gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith on the part of the Warrant Agent (which gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith must be determined by a final, non-appealable order, judgment, decree or ruling of a court of competent jurisdiction), for any action taken, suffered or omitted by the Warrant Agent in connection with the preparation, delivery, acceptance, administration, execution and amendment of this Agreement and the exercise and performance of its duties hereunder, including the costs and expenses of defending against any claim of liability arising therefrom, directly or indirectly. The Warrant Agent shall not be obligated to expend or risk its own funds or to take any action which it believes would expose it to expense or liability or to a risk of incurring expense or liability, unless it has been furnished with assurances of repayment or indemnity satisfactory to it. No provision in this Agreement shall be construed to relieve the Warrant Agent from liability for its own gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith (which gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith must be determined by a final, non-appealable order, judgment, decree or ruling of a court of competent jurisdiction).

(c) Exclusions. The Warrant Agent shall have no responsibility with respect to the validity of this Agreement or with respect to the validity or execution of any Warrant (except its countersignature thereof); nor shall it be responsible for any breach by the Company of any covenant or condition contained in this Agreement or in any Warrant; nor shall it be responsible or have any duty to make any calculation or adjustment, or to determine when any calculation or adjustment required under the provisions of Article IV or Article V hereof should be made, how it should be made or what it should be, or have any responsibility or liability for the manner, method or amount of any such calculation or adjustment or the ascertaining of the existence of facts that would require any such calculation or adjustment; nor shall it by any act hereunder be deemed to make any representation or warranty as to the authorization or reservation of any Warrant Shares to be issued pursuant to this Agreement or any Warrant or as to whether any Warrant Shares will, when issued, be valid and fully paid and nonassessable.

Section 8.5 Acceptance of Agency. The Warrant Agent hereby accepts the agency established by this Agreement and agrees to perform the same upon the express terms and conditions herein set forth and, among other things, shall account promptly to the Company with respect to Warrants exercised and concurrently account for and pay to the Company all moneys received by the Warrant Agent for the purchase of Warrant Shares through the exercise of Warrants.

Section 8.6 Agent for the Company. In acting in the capacity of Warrant Agent under this Agreement, the Warrant Agent is acting solely as agent of the Company and does not assume any obligation or relationship of agency or trust with any of the owners or holders of the Warrants.

Section 8.7 Counsel. The Warrant Agent may consult with counsel satisfactory to it (which may be counsel to the Company), and the advice of such counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in accordance with the advice of such counsel.

Section 8.8 Documents. The Warrant Agent shall be protected and shall incur no liability for or in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it in reliance upon any notice, direction, consent, certificate, affidavit, statement or other paper or document reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to have been presented or signed by the proper parties.

Section 8.9 Certain Transactions. The Warrant Agent, and its officers, directors and employees, may become the owner of, or acquire any interest in, any Warrant, with the same rights that it or they would have were it not the Warrant Agent hereunder, and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, it or they may engage or be interested in any financial or other transaction with the Company and may act on, or as a depositary, trustee or agent for, any committee or body of holders of Warrants, or other securities or obligations of the Company as freely as if it were not the Warrant Agent hereunder. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to prevent the Warrant Agent from acting as trustee under an indenture.

Section 8.10 No Liability for Interest. The Warrant Agent shall not be under any liability for interest on any monies at any time received by it pursuant to any of the provisions of this Agreement.

Section 8.11 No Liability for Invalidity. The Warrant Agent shall not be under any responsibility with respect to the validity or sufficiency of this Agreement or the execution and delivery hereof (except the due execution and delivery hereof by the Warrant Agent) or with respect to the validity or execution of the Warrant Certificates (except its countersignature thereon).

Section 8.12 No Responsibilities for Recitals. The recitals contained herein and in the Warrant Certificates (except as to the Warrant Agent’s countersignature thereon) shall be taken as the statements of the Company and the Warrant Agent assumes no responsibility hereby for the correctness of the same.

Section 8.13 No Implied Obligations. The Warrant Agent shall be obligated to perform such duties as are explicitly set forth herein and no implied duties or obligations shall be read into this Agreement against the Warrant Agent. The Warrant Agent shall not be under any obligation to take any action hereunder that may involve it in any expense or liability, the payment of which within a reasonable time is not, in its opinion, assured to it. The Warrant Agent shall not be accountable or under any duty or responsibility for the use by the Company of any Warrant Certificate authenticated by the Warrant Agent and delivered by it to the Company pursuant to this Agreement or for the application by the Company of the proceeds of the issue and sale, or exercise, of the Warrants. The Warrant Agent shall have no duty or responsibility in case of any default by the Company in the performance of its covenants or agreements contained herein or in any Warrant Certificate or in the case of the receipt of any written demand from a Holder with respect to such default, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any duty or responsibility to initiate or attempt to initiate any proceedings at law or otherwise or, to make any demand upon the Company.

connection with, the actions or omissions to act of its agents or attorneys-in-fact, so long as the Warrant Agent acts without gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith (which gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith must be determined by a final, non-appealable order, judgment, decree or ruling of a court of competent jurisdiction) in connection with the selection of, and assignment of tasks to, such agents or attorneys-in-fact; provided, that this provision shall not permit the Warrant Agent to assign all or substantially all of its primary record-keeping responsibilities hereunder to any third party provider without the Company’s prior written consent.

Section 8.15 Liability. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, in no event shall the Warrant Agent be liable for special, indirect, punitive, incidental or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including but not limited to lost profits), even if the Warrant Agent has been advised of the likelihood of the loss or damage and regardless of the form of the action. Any liability of the Warrant Agent under this Agreement shall be limited to the amount of annual fees paid by the Company to the Warrant Agent.

Section 8.16 Force Majeure. In no event shall the Warrant Agent be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations under this Agreement arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its reasonable control, including without limitation strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software or hardware) services.

ARTICLE IX

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

Section 9.1 Binding Effects; Benefits. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and shall be binding upon the Company, the Warrant Agent and the Holders and their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns. Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, is intended to or shall confer on any Person other than the Company, the Warrant Agent and the Holders, or their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors or assigns, any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement.

Section 9.2 Notices. Any notice or other communication required or which may be given hereunder shall be in writing and shall be sent by certified or registered mail, by private national courier service (return receipt requested, postage prepaid), by personal delivery or by electronic or facsimile transmission. Such notice or communication shall be deemed given (a) if mailed, two days after the date of mailing, (b) if sent by national courier service, one Business Day after being sent, (c) if delivered personally, when so delivered, or (d) if sent by electronic or facsimile transmission, on the Business Day after such transmission is sent, in each case as follows:

if to the Warrant Agent, to:

Mellon Investor Services LLC

480 Washington Boulevard

Jersey City, NJ 07310

Attention: Ed Eismont

Facsimile: (201) 680-4665

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Mellon Investor Services LLC

480 Washington Boulevard

Jersey City, NJ 07310

Attention: Legal Department

Facsimile: (201) 680-4610

if to the Company, to:

Charter Communications, Inc.

12405 Powerscourt Drive

St. Louis, MO 63131

Attention: General Counsel

Facsimile: 314-543-2308

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

153 East 53rd Street

New York, New York 10022

Attention: Christian O. Nagler

Facsimile: (212) 446-6460

if to Registered Holders, at their addresses as they appear in the Warrant Register.

If the Company fails to maintain such office or agency or fails to give such notice of any change in the location thereof, presentation may be made and notices and demands may be served at the office of the Warrant Agent designated for such purpose.

Section 9.3 Persons Having Rights under this Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement expressed and nothing that may be implied from any of the provisions hereof is intended, or shall be construed, to confer upon, or give to, any Person other than the parties hereto and the Holders, any right, remedy, or claim under or by reason of this Agreement or of any covenant, condition, stipulation, promise, or agreement hereof. All covenants, conditions, stipulations, promises, and agreements contained in this Agreement shall be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the parties hereto, their successors and assigns and the Holders.

Section 9.4 Examination of this Agreement. A copy of this Agreement shall be available at all reasonable times at the office of the Warrant Agent designated for such purpose, for examination by the Holder of any Warrant. Prior to such examination, the Warrant Agent may require any such holder to submit his Warrant for inspection by it.

Section 9.5 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of original, facsimile, PDF or electronic counterparts and each of such counterparts shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original, and all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

Section 9.6 Effect of Headings. The section headings herein are for convenience only and are not part of this Agreement and shall not affect the interpretation hereof.

Section 9.7 Amendments.

(a) Subject to Section 9.7(b) below, this agreement may not be amended except in writing signed by both parties hereto.

(b) The Company and the Warrant Agent may from time to time supplement or amend this Agreement or the Warrants (a) without the approval of any Holders in order to cure any ambiguity, manifest error or other mistake in this Agreement or the Warrants, or to correct or supplement any provision contained herein or in the Warrants that may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision herein or in the Warrants, or to make any other provisions in regard to matters or questions arising hereunder that the Company and the Warrant Agent may deem necessary or desirable and that shall not adversely affect, alter or change the interests of any Holder or (b) with the prior written consent of holders of the Warrants exercisable for a majority of the Warrant Shares then issuable upon exercise of the Warrants then outstanding. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, upon the delivery of a certificate from an Appropriate Officer of the Company and, if requested by the Warrant Agent, an opinion of counsel, which states that the proposed supplement or amendment is in compliance with the terms of this Section 9.7 and, provided such supplement or amendment does not change the Warrant Agent’s rights, duties, liabilities, immunities or obligations hereunder, the Warrant Agent shall execute such supplement or amendment. Any amendment, modification or waiver effected pursuant to and in accordance with the provisions of this Section 9.7 will be binding upon all Holders and upon each future Holder, the Company and the Warrant Agent. In the event of any amendment, modification or waiver, the Company will give prompt notice thereof to all Registered Holders and, if appropriate, notation thereof will be made on all Global Warrant Certificates thereafter surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange.

Section 9.8 No Inconsistent Agreements. The Company will not, on or after the date hereof, enter into any agreement with respect to its securities which conflicts with the rights granted to the Holders in the Warrants or the provisions hereof. The Company represents and warrants to the Holders that, as of the date hereof, the rights granted hereunder do not in any way conflict with the rights granted to holders of the Company’s securities under any other agreements.

Section 9.9 Integration/Entire Agreement. This Agreement, the Warrants and the other agreements and documents referenced herein and therein constitute the complete agreement among the Company, the Warrant Agent and the Holders with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements, oral or written, between or among the parties with respect thereto.

Section 9.10 Governing Law, Etc. This Agreement and each Warrant issued hereunder shall be deemed to be a contract made under the laws of the State of New York and for all purposes shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of such State. Each party hereto consents and submits to the jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York and of the federal courts of the Southern District of New York in connection with any action or proceeding brought against it that arises out of or in connection with, that is based upon, or that relates to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby. In connection with any such action or proceeding in any such court, each party hereto hereby waives personal service of any summons, complaint or other process and hereby agrees that service thereof may be made in accordance with the procedures for giving notice set forth in Section 9.2 hereof. Each party hereto hereby waives any objection to jurisdiction or venue in any such court in any such action or proceeding and agrees not to assert any defense based on forum non conveniens or lack of jurisdiction or venue in any such court in any such action or proceeding.

Section 9.11 Termination. This Agreement shall terminate on the Expiration Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement will terminate on any earlier date when all Warrants have been exercised. The provisions of Section 8.4 and this Article IX shall survive such termination and the resignation or removal of the Warrant Agent.

Section 9.12 Waiver of Trial by Jury. Each party hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives the right to a trial by jury in any action, suit, counterclaim or other proceeding (whether based on contract, tort or otherwise) arising out of, connected with or relating to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.

Section 9.13 Severability. In the event that any one or more of the provisions contained herein or in the Warrants, or the application thereof in any circumstances, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provisions in every other respect and of the remaining provisions contained herein and therein shall not be affected or impaired thereby; provided, that if any such excluded term, provision, covenant or restriction shall materially adversely affect the rights, immunities, duties or obligations of the Warrant Agent, the Warrant Agent shall be entitled to resign immediately. Furthermore, subject to the preceding sentence, in lieu of any such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision, the parties hereto intend that there shall be added as a part of this Agreement a provision as similar in terms and commercial effect to such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision as may be possible and be valid and enforceable.

[Signature Page Follows]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been duly executed by the parties hereto as of the day and year first above written.

CHARTER COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

By: ______________________________

Name:

Title:

MELLON INVESTOR SERVICES LLC

By: ______________________________

Name:

Title:

[Signature Page to CCH Warrant]

EXHIBIT A-1

FORM OF WARRANT STATEMENT

CHARTER COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

DRS Warrant Distribution Statement
CUSIP Number	Account Number/Account Key

Ticker Symbol	Investor ID

Issuance Date	Distribution

[_______________]

Charter Communications, Inc. Warrants Issued To You In Book-Entry Form

[_______]

PLEASE RETAIN THIS STATEMENT FOR YOUR RECORDS

These Warrants are maintained for you under the Direct Registration System, which means they are held for you in an electronic, book-entry account maintained by BNY Mellon Shareowner Services (see enclosed brochure, "What Individual Investors Should Know About Holding Securities"). Please retain this statement for your permanent record.

NO ACTION IS REQUIRED if you choose to keep warrants in book-entry form.

Questions? Contact BNY Mellon Shareowner Services To access your account, use your Investor ID Number that is located in the box above on the top right hand corner of this statement. You can contact BNY Mellon Shareowner Services in one of the following ways:
By Internet: Visit www.bnymellon.com/shareowner/isd for access to your account. You will be able to certify your Taxpayer Identification Number/Social Security Number, change your address or sell warrants.
By Phone: Toll Free Number 1-866-463-1222 Outside the U.S. (Collect) 1-201-680-6578 Hearing Impaired 1-800-231-5469 Representatives are available 9 a.m. to 7 p.m. Eastern Time weekdays	By Mail: Charter Communications, Inc. c/o BNY Mellon Shareowner Services P.O. Box 358035 Pittsburgh, PA 15252-8035

SEE REVERSE SIDE FOR IMPORTANT INFORMATION

CHARTER COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

This statement is your record that the Charter Communications, Inc. Warrants have been credited to your account on the books of Charter Communications, Inc. maintained by BNY Mellon Shareowner Services, under the Direct Registration System. Please verify all information on the reverse side of this statement. This statement is neither a negotiable instrument nor a security, and delivery of this statement does not itself confer any rights on the recipient. Nevertheless, it should be kept with your important documents as a record of your ownership of these securities.

Transfer ownership of your book-entry warrants at any time by submitting the appropriate warrant transfer documents to BNY Mellon Shareowner Services. Visit Investor ServiceDirect online at www.bnymellon.com/shareowner/isd, or call 1-866-463-1222 to obtain transfer documents.

Transfer of your book-entry warrants to your broker can be accomplished in one of two ways:

(1)	The fastest and easiest way - provide your broker with your Account Key at BNY Mellon Shareowner Services, your Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN) and your account registration information, and request that your broker initiate an electronic transfer of your warrants, or

(2)	Obtain a “Broker-Dealer Authorization Form” by visiting www.bnymellon.com/shareowner/isd, or by calling 1-866-463-1222.

To sell any or all of your book-entry warrants in your account at BNY Mellon Shareowner Services, visit www.bnymellon.com/shareowner/isd, phone toll free 1-866-463-1222 or simply check the appropriate “sell” box, sign and date the attached sales coupon and mail it in the envelope provided. By conducting a sale through this program, you agree that this constitutes immediate enrollment in the program. Any sales of book-entry shares are subject to Mellon’s Terms and Conditions.

The Warrant Agreement, dated November 30, 2009 (the “Warrant Agreement”), between Charter Communications, Inc. (the “Company”) and BNY Mellon Shareowner Services LLC, as Warrant Agent (the “Warrant Agent”), is incorporated by reference into and made a part of this statement and this statement is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Warrant Agreement. A copy of the Warrant Agreement may be inspected at the Warrant Agent’s office 480 Washington Blvd, Jersey City, NJ 07310, and is also available on the Company’s website at www.charter.com. All capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Warrant Agreement.

Book-Entry Warrants may be exercised to purchase Warrant Shares from the Company from the Effective Date through 5:00 p.m. New York City time on November 30, 2014 (the “Expiration Date”), at an initial exercise price of $51.28 per whole share (as the same may be adjusted pursuant to Article V of the Warrant Agreement, the “Exercise Price”) multiplied by the number of Warrant Shares set forth above. The Exercise Price and the number of Warrant Shares purchasable upon exercise of the Warrants are subject to adjustment upon the occurrence of certain events as set forth in the Warrant Agreement. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Warrant Agreement, each Holder of a Book-Entry Warrant may exercise such Book-Entry Warrant, in whole or from time to time in part, by: (1) providing a properly completed and duly executed exercise form for the election to exercise such Book Entry Warrants (the “Exercise Form”) to the Warrant Agent in accordance with the instructions below, no later than 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date, and (2) in the case of an exercise for cash, paying the applicable Exercise Amount to the Warrant Agent. In lieu of paying the Exercise Amount as set forth in the preceding sentence, subject to the provisions of the Warrant Agreement, each Book-Entry Warrant shall entitle the Holder thereof, at the election of such Holder, to exercise such Book- Entry Warrant on a net issuance basis in accordance with the procedures, terms and conditions set forth in Section 4.5 of the Warrant Agreement.

The Company shall not be required to issue any fraction of a share of its capital stock in connection with the exercise of Warrants. All shares of capital stock issuable upon conversion of more than one Warrant by a holder thereof shall be aggregated for purposes of determining whether the conversion would result in the issuance of any fractional share. If, after the aforementioned aggregation, the conversion would result in the issuance of any fractional share, the Company shall, in lieu of issuing any fractional share, round such fraction of a share to the nearest whole number of shares. For the avoidance of doubt, 0.5 of a share shall be rounded to one (1) share.

(DETACH SALES COUPON HERE)

SELL MY WARRANTS

By signing and returning this form. I am authorizing the sale of Charter Communications, Inc. Warrants held by BNY Mellon Shareowner Services in book-entry form in my name. Please mail me a check for the proceeds of the sale less applicable fees. The fees to be charged are included in the enclosed Warrant Sale Program sheet. THIS FORM MUST BE SIGNED BY THE REGISTERED HOLDER(S) EXACTLY AS THEIR NAME(S) APPEAR(S) ON THIS STATEMENT.

FULL SALE:	PARTIAL SALE:	Taxpayer ID or Social Security Number
o SELL ALL WARRANTS.	o SELL _________ WARRANTS.


SIGNATURE	DATE

SIGNATURE	DATE

[_______________]

CHARTER COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

60; DRS Warrant Distribution Statement

CUSIP Number	Account Number/Account Key

Ticker Symbol	Investor ID

Issuance Date	Distribution

[_______________]

Charter Communications, Inc. Warrants Issued To You In Book-Entry Form

[_______]

PLEASE RETAIN THIS STATEMENT FOR YOUR RECORDS

NO ACTION IS REQUIRED if you choose to keep warrants in book-entry form.

Questions? Contact BNY Mellon Shareowner Services To access your account, use your Investor ID Number that is located in the box above on the top right hand corner of this statement. You can contact BNY Mellon Shareowner Services in one of the following ways:
By Internet: Visit www.bnymellon.com/shareowner/isd for access to your account. You will be able to certify your Taxpayer Identification Number/Social Security Number, change your address or sell warrants.
By Phone: Toll Free Number 1-866-463-1222 Outside the U.S. (Collect) 1-201-680-6578 Hearing Impaired 1-800-231-5469 Representatives are available 9 a.m. to 7 p.m. Eastern Time weekdays	By Mail: Charter Communications, Inc. c/o BNY Mellon Shareowner Services P.O. Box 358035 Pittsburgh, PA 15252-8035

Request for Taxpayer Identification and Certification

Our records indicate that we do not have a certified Taxpayer Identification Number ("TIN") on file. Without a certified TIN, we may be required by law to withhold 28% from any future payments and any sale transaction that you request. Logon to www.bnymellon.com/shareowner/isd to certify your TIN. or contact us by phone to request a Substitute Form W-9.

If you are exempt from backup withholding. remember to indicate that when completing the certification.

over the Phone		through the Internet
· Dial the toll-free number shown above · Say “Certify my TIN” when prompted · Enter your Investor ID and PIN · Speak your answers at the prompt		· Go to www.bnymellon.com/shareowner/isd · Logon to Investor Service Direct® · Select the account name · Choose Manage Account Info and select Certify Tax ID · Confirm your certification

Mellon You're done! It's that easy! *New user? Establish a PIN. then proceed.

SEE REVERSE SIDE FOR IMPORTANT INFORMATION

CHARTER COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

Transfer ownership of your book-entry warrants at any time by submitting the appropriate warrant transfer documents to BNY Mellon Shareowner Services. Visit Mellon’s Investor ServiceDirect online at www.bnymellon.com/shareowner/isd, or call 1-866-463-1222 to obtain transfer documents.

Transfer of your book-entry warrants to your broker can be accomplished in one of two ways:

(1) The fastest and easiest way - provide your broker with your Account Key at BNY Mellon Shareowner Services, your Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN) and your account registration information, and request that your broker initiate an electronic transfer of your warrants, or

(2) Obtain a “Broker-Dealer Authorization Form” by visiting www.bnymellon.com/shareowner/isd, or by calling 1-866-463-1222.

(DETACH SALES COUPON HERE)

SELL MY WARRANTS

FULL SALE:	PARTIAL SALE:	Taxpayer ID or Social Security Number
o SELL ALL WARRANTS.	o SELL _________ WARRANTS.	UNCERTIFIED


SIGNATURE	DATE

SIGNATURE	DATE

[_______________]

EXHIBIT A-2

FORM OF FACE OF GLOBAL WARRANT CERTIFICATE

VOID AFTER 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON NOVEMBER 30, 2014

This Global Warrant Certificate is held by The Depository Trust Company (the “Depositary”) or its nominee in custody for the benefit of the beneficial owners hereof, and is not transferable to any Person under any circumstances except that (i) this Global Warrant Certificate may be exchanged in whole but not in part pursuant to Section 6.1(a) of the Warrant Agreement, (ii) this Global Warrant Certificate may be delivered to the Warrant Agent for cancellation pursuant to Section 6.1(h) of the Warrant Agreement and (iii) this Global Warrant Certificate may be transferred to a successor Depositary with the prior written consent of the Company.

Unless this Global Warrant Certificate is presented by an authorized representative of the Depositary to the Company or the Warrant Agent for registration of transfer, exchange or payment and any certificate issued is registered in the name of Cede & Co., or such other entity as is requested by an authorized representative of the Depositary (and any payment hereon is made to Cede & Co. or to such other entity as is requested by an authorized representative of the Depositary), any transfer, pledge or other use hereof for value or otherwise by or to any Person is wrongful because the registered owner hereof, Cede & Co., has an interest herein.

Transfers of this Global Warrant Certificate shall be limited to transfers in whole, but not in part, to nominees of the Depositary or to a successor thereof or such successor’s nominee, and transfers of portions of this Global Warrant Certificate shall be limited to transfers made in accordance with the restrictions set forth in Section 6 of the Warrant Agreement.

No registration or transfer of the securities issuable pursuant to the Warrant will be recorded on the books of the Company until these provisions have been complied with.

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS WARRANT CERTIFICATE (INCLUDING THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE UPON EXERCISE OF THE WARRANT) ARE SUBJECT TO ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS SET FORTH IN THE WARRANT AGREEMENT DATED AS OF NOVEMBER 30, 2009 BY AND BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE WARRANT AGENT (THE “WARRANT AGREEMENT”).

THIS WARRANT WILL BE VOID IF NOT EXERCISED PRIOR TO

5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON NOVEMBER 30, 2014

WARRANT TO PURCHASE

______________ SHARES OF CLASS A COMMON STOCK OF

CHARTER COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

CUSIP # 16117M123

DISTRIBUTION DATE: [_______________]

No. ________

This certifies that, for value received, ___________________________, and its registered assigns (collectively, the “Registered Holder”), is entitled to purchase from Charter Communications, Inc., a corporation incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Company”), subject to the terms and conditions hereof, at any time before 5:00 p.m., New York time, on November 30, 2014, the number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of Class A Common Stock of the Company set forth above at the Exercise Price (as defined in the Warrant Agreement). The Exercise Price and the number and kind of shares purchasable hereunder are subject to adjustment from time to time as provided in Article V of the Warrant Agreement. The initial Exercise Price shall be $51.28.

This Warrant Certificate shall not be valid unless countersigned by the Warrant Agent.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Warrant has been duly executed by the Company under its corporate seal as of the ____ day of ___________________, 20__.

CHARTER COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

By:

Print Name:

Title:

Attest: ______________________

Secretary

MELLON INVESTOR SERVICES LLC,

as Warrant Agent

By: ______________________________

Name:

Title:

Address of Registered Holder for Notices (until changed in accordance with this Warrant):

_________________________________

REFERENCE IS HEREBY MADE TO THE FURTHER PROVISIONS OF THIS WARRANT CERTIFICATE SET FORTH ON THE REVERSE HEREOF. SUCH FURTHER PROVISIONS SHALL FOR ALL PURPOSES HAVE THE SAME EFFECT AS THOUGH FULLY SET FORTH AT THIS PLACE.

FORM OF REVERSE OF WARRANT

The Warrant evidenced by this Warrant Certificate is a part of a duly authorized issue of Warrants to purchase ____________ shares of Class A Common Stock issued pursuant to that the Warrant Agreement, a copy of which may be inspected at the Warrant Agent’s office designated for such purpose. The Warrant Agreement hereby is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this instrument and is hereby referred to for a description of the rights, limitation of rights, obligations, duties and immunities thereunder of the Warrant Agent, the Company and the Registered Holders of the Warrants. All capitalized terms used on the face of this Warrant herein but not defined that are defined in the Warrant Agreement shall have the meanings assigned to them therein.

Upon due presentment for registration of transfer of the Warrant at the office of the Warrant Agent designated for such purpose, a new Warrant Certificate or Warrant Certificates of like tenor and evidencing in the aggregate a like number of Warrants shall be issued to the transferee in exchange for this Warrant Certificate, subject to the limitations provided in the Warrant Agreement, without charge except for any applicable tax or other charge.

The Company shall not be required to issue fractions of Warrant Shares or any certificates that evidence fractional Warrant Shares.

No Warrants may be sold, exchanged or otherwise transferred in violation of the Securities Act or state securities laws.

This Warrant does not entitle the Registered Holder to any of the rights of a stockholder of the Company.

The Company and Warrant Agent may deem and treat the Registered Holder hereof as the absolute owner of this Warrant Certificate (notwithstanding any notation of ownership or other writing hereon made by anyone) for the purpose of any exercise hereof and for all other purposes, and neither the Company nor the Warrant Agent shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.

EXHIBIT B-1

EXERCISE FORM FOR REGISTERED HOLDERS

HOLDING BOOK-ENTRY WARRANTS

(To be executed upon exercise of Warrant)

The undersigned hereby irrevocably elects to exercise the right, represented by the Book-Entry Warrants, to purchase Warrant Shares and (check one):

herewith tenders payment for _______ of the Warrant Shares to the order of Charter Communications, Inc. in the amount of $_________ in accordance with the terms of the Warrant Agreement and this Warrant; or

herewith tenders this Warrant for _______ Warrant Shares pursuant to the net issuance exercise provisions of Section 4.4(b) of the Warrant Agreement. This exercise and election shall be immediately effective or shall be effective as of 5:00 pm., New York time, on [insert date].

The undersigned requests that [a statement representing] the Warrant Shares be delivered as follows:

	Name ______________________________
	Address ___________________________
	___________________________
	Delivery Address (if different)
	____________________________
	____________________________

If said number of shares shall not be all the shares purchasable under the within Warrant Statement, the undersigned requests that a new Book-Entry Warrant representing the balance of such Warrants shall be registered, with the appropriate Warrant Statement delivered as follows:

	Name ______________________________
	Address ___________________________
	___________________________
	Delivery Address (if different)
	____________________________
	____________________________

_______________________________ Signature ____________________________

Social Security or Other Taxpayer

Identification Number of Holder

Note: If the statement representing the Warrant Shares or any Book-Entry Warrants representing Warrants not exercised is to be registered in a name other than that in which the Book-Entry Warrants are registered, the signature of the holder hereof must be guaranteed.

SIGNATURE GUARANTEED BY:

_______________________________________________

Signatures must be guaranteed by a participant in the Securities Transfer Agent Medallion Program, the Stock Exchanges Medallion Program or the New York Stock Exchange, Inc. Medallion Signature Program.

Countersigned:

Dated: , 20

MELLON INVESTOR SERVICES LLC,

as Warrant Agent

Signature _______________________

Authorized Signatory

EXHIBIT B-2

EXERCISE FORM FOR BENEFICIAL HOLDERS

HOLDING WARRANTS THROUGH THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY

TO BE COMPLETED BY DIRECT PARTICIPANT

IN THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY

(To be executed upon exercise of Warrant)

The undersigned hereby irrevocably elects to exercise the right, represented by ______ Warrants held for its benefit through the book-entry facilities of Depository Trust Company (the “Depositary”), to purchase Warrant Shares and (check one):

o	herewith tenders payment for _______ of the Warrant Shares to the order of Charter Communications, Inc. in the amount of $_________ in accordance with the terms of the Warrant Agreement and this Warrant; or

o	herewith tenders this Warrant for _______ Warrant Shares pursuant to the net issuance exercise provisions of Section 4.4(b) of the Warrant Agreement. This exercise and election shall be immediately effective or shall be effective as of 5:00 pm., New York time, on [insert date].

The undersigned requests that the Warrant Shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrants be in registered form in the authorized denominations, registered in such names and delivered, all as specified in accordance with the instructions set forth below; provided, that if the Warrant Shares are evidenced by global securities, the Warrant Shares shall be registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee.

Dated:

NOTE: THIS EXERCISE NOTICE MUST BE DELIVERED TO THE WARRANT AGENT, PRIOR TO 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON THE EXPIRATION DATE. THE WARRANT AGENT SHALL NOTIFY YOU (THROUGH THE CLEARING SYSTEM) OF (1) THE WARRANT AGENT’S ACCOUNT AT THE DEPOSITARY TO WHICH YOU MUST DELIVER YOUR WARRANTS ON THE EXERCISE DATE AND (2) THE ADDRESS, PHONE NUMBER AND FACSIMILE NUMBER WHERE YOU CAN CONTACT THE WARRANT AGENT AND TO WHICH WARRANT EXERCISE NOTICES ARE TO BE SUBMITTED. NAME OF DIRECT PARTICIPANT IN THE DEPOSITARY:

(PLEASE PRINT)

ADDRESS:

CONTACT NAME:

ADDRESS:

TELEPHONE (INCLUDING INTERNATIONAL CODE):

FAX (INCLUDING INTERNATIONAL CODE):

SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (IF APPLICABLE):

ACCOUNT FROM WHICH WARRANTS ARE BEING DELIVERED:

DEPOSITARY ACCOUNT NO.

WARRANT EXERCISE NOTICES WILL ONLY BE VALID IF DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INSTRUCTIONS SET FORTH IN THIS NOTIFICATION (OR AS OTHERWISE DIRECTED), MARKED TO THE ATTENTION OF “WARRANT EXERCISE”. WARRANT HOLDER DELIVERING WARRANTS, IF OTHER THAN THE DIRECT DEPOSITARY PARTICIPANT DELIVERING THIS WARRANT EXERCISE NOTICE:

NAME: _____________________________

(PLEASE PRINT)

CONTACT NAME:

TELEPHONE (INCLUDING INTERNATIONAL CODE):

FAX (INCLUDING INTERNATIONAL CODE):

SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (IF APPLICABLE):

ACCOUNT TO WHICH THE SHARES OF CLASS A COMMON STOCK ARE TO BE CREDITED:

DEPOSITARY ACCOUNT NO.

FILL IN FOR DELIVERY OF THE CLASS A COMMON STOCK, IF OTHER THAN TO THE PERSON DELIVERING THIS WARRANT EXERCISE NOTICE:

NAME: _____________________________

(PLEASE PRINT)

ADDRESS: _____________________________

CONTACT NAME: _____________________________

TELEPHONE (INCLUDING INTERNATIONAL CODE): _____________________________

FAX (INCLUDING INTERNATIONAL CODE): _____________________________

SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (IF APPLICABLE): ___________

NUMBER OF WARRANTS BEING EXERCISED: _____________________________

(ONLY ONE EXERCISE PER WARRANT EXERCISE NOTICE)

Signature: _____________________________

Name: _____________________________

Capacity in which Signing: _____________________________

SIGNATURE GUARANTEED BY: _____________________________

EXHIBIT C

FORM OF ASSIGNMENT

(To be executed only upon assignment of Warrant)

For value received, ______________________________ hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto the Assignee(s) named below the rights represented by such Warrant to purchase number of Warrant Shares listed opposite the respective name(s) of the Assignee(s) named below and all other rights of the Registered Holder under the within Warrant, and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint _____________________________ attorney, to transfer said Warrant on the books of the within-named Company with respect to the number of Warrant Shares set forth below, with full power of substitution in the premises:

Name(s) of Assignee(s)	Address	No. of Warrant Shares

And if said number of Warrant Shares shall not be all the Warrant Shares represented by the Warrant, a new Warrant is to be issued in the name of said undersigned for the balance remaining of the Warrant Shares registered by said Warrant.

Dated: , 20__ Signature ______________________________________________________________

Note:

The above signature should correspond exactly with the name on the face of this Warrant

exhibit4_2.htm

Exhibit 4.2

WARRANT AGREEMENT

WHEREAS, the Company proposes to issue, at the Effective Date (as defined below), warrants (the “Warrants”) to purchase, in the aggregate, 6,413,988 shares of New Common Stock at an exercise price of $46.86, to all holders of CIH Notes Claims (as defined below), on a pro rata basis, based upon the proportion that the outstanding principal amount of CIH Notes (as defined below) held by such holder bears to the total outstanding principal amount of CIH Notes;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1 Definition of Terms. As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized terms shall have the following respective meanings:

(a) “Business Day” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banks in the State of New York or New Jersey are authorized by law to remain closed.

(b) “Beneficial Holder” shall mean any Person that holds beneficial interests in a Global Warrant Certificate.

(d) “CIH Note” has the meaning set forth in the Plan of Reorganization.

(e) “CIH Notes Claim” has the meaning set forth in the Plan of Reorganization.

(f) “Effective Date” has the meaning set forth in the Plan of Reorganization.

(g) “Expiration Date” shall mean 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on November 30, 2014, or if such day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding day which is a Business Day.

(h) “NASDAQ” shall mean The NASDAQ Stock Market (including any of its subdivisions such as the NASDAQ Global Select Market) or any successor market thereto.

(j) “NYSE” shall mean The New York Stock Exchange or any successor stock exchange thereto.

(n) “Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(o) “Specified Fees and Expenses” has the meaning set forth in the Plan of Reorganization.

Section 1.2 Table of Defined Terms.

Term		Section Number
Agreement		Recitals
Appropriate Officer		Section 3.3(a)
Bankruptcy Court		Recitals
Book-Entry Warrants		Section 3.1
Company		Recitals
Depositary		Section 3.2(b)
Exercise Amount		Section 4.5(a)
Exercise Form		Section 4.3(a)
Exercise Price		Section 4.1
Extraordinary Distribution		Section 5.1(b)
FMV		Section 4.5(c)
Fundamental Change		Section 5.1(c)
Global Warrant Certificates		Section 3.2(a)
Holder		Section 4.1
Net Issuance Exercise Date		Section 4.4(b)
Net Issuance Right		Section 4.5(b)
Net Issuance Warrant Shares		Section 4.5(b)
Registered Holder		Section 3.4(d)
Warrants		Recitals
Warrant Agent		Recitals
Warrant Register		Section 3.4(b)
Warrant Statements		Section 3.1

ARTICLE II

APPOINTMENT OF WARRANT AGENT

ARTICLE III

WARRANTS

Section 3.1 Issuance of Warrants. On the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement and in accordance with the terms of the Plan of Reorganization, on the Effective Date, Warrants to purchase the Warrant Shares will be issued by the Company to all holders of CIH Notes Claims, on a pro rata basis, based upon the proportion that the outstanding principal amount of CIH Notes held by such holder bears to the total outstanding principal amount of CIH Notes. On such date, the Company will deliver, or cause to be delivered to the Depositary, one or more Global Warrant Certificates evidencing a portion of the Warrants. Upon receipt by the Warrant Agent of a written order of the Company pursuant to Section 3.4 hereof, the remainder of the Warrants shall be issued by book-entry registration on the books of the Warrant Agent (“Book-Entry Warrants”) and shall be evidenced by statements issued by the Warrant Agent from time to time to the Registered Holders of Book-Entry Warrants reflecting such book-entry position (the “Warrant Statements”). The maximum number of shares of New Common Stock issuable pursuant to the Warrants shall be 6,413,988 shares, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time pursuant to this Agreement. The Company shall promptly notify the Warrant Agent in writing upon the occurrence of the Effective Date and, if such notification is given orally, the Company shall confirm same in writing on or prior to the Business Day next following. Until such notice is received by the Warrant Agent, the Warrant Agent may presume conclusively for all purposes that the Effective Date has not occurred.

Section 3.2 Form of Warrant.

Section 3.3 Execution of Global Warrant Certificates.

Section 3.4 Registration and Countersignature.

ARTICLE IV

TERMS AND EXERCISE OF WARRANTS

Section 4.1 Exercise Price. On the Effective Date, each Warrant shall entitle (i) in the case of the Book-Entry Warrants, the Registered Holder thereof and (ii) in the case of Warrants held through the book-entry facilities of the Depositary or by or through Persons that are direct participants in the Depositary, the Beneficial Holder thereof ((i) and (ii) collectively, the “Holder”), subject to the provisions of such Warrant and of this Agreement, to purchase from the Company (and the Company shall issue and sell to each Holder) the number of Warrant Shares, at the price of $46.86 per whole share (as the same may be hereafter adjusted pursuant to Article V, the “Exercise Price”), specified in such Warrant.

Section 4.3 Method of Exercise.

Section 4.4 Issuance of Warrant Shares.

Section 4.5 Exercise of Warrant.

X = B - A

Where:

X =

the number of Warrant Shares issuable to the Holder thereof

Y =

the FMV of one Warrant Share as of the Net Issuance Exercise Date

A =

B = the aggregate FMV (i.e., FMV x Net Issuance Warrant Shares)

If the foregoing calculation results in a negative number, then no Warrant Shares shall be issuable upon exercise of the Net Issuance Right by the applicable Holder.

(c) Determination of Fair Market Value. For purposes of this Section 4.5, “fair market value” or “FMV” of a Warrant Share as of the Net Issuance Exercise Date shall mean:

necessary to ensure that the stated or par value per share, if any, of the New Common Stock is at all times less than the Exercise Price then in effect.

Section 4.7 Fractional Shares. The Company shall not be required to issue any fraction of a share of its capital stock in connection with the exercise of Warrants. All shares of capital stock issuable upon coersion of more than one Warrant by a holder thereof shall be aggregated for purposes of determining whether the conversion would result in the issuance of any fractional share. If, after the aforementioned aggregation, the conversion would result in the issuance of any fractional share, the Company shall, in lieu of issuing any fractional share, round such fraction of a share to the nearest whole number of shares. For the avoidance of doubt, 0.5 of a share shall be rounded to one (1) share.

Section 4.9 Redemption. The Warrants shall not be redeemable by the Company or any other Person.

ARTICLE V

ADJUSTMENT OF SHARES OF NEW COMMON STOCK PURCHASABLE AND OF EXERCISE PRICE

The Exercise Price and the number and kind of Warrant Shares shall be subject to adjustment from time to time upon the happening of certain events as provided in this Article V.

Section 5.1 Mechanical Adjustments.

ARTICLE VI

TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE

OF WARRANTS AND WARRANT SHARES

Section 6.1 Registration of Transfers and Exchanges.

(b) Exchange of a Beneficial Interest in a Global Warrant Certificate for a Book-Entry Warrant.

(c) Transfer and Exchange of Book-Entry Warrants. When Book-Entry Warrants are presented to or deposited with the Warrant Agent with a written request:

(i) to register the transfer of any Book-Entry Warrants; or

(g) Restrictions on Transfer. No Warrants or Warrant Shares shall be sold, exchanged or otherwise transferred in violation of the Securities Act or state securities laws.

Section 6.2 Obligations with Respect to Transfers and Exchanges of Warrants.

ARTICLE VII

OTHER PROVISIONS RELATING TO RIGHTS OF HOLDERS OF WARRANTS

(a) any dividend or distribution (whether payable in cash, securities or other assets) upon the New Common Stock shall be proposed;

(b) an offer for subscription pro rata to the holders of New Common Stock of any additional shares of stock of any class or other securities or rights shall be proposed;

proposed event. For the avoidance of doubt, no such notice shall supersede or limit any adjustment called for by Section 5.1 by reason of any event as to which notice is required by this Section 7.1.

ARTICLE VIII

CONCERNING THE WARRANT AGENT AND OTHER MATTERS

Section 8.2 Resignation, Consolidation or Merger of Warrant Agent.

Section 8.3 Fees and Expenses of Warrant Agent.

Section 8.4 Liability of Warrant Agent.

Section 8.10 No Liability for Interest. The Warrant Agent shall not be under any liability for interest on any monies at any time received by it pursuant to any of the provisions of this Agreement.

ARTICLE IX

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

if to the Warrant Agent, to:

Mellon Investor Services LLC

480 Washington Boulevard

Jersey City, NJ 07310

Attention: Ed Eismont

Facsimile: (201) 680-4665

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Mellon Investor Services LLC

480 Washington Boulevard

Jersey City, NJ 07310

Attention: Legal Department

Facsimile: (201) 680-4610

if to the Company, to:

Charter Communications, Inc.

12405 Powerscourt Drive

St. Louis, MO 63131

Attention: General Counsel

Facsimile: 314-543-2308

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

153 East 53rd Street

New York, New York 10022

Attention: Christian O. Nagler

Facsimile: (212) 446-6460

if to Registered Holders, at their addresses as they appear in the Warrant Register.

Section 9.6 Effect of Headings. The section headings herein are for convenience only and are not part of this Agreement and shall not affect the interpretation hereof.

Section 9.7 Amendments.

(a) Subject to Section 9.7(b) below, this agreement may not be amended except in writing signed by both parties hereto.

[Signature Page Follows]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been duly executed by the parties hereto as of the day and year first above written.

CHARTER COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

By: ______________________________

Name:

Title:

MELLON INVESTOR SERVICES LLC

By: ______________________________

Name:

Title:

[Signature Page to CIH Warrant]

EXHIBIT A-1

FORM OF WARRANT STATEMENT

CHARTER COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

DRS Warrant Distribution Statement
CUSIP Number	Account Number/Account Key

Ticker Symbol	Investor ID

Issuance Date	Distribution

[_______________]

Charter Communications, Inc. Warrants Issued To You In Book-Entry Form

[_______]

PLEASE RETAIN THIS STATEMENT FOR YOUR RECORDS

NO ACTION IS REQUIRED if you choose to keep warrants in book-entry form.

Questions? Contact BNY Mellon Shareowner Services To access your account, use your Investor ID Number that is located in the box above on the top right hand corner of this statement. You can contact BNY Mellon Shareowner Services in one of the following ways:
By Internet: Visit www.bnymellon.com/shareowner/isd for access to your account. You will be able to certify your Taxpayer Identification Number/Social Security Number, change your address or sell warrants.
By Phone: Toll Free Number 1-866-463-1222 Outside the U.S. (Collect) 1-201-680-6578 Hearing Impaired 1-800-231-5469 Representatives are available 9 a.m. to 7 p.m. Eastern Time weekdays	By Mail: Charter Communications, Inc. c/o BNY Mellon Shareowner Services P.O. Box 358035 Pittsburgh, PA 15252-8035

SEE REVERSE SIDE FOR IMPORTANT INFORMATION

CHARTER COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

Transfer of your book-entry warrants to your broker can be accomplished in one of two ways:

(1)	The fastest and easiest way - provide your broker with your Account Key at BNY Mellon Shareowner Services, your Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN) and your account registration information, and request that your broker initiate an electronic transfer of your warrants, or

(2)	Obtain a “Broker-Dealer Authorization Form” by visiting www.bnymellon.com/shareowner/isd, or by calling 1-866-463-1222.

Book-Entry Warrants may be exercised to purchase Warrant Shares from the Company from the Effective Date through 5:00 p.m. New York City time on November 30, 2014 (the “Expiration Date”), at an initial exercise price of $46.86 per whole share (as the same may be adjusted pursuant to Article V of the Warrant Agreement, the “Exercise Price”) multiplied by the number of Warrant Shares set forth above. The Exercise Price and the number of Warrant Shares purchasable upon exercise of the Warrants are subject to adjustment upon the occurrence of certain events as set forth in the Warrant Agreement. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Warrant Agreement, each Holder of a Book-Entry Warrant may exercise such Book-Entry Warrant, in whole or from time to time in part, by: (1) providing a properly completed and duly executed exercise form for the election to exercise such Book Entry Warrants (the “Exercise Form”) to the Warrant Agent in accordance with the instructions below, no later than 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date, and (2) in the case of an exercise for cash, paying the applicable Exercise Amount to the Warrant Agent. In lieu of paying the Exercise Amount as set forth in the preceding sentence, subject to the provisions of the Warrant Agreement, each Book-Entry Warrant shall entitle the Holder thereof, at the election of such Holder, to exercise such Book- Entry Warrant on a net issuance basis in accordance with the procedures, terms and conditions set forth in Section 4.5 of the Warrant Agreement.

(DETACH SALES COUPON HERE)

SELL MY WARRANTS

FULL SALE:	PARTIAL SALE:	Taxpayer ID or Social Security Number
o SELL ALL WARRANTS.	o SELL _________ WARRANTS.


SIGNATURE	DATE

SIGNATURE	DATE

[_______________]

CHARTER COMMUNICATIONS, INC. DRS Warrant Distribution Statement

CUSIP Number	Account Number/Account Key

Ticker Symbol	Investor ID

Issuance Date	Distribution

[_______________]

Charter Communications, Inc. Warrants Issued To You In Book-Entry Form

[_______]

PLEASE RETAIN THIS STATEMENT FOR YOUR RECORDS

NO ACTION IS REQUIRED if you choose to keep warrants in book-entry form.

Questions? Contact BNY Mellon Shareowner Services To access your account, use your Investor ID Number that is located in the box above on the top right hand corner of this statement. You can contact BNY Mellon Shareowner Services in one of the following ways:
By Internet: Visit www.bnymellon.com/shareowner/isd for access to your account. You will be able to certify your Taxpayer Identification Number/Social Security Number, change your address or sell warrants.
By Phone: Toll Free Number 1-866-463-1222 Outside the U.S. (Collect) 1-201-680-6578 Hearing Impaired 1-800-231-5469 Representatives are available 9 a.m. to 7 p.m. Eastern Time weekdays	By Mail: Charter Communications, Inc. c/o BNY Mellon Shareowner Services P.O. Box 358035 Pittsburgh, PA 15252-8035

Request for Taxpayer Identification and Certification

If you are exempt from backup withholding. remember to indicate that when completing the certification.

over the Phone		through the Internet
· Dial the toll-free number shown above · Say “Certify my TIN” when prompted · Enter your Investor ID and PIN · Speak your answers at the prompt		· Go to www.bnymellon.com/shareowner/isd · Logon to Investor Service Direct® · Select the account name · Choose Manage Account Info and select Certify Tax ID · Confirm your certification

Mellon You're done! It's that easy! *New user? Establish a PIN. then proceed.

SEE REVERSE SIDE FOR IMPORTANT INFORMATION

CHARTER COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

Transfer of your book-entry warrants to your broker can be accomplished in one of two ways:

(2) Obtain a “Broker-Dealer Authorization Form” by visiting www.bnymellon.com/shareowner/isd, or by calling 1-866-463-1222.

Book-Entry Warrants may be exercised to purchase Warrant Shares from the Company from the Effective Date through 5:00 p.m. New York City time on November 30, 2014 (the “Expiration Date”), at an initial exercise price of $46.86 per whole share (as the same may be adjusted pursuant to Article V of the Warrant Agreement, the “Exercise Price”) multiplied by the number of Warrant Shares set forth above. The Exercise Price and the number of Warrant Shares purchasable upon exercise of the Warrants are subject to adjustment upon the occurrence of certain events as set forth in the Warrant Agreement. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Warrant Agreement, each Holder of a Book-Entry Warrant may exercise such Book-Entry Warrant, in whole or from time to time in part, by: (1) providing a properly completed and duly executed exercise form for the election to exercise such Book Entry Warrants (the “Exercise Form”) to the Warrant Agent in accordance with the instructions below, no later than 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date, and (2) in the case of an exercise for cash, paying the applicable Exercise Amount to the Warrant Agent. In lieu of paying the Exercise Amount as set forth in the preceding sentence, subject to the provisions of the Warrant Agreement, each Book-Entry Warrant shall entitle the Holder thereof, at the election of such Holder, to exercise such Book- Entry Warrant on a net issuance basis in accordance with the procedures, terms and conditions set forth in Section 4.5 of the Warrant Agreement.

(DETACH SALES COUPON HERE)

SELL MY WARRANTS

FULL SALE:	PARTIAL SALE:	Taxpayer ID or Social Security Number
o SELL ALL WARRANTS.	o SELL _________ WARRANTS.	UNCERTIFIED


SIGNATURE	DATE

SIGNATURE	DATE

[_______________]

EXHIBIT A-2

FORM OF FACE OF GLOBAL WARRANT CERTIFICATE

VOID AFTER 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON NOVEMBER 30, 2014

No registration or transfer of the securities issuable pursuant to the Warrant will be recorded on the books of the Company until these provisions have been complied with.

THIS WARRANT WILL BE VOID IF NOT EXERCISED PRIOR TO

5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON NOVEMBER 30, 2014

WARRANT TO PURCHASE

______________ SHARES OF CLASS A COMMON STOCK OF

CHARTER COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

CUSIP # 16117M131

DISTRIBUTION DATE: [_______________]

No. ________

This Warrant Certificate shall not be valid unless countersigned by the Warrant Agent.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Warrant has been duly executed by the Company under its corporate seal as of the ____ day of ___________________, 20__.

CHARTER COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

By: ______________________________

Print Name: ______________________________

Title: ______________________________

Attest: ______________________________

Secretary

MELLON INVESTOR SERVICES LLC,

as Warrant Agent

By: ______________________________

Name:

Title:

Address of Registered Holder for Notices (until changed in accordance with this Warrant):

______________________________

FORM OF REVERSE OF WARRANT

The Company shall not be required to issue fractions of Warrant Shares or any certificates that evidence fractional Warrant Shares.

No Warrants may be sold, exchanged or otherwise transferred in violation of the Securities Act or state securities laws.

This Warrant does not entitle the Registered Holder to any of the rights of a stockholder of the Company.

EXHIBIT B-1

EXERCISE FORM FOR REGISTERED HOLDERS

HOLDING BOOK-ENTRY WARRANTS

(To be executed upon exercise of Warrant)

The undersigned hereby irrevocably elects to exercise the right, represented by the Book-Entry Warrants, to purchase Warrant Shares and (check one):

The undersigned requests that [a statement representing] the Warrant Shares be delivered as follows:

	Name ___________________________
	Address ___________________________
	___________________________
	Delivery Address (if different)
	___________________________
	___________________________

	Name ___________________________
	Address ___________________________
	___________________________
	Delivery Address (if different)
	___________________________
	___________________________

_______________________________ Signature ________________________

Social Security or Other Taxpayer

Identification Number of Holder

SIGNATURE GUARANTEED BY:

_______________________________________________

Countersigned:

Dated: , 20

MELLON INVESTOR SERVICES LLC,

as Warrant Agent

Signature _______________________

Authorized Signatory

EXHIBIT B-2

EXERCISE FORM FOR BENEFICIAL HOLDERS

HOLDING WARRANTS THROUGH THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY

TO BE COMPLETED BY DIRECT PARTICIPANT

IN THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY

(To be executed upon exercise of Warrant)

o	herewith tenders payment for _______ of the Warrant Shares to the order of Charter Communications, Inc. in the amount of $_________ in accordance with the terms of the Warrant Agreement and this Warrant; or

o	herewith tenders this Warrant for _______ Warrant Shares pursuant to the net issuance exercise provisions of Section 4.4(b) of the Warrant Agreement. This exercise and election shall be immediately effective or shall be effective as of 5:00 pm., New York time, on [insert date].

Dated:

(PLEASE PRINT)

ADDRESS:

CONTACT NAME:

ADDRESS:

TELEPHONE (INCLUDING INTERNATIONAL CODE):

FAX (INCLUDING INTERNATIONAL CODE):

SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (IF APPLICABLE):

ACCOUNT FROM WHICH WARRANTS ARE BEING DELIVERED:

DEPOSITARY ACCOUNT NO.

NAME: _____________________________

(PLEASE PRINT)

CONTACT NAME:

TELEPHONE (INCLUDING INTERNATIONAL CODE):

FAX (INCLUDING INTERNATIONAL CODE):

SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (IF APPLICABLE):

ACCOUNT TO WHICH THE SHARES OF CLASS A COMMON STOCK ARE TO BE CREDITED:

DEPOSITARY ACCOUNT NO.

FILL IN FOR DELIVERY OF THE CLASS A COMMON STOCK, IF OTHER THAN TO THE PERSON DELIVERING THIS WARRANT EXERCISE NOTICE:

NAME: _____________________________

(PLEASE PRINT)

ADDRESS: _____________________________

CONTACT NAME: _____________________________

TELEPHONE (INCLUDING INTERNATIONAL CODE): _____________________________

FAX (INCLUDING INTERNATIONAL CODE): _____________________________

SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (IF APPLICABLE): ___________

NUMBER OF WARRANTS BEING EXERCISED: _____________________________

(ONLY ONE EXERCISE PER WARRANT EXERCISE NOTICE)

Signature: _____________________________

Name: _____________________________

Capacity in which Signing: _____________________________

SIGNATURE GUARANTEED BY: _____________________________

EXHIBIT C

FORM OF ASSIGNMENT

(To be executed only upon assignment of Warrant)

Name(s) of Assignee(s)	Address	No. of Warrant Shares

Dated: , 20__ Signature __________________________

Note:

The above signature should correspond exactly with the name on the face of this Warrant

exhibit4_3.htm

Exhibit 4.3

WARRANT AGREEMENT

WHEREAS, the Company proposes to issue, at the Effective Date (as defined below), warrants (the “Warrants”) to purchase, in the aggregate, 4,669,384 shares of New Common Stock at an exercise price of $19.80, to Paul G. Allen (“Mr. Allen”) (or his designees), such Warrants to be classified as CII Settlement Claim Warrants (as defined below);

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1 Definition of Terms. As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized terms shall have the following respective meanings:

(a) “Business Day” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banks in the State of New York or New Jersey are authorized by law to remain closed.

(b) “Beneficial Holder” shall mean any Person that holds beneficial interests in a Global Warrant Certificate.

(d) “CCH Notes Claim” has the meaning set forth in the Plan of Reorganization.

(e) “CIH Notes Claim” has the meaning set forth in the Plan of Reorganization.

(f) “CII Settlement Claim Warrants” has the meaning set forth in the Plan of Reorganization.

(g) “Effective Date” has the meaning set forth in the Plan of Reorganization.

(h) “Expiration Date” shall mean 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on November 30, 2016, or if such day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding day which is a Business Day.

(i) “NASDAQ” shall mean The NASDAQ Stock Market (including any of its subdivisions such as the NASDAQ Global Select Market) or any successor market thereto.

(j) “New Common Stock” shall mean Class A common stock, $.001 par value per share, of the Company. For purposes of Article V hereof, references to “shares of New Common Stock” shall be deemed to include shares of any other class of stock resulting from successive changes or reclassifications of the New Common Stock consisting solely of changes in par value or from no par value to par value and vice versa.

(k) “NYSE” shall mean The New York Stock Exchange or any successor stock exchange thereto.

(l) “Person” shall mean any individual, firm, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, trust or other entity, and shall include any successor (by merger or otherwise) thereof or thereto.

(m) “Plan of Reorganization” shall mean the joint plan of reorganization of the Debtors as finally approved by the bankruptcy court before which the Debtors’ case under Chapter 11 of Title 11 of the United States Code was pending.

(n) “Regular Dividend” means any regularly scheduled cash dividend that (i) is declared or paid after the later to occur of (A) the date upon which the Specified Fees and Expenses have been paid in full and (B) the second anniversary of the Effective Date and (ii) together with all other regularly scheduled cash dividends paid or declared during the applicable

fiscal year, does not exceed forty-five percent (45%) of the consolidated net income (determined in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles) of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries for the preceding fiscal year.

(o) “Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(p) “Specified Fees and Expenses” has the meaning set forth in the Plan of Reorganization.

(q) “Warrant Shares” shall mean New Common Stock and any other securities purchased or purchasable upon exercise of the Warrants (and, if the context requires, securities which may thereafter be issued by the Company in respect of any such securities, by means of any stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations, reclassifications or the like, including as set forth in Article V).

Section 1.2 Table of Defined Terms.

Term		Section Number
Agreement		Recitals
Appropriate Officer		Section 3.3(a)
Bankruptcy Court		Recitals
Book-Entry Warrants		Section 3.1
Company		Recitals
Definitive Warrant Certificates		Section 3.2(a)
Depositary		Section 3.2(b)
Exercise Amount		Section 4.5(a)
Exercise Form		Section 4.3(a)
Exercise Price		Section 4.1
Extraordinary Distribution		Section 5.1(b)
FMV		Section 4.5(c)
Fundamental Change		Section 5.1(c)
Global Warrant Certificates		Section 3.2(a)
Holder		Section 4.1
Mr. Allen		Recitals
Net Issuance Exercise Date		Section 4.4(b)
Net Issuance Right		Section 4.5(b)
Net Issuance Warrant Shares		Section 4.5(b)
New Rights		Section 5.1(d)
Registered Holder		Section 3.4(d)
Warrants		Recitals
Warrant Agent		Recitals
Warrant Register		Section 3.4(b)
Warrant Statements		Section 3.1

ARTICLE II

APPOINTMENT OF WARRANT AGENT

ARTICLE III

WARRANTS

Section 3.1 Issuance of Warrants. On the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement and in accordance with the terms of the Plan of Reorganization, on the Effective Date, Warrants to purchase the Warrant Shares will be issued by the Company to Mr. Allen (or his designees), such Warrants to be classified as CII Settlement Claim Warrants. On such date, the Company will deliver, or cause to be delivered, at the option of Mr. Allen (or his designees), (i) to the Depositary, one or more Global Warrant Certificates evidencing a portion of the Warrants or (ii) to Mr. Allen (or his designees), one or more Definitive Warrant Certificates evidencing a portion of the Warrants. Upon receipt by the Warrant Agent of a written order of the Company pursuant to Section 3.4 hereof, the remainder of the Warrants shall be issued by book-entry registration on the books of the Warrant Agent (“Book-Entry Warrants”) and shall be evidenced by statements issued by the Warrant Agent from time to time to the Registered Holders of Book-Entry Warrants reflecting such book-entry position (the “Warrant Statements”). The maximum number of shares of New Common Stock issuable pursuant to the Warrants shall be 4,669,384 shares, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time pursuant to this Agreement. The Company shall promptly notify the Warrant Agent in writing upon the occurrence of the Effective Date and, if such notification is given orally, the Company shall confirm same in writing on or prior to the Business Day next following. Until such notice is received by the Warrant Agent, the Warrant Agent may presume conclusively for all purposes that the Effective Date has not occurred.

Section 3.2 Form of Warrant.

(a) Subject to Section 6.1 of this Agreement, the Warrants shall be issued, at the election of the Holder, either (i) via book-entry registration on the books and records of the Warrant Agent and evidenced by the Warrant Statements, in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit A-1 attached hereto, (ii) in the form of one or more global certificates (the “Global Warrant Certificates”), with the forms of election to exercise and of assignment printed on the reverse thereof, in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit A-2 attached hereto, or (iii) in the form of one or more definitive warrant certificates (the “Definitive Warrant Certificates”), with the forms of election to exercise and of assignment printed on the reverse thereof, in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit A-3 attached hereto. The Warrant Statements, Global Warrant Certificates, and Definitive Warrant Certificates may bear such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as are required or permitted by this Agreement, may have such

letters, numbers or other marks of identification and may have a legend in substantially the following form placed thereon if required to comply with any law or with any rules made pursuant thereto or with any rules of any securities exchange:

NEITHER THESE SECURITIES NOR THE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK ISSUABLE UPON EXERCISE HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE, AND, ACCORDINGLY CANNOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL THEY ARE SO REGISTERED UNDER SUCH ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR UNLESS EXEMPTION IS THEN AVAILABLE UNDER SUCH ACT AND SUCH LAWS. NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, THESE SECURITIES AND THE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK ISSUABLE UPON CONVERSION MAY BE PLEDGED TO A BANK OR FINANCIAL LENDING INSTITUTION IN CONNECTION WITH A BONA FIDE LOAN.

(b) The Global Warrant Certificates, if any, shall be deposited on or after the Effective Date with the Warrant Agent and registered in the name of Cede & Co., as the nominee of The Depository Trust Company (the “Depositary”). Each Global Warrant Certificate shall represent such number of the outstanding Warrants as specified therein, and each shall provide that it shall represent the aggregate amount of outstanding Warrants from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate amount of outstanding Warrants represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

Section 3.3 Execution of Global Warrant Certificates and Definitive Warrant Certificates.

(a) Every Global Warrant Certificate and Definitive Warrant Certificate shall be signed on behalf of the Company by its Chairman of the Board of Directors, its Chief Executive Officer, its President, any Vice President or its Treasurer (each, an “Appropriate Officer”). Each such signature upon a Global Warrant Certificate or Definitive Warrant Certificate may be in the form of a facsimile signature of any such Appropriate Officer and may be imprinted or otherwise reproduced on the Global Warrant Certificate or Definitive Warrant Certificate and for that purpose the Company may adopt and use the facsimile signature of any Appropriate Officer.

(b) If any Appropriate Officer who shall have signed any Global Warrant Certificate or Definitive Warrant Certificate shall cease to be such Appropriate Officer before the Global Warrant Certificate or Definitive Warrant Certificate so signed shall have been countersigned by the Warrant Agent or disposed of by the Company, such Global Warrant Certificate or Definitive Warrant Certificate nevertheless may be countersigned and delivered or disposed of as though such Appropriate Officer had not ceased to be such Appropriate Officer of the Company; and any Global Warrant Certificate or Definitive Warrant Certificate may be signed on behalf of the Company by any person who, at the actual date of the execution of such Global Warrant Certificate or Definitive Warrant

Certificate, shall be a proper Appropriate Officer of the Company to sign such Global Warrant Certificate or Definitive Warrant Certificate, although at the date of the execution of this Agreement any such person was not such Appropriate Officer.

Section 3.4 Registration and Countersignature.

(a) Upon receipt of a written order of the Company, the Warrant Agent shall (i) register in the Warrant Register the Book-Entry Warrants and deliver Warrant Statements to the Registered Holders of Book-Entry Warrants, (ii) upon receipt of the Global Warrant Certificates duly executed on behalf of the Company, either manually or by facsimile signature countersign one or more Global Warrant Certificates evidencing Warrants and deliver such Global Warrant Certificates to or upon the written order of the Company, and (iii) upon receipt of the Definitive Warrant Certificates duly executed on behalf of the Company, either manually or by facsimile signature countersign one or more Definitive Warrant Certificates evidencing Warrants and deliver such Definitive Warrant Certificates to or upon the written order of the Company. Such written order of the Company shall specifically state the number of Warrants that are to be issued as Book-Entry Warrants, the number of Warrants that are to be issued as a Global Warrant Certificate, and the number of Warrants that are to be issued as a Definitive Warrant Certificate. Each Global Warrant Certificate and Definitive Warrant Certificate shall be, and shall remain, subject to the provisions of this Agreement until such time as all of the Warrants evidenced thereby shall have been duly exercised or shall have expired or been canceled in accordance with the terms hereof.

(b) No Global Warrant Certificate or Definitive Warrant Certificate shall be valid for any purpose, and no Warrant evidenced thereby shall be exercisable, until such Global Warrant Certificate or Definitive Warrant Certificate has been either manually or by facsimile signature countersigned by the Warrant Agent. Such signature by the Warrant Agent upon any Global Warrant Certificate or Definitive Warrant Certificate executed by the Company shall be conclusive evidence that such Global Warrant Certificate or Definitive Warrant Certificate so countersigned has been duly issued hereunder.

(c) The Warrant Agent shall keep, at an office designated for such purpose, books (the “Warrant Register”) in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, it shall register the Book-Entry Warrants as well as any Global Warrant Certificates or Definitive Warrant Certificates and exchanges and transfers of outstanding Warrants in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 6.1 of this Agreement, all in form satisfactory to the Company and the Warrant Agent. No service charge shall be made for any exchange or registration of transfer of the Warrants, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any stamp or other tax or other charge that may be imposed on the Registered Holder in connection with any such exchange or registration of transfer. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Warrant Agent shall have no obligation to take any action whatsoever with respect to an exchange or registration of transfer unless and until it is reasonably satisfied that all such payments required by the immediately preceding sentence have been made.

Warrant Register (the “Registered Holder” of such Warrant) as the absolute owner of such Warrant (notwithstanding any notation of ownership or other writing on a Global Warrant Certificate or Definitive Warrant Certificate made by anyone other than the Company or the Warrant Agent), for the purpose of any exercise thereof, any distribution to the holder thereof and for all other purposes, and neither the Warrant Agent nor the Company shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

ARTICLE IV

TERMS AND EXERCISE OF WARRANTS

Section 4.1 Exercise Price. On the Effective Date, each Warrant shall entitle (i) in the case of the Book-Entry Warrants and Definitive Warrant Certificates, the Registered Holder thereof and (ii) in the case of Warrants held through the book-entry facilities of the Depositary or by or through Persons that are direct participants in the Depositary, the Beneficial Holder thereof ((i) and (ii) collectively, the “Holder”), subject to the provisions of such Warrant and of this Agreement, to purchase from the Company (and the Company shall issue and sell to each Holder) the number of Warrant Shares, at the price of $19.80 per whole share (as the same may be hereafter adjusted pursuant to Article V, the “Exercise Price”), specified in such Warrant.

Section 4.3 Method of Exercise.

(a) Subject to the provisions of the Warrants and this Agreement, the Holder of a Warrant may exercise such Holder’s right to purchase the Warrant Shares, in whole or from time to time in part, by: (x) in the case of Persons who hold Book-Entry Warrants or Definitive Warrant Certificates, providing an exercise form for the election to exercise such Warrant (“Exercise Form”) substantially in the form of Exhibit B-1 hereto, properly completed and duly executed by the Registered Holder thereof, and, in the case of an exercise for cash pursuant to Section 4.5(a), providing payment of the Exercise Amount, to the Warrant Agent, and (y) in the case of Warrants held through the book-entry facilities of the Depositary or by or through Persons that are direct participants in the Depositary, providing an Exercise Form (as provided by such Holder’s broker), properly completed and duly executed by the Beneficial Holder thereof, and, in the case of an exercise for cash pursuant to Section 4.5(a), providing payment of the Exercise Amount, to its broker.

Section 4.4 Issuance of Warrant Shares.

issued to the Holder of such Warrants the total number of whole Warrant Shares for which such Warrants are being exercised (as the same may be hereafter adjusted pursuant to Article V):

(ii) in the case of a Registered Holder who holds the Warrants being exercised in the form of Book-Entry Warrants or Definitive Warrant Certificates, a book-entry interest in the Warrant Shares registered on the books of the Company’s transfer agent or, at the Registered Holder’s option, by delivery to the address designated by such Registered Holder on its Exercise Form of a physical certificate representing the number of Warrant Shares to which such Registered Holder is entitled, in fully registered form, registered in such name or names as may be directed by such Registered Holder.

(c) If less than all of the Warrants evidenced by a Global Warrant Certificate, Definitive Warrant Certificate or Warrant Statement, as applicable, surrendered upon the exercise of Warrants are exercised at any time prior to the Expiration Date, a new Global Warrant Certificate, Definitive Warrant Certificate or Warrant Statement, as applicable, shall be issued for the remaining number of Warrants evidenced by such Global Warrant Certificate, Definitive Warrant Certificate or Warrant Statement, as applicable, so surrendered, and the Warrant Agent is hereby authorized to countersign and deliver the required new Global Warrant Certificate, Definitive Warrant Certificate or Warrant Statement, as applicable, pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.4 and this Section 4.4.

Section 4.5 Exercise of Warrant.

(a) Right to Exercise for Cash. Warrants or any portion thereof may be exercised by the Holders thereof at any time or from time to time during the period specified in

Section 4.2 hereof by delivery of payment to the Warrant Agent, for the account of the Company, by certified or bank cashier’s check payable to the order of the Company (or as otherwise agreed to by the Company), in lawful money of the United States of America, of the full Exercise Price for the number of Warrant Shares specified in the Exercise Form (which shall be equal to the Exercise Price multiplied by the number of Warrant Shares in respect of which any Warrants are being exercised) and, to the extent required by Section 8.1 hereof, any and all applicable taxes and charges due in connection with the exercise of Warrants and the exchange of Warrants for Warrant Shares (the “Exercise Amount”).

Expressed as a formula, such net issuance exercise shall be computed as follows:

X = B - A

Where:

X =

the number of Warrant Shares issuable to the Holder thereof

Y =

the FMV of one Warrant Share as of the Net Issuance Exercise Date

A =

B = the aggregate FMV (i.e., FMV x Net Issuance Warrant Shares)

If the foregoing calculation results in a negative number, then no Warrant Shares shall be issuable upon exercise of the Net Issuance Right by the applicable Holder.

(c) Determination of Fair Market Value. For purposes of this Section 4.5, “fair market value” or “FMV” of a Warrant Share as of the Net Issuance Exercise Date shall mean:

Section 4.9 Redemption. The Warrants shall not be redeemable by the Company or any other Person.

ARTICLE V

ADJUSTMENT OF SHARES OF NEW COMMON STOCK PURCHASABLE AND OF EXERCISE PRICE

The Exercise Price and the number and kind of Warrant Shares shall be subject to adjustment from time to time upon the happening of certain events as provided in this Article V.

Section 5.1 Mechanical Adjustments.

effective date of such event, as applicable, whenever any event in this Section 5.1(a) shall occur, to allow the purchase of such aggregate number and kind of shares.

(b) If the Company distributes to holders of its New Common Stock any assets (including but not limited to cash, but excluding any Regular Dividends), securities, or warrants to purchase securities (including but not limited to New Common Stock, but excluding New Rights), other than as described in Section 5.1(a), Section 5.1(c) or Section 5.1(d) (any such non-excluded event being referred to herein as an “Extraordinary Distribution”), then the Exercise Price shall be decreased, effective immediately after the record or other distribution date of such Extraordinary Distribution, by the amount of cash and/or fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Board after consultation with an investment banking firm of nationally recognized standing) of any securities or assets paid or distributed on each share of New Common Stock in respect of such Extraordinary Distribution. Any adjustment required by this Section 5.1(b) shall be made successively immediately after the earlier of the record date or distribution date whenever any event in this Section 5.1(b) shall occur to allow the purchase of the aggregate number and kind of shares to which Holders may be entitled.

(d) If the Company distributes to holders of its New Common Stock rights (“New Rights”) to purchase securities (including but not limited to New Common Stock), other than as described in Section 5.1(a), Section 5.1(b) or Section 5.1(c), at a price per share that is less than the fair market value thereof (as determined (i) in the case of New Rights to purchase New Common Stock, in accordance with the procedures for determining FMV of a Warrant Share under Section 4.5(c) and (ii) in the case of New Rights to purchase any other securities, as determined in good faith by the Board after consultation with an investment banking firm of

nationally recognized standing), then the Company shall distribute a number of New Rights (subject to the terms and conditions of the underlying rights offering applicable to all participants in such offering) to each Holder of Warrants hereunder equal to the number of New Rights such Holder would have received if such Warrants had been exercised pursuant to the terms hereof immediately prior to such distribution.

(e) Subject to the provisions of Section 4.7, whenever the Exercise Price payable upon exercise of Warrants is adjusted pursuant to Section 5.1(a), the number of Warrant Shares issuable upon exercise of each Warrant shall simultaneously be adjusted to a number of Warrant Shares determined by multiplying the number of Warrant Shares initially issuable upon exercise of each Warrant by the Exercise Price in effect on the date of such adjustment and dividing the product so obtained by the Exercise Price, as adjusted.

(f) If, at any time after the Issue Date, any adjustment is made to the applicable Exercise Price pursuant to this Section 5.1, such adjustment to the Exercise Price will be applicable with respect to all then outstanding Warrants and all Warrants issued in exchange or substitution therefor on or after the date of the event causing such adjustment to the Exercise Price.

(g) No adjustment in the Exercise Price shall be required unless such adjustment would require an increase or decrease of at least five cents ($0.05) in such price; provided, however, that any adjustments which by reason of this Section 5.1(g) are not required to be made shall be carried forward and taken into account in any subsequent adjustment. All calculations under this Section 5.1 shall be made to the nearest cent ($0.01) (with $.005 being rounded upward) or to the nearest one-hundredth of a share (with .005 of a share being rounded upward), as the case may be. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 5.1 to the contrary, the Exercise Price shall not be reduced to less than the then existing par value of the New Common Stock as a result of any adjustment made hereunder.

(h) In the event that at any time, as a result of any adjustment made pursuant to Section 5.1(a), Section 5.1(b), Section 5.1(c) or Section 5.1(d), the Holder thereafter shall become entitled to receive any shares of the Company other than New Common Stock, thereafter the number of such other shares so receivable upon exercise of any Warrant shall be subject to adjustment from time to time in a manner and on terms as nearly equivalent as practicable to the provisions with respect to the New Common Stock contained in this Section 5.1.

(i) The Company will not take any action that results in any adjustment hereunder if the total number of shares of New Common Stock issuable after such action upon exercise in full of the Warrants, together with all shares of New Common Stock then outstanding and all shares of New Common Stock then issuable upon exercise of all options and upon conversion of all convertible securities then outstanding, would exceed the total number of shares of New Common Stock then authorized by the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

by an Appropriate Officer of the Company setting forth the adjusted number and/or kind of shares purchasable upon the exercise of Warrants and the Exercise Price of such shares after such adjustment, the facts requiring such adjustment and the computation by which adjustment was made, and (ii) cause the Warrant Agent to give written notice to each Holder in the manner provided in Section 9.2 below, which notice shall state the record date or the effective date of the event in addition to the adjusted number and/or kind of shares purchasable upon the exercise of Warrants and the Exercise Price of such shares after such adjustment, the facts requiring such adjustment and the computation by which adjustment was made. Failure to give such notice, or any defect therein, shall not affect the legality or validity of such event. The Warrant Agent shall be fully protected in relying upon such a certificate and shall have no duty with respect to, and shall not be deemed to have knowledge of, any adjustments, unless and until the Warrant Agent shall have received such a certificate.

Section 5.3 Form of Warrant After Adjustments. The form of a Global Warrant Certificate or a Definitive Warrant Certificate need not be changed because of any adjustments in the Exercise Price or the number or kind of the Warrant Shares, and Warrants theretofore or thereafter issued may continue to express the same price and number and kind of shares as are stated in Warrants, as initially issued. The Company, however, may at any time in its sole discretion make any change in the form of Global Warrant Certificate or Definitive Warrant Certificate that it may deem appropriate to give effect to such adjustments and that does not affect the substance of the Global Warrant Certificate or the Definitive Warrant Certificate (including the rights, duties, immunities or obligations of the Warrant Agent), as applicable, and any Global Warrant Certificate or Definitive Warrant Certificate thereafter issued, whether in exchange or substitution for an outstanding Global Warrant Certificate or Definitive Warrant Certificate or otherwise, may be in the form so changed.

ARTICLE VI

TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE

OF WARRANTS AND WARRANT SHARES

Section 6.1 Registration of Transfers and Exchanges.

(b) Exchange of a Beneficial Interest in a Global Warrant Certificate for a Book-Entry Warrant or a Definitive Warrant Certificate.

(i) Any Holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Warrant Certificate may, upon request, exchange such beneficial interest for a Book-Entry Warrant or a Definitive Warrant Certificate. Upon receipt by the Warrant Agent from the Depositary or its nominee of written instructions or such other form of instructions as is customary for the Depositary on behalf of any Person having a beneficial interest in a Global Warrant Certificate, and all other necessary information the Warrant Agent shall cause, in accordance with the standing

instructions and procedures existing between the Depositary and Warrant Agent, the number of Warrants represented by the Global Warrant Certificate to be reduced by the number of Warrants to be represented by the Book-Entry Warrants or the Definitive Warrant Certificates, as applicable, to be issued in exchange for the beneficial interest of such Person in the Global Warrant Certificate and, following such reduction, the Warrant Agent shall register in the name of the Holder a Book-Entry Warrant or a Definitive Warrant Certificate, as applicable, and deliver to said Holder a Warrant Statement or a Definitive Warrant Certificate, as applicable.

(ii) Book-Entry Warrants and Definitive Warrant Certificates issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Global Warrant Certificate pursuant to this Section 6.1(b) shall be registered in such names as the Depositary, pursuant to instructions from its direct or indirect participants or otherwise, shall instruct the Warrant Agent. The Warrant Agent shall deliver such Warrant Statements or Definitive Warrant Certificates, as applicable to the Persons in whose names such Warrants are so registered.

(c) Transfer and Exchange of Book-Entry Warrants and Definitive Warrant Certificates. When Book-Entry Warrants or Definitive Warrant Certificates are presented to or deposited with the Warrant Agent with a written request:

(i) to register the transfer of any Book-Entry Warrants or Definitive Warrant Certificates; or

(ii) to exchange any Book-Entry Warrants or Definitive Warrant Certificates for an equal number of Book-Entry Warrants or Definitive Warrant Certificates of other authorized denominations, the Warrant Agent shall register the transfer or make the exchange as requested if its customary requirements for such transactions are met; provided, however, that the Warrant Agent has received a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Warrant Agent, properly completed and duly executed by the Registered Holder thereof or by his attorney, duly authorized in writing.

(d) Restrictions on Exchange or Transfer of a Book-Entry Warrant or a Definitive Warrant Certificate for a Beneficial Interest in a Global Warrant Certificate. Neither a Book-Entry Warrant nor a Definitive Warrant Certificate may be exchanged for a beneficial interest in a Global Warrant Certificate except upon satisfaction of the requirements set forth below. Upon receipt by the Warrant Agent of appropriate instruments of transfer with respect to a Book-Entry Warrant or a Definitive Warrant Certificate, in form satisfactory to the Warrant Agent, together with written instructions directing the Warrant Agent to make, or to direct the Depositary to make, an endorsement on the Global Warrant Certificate to reflect an increase in the number of Warrants represented by the Global Warrant Certificate equal to the number of Warrants represented by such Book-Entry Warrant or Definitive Warrant Certificate, as applicable, and all other necessary information, then the Warrant Agent shall cancel such Book-Entry Warrant or Definitive Warrant Certificate on the Warrant Register and cause, or direct the Depositary to cause, in accordance with the standing instructions and procedures existing between the Depositary and the Warrant Agent, the number of Warrants represented by the Global Warrant Certificate to be increased accordingly. If no Global Warrant Certificates are then outstanding, the Company shall issue and the Warrant Agent shall either manually or by

facsimile countersign a new Global Warrant Certificate representing the appropriate number of Warrants.

(e) Restrictions on Transfer and Exchange of Global Warrant Certificates. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement (other than the provisions set forth in Section 6.1(f)), unless and until it is exchanged in whole for a Book-Entry Warrant or a Definitive Warrant Certificate, a Global Warrant Certificate may not be transferred as a whole except by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary or by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or another nominee of the Depositary or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary.

(f) Book-Entry Warrants and Definitive Warrant Certificates. If at any time, (i) the Depositary for the Global Warrant Certificates notifies the Company that the Depositary is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for the Global Warrant Certificates and a successor Depositary for the Global Warrant Certificates is not appointed by the Company within 90 days after delivery of such notice or (ii) the Company, in its sole discretion, notifies the Warrant Agent in writing that it elects to exclusively cause the issuance of Book-Entry Warrants and/or Definitive Warrant Certificates under this Agreement, then the Warrant Agent, upon written instructions signed by an Appropriate Officer of the Company, and all other necessary information, shall register Book-Entry Warrants and/or Definitive Warrant Certificates, as applicable, in an aggregate number equal to the number of Warrants represented by the Global Warrant Certificates, in exchange for such Global Warrant Certificates in such names and in such amounts as directed by the Depositary or, in the absence of instructions from the Depositary, by the Company.

(g) Restrictions on Transfer. No Warrants or Warrant Shares shall be sold, exchanged or otherwise transferred in violation of the Securities Act or state securities laws.

(h) Cancellation of Global Warrant Certificate. At such time as all beneficial interests in Global Warrant Certificates have either been exchanged for Book-Entry Warrants or Definitive Warrant Certificates, repurchased or cancelled, all Global Warrant Certificates shall be returned to, or retained and cancelled by, the Warrant Agent, upon written instructions from the Company satisfactory to the Warrant Agent.

Section 6.2 Obligations with Respect to Transfers and Exchanges of Warrants.

(i) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company shall execute Global Warrant Certificates and Definitive Warrant Certificates, if applicable, and the Warrant Agent is hereby authorized, in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.4 and this Article VI, to countersign such Global Warrant Certificates and Definitive Warrant Certificates, if applicable, or register Book-Entry Warrants, if applicable, as required pursuant to the provisions of this Article VI and for the purpose of any distribution of new Global Warrant Certificates or Definitive Warrant Certificates contemplated by Section 7.2 or additional Global Warrant Certificates or Definitive Warrant Certificates contemplated by Article V.

(ii) All Book-Entry Warrants, Global Warrant Certificates and Definitive Warrant Certificates issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Book-

Entry Warrants, Global Warrant Certificates or Definitive Warrant Certificates shall be the valid obligations of the Company, entitled to the same benefits under this Agreement as the Book-Entry Warrants, Global Warrant Certificates or Definitive Warrant Certificates surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

(iv) So long as the Depositary, or its nominee, is the registered owner of a Global Warrant Certificate, the Depositary or such nominee, as the case may be, will be considered the sole owner or holder of the Warrants represented by such Global Warrant Certificate for all purposes under this Agreement. Except as provided in Section 6.1(b) and Section 6.1(f) upon the exchange of a beneficial interest in a Global Warrant Certificate for Book-Entry Warrants or Definitive Warrant Certificates, Beneficial Holders will not be entitled to have any Warrants registered in their names, and will under no circumstances be entitled to receive physical delivery of any such Warrants and will not be considered the Registered Holder thereof under the Warrants or this Agreement. Neither the Company nor the Warrant Agent, in its capacity as registrar for such Warrants, will have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to beneficial interests in a Global Warrant Certificate or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial interests.

(v) Subject to Section 6.1(b), Section 6.1(c), Section 6.1(d), and this Section 6.2, the Warrant Agent shall, upon receipt of all information required to be delivered hereunder, from time to time register the transfer of any outstanding Warrants in the Warrant Register, upon delivery to the Warrant Agent, at its office designated for such purpose, of a properly completed form of assignment substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, duly signed by the Registered Holder thereof or by the duly appointed legal representative thereof or by a duly authorized attorney, such signature to be guaranteed by a participant in the Securities Transfer Agent Medallion Program, the Stock Exchanges Medallion Program or the New York Stock Exchange, Inc. Medallion Signature Program and, in the case of a transfer of a Global Warrant Certificate or a Definitive Warrant Certificate, upon surrender to the Warrant Agent of such Global Warrant Certificate or Definitive Warrant Certificate, duly endorsed. Upon any such registration of transfer, a new Global Warrant Certificate, Definitive Warrant Certificate or a Warrant Statement, as the case may be, shall be issued to the transferee.

ARTICLE VII

OTHER PROVISIONS RELATING TO RIGHTS OF HOLDERS OF WARRANTS

Section 7.1 No Rights or Liability as Stockholder; Notice to Registered Holders. Nothing contained in the Warrants shall be construed as conferring upon the Holder or his, her or

its transferees the right to vote or to receive dividends or to consent or to receive notice as a stockholder in respect of any meeting of stockholders for the election of directors of the Company or of any other matter, or any rights whatsoever as stockholders of the Company. No provision thereof and no mere enumeration therein of the rights or privileges of the Holder shall give rise to any liability of such holder for the Exercise Price hereunder or as a stockholder of the Company, whether such liability is asserted by the Company or by creditors of the Company. To the extent not covered by any statement delivered pursuant to Section 5.2, the Company shall give notice to Registered Holders by registered mail if at any time prior to the expiration or exercise in full of the Warrants:

(a) any dividend or distribution (whether payable in cash, securities or other assets) upon the New Common Stock shall be proposed;

(b) an offer for subscription pro rata to the holders of New Common Stock of any additional shares of stock of any class or other securities or rights shall be proposed;

Section 7.2 Lost, Stolen, Mutilated or Destroyed Warrants. If any Global Warrant Certificate, Definitive Warrant Certificate or Warrant Statement is lost, stolen, mutilated or destroyed, the Company shall issue, and the Warrant Agent shall countersign and deliver, in exchange and substitution for and upon cancellation of the mutilated Global Warrant Certificate, Definitive Warrant Certificate or Warrant Statement, as applicable, or in lieu of and substitution for such Global Warrant Certificate, Definitive Warrant Certificate or Warrant Statement, as applicable, lost, stolen or destroyed, a new Global Warrant Certificate, Definitive Warrant Certificate or Warrant Statement, as applicable, of like tenor and representing an equivalent number of Warrants, but only upon receipt of evidence and an affidavit reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the Warrant Agent of the loss, theft or destruction of such Global Warrant Certificate, Definitive Warrant Certificate or Warrant Statement, as applicable, or the posting of

an indemnity or bond of the Company and Warrant Agent for any losses in connection therewith, if requested by either the Company or the Warrant Agent, also satisfactory to them. Applicants for such substitute Global Warrant Certificates, Definitive Warrant Certificates or Warrant Statements, as applicable, shall also comply with such other reasonable regulations and pay such other reasonable charges as the Company or the Warrant Agent may prescribe and as required by Section 8-405 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of New York.

Section 7.4 Cancellation of Warrants. If the Company shall purchase or otherwise acquire Warrants, the Global Warrant Certificates, the Definitive Warrant Certificates and the Book-Entry Warrants representing such Warrants shall thereupon be deposited with or delivered to the Warrant Agent, if applicable, and be cancelled by it and retired. The Warrant Agent shall cancel all Global Warrant Certificates and Definitive Warrant Certificates surrendered for exchange, substitution, transfer or exercise in whole or in part. Such cancelled Global Warrant Certificates and Definitive Warrant Certificates shall thereafter be disposed of in a manner satisfactory to the Company provided in writing to the Warrant Agent.

Section 7.5 No Less Favorable Treatment

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if any warrants issued to the holders of CIH Notes Claims or CCH Notes Claims under the Plan of Reorganization are amended or restated or otherwise modified in any respect at any time after the Effective Date such that any such warrants contain any terms and/or provisions more favorable than the terms and provisions contained in this Agreement or the Warrants issuable hereunder, (i) the Company shall promptly deliver written notice to each Registered Holder (with a copy delivered to the Warrant Agent) specifying in reasonable detail the terms and provisions of such amendment, restatement or other modification, (ii) each Registered Holder may, at its sole option, within fifteen (15) Business Days of the receipt of such written notice, elect to include such terms and/or provision in the Warrants held by such Registered Holder by delivering written notice to the Company of such election (with a copy delivered to the Warrant Agent) and (iii) in the event of such an election by a Registered Holder, the Company agrees to perform any and all actions reasonably necessary to effectuate the inclusion of such terms and/or provisions in the Warrants held by such Registered Holder, including without limitation, executing any amendment or restatement hereof or thereof.

ARTICLE VIII

CONCERNING THE WARRANT AGENT AND OTHER MATTERS

Company and the Warrant Agent shall not be required to issue or deliver any Warrants or Warrant Shares until such taxes or charges shall have been paid or it is established to the Company’s and the Warrant Agent’s reasonable satisfaction that no tax or charge is due.

Section 8.2 Resignation, Consolidation or Merger of Warrant Agent.

succeeding to the shareholder services business of the Warrant Agent or any successor Warrant Agent, shall be the successor Warrant Agent under this Agreement, without any further act or deed, if such Person would be eligible for appointment as a successor Warrant Agent under the provisions of Section 8.2(a). If any of the Global Warrant Certificates or Definitive Warrant Certificates have been countersigned but not delivered at the time such successor to the Warrant Agent succeeds under this Agreement, any such successor to the Warrant Agent may adopt the countersignature of the original Warrant Agent; and if at that time any of the Global Warrant Certificates or Definitive Warrant Certificates shall not have been countersigned, any successor to the Warrant Agent may countersign such Global Warrant Certificates or Definitive Warrant Certificates either in the name of the predecessor Warrant Agent or in the name of the successor Warrant Agent; and in all such cases such Global Warrant Certificates or Definitive Warrant Certificates shall have the full force provided in the Global Warrant Certificates or Definitive Warrant Certificates, as applicable, and in this Agreement.

(ii) If at any time the name of the Warrant Agent is changed and at such time any of the Global Warrant Certificates or Definitive Warrant Certificates have been countersigned but not delivered, the Warrant Agent whose name has changed may adopt the countersignature under its prior name; and if at that time any of the Global Warrant Certificates or Definitive Warrant Certificates have not been countersigned, the Warrant Agent may countersign such Global Warrant Certificates or Definitive Warrant Certificates either in its prior name or in its changed name; and in all such cases such Global Warrant Certificates or Definitive Warrant Certificates shall have the full force provided in the Global Warrant Certificates or Definitive Warrant Certificates, as applicable, and in this Agreement.

Section 8.3 Fees and Expenses of Warrant Agent.

Section 8.4 Liability of Warrant Agent.

certificate. The Warrant Agent is hereby authorized and directed to accept instructions with respect to the performance of its duties hereunder from any one of the Chief Executive Officer or Chairman of the Board, and to apply to such officers for advice or instructions in connection with its duties, and it may rely upon such statement and will not be liable for any action taken, suffered or omitted to be taken by it in accordance with any such instructions or pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement.

(b) Indemnity. The Warrant Agent shall be liable hereunder only for its own gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith (which gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith must be determined by a final, non-appealable order, judgment, decree or ruling of a court of competent jurisdiction). The Company agrees to indemnify the Warrant Agent for, and to hold it harmless against, any loss, liability, suit, action, proceeding, judgment, claim, settlement, cost or expense (including reasonable counsel fees and expenses), incurred without gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith on the part of the Warrant Agent (which gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith must be determined by a final, non-appealable order, judgment, decree or ruling of a court of competent jurisdiction), for any action taken, suffered or omitted by the Warrant Agent in connection with the preparation, delivery, acceptance, administration, execution and amendment of this Agreement and the exercise and performance of its duties hereunder, including the costs and expenses of defending against any claim of liability arising therefrom, directly or indirectly. The Warrant Agent shall not be obligated to expend or risk its own funds or to take any action which it believes would expose it to expense or liability or to a risk of incurring expense or liability, unless it has been furnished with assurances of repayment or indemnity satisfactory to it. No provision in this Agreement shall be construed to relieve the Warrant Agent from liability for its own gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith (which gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith must be determined by a final, non-appealable order, judgment, decree or ruling of a court of competent jurisdiction).

Section 8.10 No Liability for Interest. The Warrant Agent shall not be under any liability for interest on any monies at any time received by it pursuant to any of the provisions of this Agreement.

and sale, or exercise, of the Warrants. The Warrant Agent shall have no duty or responsibility in case of any default by the Company in the performance of its covenants or agreements contained herein or in any Warrant Certificate or in the case of the receipt of any written demand from a Holder with respect to such default, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any duty or responsibility to initiate or attempt to initiate any proceedings at law or otherwise or, to make any demand upon the Company.

Section 8.14 Agents. The Warrant Agent may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents or attorneys-in-fact, and the Warrant Agent shall not be responsible for any loss or expense arising out of, or in connection with, the actions or omissions to act of its agents or attorneys-in-fact, so long as the Warrant Agent acts without gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith (which gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith must be determined by a final, non-appealable order, judgment, decree or ruling of a court of competent jurisdiction) in connection with the selection of, and assignment of tasks to, such agents or attorneys-in-fact; provided, that this provision shall not permit the Warrant Agent to assign all or substantially all of its primary record-keeping responsibilities hereunder to any third party provider without the Company’s prior written consent.

ARTICLE IX

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

electronic or facsimile transmission. Such notice or communication shall be deemed given (a) if mailed, two days after the date of mailing, (b) if sent by national courier service, one Business Day after being sent, (c) if delivered personally, when so delivered, or (d) if sent by electronic or facsimile transmission, on the Business Day after such transmission is sent, in each case as follows:

if to the Warrant Agent, to:

Mellon Investor Services LLC

480 Washington Boulevard

Jersey City, NJ 07310

Attention: Ed Eismont

Facsimile: (201) 680-4665

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Mellon Investor Services LLC

480 Washington Boulevard

Jersey City, NJ 07310

Attention: Legal Department

Facsimile: (201) 680-4610

if to the Company, to:

Charter Communications, Inc.

12405 Powerscourt Drive

St. Louis, MO 63131

Attention: General Counsel

Facsimile: 314-543-2308

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

153 East 53rd Street

New York, New York 10022

Attention: Christian O. Nagler

Facsimile: (212) 446-6460

if to Registered Holders, at their addresses as they appear in the Warrant Register.

any right, remedy, or claim under or by reason of this Agreement or of any covenant, condition, stipulation, promise, or agreement hereof. All covenants, conditions, stipulations, promises, and agreements contained in this Agreement shall be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the parties hereto, their successors and assigns and the Holders.

Section 9.6 Effect of Headings. The section headings herein are for convenience only and are not part of this Agreement and shall not affect the interpretation hereof.

Section 9.7 Amendments.

(a) Subject to Section 9.7(b) below, this agreement may not be amended except in writing signed by both parties hereto.

(b) The Company and the Warrant Agent may from time to time supplement or amend this Agreement or the Warrants (a) without the approval of any Holders in order to cure any ambiguity, manifest error or other mistake in this Agreement or the Warrants, or to correct or supplement any provision contained herein or in the Warrants that may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision herein or in the Warrants, or to make any other provisions in regard to matters or questions arising hereunder that the Company and the Warrant Agent may deem necessary or desirable and that shall not adversely affect, alter or change the interests of any Holder or (b) with the prior written consent of holders of the Warrants exercisable for a majority of the Warrant Shares then issuable upon exercise of the Warrants then outstanding. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, upon the delivery of a certificate from an Appropriate Officer of the Company and, if requested by the Warrant Agent, an opinion of counsel, which states that the proposed supplement or amendment is in compliance with the terms of this Section 9.7 and, provided such supplement or amendment does not change the Warrant Agent’s rights, duties, liabilities, immunities or obligations hereunder, the Warrant Agent shall execute such supplement or amendment. Any amendment, modification or waiver effected pursuant to and in accordance with the provisions of this Section 9.7 will be binding upon all Holders and upon each future Holder, the Company and the Warrant Agent. In the event of any amendment, modification or waiver, the Company will give prompt notice thereof to all Registered Holders and, if appropriate, notation thereof will be made on all Global Warrant Certificates and Definitive Warrant Certificates thereafter surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange.

Section 9.8 No Inconsistent Agreements. The Company will not, on or after the date hereof, enter into any agreement with respect to its securities which conflicts with the rights

granted to the Holders in the Warrants or the provisions hereof. The Company represents and warrants to the Holders that, as of the date hereof, the rights granted hereunder do not in any way conflict with the rights granted to holders of the Company’s securities under any other agreements.

[Signature Page Follows]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been duly executed by the parties hereto as of the day and year first above written.

CHARTER COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

By: ______________________________

Name:

Title:

MELLON INVESTOR SERVICES LLC

By: ______________________________

Name:

Title:

[Signature Page to CII Warrant Agreeement]

EXHIBIT A-1

FORM OF WARRANT STATEMENT

CHARTER COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

DRS Warrant Distribution Statement
CUSIP Number	Account Number/Account Key

Ticker Symbol	Investor ID

Issuance Date	Distribution

[_______________]

Charter Communications, Inc. Warrants Issued To You In Book-Entry Form

[_______]

PLEASE RETAIN THIS STATEMENT FOR YOUR RECORDS

NO ACTION IS REQUIRED if you choose to keep warrants in book-entry form.

Questions? Contact BNY Mellon Shareowner Services To access your account, use your Investor ID Number that is located in the box above on the top right hand corner of this statement. You can contact BNY Mellon Shareowner Services in one of the following ways:
By Internet: Visit www.bnymellon.com/shareowner/isd for access to your account. You will be able to certify your Taxpayer Identification Number/Social Security Number, change your address or sell warrants.
By Phone: Toll Free Number 1-866-463-1222 Outside the U.S. (Collect) 1-201-680-6578 Hearing Impaired 1-800-231-5469 Representatives are available 9 a.m. to 7 p.m. Eastern Time weekdays	By Mail: Charter Communications, Inc. c/o BNY Mellon Shareowner Services P.O. Box 358035 Pittsburgh, PA 15252-8035

SEE REVERSE SIDE FOR IMPORTANT INFORMATION

CHARTER COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

Transfer of your book-entry warrants to your broker can be accomplished in one of two ways:

(1)	The fastest and easiest way - provide your broker with your Account Key at BNY Mellon Shareowner Services, your Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN) and your account registration information, and request that your broker initiate an electronic transfer of your warrants, or

(2)	Obtain a “Broker-Dealer Authorization Form” by visiting www.bnymellon.com/shareowner/isd, or by calling 1-866-463-1222.

Book-Entry Warrants may be exercised to purchase Warrant Shares from the Company from the Effective Date through 5:00 p.m. New York City time on November 30, 2016 (the “Expiration Date”), at an initial exercise price of $19.80 per whole share (as the same may be adjusted pursuant to Article V of the Warrant Agreement, the “Exercise Price”) multiplied by the number of Warrant Shares set forth above. The Exercise Price and the number of Warrant Shares purchasable upon exercise of the Warrants are subject to adjustment upon the occurrence of certain events as set forth in the Warrant Agreement. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Warrant Agreement, each Holder of a Book-Entry Warrant may exercise such Book-Entry Warrant, in whole or from time to time in part, by: (1) providing a properly completed and duly executed exercise form for the election to exercise such Book Entry Warrants (the “Exercise Form”) to the Warrant Agent in accordance with the instructions below, no later than 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date, and (2) in the case of an exercise for cash, paying the applicable Exercise Amount to the Warrant Agent. In lieu of paying the Exercise Amount as set forth in the preceding sentence, subject to the provisions of the Warrant Agreement, each Book-Entry Warrant shall entitle the Holder thereof, at the election of such Holder, to exercise such Book- Entry Warrant on a net issuance basis in accordance with the procedures, terms and conditions set forth in Section 4.5 of the Warrant Agreement.

(DETACH SALES COUPON HERE)

SELL MY WARRANTS

FULL SALE:	PARTIAL SALE:	Taxpayer ID or Social Security Number
o SELL ALL WARRANTS.	o SELL _________ WARRANTS.


SIGNATURE	DATE

SIGNATURE	DATE

[_______________]

CHARTER COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

DRS Warrant Distribution Statement
CUSIP Number	Account Number/Account Key

Ticker Symbol	Investor ID

Issuance Date	Distribution

[_______________]

Charter Communications, Inc. Warrants Issued To You In Book-Entry Form

[_______]

PLEASE RETAIN THIS STATEMENT FOR YOUR RECORDS

NO ACTION IS REQUIRED if you choose to keep warrants in book-entry form.

Questions? Contact BNY Mellon Shareowner Services To access your account, use your Investor ID Number that is located in the box above on the top right hand corner of this statement. You can contact BNY Mellon Shareowner Services in one of the following ways:
By Internet: Visit www.bnymellon.com/shareowner/isd for access to your account. You will be able to certify your Taxpayer Identification Number/Social Security Number, change your address or sell warrants.
By Phone: Toll Free Number 1-866-463-1222 Outside the U.S. (Collect) 1-201-680-6578 Hearing Impaired 1-800-231-5469 Representatives are available 9 a.m. to 7 p.m. Eastern Time weekdays	By Mail: Charter Communications, Inc. c/o BNY Mellon Shareowner Services P.O. Box 358035 Pittsburgh, PA 15252-8035

Request for Taxpayer Identification and Certification

If you are exempt from backup withholding. remember to indicate that when completing the certification.

over the Phone		through the Internet
· Dial the toll-free number shown above · Say “Certify my TIN” when prompted · Enter your Investor ID and PIN · Speak your answers at the prompt		· Go to www.bnymellon.com/shareowner/isd · Logon to Investor Service Direct® · Select the account name · Choose Manage Account Info and select Certify Tax ID · Confirm your certification

Mellon You're done! It's that easy! *New user? Establish a PIN. then proceed.

SEE REVERSE SIDE FOR IMPORTANT INFORMATION

CHARTER COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

Transfer of your book-entry warrants to your broker can be accomplished in one of two ways:

(2) Obtain a “Broker-Dealer Authorization Form” by visiting www.bnymellon.com/shareowner/isd, or by calling 1-866-463-1222.

(DETACH SALES COUPON HERE)

SELL MY WARRANTS

FULL SALE:	PARTIAL SALE:	Taxpayer ID or Social Security Number
o SELL ALL WARRANTS.	o SELL _________ WARRANTS.	UNCERTIFIED


SIGNATURE	DATE

SIGNATURE	DATE

[_______________]

EXHIBIT A-2

FORM OF FACE OF GLOBAL WARRANT CERTIFICATE

VOID AFTER 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON NOVEMBER 30, 2016

THE SHARES OF STOCK REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND CANNOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, TRANSFERRED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF UNLESS REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND UNDER APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT), (B) IT IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (C) IT IS AN “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 501(A) OF REGULATION D UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT).

THIS WARRANT WILL BE VOID IF NOT EXERCISED PRIOR TO

5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON NOVEMBER 30, 2016

WARRANT TO PURCHASE

______________ SHARES OF CLASS A COMMON STOCK OF

CHARTER COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

CUSIP # 16117M149

DISTRIBUTION DATE: [_______________]

No. ________

This certifies that, for value received, ___________________________, and its registered assigns (collectively, the “Registered Holder”), is entitled to purchase from Charter Communications, Inc., a corporation incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Company”), subject to the terms and conditions hereof, at any time before 5:00 p.m., New York time, on November 30, 2016, the number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of Class A Common Stock of the Company set forth above at the Exercise Price (as defined in the Warrant Agreement). The Exercise Price and the number and kind of shares purchasable hereunder are subject to adjustment from time to time as provided in Article V of the Warrant Agreement. The initial Exercise Price shall be $19.80.

This Warrant Certificate shall not be valid unless countersigned by the Warrant Agent.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Warrant has been duly executed by the Company under its corporate seal as of the ____ day of ___________________, 20__.

CHARTER COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

By: __________________________

Print Name: __________________________

Title: __________________________

Attest: __________________________

Secretary

MELLON INVESTOR SERVICES LLC,

as Warrant Agent

By: ______________________________

Name:

Title:

Address of Registered Holder for Notices (until changed in accordance with this Warrant):

______________________________

FORM OF REVERSE OF WARRANT

The Company shall not be required to issue fractions of Warrant Shares or any certificates that evidence fractional Warrant Shares.

No Warrants may be sold, exchanged or otherwise transferred in violation of the Securities Act or state securities laws.

This Warrant does not entitle the Registered Holder to any of the rights of a stockholder of the Company.

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS WARRANT CERTIFICATE (INCLUDING THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE UPON EXERCISE OF THE WARRANT) ARE SUBJECT TO ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS SET FORTH IN THE WARRANT AGREEMENT DATED AS OF NOVEMBER 30, 2009, BY AND BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE WARRANT AGENT (THE “WARRANT AGREEMENT”).

THIS WARRANT WILL BE VOID IF NOT EXERCISED PRIOR TO

5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON NOVEMBER 30, 2016

WARRANT TO PURCHASE

______________ SHARES OF CLASS A COMMON STOCK OF

CHARTER COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

CUSIP # 16117M149

DISTRIBUTION DATE: [_______________]

No. ________

This certifies that, for value received, ___________________________, and its registered assigns (collectively, the “Registered Holder”), is entitled to purchase from Charter Communications, Inc., a corporation incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Company”), subject to the terms and conditions hereof, at any time before 5:00 p.m., New York time, on November 30, 2016, the number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of Class A Common Stock of the Company set forth above at the Exercise Price (as defined in the Warrant Agreement). The Exercise Price and the number and kind of shares purchasable hereunder are subject to adjustment from time to time as provided in Article V of the Warrant Agreement. The initial Exercise Price shall be $19.80.

This Warrant Certificate shall not be valid unless countersigned by the Warrant Agent.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Warrant has been duly executed by the Company under its corporate seal as of the ____ day of ___________________, 20__.

CHARTER COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

By: ______________________________

Print Name: ______________________________

Title: ______________________________

Attest: ______________________________

Secretary

MELLON INVESTOR SERVICES LLC,

as Warrant Agent

By: ______________________________

Name:

Title:

Address of Registered Holder for Notices (until changed in accordance with this Warrant):

______________________________

The Company shall not be required to issue fractions of Warrant Shares or any certificates that evidence fractional Warrant Shares.

No Warrants may be sold, exchanged or otherwise transferred in violation of the Securities Act or state securities laws.

This Warrant does not entitle the Registered Holder to any of the rights of a stockholder of the Company.

EXHIBIT B-1

EXERCISE FORM FOR REGISTERED HOLDERS

HOLDING BOOK-ENTRY WARRANTS OR

DEFINITIVE WARRANT CERTIFICATES

(To be executed upon exercise of Warrant)

The undersigned hereby irrevocably elects to exercise the right, represented by the [Book-Entry Warrants] [Definitive Warrant Certificates], to purchase Warrant Shares and (check one):

The undersigned requests that [a statement representing] the Warrant Shares be delivered as follows:

	Name _________________________
	Address _________________________
	_________________________
	Deliver Address (if different)
	_________________________
	_________________________

If said number of shares shall not be all the shares purchasable under the within [Warrant Statement] [Definitive Warrant Certificate], the undersigned requests that a new [Book-Entry Warrant] [Definitive Warrant Certificate] representing the balance of such Warrants shall be registered, with the appropriate [Warrant Statement] [Definitive Warrant Certificate] delivered as follows:

	Name _________________________
	Address _________________________
	_________________________
	Deliver Address (if different)
	_________________________
	_________________________

_______________________________ Signature ______________________________

Social Security or Other Taxpayer

Identification Number of Holder

Note: If the statement representing the Warrant Shares or any [Book-Entry Warrants representing Warrants] [Definitive Warrant Certificate] not exercised is to be registered in a name other than that in which the [Book-Entry Warrants] [Definitive Warrant Certificates] are registered, the signature of the holder hereof must be guaranteed.

SIGNATURE GUARANTEED BY:

_______________________________________________

Countersigned:

Dated: , 20

MELLON INVESTOR SERVICES LLC,

as Warrant Agent

Signature ____________________________

Authorized Signatory

EXERCISE FORM FOR BENEFICIAL HOLDERS

HOLDING WARRANTS THROUGH THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY

TO BE COMPLETED BY DIRECT PARTICIPANT

IN THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY

(To be executed upon exercise of Warrant)

o	herewith tenders payment for _______ of the Warrant Shares to the order of Charter Communications, Inc. in the amount of $_________ in accordance with the terms of the Warrant Agreement and this Warrant; or

o	herewith tenders this Warrant for _______ Warrant Shares pursuant to the net issuance exercise provisions of Section 4.4(b) of the Warrant Agreement. This exercise and election shall be immediately effective or shall be effective as of 5:00 pm., New York time, on [insert date].

Dated:

(PLEASE PRINT)

ADDRESS:

CONTACT NAME:

ADDRESS:

TELEPHONE (INCLUDING INTERNATIONAL CODE):

FAX (INCLUDING INTERNATIONAL CODE):

SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (IF APPLICABLE):

ACCOUNT FROM WHICH WARRANTS ARE BEING DELIVERED:

DEPOSITARY ACCOUNT NO.

NAME: _____________________________

(PLEASE PRINT)

CONTACT NAME:

TELEPHONE (INCLUDING INTERNATIONAL CODE):

FAX (INCLUDING INTERNATIONAL CODE):

SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (IF APPLICABLE):

ACCOUNT TO WHICH THE SHARES OF CLASS A COMMON STOCK ARE TO BE CREDITED:

DEPOSITARY ACCOUNT NO.

FILL IN FOR DELIVERY OF THE CLASS A COMMON STOCK, IF OTHER THAN TO THE PERSON DELIVERING THIS WARRANT EXERCISE NOTICE:

NAME: _____________________________

(PLEASE PRINT)

ADDRESS: _____________________________

CONTACT NAME: _____________________________

TELEPHONE (INCLUDING INTERNATIONAL CODE): _____________________________

FAX (INCLUDING INTERNATIONAL CODE): _____________________________

SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (IF APPLICABLE): ___________

NUMBER OF WARRANTS BEING EXERCISED: _____________________________

(ONLY ONE EXERCISE PER WARRANT EXERCISE NOTICE)

Signature: _____________________________

Name: _____________________________

Capacity in which Signing: _____________________________

SIGNATURE GUARANTEED BY: _____________________________

EXHIBIT C

FORM OF ASSIGNMENT

(To be executed only upon assignment of Warrant)

Name(s) of Assignee(s)	Address	No. of Warrant Shares

Dated: , 20__ Signature ______________________________________________________________

Note:

The above signature should correspond exactly with the name on the face of this Warrant

exhibit10_1.htm

Exhibit 10.1

CCH II, LLC

AND

CCH II CAPITAL CORP.,

AS ISSUERS

AND

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, NA,

AS TRUSTEE

INDENTURE

DATED AS OF NOVEMBER 30, 2009

13.50% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2016

TABLE OF CONTENTS

		Page
ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE		1
Section 1.01	Definitions	1
Section 1.02	Other Definitions	24
Section 1.03	Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act	25
Section 1.04	Rules of Construction	25
ARTICLE II THE NOTES		26
Section 2.01	Form and Dating	26
Section 2.02	Execution and Authentication	27
Section 2.03	Registrar and Paying Agent	28
Section 2.04	Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust	28
Section 2.05	Holder Lists	29
Section 2.06	Transfer and Exchange	29
Section 2.07	Replacement Notes	33
Section 2.08	Outstanding Notes	33
Section 2.09	Treasury Notes	34
Section 2.10	Temporary Notes	34
Section 2.11	Cancellation	34
Section 2.12	Defaulted Interest	34
Section 2.13	Record Date	34
Section 2.14	Computation of Interest	34
Section 2.15	CUSIP Numbers	35
Section 2.16	Special Transfer Provisions	35
Section 2.17	Issuance of Additional Notes	37
Section 2.18	Temporary Regulation S Global Notes	37
ARTICLE III REDEMPTION		39
Section 3.01	Notices to Trustee	39
Section 3.02	Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed	39
Section 3.03	Notice of Redemption	39
Section 3.04	Effect of Notice of Redemption	40
Section 3.05	Deposit of Redemption Price	40
Section 3.06	Notes Redeemed in Part	40
Section 3.07	Optional Redemption	40
Section 3.08	Mandatory Redemption or Repurchase	41
Section 3.09	Offer to Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds	42
ARTICLE IV COVENANTS		43
Section 4.01	Payment of Notes	43
Section 4.02	Maintenance of Office or Agency	44
Section 4.03	Reports	44
Section 4.04	Compliance Certificate	45
Section 4.05	Taxes	45

Section 4.06	Stay, Extension and Usury Laws	46
Section 4.07	Restricted Payments	46
Section 4.08	Investments	49
Section 4.09	Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries	50
Section 4.10	Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock	51
Section 4.11	Limitation on Asset Sales	54
Section 4.12	Sale and Leaseback Transactions	55
Section 4.13	Transactions with Affiliates	56
Section 4.14	Liens	57
Section 4.15	Existence	58
Section 4.16	Repurchase at the Option of Holders upon a Change of Control	58
Section 4.17	Limitations on Issuances of Guarantees of Indebtedness	60
Section 4.18	Payments for Consent	60
Section 4.19	Application of Fall-Away Covenants	60
Section 4.20	Anti-Layering Covenants.	61
ARTICLE V SUCCESSORS		61
Section 5.01	Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets	61
Section 5.02	Successor Corporation Substituted	62
ARTICLE VI DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES		63
Section 6.01	Events of Default	63
Section 6.02	Acceleration	64
Section 6.03	Other Remedies	64
Section 6.04	Waiver of Existing Defaults	65
Section 6.05	Control by Majority	65
Section 6.06	Limitation on Suits	65
Section 6.07	Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment	66
Section 6.08	Collection Suit by Trustee	66
Section 6.09	Trustee May File Proofs of Claim	66
Section 6.10	Priorities	66
Section 6.11	Undertaking for Costs	67
ARTICLE VII TRUSTEE		67
Section 7.01	Duties of Trustee	67
Section 7.02	Rights of Trustee	68
Section 7.03	Individual Rights of Trustee	69
Section 7.04	Trustee’s Disclaimer	69
Section 7.05	Notice of Defaults	70
Section 7.06	Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes	70
Section 7.07	Compensation and Indemnity	70
Section 7.08	Replacement of Trustee	71
Section 7.09	Successor Trustee by Merger, etc	72
Section 7.10	Eligibility; Disqualification	72
Section 7.11	Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Issuers	72

ARTICLE VIII LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE		72
Section 8.01	Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance	72
Section 8.02	Legal Defeasance and Discharge	72
Section 8.03	Covenant Defeasance	73
Section 8.04	Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance	74
Section 8.05	Deposited Money and Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions	75
Section 8.06	Repayment to Issuers	76
Section 8.07	Reinstatement	76
ARTICLE IX AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER		76
Section 9.01	Without Consent of Holders of Notes	76
Section 9.02	With Consent of Holders of Notes	77
Section 9.03	Compliance with Trust Indenture Act	78
Section 9.04	Revocation and Effect of Consents	78
Section 9.05	Notation on or Exchange of Notes	79
Section 9.06	Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc	79
ARTICLE X GUARANTEE		79
Section 10.01	Unconditional Guarantee	79
Section 10.02	Severability	80
Section 10.03	Waiver of Subrogation	80
Section 10.04	Execution of Note Guarantee	81
Section 10.05	Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws	81
ARTICLE XI MISCELLANEOUS		81
Section 11.01	Trust Indenture Act Controls	81
Section 11.02	Notices	81
Section 11.03	Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes	83
Section 11.04	Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent	83
Section 11.05	Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion	83
Section 11.06	Rules by Trustee and Agents	83
Section 11.07	No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees, Incorporators, Members and Stockholders	83
Section 11.08	Governing Law	84
Section 11.09	No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements	84
Section 11.10	Successors	84
Section 11.11	Severability	84
Section 11.12	Counterpart Originals	84
Section 11.13	Table of Contents, Headings, etc	84
Section 11.14	Waiver of Jury Trial	84
Section 11.15	Force Majeure	84
ARTICLE XII SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE		85
Section 12.01	Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture	85
Section 12.02	Application of Trust Money	86

iii

Exhibits:

Exhibit A

Form of Note

Exhibit B

Form of Certificate to be Delivered in connection with Transfers Pursuant to Rule 144A

Exhibit C

Form of Certificate to be Delivered in connection with Transfers Pursuant to Regulation S

Exhibit D

Form of Certificate of Beneficial Ownership in connection with exchanges of Temporary Regulation S Global Notes

CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE

TIA Section		Indenture Section
310(a)(1)		7.10
(a)(2)		7.10
(a)(3)		N/A
(a)(4)		N/A
(b)		7.08, 7.10
(c)		N/A
311(a)		7.11
(b)		7.11
(c)		N/A
312(a)		2.05
(b)		11.03
(c)		11.03
313(a)		7.06
(b)(1)		4.17
(b)(2)		7.06
(c)		11.02
(d)		7.06
314(a)		4.03, 4.04
(b)		N/A
(c)(1)		11.04
(c)(2)		11.04
(c)(3)		11.04
(d)		N/A
(e)		11.05
(f)		N/A
315(a)		7.01
(b)		7.05, 12.02
(c)		7.01
(d)		7.01
(e)		6.11
316(a) (last sentence)		2.09
(a)(1)(A)		6.05
(a)(1)(B)		6.04
(a)(2)		N/A
(b)		6.07
317 (a)(1)		6.08
(a)(2)		6.09
(b)		2.04
318(a)		11.01

N/A means Not Applicable

Note: This Cross-Reference Table shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be part of this Indenture.

INDENTURE dated as of November 30, 2009 among CCH II, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (as further defined below, the “Company”), CCH II Capital Corp., a Delaware corporation (as further defined below, “Capital Corp” and together with the Company, the “Issuers”), and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, NA, as trustee (the “Trustee”).

The Issuers and the Trustee agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

Section 1.01 Definitions.

“Acquired Debt” means, with respect to any specified Person:

(1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Subsidiary of such specified Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into, or becoming a Subsidiary of, such specified Person; and

(2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.

“Additional Notes” means any 13.50% Senior Notes due 2016 issued under this Indenture in addition to the Initial Notes (other than any Notes issued in respect of Initial Notes pursuant to Section 2.06, 2.07, 2.10, 3.06, 3.09, 4.16 or 9.05).

“Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control,” as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise; provided that beneficial ownership of 10% or more of the Voting Stock of a Person shall be deemed to be control. For purposes of this definition, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by,” and “under common control with” shall have correlative meanings.

“Agent” means any Registrar or Paying Agent.

“Applicable Premium” means the excess of (x) the present value at such redemption (or deposit) date of the sum of the redemption price of such Note at November 30, 2012 (such redemption price being set forth in the table in Section 3.07 hereof) plus all required interest payments due on such Note through November 30, 2012 (calculated based on the interest rate and excluding accrued but unpaid interest), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such redemption (or deposit) date plus 50 basis points over (y) the then outstanding principal amount of such Note.

“Asset Acquisition” means (a) an Investment by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in any other Person pursuant to which such Person shall become a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or shall be merged with or into the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or (b) the acquisition by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of the assets of any Person which constitute all or substantially all of the assets of such Person, any division or line of business of such Person or any other properties or assets of such Person other than in the ordinary course of business.

“Asset Sale” means:

(1) the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of any assets or rights by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, other than sales of inventory in the ordinary course of the Cable Related Business; provided that the sale, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, shall be governed by Section 4.16 and/or Section 5.01 and not by the provisions of Section 4.11; and

(2) the issuance of Equity Interests by any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or the sale by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company.

Notwithstanding the preceding, the following items shall not be deemed to be Asset Sales:

(1) any single transaction or series of related transactions that: (a) involves assets having a fair market value of less than $100 million; or (b) results in net proceeds to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries of less than $100 million;

(2) a transfer of assets between or among the Company and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(3) an issuance of Equity Interests by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the Company or to another Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

(4) a Restricted Payment that is permitted by Section 4.07, a Restricted Investment that is permitted by Section 4.08 or a Permitted Investment;

(5) the incurrence of Liens not prohibited by this Indenture and the disposition of assets related to such Liens by the secured party pursuant to a foreclosure;

(6) any transaction contemplated by the Plan of Reorganization; and

(7) any disposition of cash or Cash Equivalents.

“Attributable Debt” in respect of a sale and leaseback transaction means, at the time of determination, the present value of the obligation of the lessee for net rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such sale and leaseback transaction, including any period

for which such lease has been extended or may, at the option of the lessee, be extended. Such present value shall be calculated using a discount rate equal to the rate of interest implicit in such transaction, determined in accordance with GAAP.

“Bankruptcy Code” means Title 11 of the U.S. Code.

“Bankruptcy Law” means the Bankruptcy Code or any federal or state law of any jurisdiction relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, winding up, liquidation, reorganization or relief of debtors.

“Beneficial Owner” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular “person” (as such term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) such “person” shall be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such “person” has the right to acquire, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only upon the occurrence of a subsequent condition.

“Board of Directors” means the board of directors or comparable governing body of CCI or, if so specified, the Company, in either case, as constituted as of the date of any determination required to be made, or action required to be taken, pursuant to this Indenture.

“Business Day” means any day other than a Legal Holiday.

“Cable Related Business” means the business of owning cable television systems and businesses ancillary, complementary or related thereto.

“Capital Corp” means CCH II Capital Corp., a Delaware corporation, and any successor Person thereto.

“Capital Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at that time be required to be capitalized on a balance sheet in accordance with GAAP.

“Capital Stock” means:

(1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;

(2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;

(3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and

(4) any other interest (other than any debt obligation) or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.

“Capital Stock Sale Proceeds” means, without duplication, the aggregate net proceeds (including the fair market value of the non-cash proceeds, as determined by an independent appraisal firm) received by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date, in each case:

(x) as a contribution to the common equity capital or from the issue or sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock and other than issuances or sales to a Subsidiary of the Company) of the Company after the Issue Date, or

(y) from the issue or sale of convertible or exchangeable Disqualified Stock or convertible or exchangeable debt securities of the Company that have been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests (other than Equity Interests (or Disqualified Stock or debt securities) sold to a Subsidiary of the Company);

provided, however, that there shall be excluded from (x) and (y) any such contribution, issuance or sale made from or attributable to “Net Proceeds” under and as defined in the Plan of Reorganization.

“Cash Equivalents” means:

(1) United States dollars;

(2) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (provided that the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged in support thereof) having maturities of not more than twelve months from the date of acquisition;

(3) certificates of deposit and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of twelve months or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding six months and overnight bank deposits, in each case, with any domestic commercial bank having combined capital and surplus in excess of $500 million and a Thompson Bank Watch Rating at the time of acquisition of “B” or better;

(4) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2) and (3) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above;

(5) commercial paper having a rating at the time of acquisition of at least “P-1” from Moody’s or at least “A-1” from S&P and in each case maturing within twelve months after the date of acquisition;

(6) corporate debt obligations maturing within twelve months after the date of acquisition thereof, rated at the time of acquisition at least “Aaa” or “P-1” by Moody’s or “AAA” or “A-1” by S&P;

(7) auction-rate Preferred Stocks of any corporation maturing not later than 45 days after the date of acquisition thereof, rated at the time of acquisition at least “Aaa” by Moody’s or “AAA” by S&P;

(8) securities issued by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States, or by any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof, maturing not later than six months after the date of acquisition thereof, rated at the time of acquisition at least “A” by Moody’s or S&P; and

(9) money market or mutual funds at least 90% of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (1) through (8) of this definition.

“CCH I” means CCH I, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and any successor Person thereto.

“CCHC” means CCHC, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and any successor Person thereto.

“CCI” means Charter Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any successor Person thereto.

“CCO” means Charter Communications Operating, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and any successor Person thereto.

“CCOH” means CCO Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and any successor Person thereto.

“CCOH Group” means (i) CCOH (or any successor thereto) and (ii) each Subsidiary thereof that is a Restricted Subsidiary.

“CCOH Group Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of any member or members of the CCOH Group, so long as such Indebtedness does not constitute a Guarantee of, or other credit support for, any Indebtedness of any Person other than a member of the CCOH Group.

“Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following:

(1) the sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or of a Parent and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any “person” (as such term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) other than a Parent, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary.

(2) the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of the Company or a Parent (except the liquidation of any Parent into any other Parent);

(3) the consummation of any transaction, including any merger or consolidation, the result of which is that any “person” (as defined above) other than a Parent becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the Voting Stock of the Company or a Parent, measured by voting power rather than the number of shares;

(4) after the Issue Date, the first day on which a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of CCI are not Continuing Directors;

(5) the Company or a Parent consolidates with, or merges with or into, any Person, or any Person consolidates with, or merges with or into, the Company or a Parent, in any such event pursuant to a transaction in which any of the outstanding Voting Stock of the Company or such Parent is converted into or exchanged for cash, securities or other property, other than any such transaction where the Voting Stock of the Company or such Parent outstanding immediately prior to such transaction is converted into or exchanged for Voting Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the surviving or transferee Person constituting a majority of the outstanding shares of such Voting Stock of such surviving or transferee Person immediately after giving effect to such issuance.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (A) a “person” shall not be deemed to have beneficial ownership of securities subject to a stock purchase agreement, merger agreement or similar agreement (or voting or option agreement related thereto) until the consummation of the transactions contemplated by such agreement and (B) any holding company whose only material asset is Equity Interests of the Company or any Parent shall not itself be considered a “person” for purposes of clause (1) or (3) above.

“Charter Holdings” means Charter Communications Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and any successor Person thereto.

“Charter Refinancing Subsidiary” means any direct or indirect, wholly owned Subsidiary (and any related corporate co-obligor if such Subsidiary is a limited liability company or other association not taxed as a corporation) of CCI or Charter Communications Holding Company, LLC, which is or becomes a Parent.

“CIH” means CCH I Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and any successor Person thereto.

“Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking, société anonyme (formerly Cedelbank).

“Company” means CCH II, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and any successor Person thereto.

“Consolidated EBITDA” means with respect to any Person, for any period, the consolidated net income (or net loss) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period calculated in accordance with GAAP plus, to the extent such amount was deducted in calculating such net income:

(1) Consolidated Interest Expense;

(2) income taxes;

(3) depreciation expense;

(4) amortization expense;

(5) all other non-cash items, extraordinary items and nonrecurring and unusual items (including any restructuring charges and charges related to litigation settlements or judgments) and the cumulative effects of changes in accounting principles reducing such net income, less all non-cash items, extraordinary items, nonrecurring and unusual items and cumulative effects of changes in accounting principles increasing such net income;

(6) amounts actually paid during such period pursuant to a deferred compensation plan; and

(7) for purposes of Section 4.10 only, Management Fees;

all as determined on a consolidated basis for such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries in conformity with GAAP, provided that Consolidated EBITDA shall not include, without duplication:

(i) the net income (or net loss) of any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary (“Other Person”), except (i) with respect to net income, to the extent of the amount of dividends or other distributions actually paid to such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries by such Other Person during such period; and (ii) with respect to net losses, to the extent of the amount of investments made by such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person in such Other Person during such period;

(ii) solely for the purposes of calculating the amount of Restricted Payments that may be made pursuant to Section 4.07(c)(3) (and in such case, except to the extent includable pursuant to clause (i) above), the net income (or net loss) of any Other Person accrued prior to the date it becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or is merged into or consolidated with such Person or any Restricted Subsidiaries or all or substantially all of the property and assets of such Other Person are acquired by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; and

(iii) any effects of fresh-start accounting adjustments.

“Consolidated Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person as of any date of determination, the sum, without duplication, of:

(1) the total amount of outstanding Indebtedness of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, plus

(2) the total amount of Indebtedness of any other Person that has been Guaranteed by the referent Person or one or more of its Restricted Subsidiaries, plus

(3) the aggregate liquidation value of all Disqualified Stock of such Person and all Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries of such Person, in each case, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

“Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, without duplication, the sum of:

(1) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued (including amortization or original issue discount, non-cash interest payments, the interest component of any deferred payment obligations, the interest component of all payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations, commissions, discounts and other fees and charges incurred in respect of letter of credit or bankers’ acceptance financings, and net payments (if any) pursuant to Hedging Obligations); and

(2) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries that was capitalized during such period; and

(3) any interest expense on Indebtedness of another Person that is guaranteed by such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries or secured by a Lien on assets of such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries (whether or not such Guarantee or Lien is called upon);

in each case, on a consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP, excluding, however, any amount of such interest of any Restricted Subsidiary of the referent Person if the net income of such Restricted Subsidiary is excluded in the calculation of Consolidated EBITDA pursuant to clause (z) of the definition thereof (but only in the same proportion as the net income of such Restricted Subsidiary is excluded from the calculation of Consolidated EBITDA pursuant to clause (z) of the definition thereof).

“Continuing Directors” means, as of any date of determination, any member of the Board of Directors of CCI who:

(1) was a member of the Board of Directors of CCI on the Issue Date; or

(2) was nominated for election or elected to the Board of Directors of CCI with the approval of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of such Board of Directors of CCI at the time of such nomination or election or whose election or appointment was previously so approved.

“Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee” shall be at the address of the Trustee specified in Section 12.02 or such other address as to which the Trustee may give notice to the Issuers.

“Credit Facilities” means, with respect to the Company and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries, one or more debt facilities or commercial paper facilities, in each case with banks or other lenders providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to such lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such lenders against such receivables) or letters of credit, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced in whole or in part from time to time.

“Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.

“Definitive Note” means a certificated Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Section 2.06, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto.

“Depositary” means, with respect to the Global Notes, the Person specified in Section 2.03 as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provision of this Indenture.

“Disclosure Statement” means the disclosure statement dated May 5, 2009 relating to the Plan of Reorganization and approved by the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York.

“Disposition” means, with respect to any Person, any merger, consolidation or other business combination involving such Person (whether or not such Person is the surviving Person) or the sale, assignment, transfer, lease or conveyance, or other disposition of all or substantially all of such Person’s assets or Capital Stock.

“Disqualified Stock” means any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible, or for which it is exchangeable, in each case at the option of the holder thereof), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the date on which the Notes mature. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders thereof have the right to require the Company to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a change of control or an asset sale shall not constitute Disqualified Stock if the terms of such Capital Stock provide that the Company may not repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock pursuant to such provisions unless such repurchase or redemption complies with Section 4.07.

“Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).

“Equity Offering” means any private or public offering of Qualified Capital Stock of the Company (other than to a Parent or one of its Subsidiaries) or a Parent of which the gross cash proceeds to the Company or received by the Company as a capital contribution from such Parent (directly or indirectly), as the case may be, are at least $25 million, other than public offerings with respect to the Company’s membership interests or a Parent’s membership interests or common stock, as applicable, registered on Form S-8, provided that the offering of Qualified Capital Stock issued pursuant to the Plan of Reorganization shall not constitute an “Equity Offering.”

“Euroclear” means Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York, Brussels office, as operator of the Euroclear system.

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

“Existing Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in existence on the Issue Date, until such amounts are repaid.

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as have been approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which are in effect on the Issue Date.

“Global Note Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(f)(ii), which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture.

“Global Notes” means, individually and collectively, each of the Restricted Global Notes and the Unrestricted Global Notes.

“Government Securities” means direct obligations of, or obligations guaranteed by, the United States of America, and the payment for which the United States pledges its full faith and credit.

“Guarantee” or “guarantee” means a guarantee other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business, direct or indirect, in any manner including by way of a pledge of assets or through letters of credit or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof, of all or any part of any Indebtedness, measured as the lesser of the aggregate outstanding amount of the Indebtedness so guaranteed and the face amount of the guarantee.

“Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under:

(1) interest rate swap agreements, interest rate cap agreements and interest rate collar agreements;

(2) interest rate option agreements, foreign currency exchange agreements, foreign currency swap agreements; and

(3) other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in interest and currency exchange rates.

“Holder” means a holder of the Notes.

“Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person, any indebtedness of such Person, whether or not contingent:

(1) in respect of borrowed money;

(2) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit (or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof);

(3) in respect of banker’s acceptances;

(4) representing Capital Lease Obligations;

(5) in respect of the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property, except any such balance that constitutes an accrued expense or trade payable; or

(6) represented by Hedging Obligations only to the extent an amount is then owed and is payable pursuant to the terms of such Hedging Obligations;

if and to the extent any of the preceding items would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of the specified Person prepared in accordance with GAAP. In addition, the term “Indebtedness” includes all Indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on any asset of the specified Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by the specified Person) and, to the extent not otherwise included, the guarantee by such Person of any indebtedness of any other Person.

The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date shall be:

(1) the accreted value thereof, in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount; and

(2) the principal amount thereof, together with any interest thereon that is more than 30 days past due, in the case of any other Indebtedness.

“Indenture” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

“Initial Additional Notes” means Additional Notes issued in an offering not registered under the Securities Act.

“Initial Notes” means the Issuers’ 13.50% Senior Notes due 2016, issued on the Issue Date (and any Notes issued in respect thereof pursuant to Section 2.06, 2.07, 2.10, 3.06, 3.09, 4.16 or 9.05).

“Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P.

“Investments” means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons, including Affiliates, in the forms of direct or indirect loans (including guarantees of Indebtedness or other obligations), advances or capital contributions (excluding commission, travel and similar advances to officers and employees made in the ordinary course of business) and purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities, together with all items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP.

“Issue Date” means November 30, 2009.

“Issuers” has the meaning assigned to it in the preamble to this Indenture.

“Legal Holiday” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in The City of New York or at a place of payment are authorized by law, regulation or executive order to remain closed. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday at a place of payment, payment may be made at that place on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue on such payment for the intervening period.

“Leverage Ratio” means, as to the Company, as of any date, the ratio of:

(1) the Consolidated Indebtedness of the Company on such date to

(2) the aggregate amount of Consolidated EBITDA for the Company for the most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available (the “Reference Period”), multiplied by four.

In addition to the foregoing, for purposes of this definition, “Consolidated EBITDA” shall be calculated on a pro forma basis after giving effect to

(1) the issuance of the Notes;

(2) the incurrence of the Indebtedness or the issuance of the Disqualified Stock by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary (and the application of the proceeds therefrom) giving rise to the need to make such calculation and any incurrence or issuance (and the application of the proceeds therefrom) or repayment of other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary, other than the incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness for ordinary working capital purposes, at any time subsequent to the beginning of the Reference Period and on or prior to the date of determination, as if such incurrence (and the application of the proceeds thereof), or the repayment, as the case may be, occurred on the first day of the Reference Period; and

(3) any Dispositions or Asset Acquisitions (including any Asset Acquisition giving rise to the need to make such calculation as a result of such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries (including any person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such Asset Acquisition) incurring, assuming or otherwise becoming liable for or issuing Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock) made on or subsequent to the first day of the Reference Period and on or prior to the date of determination, as if such Disposition or Asset Acquisition (including the incurrence, assumption or liability for any such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock and also including any Consolidated EBITDA associated with such Asset Acquisition, including any cost savings adjustments in compliance with Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC) had occurred on the first day of the Reference Period.

In calculating the Leverage Ratio, the Consolidated Indebtedness of the Company on such date shall not include Indebtedness incurred pursuant to paragraph (1) of Section 4.10 that is or was incurred in connection with the transaction for which the calculation is being made.

“Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or

otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction.

“Management Fees” means the fees (including expense reimbursements) payable to any Parent pursuant to the management and mutual services agreements between any Parent of the Company and CCO or between any Parent of the Company and other Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company or pursuant to the limited liability company agreements of certain Restricted Subsidiaries as such management, mutual services or limited liability company agreements exist on the Issue Date (or, if later, on the date any new Restricted Subsidiary is acquired or created), including any amendment or replacement thereof, provided, that any such new agreements or amendments or replacements of existing agreements, taken as a whole, are not more disadvantageous to the holders of the Notes in any material respect than such agreements existing on the Issue Date and further provided, that such new, amended or replacement management agreements do not provide for percentage fees, taken together with fees under existing agreements, any higher than 3.5% of CCI’s consolidated total revenues for the applicable payment period.

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any successor to the rating agency business thereof.

“Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale (including any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any non-cash consideration received in any Asset Sale), net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale, including legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and sales commissions, and any relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof or taxes paid or payable as a result thereof (including amounts distributable in respect of owners’, partners’ or members’ tax liabilities resulting from such sale), in each case after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements and amounts required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness.

“Non-Recourse Debt” means Indebtedness:

(1) as to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) provides credit support of any kind (including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness); (b) is directly or indirectly liable as a guarantor or otherwise; or (c) constitutes the lender;

(2) no default with respect to which (including any rights that the holders thereof may have to take enforcement action against an Unrestricted Subsidiary) would permit upon notice, lapse of time or both any holder of any other Indebtedness (other than the Notes) of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to declare a default on such other Indebtedness or cause the payment thereof to be accelerated or payable prior to its stated maturity; and

(3) as to which the lenders have been notified in writing that they will not have any recourse to the Capital Stock or assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

“Non-U.S. Person” means a Person who is not a U.S. Person.

“Note” or “Notes” means the Initial Notes and any Additional Notes.

“Note Custodian” means the Trustee when serving as custodian for the Depositary with respect to the Global Notes, or any successor entity thereto.

“Note Guarantee” means the unconditional Guarantee by any Parent of the Issuers’ payment Obligations under the Notes pursuant to Article X and the provisions of the Notes.

“Obligations” means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages, Guarantees and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness, in each case, whether now or hereafter existing, renewed or restructured, whether or not from time to time decreased or extinguished and later increased, created or incurred, whether or not arising on or after the commencement of a case under Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors (including post- petition interest) and whether or not allowed or allowable as a claim in any such case.

“Officer” means, with respect to any Person, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Controller, the Secretary or any Vice-President of such Person.

“Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Company or Capital Corp, as the case may be, by two Officers of the Company or Capital Corp, as the case may be, one of whom must be the principal executive officer, the chief financial officer or the treasurer of the Company or Capital Corp, as the case may be, that meets the requirements of Section 11.05.

“Opinion of Counsel” means an opinion from legal counsel that meets the requirements of Section 11.05. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company.

“Other Global Note” means a global note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued (or the principal amount of which will be increased) in connection with a transfer pursuant to Section 2.16(d).

“Parent” means CCH I, CIH, Charter Holdings, CCHC, Charter Communications Holding Company, LLC, CCI and/or any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the foregoing 100% of the Capital Stock of which is owned directly or indirectly by one or more of the foregoing Persons, as applicable, and that directly or indirectly beneficially owns 100% of the Capital Stock of the Company, and any successor Person to any of the foregoing.

“Parent Guarantor” means any Parent that executes a Note Guarantee in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, and their respective successors and assigns.

“Participant” means, with respect to the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, a Person who has an account with the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, respectively (and, with respect to DTC, shall include Euroclear and Clearstream).

“Permanent Regulation S Global Note” means a Regulation S Global Note that does not bear the Temporary Regulation S Legend.

“Permitted Investments” means:

(1) any Investment by the Company in a Restricted Subsidiary thereof, or any Investment by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in the Company or in another Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

(2) any Investment in Cash Equivalents;

(3) any Investment by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in a Person, if as a result of such Investment:

(a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; or

(b) such Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

(4) any Investment made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from an Asset Sale that was made pursuant to and in compliance with Section 4.11;

(5) any Investment made out of the net cash proceeds of the issue and sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company) of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or cash contributions to the common equity of the Company, in each case after the Issue Date, to the extent that such net cash proceeds have not been applied to make a Restricted Payment or to effect other transactions pursuant to Section 4.07 hereof (with the amount of usage of the basket in this clause (5) being determined net of the aggregate amount of principal, interest, dividends, distributions, repayments, proceeds or other value otherwise returned or recovered in respect of any such Investment, but not to exceed the initial amount of such Investment);

(6) other Investments (which Investments shall not be used for the payment of dividends or distributions with respect to Equity Interests of the Company or for the repayment, prepayment, purchase, defeasance or other retirement of indebtedness that is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes) in any Person (other than any Parent) having an aggregate fair market value, when taken together with all other Investments in any Person made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries

(without duplication) pursuant to this clause (6) from and after the Issue Date, not to exceed $650 million (initially measured on the date each such Investment was made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value, but reducing the amount outstanding by the aggregate amount of principal, interest, dividends , distributions, repayments, proceeds or other value otherwise returned or recovered in respect of any such Investment, but not to exceed the initial amount of such Investment) at any one time outstanding;

(7) Investments in customers and suppliers in the ordinary course of business which either (A) generate accounts receivable or (B) are accepted in settlement of bona fide disputes;

(8) Investments consisting of payments by the Company or any of its subsidiaries of amounts that are neither dividends nor distributions but are payments of the kind described in Section 4.07(4) to the extent such payments constitute Investments;

(9) regardless of whether a Default then exists, Investments in any Unrestricted Subsidiary made by the Company and/or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with the proceeds of distributions from any Unrestricted Subsidiary; and

(10) any Investment by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries so long as the proceeds of such Investment are used to pay Specified Fees and Expenses.

“Permitted Liens” means:

(1) Liens on the assets of the CCOH Group securing CCOH Group Indebtedness and related Obligations;

(2) Liens on property of a Person existing at the time such Person is merged with or into or consolidated with the Company; provided that such Liens were in existence prior to the contemplation of such merger or consolidation and do not extend to any assets other than those of the Person merged into or consolidated with the Company and related assets, such as the proceeds thereof;

(3) Liens on property existing at the time of acquisition thereof by the Company; provided that such Liens were in existence prior to the contemplation of such acquisition;

(4) Liens to secure the performance of statutory obligations, surety or appeal bonds, performance bonds or other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(5) purchase money mortgages or other purchase money Liens (including any Capital Lease Obligations) incurred by the Company upon any fixed or capital assets acquired after the Issue Date or purchase money mortgages (including

Capital Lease Obligations) on any such assets, whether or not assumed, existing at the time of acquisition of such assets, whether or not assumed, so long as

(a) such mortgage or Lien does not extend to or cover any of the assets of the Company, except the asset so developed, constructed, or acquired, and directly related assets such as enhancements and modifications thereto, substitutions, replacements, proceeds (including insurance proceeds), products, rents and profits thereof, and

(b) such mortgage or Lien secures the obligation to pay all or a portion of the purchase price of such asset, interest thereon and other charges, costs and expenses (including the cost of design, development, construction, acquisition, transportation, installation, improvement, and migration) and is incurred in connection therewith (or the obligation under such Capital Lease Obligation) only;

(6) Liens existing on the Issue Date and replacement Liens therefor that do not encumber additional property;

(7) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims that are not yet delinquent or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently concluded; provided that any reserve or other appropriate provision as shall be required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made therefor;

(8) statutory and common law Liens of landlords and carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, suppliers, materialmen, repairmen or other similar Liens arising in the ordinary course of business and with respect to amounts not yet delinquent or being contested in good faith by appropriate legal proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted and for which a reserve or other appropriate provision, if any, as shall be required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made;

(9) Liens incurred or deposits made in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of social security;

(10) Liens incurred or deposits made to secure the performance of tenders, bids, leases, statutory or regulatory obligation, bankers’ acceptance, surety and appeal bonds, government contracts, performance and return-of-money bonds and other obligations of a similar nature incurred in the ordinary course of business (exclusive of obligations for the payment of borrowed money);

(11) easements, rights-of-way, municipal and zoning ordinances and similar charges, encumbrances, title defects or other irregularities that do not materially interfere with the ordinary course of business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(12) Liens of franchisors or other regulatory bodies arising in the ordinary course of business;

(13) Liens arising from filing Uniform Commercial Code financing statements regarding leases or other Uniform Commercial Code financing statements for precautionary purposes relating to arrangements not constituting Indebtedness;

(14) Liens arising from the rendering of a final judgment or order against the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that does not give rise to an Event of Default;

(15) Liens securing reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit that encumber documents and other property relating to such letters of credit and the products and proceeds thereof;

(16) Liens encumbering customary initial deposits and margin deposits, and other Liens that are within the general parameters customary in the industry and incurred in the ordinary course of business, in each case, securing Indebtedness under Hedging Obligations and forward contracts, options, future contracts, future options or similar agreements or arrangements designed solely to protect the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from fluctuations in interest rates, currencies or the price of commodities;

(17) Liens consisting of any interest or title of licensor in the property subject to a license;

(18) Liens on the Capital Stock of Unrestricted Subsidiaries;

(19) Liens arising from sales or other transfers of accounts receivable which are past due or otherwise doubtful of collection in the ordinary course of business;

(20) Liens incurred with respect to obligations which in the aggregate do not exceed $50 million at any one time outstanding;

(21) Liens in favor of the Trustee arising under the provisions of Section 7.07 of this Indenture and similar provisions in favor of trustees or other agents or representatives under indentures or other agreements governing debt instruments entered into after the date hereof;

(22) Liens in favor of the Trustee for its benefit and the benefit of Holders as their respective interests appear; and

(23) Liens securing Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness, to the extent that the Indebtedness being refinanced was secured or was permitted to be secured by such Liens.

“Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used, within

60 days after the date of issuance thereof, to extend, refinance, renew, replace, defease or refund, other Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than intercompany Indebtedness); provided that unless permitted otherwise by this Indenture, no Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary may be issued in exchange for, nor may the net proceeds of Indebtedness be used to extend, refinance, renew, replace, defease or refund, Indebtedness of the Company; provided further that:

(1) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of (or accreted value, if applicable), plus accrued interest and premium, if any, on the Indebtedness so extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded (plus the amount of reasonable expenses incurred in connection therewith), except to the extent that any such excess principal amount (or accreted value, as applicable) would be then permitted to be incurred by other provisions of Section 4.10;

(2) such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date no earlier than the final maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded; and

(3) if the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date later than the final maturity date of, and is subordinated in right of payment to, the Notes on terms at least as favorable to the Holders of Notes as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded.

“Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, limited liability company, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

“Plan of Reorganization” means the Plan of Reorganization of Charter Communications, Inc., et al. dated March 27, 2009 and confirmed by the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York on November 17, 2009.

“Preferred Stock,” as applied to the Capital Stock of any Person, means Capital Stock of any class or classes (however designated) which, by its terms, is preferred as to the payment of dividends, or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such Person, over shares of Capital Stock of any other class of such Person.

“Private Placement Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(f)(i) to be placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture except where otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Indenture.

“Productive Assets” means assets (including assets of a Person owned directly or indirectly through ownership of Capital Stock) of a kind used or useful in the Cable Related Business.

“QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A.

“QIB Global Note” means a global note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in an initial denomination that, when aggregated with the initial denomination of the other QIB Global Notes, will equal the outstanding principal amount of the Initial Notes or any Initial Additional Notes, in each case initially sold in reliance on Rule 144A or Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.

“Qualified Capital Stock” means any Capital Stock that is not Disqualified Stock.

“Rating Agencies” means Moody’s and S&P.

“Refinancing Specified Parent Indebtedness” means, with respect to Specified Parent Indebtedness, new Indebtedness incurred by a Parent to refinance (a) such Specified Parent Indebtedness or (b) Refinancing Specified Parent Indebtedness in respect of such Specified Parent Indebtedness; provided that while such new Indebtedness is outstanding, the Specified Parent Indebtedness being refinanced (if it had remained outstanding) would continue to qualify as Specified Parent Indebtedness.

“Registration Rights Agreement” means the Registration Rights Agreement dated November 30, 2009, between the Issuers and certain investors with respect to the Notes issued hereunder.

“Regulation S” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.

“Regulation S Global Note” means a global note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in an initial denomination that, when aggregated with the initial denominations of the other Regulation S Global Notes, will equal the outstanding principal amount of the Initial Notes or any Initial Additional Notes, in each case, initially sold in reliance on Rule 903 of Regulation S.

“Responsible Officer” means, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer assigned to the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, including any vice president, assistant vice president, assistant treasurer, or any other officer of the Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers and having direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture, and also, with respect to a particular matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of such officer’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.

“Restricted Definitive Note” means a Definitive Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.

“Restricted Global Note” means a Global Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.

“Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

“Restricted Period” means the relevant 40-day distribution compliance period as defined in Regulation S.

“Restricted Subsidiary” of a Person means any Subsidiary of the referent Person that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

“Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

“Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.

“Rule 903” means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act.

“Rule 904” means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act.

“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Service, a division of the McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. or any successor to the rating agency business thereof.

“SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

“Series A Preferred Stock” means the 15% Series A Preferred Stock of CCI issued pursuant to the Plan of Reorganization, including any Series A Preferred Stock issued, or deemed issued pursuant to the terms thereof as they exist on the Issue Date.

“Significant Subsidiary” means (a) with respect to any Person, any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person which would be considered a “Significant Subsidiary” as defined in Rule 1-02(w) of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act and (b) in addition, with respect to the Company, Capital Corp.

“Special Interest” means special or additional interest in respect of the Notes that is payable by the Issuers as liquidated damages upon specified registration defaults pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement.

“Specified Fees and Expenses” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Plan of Reorganization.

“Specified Parent Indebtedness” means Indebtedness incurred by a Parent whose proceeds are contributed to the Company (whether as an equity investment or in the form of an exchange for Indebtedness of the Company) and used to benefit the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and not used directly or indirectly to pay a dividend from the Company; provided that the Company shall, within 5 Business Days of such incurrence, deliver to Trustee an Officers’ Certificate specifying such Indebtedness as “Specified Parent Indebtedness” and disclosing the use of proceeds therefrom.

“Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which such payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the documentation governing such Indebtedness on the Issue Date, or, if none, the

original documentation governing such Indebtedness, and shall not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person:

(1) any corporation, association or other business entity of which at least 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof) and, in the case of any such entity of which 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock is so owned or controlled by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of such Person, such Person and its Subsidiaries also have the right to control the management of such entity pursuant to contract or otherwise; and

(2) any partnership (a) the sole general partner or the managing general partner of which is such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person, or (b) the only general partners of which are such Person or of one or more Subsidiaries of such Person (or any combination thereof).

“Tax” shall mean any tax, duty, levy, impost, assessment or other governmental charge (including penalties, interest and any other liabilities related thereto).

“Temporary Regulation S Global Note” means a Regulation S Global Note that bears the Temporary Regulation S Legend.

“TIA” or “Trust Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. Sections 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date on which this Indenture is qualified under the TIA; provided, however, that in the event the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 is amended after such date, then “TIA” means, to the extent required by such amendment, the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 as so amended.

“Transfer Restricted Notes” means Notes that bear or are required to bear the Private Placement Legend.

“Treasury Rate” means, as of the applicable redemption date, the yield to maturity as of such redemption (or deposit) date of the United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two business days prior to such redemption (or deposit) date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market date)) most nearly equal to the period from such redemption (or deposit) date to November 30, 2012; provided, however, that if the period from such redemption (or deposit) date to November 30, 2012, is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.

“Trustee” means The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, NA until a successor replaces The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, NA in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder.

“Unrestricted Global Note” means a permanent global note substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto that bears the Global Note Legend and that has the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto, and that is deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary, representing a series of Notes that do not bear the Private Placement Legend.

“Unrestricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company that is designated by the Board of Directors of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to a board resolution, but only to the extent that such Subsidiary:

(1) has no Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Debt;

(2) is not party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof unless the terms of any such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding are no less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons who are not Affiliates of the Company unless such terms constitute Restricted Investments permitted under Section 4.08, Permitted Investments, Asset Sales permitted under Section 4.11 or sale and leaseback transactions permitted under Section 4.12;

(3) is a Person with respect to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect obligation: (a) to subscribe for additional Equity Interests or (b) to maintain or preserve such Person’s financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve any specified levels of operating results;

(4) has not guaranteed or otherwise directly or indirectly provided credit support for any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; and

(5) does not own any Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company.

Any designation of a Subsidiary of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be evidenced to the Trustee by delivering to the Trustee a certified copy of the board resolution giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the preceding conditions and was permitted by Section 4.08. If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the preceding requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it shall thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of this Indenture and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary shall be deemed to be incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company as of such date and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be incurred as of such date under Section 4.10, the Company shall be in default of Section 4.10. The Board of Directors of the Company may at any time designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such designation shall be deemed to be an

incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of any outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary and such designation shall only be permitted if:

(1) such Indebtedness is permitted under Section 4.10 calculated on a pro forma basis as if such designation had occurred at the beginning of the four-quarter reference period; and

(2) no Default or Event of Default would be in existence immediately following such designation.

“U.S. Person” means a U.S. person as defined in Rule 902(k) under the Securities Act.

“Voting Stock” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the board of directors or comparable governing body of such Person.

“Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing:

(1) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by

(2) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.

“Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary” of any Person means a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person where all of the outstanding common equity interests or other ownership interests of such Restricted Subsidiary (other than directors’ qualifying shares) shall at the time be owned by such Person and/or by one or more Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries of such Person.

Section 1.02 Other Definitions.

Term		Defined in Section
Affiliate Transaction		4.13
Agent Members		2.06(a)
Asset Sale Offer		3.09
Authentication Order		2.02
Capital Corp		Preamble
CCOH Guaranteed Indebtedness		4.20
Change of Control Offer		4.16
Change of Control Payment		4.16
Change of Control Payment Date		4.16(1)
Company		Preamble
Covenant Defeasance		8.03
DTC		2.03
Event of Default		6.01

Term		Defined in Section
Excess Proceeds		4.11(c)
Guaranteed Indebtedness		4.17
Incur		4.10
Issuers		Preamble
Legal Defeasance		8.02
Offer Amount		3.09
Offer Period		3.09
Option of Holder to Elect Purchase		4.16(4), 3.09(f)
Paying Agent		2.03
Payment Default		6.01(5)(a)
Permitted Debt		4.10
Preferred Stock Financing		4.10
Purchase Date		3.09
QIBs		2.01(b)
Registrar		2.03
Regulation S		2.01(b)
Restricted Payments		4.07(c)
Rule 144A		2.01(b)
Subordinated Debt Financing		4.10
Subordinated Notes		4.10
Subsidiary Guarantee		4.17(1)
Suspended Covenants		4.19
Temporary Regulation S Legend		2.06(g)(iii)
Trustee		8.05, Preamble

Section 1.03 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act. Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings:

“indenture securities” means the Notes;

“indenture security holder” means a Holder of a Note;

“indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture;

“indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee; and

“obligor” on the Notes means the Issuers and any successor obligor upon the Notes.

All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule under the TIA have the meanings so assigned to them.

Section 1.04 Rules of Construction. Unless the context otherwise requires:

(1) a term has the meaning assigned to it;

(2) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it, and all accounting determinations shall be made, in accordance with GAAP;

(3) “or” is not exclusive and “including” means “including without limitation”;

(4) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular;

(5) all exhibits are incorporated by reference herein and expressly made a part of this Indenture;

(6) references to sections of or rules under the Securities Act shall be deemed to include substitute, replacement of successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time;

(7) references to any statute, law, rule or regulation shall be deemed to refer to the same as from time to time amended and in effect and to any successor statute, law, rule or regulation; and

(8) any transaction or event shall be considered “permitted by” or made “in accordance with” or “in compliance with” this Indenture or any particular provision thereof if such transaction or event is not expressly prohibited by this Indenture or such provision, as the case may be.

ARTICLE II

THE NOTES

Section 2.01 Form and Dating.

(a) General. The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The Initial Notes shall be in denominations of $1.00 and integral multiples thereof.

The Global Notes shall be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Notes represented thereby with the Trustee as custodian for the Depositary, and registered in the name of the Depositary or a nominee of the Depositary, duly executed by the Issuers and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided.

Each Global Note shall represent such of the outstanding Notes as shall be specified therein and each shall provide that it shall represent the aggregate amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate amount of outstanding Notes

represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges, redemptions and transfers of interests. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby shall be made by the Trustee or the Note Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.06 hereof.

(b) The Initial Notes issued on the Issue Date are being issued by the Issuers only (i) to “qualified institutional buyers” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act (“Rule 144A”)) (“QIBs”), (ii) “accredited investors” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) promulgated under the Securities Act) (“Accredited Investors”) and (iii) pursuant to Section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code. Initial Notes that are Transfer Restricted Notes may be transferred (i) to QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A, (ii) outside the United States pursuant to Regulation S, (iii) to the Issuers, in each case, in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and the Notes or (iv) pursuant to other transfers that do not require registration under the Securities Act. Initial Notes that are offered to QIBs or Accredited Investors in reliance on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act shall be issued in the form of (i) one or more permanent QIB Global Notes deposited with the Trustee, as Note Custodian, duly executed by the Issuers and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided, or (ii) or Restricted Definitive Notes. Initial Notes that are offered pursuant to Section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code shall be issued in the form of one or more Unrestricted Global Notes deposited with the Trustee, as Note Custodian, duly executed by the Issuers and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The Unrestricted Global Notes, the Restricted Definitive Notes, and any permanent Global Notes shall each be issued with separate CUSIP numbers. The aggregate principal amount of each Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as Note Custodian.

Section 2.01(b) shall apply only to Global Notes deposited with or on behalf of the Depositary.

(c) The Trustee shall have no responsibility or obligation to any Holder that is a member of (or a participant in) DTC or any other Person with respect to the accuracy of the records of DTC (or its nominee) or of any participant or member thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Notes or with respect to the delivery of any notice (including any notice of redemption) or the payment of any amount or delivery of any Notes (or other security or property) under or with respect to the Notes. The Trustee may rely (and shall be fully protected in relying) upon information furnished by DTC with respect to its members, participants and any beneficial owners in the Notes.

(d) Definitive Notes shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (but without including the text referred to in footnotes 2 and 3 thereto).

Section 2.02 Execution and Authentication. An Officer shall sign the Notes for each Issuer by manual or facsimile signature.

If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note shall nevertheless be valid.

A Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature (which may be by facsimile) of the Trustee. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture. At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Issuers may deliver Notes executed by the Issuers to the Trustee for authentication; and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver (i) Initial Notes for original issue in the aggregate principal amount of $1.00, and (ii) Additional Notes from time to time for original issue in aggregate principal amount specified by the Issuers, in each case specified in clauses (i) through (ii) above, upon a written order of the Issuers signed by an Officer of each of the Issuers (an “Authentication Order”). Such Authentication Order shall specify the amount of Notes to be authenticated and the date on which the Notes are to be authenticated, whether such notes are to be Initial Notes or Additional Notes and whether the Notes are to be issued as one or more Global Notes and such other information as the Issuers may include or the Trustee may reasonably request. The aggregate principal amount of Notes which may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is unlimited.

The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Issuers to authenticate Notes. An authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or an Affiliate of the Issuers.

Section 2.03 Registrar and Paying Agent. The Issuers shall maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (“Registrar”) and an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (“Paying Agent”). The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Issuers may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar and the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent. The Issuers may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Issuers shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. If the Issuers fail to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.

The Issuers initially appoint The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes.

The Issuers initially appoint the Trustee to act as the Registrar and Paying Agent and to act as Note Custodian with respect to the Global Notes.

Section 2.04 Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust. The Issuers shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, and shall notify the Trustee of any default by the Issuers in making any such payment. While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Issuers at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Company or a Subsidiary) shall have no further

liability for the money. If the Company or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent. Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Issuers, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the Notes.

Section 2.05 Holder Lists. The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders and shall otherwise comply with TIA Section 312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Issuers shall furnish to the Trustee at least seven Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders of Notes and the Issuers shall otherwise comply with TIA Section 312(a).

Section 2.06 Transfer and Exchange.

(a) Each Global Note shall (i) be registered in the name of the Depositary for such Global Notes or the nominee of such Depositary, (ii) be delivered to the Trustee as custodian for such Depositary and (iii) bear legends as set forth in Section 2.06(f).

Members of, or participants in, the Depositary (“Agent Members”) shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depositary, or the Trustee as its custodian, or under such Global Note, and the Depositary may be treated by the Issuers, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee as the absolute owner of such Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Issuers, the Trustee or any agent of the Issuers or the Trustee, from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depositary or impair, as between the Depositary and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of a Holder of any Note.

(b) Transfers of a Global Note shall be limited to transfers of such Global Note in whole, but not in part, to the Depositary, its successors or their respective nominees. Interests of beneficial owners in a Global Note may be transferred in accordance with Section 2.16 and the rules and procedures of the Depositary. In addition, Definitive Notes shall be transferred to all beneficial owners in exchange for their beneficial interests if (i) the Depositary notifies the Issuers that the Depositary is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for the Global Notes or the Depositary ceases to be a “clearing agency” registered under the Exchange Act and a successor depositary is not appointed by the Issuers within ninety (90) days of such notice, (ii) the Issuers at their sole discretion, notify the Trustee in writing that they elect to cause the issuance of Definitive Notes under this Indenture or (iii) an Event of Default of which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual notice has occurred and is continuing and the Registrar has received a request from the Depositary to issue such Definitive Notes.

(c) In connection with the transfer of the entire Global Note to beneficial owners pursuant to clause (b) of this Section, such Global Note shall be deemed to be surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation, and the Issuers shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, to each beneficial owner identified by the Depositary in exchange for its

beneficial interest in such Global Note an equal aggregate principal amount of Definitive Notes of authorized denominations.

(d) The registered holder of a Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any person, including Agent Members and persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes.

(e) A Definitive Note may not be transferred or exchanged for a beneficial interest in a Global Note unless authorized by the Issuers.

(f) Initial Notes may be exchanged for Notes having the same terms (other than certain legends appearing on the face of the Initial Notes) pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement or otherwise upon tender to the Issuers if the Issuers so agree.

(g) Legends. The following legends shall appear on the face of all Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued under this Indenture pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act:

(i) Private Placement Legend. Except as permitted by Section 2.16, each Global Note and each Definitive Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear the legend in substantially the following form:

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAW. THE HOLDER HEREOF, BY PURCHASING THIS SECURITY, AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE COMPANY THAT NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION THEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED (X) PRIOR TO THE FIRST ANNIVERSARY OF THE ISSUANCE HEREOF OR (Y) AT ANY TIME BY ANY TRANSFEROR THAT WAS AN AFFILIATE OF EITHER ISSUER DURING THE THREE MONTHS PRECEDING THE DATE OF SUCH OFFER, RESALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER, IN EITHER CASE, OTHER THAN (1) TO AN ISSUER, (2) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (3) SO LONG AS THIS SECURITY IS ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”), TO A PERSON WHOM THE TRANSFEROR REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER, IN EACH CASE, TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE OFFER, RESALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (4) TO NON-U.S. PERSONS IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (5) IN ANY OTHER TRANSACTION THAT DOES NOT REQUIRE

REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, IN EACH CASE, IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION AND SUBJECT TO THE TRUSTEE OR THE ISSUERS RECEIVING SUCH CERTIFICATES, LEGAL OPINIONS AND OTHER INSTRUMENTS, IN THE CASE OF TRANSFERS PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (3), (4) OR (5), AS MAY BE REQUIRED BY THE INDENTURE.

(ii) Global Note Legend. Each Global Note shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OR TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUIRED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY OR SUCH OTHER REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (AND ANY PAYMENT HEREON IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY) ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL SINCE THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES OF CEDE & CO. OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE.

(iii) Temporary Regulation S Legend. Each Regulation S Global Note shall initially bear a legend (the “Temporary Regulation S Legend”) in substantially the following form:

THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE BY ACCEPTANCE HEREOF ALSO AGREES, REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT IF IT IS A PURCHASER IN A SALE THAT OCCURS OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S OF THE SECURITIES ACT, IT ACKNOWLEDGES THAT, UNTIL EXPIRATION OF THE “40-DAY DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 903 OF REGULATION S, ANY OFFER OR SALE OF THIS NOTE SHALL NOT BE MADE BY IT TO A U.S. PERSON TO OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF A U.S. PERSON WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 902(k) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

(h) Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes. At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note shall be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note shall be increased accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.

(i) General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges.

(i) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuers shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes upon the Issuers’ order or at the Registrar’s request.

(ii) No service charge shall be made to a holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Issuers may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.02, 2.10, 3.06, 4.11, 4.16 and 9.05).

(iii) The Registrar shall not be required to register the transfer of or exchange any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption or repurchase in whole or in part, except the unredeemed or unrepurchased portion of any Note being redeemed or repurchased in part.

(iv) All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Issuers, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

(v) The Issuers shall not be required to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note (i) for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or repurchased or during the period between a record date and the next succeeding interest payment date; and (ii) prior to receiving wire instructions or a registered address for the transferee.

(vi) Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Issuers may deem and treat the Person in whose

name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Issuers shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

(vii) The Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.02.

(viii) All certifications, certificates and opinions of counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.06 or Section 2.16 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile.

(ix) Notwithstanding anything contained herein, any transfers, replacements or exchanges of Notes, including as contemplated in this Article II, shall not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness.

Section 2.07 Replacement Notes. If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or the Issuers and the Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Issuers shall issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee’s requirements are met. If required by the Trustee or the Issuers, an indemnity bond must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Issuers to protect the Issuers, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Issuers may charge for their expenses in replacing a Note.

Every replacement Note is an additional legally binding obligation of the Issuers and shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder.

Section 2.08 Outstanding Notes. The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, and those described in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 2.09, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the Note.

If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser.

If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue.

If the Paying Agent (other than an Issuer or a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on a redemption date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay Notes payable on that date plus accrued and unpaid interest to such date, then on and after that date such Notes shall be deemed to be no longer outstanding and shall cease to accrue interest.

Section 2.09 Treasury Notes. In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by an Issuer, or by any Person directly or indirectly controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with an Issuer or, if the TIA is applicable to this Indenture, to the extent required by the TIA, any person controlling an Issuer, shall be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that a Responsible Officer of the Trustee knows are so owned shall be so disregarded.

Section 2.10 Temporary Notes. Until certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the Issuers may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of certificated Notes but may have variations that the Issuers consider appropriate for temporary Notes and as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Without unreasonable delay, the Issuers shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes.

Holders of temporary Notes shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture.

Section 2.11 Cancellation. The Issuers at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and shall dispose of such canceled Notes in its customary manner. The Issuers may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that they have paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.

Section 2.12 Defaulted Interest. If the Issuers default in a payment of interest on the Notes, they shall pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest which interest on defaulted interest shall accrue until the defaulted interest is deemed paid hereunder, to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01. The Issuers shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment. The Issuers shall fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment date; provided that no such special record date shall be less than 5 days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted interest. At least 5 days before the special record date, the Issuers (or, upon the written request of the Issuers, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Issuers) shall mail or cause to be mailed to Holders a notice that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid.

Section 2.13 Record Date. The record date for purposes of determining the identity of Holders entitled to vote or consent to any action by vote or consent authorized or permitted under this Indenture shall be determined as provided for in TIA § 316 (c).

Section 2.14 Computation of Interest. Interest on the Notes shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

Section 2.15 CUSIP Numbers. The Issuers in issuing the Notes may use “CUSIP” numbers, and if they do so, the Trustee shall use such CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption or exchange as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP numbers printed in the notice or on the Notes and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes. The Issuers shall promptly notify the Trustee of any change in the CUSIP numbers.

Section 2.16 Special Transfer Provisions. Unless and until a Transfer Restricted Note is transferred or exchanged under an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, the following provisions shall apply:

(a) Transfers to QIBs. The following provisions shall apply with respect to the registration of any proposed transfer of a Transfer Restricted Note to a QIB:

(i) The Registrar shall register the transfer of a Transfer Restricted Note by a Holder to a QIB if such transfer is being made by a proposed transferor who has provided the Registrar with (a) an appropriately completed certificate of transfer in the form attached to the Note and (b) a letter substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit B hereto.

(ii) If the proposed transferee is an Agent Member and the Transfer Restricted Note to be transferred consists of an interest in either a Regulation S Global Note or an Other Global Note, upon receipt by the Registrar of (x) the items required by paragraph (i) above and (y) instructions given in accordance with the Depositary’s and the Registrar’s procedures therefor, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an increase in the principal amount of the QIB Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note or Other Global Note, as applicable, to be so transferred, and the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an appropriate decrease in the principal amount of such Regulation S Global Note or Other Global Note, as applicable.

(b) Transfers Pursuant to Regulation S. The Registrar shall register the transfer of any Permanent Regulation S Global Note without requiring any additional certification. The following provisions shall apply with respect to the registration of any proposed transfer of a Transfer Restricted Note pursuant to Regulation S:

(i) The Registrar shall register any proposed transfer of a Transfer Restricted Note pursuant to Regulation S by a Holder upon receipt of (a) an appropriately completed certificate of transfer in the form attached to the Note and (b) a letter substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit C hereto from the proposed transferor.

(ii) If the proposed transferee is an Agent Member and the Transfer Restricted Note to be transferred consists of an interest in a QIB Global Note or an Other Global Note, upon receipt by the Registrar of (x) the items required by paragraph (i) above and (y) instructions given in accordance with the Depositary’s and the Registrar’s procedures therefor, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an

increase in the principal amount of the Regulation S Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the QIB Global Note or Other Global Note, as applicable, to be transferred, and the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an appropriate decrease in the principal amount of the QIB Global Note or Other Global Note, as applicable.

(c) Other Transfers. The following provisions shall apply with respect to the registration by the Registrar of any other proposed transfer of a Transfer Restricted Note that does not require registration under the Securities Act:

(i) The Registrar shall register such transfer if it is being made by a proposed transferor who has provided the Registrar with (a) an appropriately completed certificate of transfer in the form attached to the Note and (b) a legal opinion from a law firm of nationally recognized standing to the effect that such transfer does not require registration under the Securities Act.

(ii) Subject to clause (iii) below, if the proposed transferee is an Agent Member and the Transfer Restricted Note to be transferred consists of an interest in either a QIB Global Note or a Regulation S Global Note, upon receipt by the Registrar of (x) the items required by paragraph (i) above and (y) instructions given in accordance with the Depositary’s and the Registrar’s procedures therefor, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an increase in the principal amount of the Other Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the QIB Global Note or the Regulation S Global Note, as applicable, to be so transferred, and the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an appropriate decrease in the principal amount of such QIB Global Note or Regulation S Global Note or, as applicable.

(iii) In connection with the first transfer pursuant to this Section 2.16(c), an Other Global Note shall be issued in the form of a permanent Global Note substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A deposited with the Trustee, as Note Custodian, duly executed by the Issuers and authenticated by the Trustee as herein provided. The Other Global Note shall be issued with its own CUSIP number. The aggregate principal amount of the Other Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as Note Custodian.

(d) Private Placement Legend. Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes not bearing the Private Placement Legend, the Registrar shall deliver Notes that do not bear the Private Placement Legend. Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Transfer Restricted Notes, the Registrar shall deliver only Transfer Restricted Notes unless either (i) the circumstances contemplated in Section 2.18 exist, or (ii) there is delivered to the Registrar an Opinion of Counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Issuers and the Trustee to the effect that neither such legend nor the related restrictions on transfer are required in order to maintain compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act.

(e) General. By its acceptance of any Transfer Restricted Note, each Holder of such a Note acknowledges the restrictions on transfer of such Note set forth in this Indenture

and in the Private Placement Legend and agrees that it shall transfer such Note only as provided in this Indenture.

The Registrar shall retain copies of all letters, notices and other written communications received pursuant to this Section 2.16.

Section 2.17 Issuance of Additional Notes. The Issuers shall be entitled to issue Additional Notes under this Indenture that shall have identical terms as the Initial Notes, other than with respect to the date of issuance, issue price and amount of interest payable on the first interest payment date applicable thereto (and, if such Additional Notes shall be issued in the form of Transfer Restricted Notes, other than with respect to transfer restrictions, the Registration Rights Agreement and additional interest with respect thereto). The Initial Notes and any Additional Notes shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture.

With respect to any Additional Notes, the Issuers shall set forth in a resolution of each of their Boards of Directors and in an Officers’ Certificate, a copy of each of which shall be delivered to the Trustee, the following information:

(i) the aggregate principal amount of such Additional Notes to be authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture;

(ii) the issue price, the date on which such Additional Notes shall be issued, the CUSIP number, the first interest payment date and the amount of interest payable on such first interest payment date applicable thereto and the date from which interest shall accrue; and

(iii) whether such Additional Notes shall be Transfer Restricted Notes.

Section 2.18 Temporary Regulation S Global Notes. An owner of a beneficial interest in a Temporary Regulation S Global Note (or a Person acting on behalf of such an owner) may provide to the Trustee (and the Trustee shall accept) a duly completed certificate in the form of Exhibit D hereto at any time after the Restricted Period (it being understood that the Trustee shall not accept any such certificate during the Restricted Period). Promptly after acceptance of such a certificate with respect to such a beneficial interest, the Trustee shall cause such beneficial interest to be exchanged for an equivalent beneficial interest in a Permanent Regulation S Global Note, and shall (x) permanently reduce the principal amount of such Temporary Regulation S Global Note by the amount of such beneficial interest and (y) increase the principal amount of such Permanent Regulation S Global Note by the amount of such beneficial interest.

Section 2.19 U.S. Federal Income Tax Forms; Payment Instructions. Each Holder of a Definitive Note shall timely furnish the Issuers or their agents any appropriate U.S. federal income tax form or certification (such as IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8IMY with all appropriate attachments, W-8ECI, W-8EXP, or W-9 or any successors to such forms) that the Issuers or their agents may reasonably request and shall update or replace such form or certification in accordance with its terms or subsequent amendments. Each Holder of a Definitive Note acknowledges that the Issuers may require such certification to permit the Issuers to make payments to such Holder without withholding (including back-up withholding). If a Holder of a Definitive Note has provided the Issuers or their agents the appropriate tax forms pursuant to this

Section 2.19, all payments of interest (including Special Interest) shall be made free and clear of United States withholding tax unless otherwise required by applicable tax law. Each Holder of a Definitive Note shall provide the Issuer wire transfer instructions or an address to which a check for the applicable payments with respect to Definitive Notes should be sent.

ARTICLE III

REDEMPTION

Section 3.01 Notices to Trustee. If the Issuers elect to redeem Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of Section 3.07, they shall furnish to the Trustee, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, an Officers’ Certificate setting forth (i) the clause of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur, (ii) the redemption date, (iii) the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and (iv) the redemption price.

Section 3.02 Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed. If less than all of the Notes are redeemed or purchased in an offer to purchase at any time, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be redeemed or purchased among the Holders of the Notes in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed or, if the Notes are not so listed, on a pro rata basis, by lot or in accordance with any other method the Trustee considers fair and appropriate. In the event of partial redemption by lot, the particular Notes to be redeemed shall be selected, unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption date by the Trustee from the outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption.

The Trustee shall promptly notify the Issuers in writing of the Notes selected for redemption and, in the case of any Note selected for partial redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. No Notes of less than $1.00 shall be redeemed in part. Notes and portions of Notes selected shall be in amounts of $1.00 or whole multiples of $1.00; except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if not a multiple of $1.00, shall be redeemed. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption.

Section 3.03 Notice of Redemption

. Subject to the provisions of Section 3.09, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, the Issuers shall mail or cause to be mailed, by first class mail, a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address.

The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed and shall state:

(a) the redemption date;

(b) the redemption price;

(c) if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the redemption date upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion shall be issued upon cancellation of the original Note;

(d) the name and address of the Paying Agent;

(e) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price;

(f) that, unless the Issuers default in making such redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date;

(g) the paragraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; and

(h) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes.

At the Issuers’ request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Issuers’ name and at their expense; provided, however, that each of the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee, at least 45 days prior to the redemption date, an Officers’ Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the preceding paragraph.

Section 3.04 Effect of Notice of Redemption. Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.03, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the redemption date at the redemption price. A notice of redemption may be conditional.

Section 3.05 Deposit of Redemption Price. At or prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the redemption date, the Issuers shall deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued interest on all Notes to be redeemed on that date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Issuers any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Issuers in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption price of, and accrued interest on, all Notes to be redeemed.

If the Issuers comply with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after the redemption date, interest shall cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if a Note is redeemed on or after an interest record date but on or prior to the related interest payment date, then any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered on the redemption date. If any Note called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender for redemption because of the failure of the Issuers to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01.

Section 3.06 Notes Redeemed in Part. Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed in part, the Issuers shall issue and, upon the Issuers’ written request, the Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Issuers a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Note surrendered.

Section 3.07 Optional Redemption.

(a) Except as set forth in clauses (b) and (c) of this Section 3.07, the Issuers shall not have the option to redeem the Notes pursuant to this Section 3.07 prior to November 30, 2012. On or after November 30, 2012, the Issuers shall have the option to redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the applicable redemption prices (expressed as percentages of the principal amount of the Notes) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on November 30, 2012 of the years indicated below:

Year	Percentage
2012		106.75	%
2013		103.375	%
2014		101.6875	%
2015 and thereafter		100.000	%

(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of clause (a) of this Section 3.07, at any time prior to November 30, 2012, the Issuers may, on any one or more occasions, redeem up to 35% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes (including the principal amount of any Additional Notes) issued under this Indenture on a pro rata basis (or nearly as pro rata as practicable) at a redemption price of 113.50% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings; provided that:

(i) at least 65% of the original aggregate principal amount of Notes (including the principal amount of any Additional Notes) issued under this Indenture must remain outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption (excluding Notes held by the Issuers and their Subsidiaries); and

(ii) the redemption must occur within 60 days of the date of the closing of such Equity Offering.

(c) Notwithstanding the provisions of clause (a) of this Section 3.07, at any time prior to November 30, 2012, the Notes may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at the option of the Company upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first-class mail to each Holder’s registered address, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of such Notes redeemed plus the relevant Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, to, the applicable redemption date, subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date.

Any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.07 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.01 through 3.06.

Section 3.08 Mandatory Redemption or Repurchase. Except as otherwise provided in Section 4.11 or Section 4.16 below, the Issuers shall not be required to make mandatory redemption payments with respect to the Notes or be required to repurchase any Notes.

Section 3.09 Offer to Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds. In the event that the Issuers shall be required to commence an offer to all Holders to purchase Notes pursuant to Section 4.11 (an “Asset Sale Offer”), they shall follow the procedures specified below.

The Asset Sale Offer shall remain open for a period of 20 Business Days following its commencement and no longer, except to the extent that a longer period is required by applicable law (the “Offer Period”). No later than five Business Days after the termination of the Offer Period (any such date of purchase, the “Purchase Date”), the Issuers shall purchase the principal amount of Notes required to be purchased pursuant to Section 4.11 (the “Offer Amount”) or, if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered in response to the Asset Sale Offer. Payment for any Notes so purchased shall be made in the same manner as interest payments are made. Unless the Issuers default in making such payment, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer shall cease to accrue interest after the Purchase Date.

The Issuers shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act (or any successor rules) and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Section 3.09, the Issuers’ compliance with such laws and regulations shall not in and of itself cause a breach of their obligations under this Section 3.09.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Indenture, if the Purchase Date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered on the Purchase Date.

Upon the commencement of an Asset Sale Offer the Issuers shall send, by first class mail, a notice to the Trustee and each of the Holders, with a copy faxed to the Trustee. The notice shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer. The Asset Sale Offer shall be made to all Holders. The notice, which shall govern the terms of the Asset Sale Offer, shall state:

(a) that the Asset Sale Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 3.09 and Section 4.11 and the length of time the Asset Sale Offer shall remain open;

(b) the Offer Amount, the purchase price and the Purchase Date;

(d) that, unless the Issuers default in making such payment, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer shall cease to accrue interest after the Purchase Date;

(e) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer may elect to have Notes purchased in integral multiples of $1.00 only;

(f) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to any Asset Sale Offer shall be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Note completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Issuers, a depositary, if appointed by the Issuers, or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice at least three Business Days before the Purchase Date;

(g) that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Issuers, the depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives, not later than the expiration of the Offer Period, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased;

(h) that, if the aggregate principal amount of Notes surrendered by Holders exceeds the Offer Amount, the Issuers shall select the Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Issuers so that only Notes in denominations of $1.00, or integral multiples thereof, shall be purchased); and

(i) that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part shall be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer).

On or before the Purchase Date, the Issuers shall, to the extent lawful, accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary, the Offer Amount of Notes or portions thereof tendered pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered, and shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Notes or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Issuers in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.09. The Issuers, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, shall promptly (but in any case not later than five days after the Purchase Date) mail or deliver to each tendering Holder an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes tendered by such Holder and accepted by the Issuers for purchase, and the Issuers shall promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon written request from the Issuers, shall authenticate and mail or deliver such new Note to such Holder, in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered. Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Issuers to the Holder thereof. The Issuers shall publicly announce the results of the Asset Sale Offer on the Purchase Date.

ARTICLE IV

COVENANTS

Section 4.01 Payment of Notes. The Issuers shall pay or cause to be paid the principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes. Principal, premium, if any, and interest shall be considered paid on the date that the Paying Agent, if other than the Issuers or a Subsidiary thereof, holds as of 10:00 a.m. New York City time on such date money deposited by, or on behalf of, the Issuers in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest then

due. The Issuers shall pay all Special Interest, if any, in the same manner on the dates and in the amounts set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

The Issuers shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at the then applicable interest rate on the Notes; they shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace period) at the same rate to the extent lawful.

Section 4.02 Maintenance of Office or Agency. The Issuers shall maintain an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or co-registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuers in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Issuers shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Issuers shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.

The Issuers may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations. The Issuers shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

The Issuers hereby designate The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, NA, at 2 North LaSalle Street, Suite 1020; Chicago, Illinois 60602; Attn: Corporate Trust Department, as one such office or agency of the Issuers in accordance with Section 2.03.

Section 4.03 Reports.

(a) Whether or not required by the SEC, so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Issuers shall furnish to the Holders of Notes, within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations:

(1) all quarterly and annual financial information that would be required to be contained in a filing with the SEC on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the Issuers were required to file such forms, including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” section and, with respect to the annual information only, a report on the annual consolidated financial statements of the Company of its independent public accountants; and

(2) all current reports that would be required to be filed with the SEC on Form 8-K if the Issuers were required to file such reports.

(b) Notwithstanding anything contained herein, so long as CCI or another entity that is a guarantor of the Notes and is a Parent, consolidated reports at such Parent level in a manner consistent with that described in this Section 4.03 for the Company shall satisfy this

Section 4.03; provided that (x) such reports at such Parent level do not reflect the financial information or assets of any material operations other than those of the Issuers and their Subsidiaries; (y) such Parent includes in its reports information about the Company that is required to be provided by a parent guaranteeing debt of an operating company subsidiary pursuant to Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X or any successor rule then in effect; and (z) such reports include reasonably detailed information regarding the outstanding Indebtedness and preferred stock (including, without limitation, any such instruments held by Parents or their Subsidiaries) of the Company.

For any fiscal quarter or fiscal year at the end of which Subsidiaries of the Company are Unrestricted Subsidiaries, the quarterly and annual financial information required by the preceding paragraph shall include a reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes thereto, and in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, of the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries of the Company.

In addition, after effectiveness of a registration statement registering either the exchange or the resale of the Initial Notes, whether or not required by the SEC, the Issuers shall file a copy of all of the information and reports referred to in clauses (1) and (2) above with the SEC for public availability within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations, unless the SEC will not accept such a filing, and make such information available to securities analysts and prospective investors upon request.

Section 4.04 Compliance Certificate.

(a) The Issuers shall deliver to the Trustee, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, an Officers’ Certificate stating that a review of the activities of the Issuers and their Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officers with a view to determining whether the Issuers have kept, observed, performed and fulfilled their obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to each such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge the Issuers have kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every covenant contained in this Indenture and are not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture (or, if a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred, describing all such Defaults or Events of Default of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Issuers are taking or propose to take with respect thereto).

(b) The Issuers shall, so long as any of the Notes are outstanding, deliver to the Trustee, forthwith upon any Officer becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, an Officers’ Certificate specifying such Default or Event of Default and what action the Issuers are taking or propose to take with respect thereto.

Section 4.05 Taxes. The Company shall pay, and shall cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay, prior to delinquency, all material taxes, assessments, and governmental levies except such as are contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings or where the

failure to effect such payment is not likely to result in a material adverse effect on the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

Section 4.06 Stay, Extension and Usury Laws. Each of the Issuers covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and each of the Issuers (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it shall not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted.

Section 4.07 Restricted Payments. The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

(a) declare or pay any dividend or make any other payment or distribution on account of its or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests (including any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) or to the direct or indirect holders of the Company’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests in their capacity as such (other than dividends or distributions payable (x) solely in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or (y) in the case of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof);

(b) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value (including in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) any Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect Parent of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (other than, in the case of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, any such Equity Interests owned by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries); or

(c) make any payment on or with respect to, or purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, any Indebtedness of the Company that is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, except a payment of interest or principal at the Stated Maturity thereof (all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (a) through (c) above are collectively referred to as “Restricted Payments”), unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment:

(1) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof; and

(2) the Company would, at the time of such Restricted Payment and after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had been made at the beginning of the applicable quarter period, have been permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Leverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of Section 4.10; and such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all

other Restricted Payments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries from and after the Issue Date (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (2), (3), (4), (5), (6), (7) or (10) of the next succeeding paragraph), shall not exceed, at the date of determination, the sum of the following:

(a) an amount equal to 100% of the Consolidated EBITDA of the Company for the period beginning on the first day of the fiscal quarter immediately preceding the Issue Date to the end of the Company’s most recently ended full fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available, taken as a single accounting period, less the product of 1.3 times the Consolidated Interest Expense of the Company for such period, plus

(b) an amount equal to 100% of Capital Stock Sale Proceeds less any amount of such Capital Stock Sale Proceeds used in connection with an Investment made on or after the Issue Date pursuant to clause (5) of the definition of “Permitted Investments.”

So long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused thereby, the preceding provisions shall not prohibit:

(1) the payment of any dividend within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at said date of declaration such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture;

(2) the redemption, repurchase, retirement, defeasance or other acquisition of any subordinated Indebtedness of the Company in exchange for, or out of the net proceeds of, the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company) of Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock); provided that the amount of any such net cash proceeds that are utilized for any such redemption, repurchase, retirement, defeasance or other acquisition shall be excluded from clause (3)(b) of the preceding paragraph;

(3) the defeasance, redemption, repurchase or other acquisition of subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with the net cash proceeds from an incurrence of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness;

(4) regardless of whether a Default then exists, the payment of any dividend or distribution made in respect of any calendar year or portion thereof during which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a Person that is not treated as a separate tax paying entity for United States federal income tax purposes by the Company and its Subsidiaries (directly or indirectly) to the direct or indirect holders of the Equity Interests of the Company or its Subsidiaries that are Persons that are treated as a separate tax paying entity for United States federal income tax purposes, in an amount sufficient to permit each such holder to pay the actual income taxes (including required estimated tax installments) that are required to be paid by it with respect to the taxable income of any Parent (through its direct or indirect ownership of the Company and/or its Subsidiaries), the Company, its Subsidiaries or any Unrestricted Subsidiary, as applicable, in any

calendar year, as estimated in good faith by the Company or its Subsidiaries, as the case may be;

(5) regardless of whether a Default then exists, the payment of any dividend by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the holders of its common Equity Interests on a pro rata basis;

(6) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value, or the payment of any dividend or distribution to the extent necessary to permit the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value, of any Equity Interests of the Company or a Parent of the Company held by any member of the Company’s, such Parent’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s management pursuant to any management equity subscription agreement or stock option agreement entered into in accordance with the policies of the Company, any Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that the aggregate price paid for all such repurchased, redeemed, acquired or retired Equity Interests shall not exceed $10 million in any fiscal year of the Issuers;

(7) payment of fees in connection with any acquisition, merger or similar transaction in an amount that does not exceed an amount equal to 1.25% of the transaction value of such acquisition, merger or similar transaction;

(8) Restricted Payments made in order to pay interest (including accreted or PIK interest) on (but not principal of) Specified Parent Indebtedness or Refinancing Specified Parent Indebtedness, so long as the Company, at the time of the making of such Restricted Payment and after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had been made at the beginning of the applicable quarter period, would have been permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Leverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of Section 4.10;

(9) Restricted Payments directly or indirectly to a Parent of (A) attorneys’ fees, investment banking fees, accountants’ fees, underwriting discounts and commissions and other customary fees and expenses actually incurred in connection with any issuance, sale or incurrence by a Parent of Equity Interests or Indebtedness, or any exchange of securities or tender for outstanding debt securities, (B) the costs and expenses of any offer to exchange privately placed securities in respect of the foregoing for publicly registered securities or any similar concept having a comparable purpose, or (C) (i) fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain the corporate existence of a Parent, (ii) income taxes to the extent such income taxes are attributable to the income of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and, to the extent of the amount actually received from the Unrestricted Subsidiaries, in amounts required to pay such taxes to the extent attributable to the income of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries, provided, however, that in each case the amount of such payments in any fiscal year does not exceed the amount of income taxes that the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be required to pay for such fiscal year were the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay such taxes as a stand-alone taxpayer; and (iii) general corporate overhead and operating expenses for such direct or indirect parent corporation of the Company to the extent such expenses are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Company and its Restricted

Subsidiaries (which amounts pursuant to this subclause (C) shall not exceed $25 million in any fiscal year);

(10) payments contemplated by the Plan of Reorganization, including, without limitation, Specified Fees and Expenses;

(11) additional Restricted Payments directly or indirectly to CCH I or any other Parent for the purpose of enabling CCI to redeem, or pay dividends on, the Series A Preferred Stock so long as (i) such dividends do not exceed, and (ii) such redemptions do not exceed, the dividends and liquidation preference, respectively, contemplated in the certificate of designation governing the Series A Preferred Stock as in effect on the Issue Date; and

(12) additional Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount of $50 million.

The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) shall be the fair market value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be transferred or issued by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to the Restricted Payment. The fair market value of any assets or securities that are required to be valued by this covenant shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company, whose resolution with respect thereto shall be delivered to the Trustee. Such Board of Directors’ determination must be based upon an opinion or appraisal issued by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national standing if the fair market value exceeds $100 million.

Not later than the date of making any Restricted Payment involving an amount or fair market value in excess of $10 million, the Issuers shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Restricted Payment is permitted and setting forth the basis upon which the calculations required by this Section 4.07 were computed, together with a copy of any fairness opinion or appraisal required by this Indenture.

Section 4.08 Investments. The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

(1) make any Restricted Investment; or

(2) allow any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to become an Unrestricted Subsidiary,

unless, in each case:

(a) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof; and

(b) the Company would, at the time of, and after giving effect to, such Restricted Investment or such designation of a Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, have been permitted to incur at least $1.00 of

additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Leverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of Section 4.10.

An Unrestricted Subsidiary may be redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary if such redesignation would not cause a Default.

Section 4.09 Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries. The Company shall not, directly or indirectly, create, or permit to exist or become effective any encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to:

(1) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or pay any Indebtedness owed to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(2) make loans or advances to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or

(3) transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

However, the preceding restrictions shall not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

(1) Existing Indebtedness, contracts and other instruments as in effect on the Issue Date and any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings thereof; provided that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, with respect to such dividend and other payment restrictions than those contained in the most restrictive Existing Indebtedness, contracts or other instruments, as in effect on the Issue Date;

(2) applicable law;

(3) any instrument governing Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as in effect at the time of such acquisition (except to the extent such Indebtedness was incurred in connection with or in contemplation of such acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired; provided that, in the case of Indebtedness, such Indebtedness was permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be incurred;

(4) customary non-assignment provisions in leases, franchise agreements and other commercial agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(5) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business that impose restrictions on the property so acquired of the nature described in clause (3) of the preceding paragraph;

(6) any agreement for the sale or other disposition of Capital Stock or assets of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that restricts distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary pending such sale or other disposition;

(7) Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; provided that the restrictions contained in the agreements governing such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness are not materially more restrictive at the time such restrictions become effective, taken as a whole, than those contained in the agreements governing the Indebtedness being refinanced;

(8) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations otherwise permitted to be incurred under Section 4.14 that limit the right of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to dispose of the assets subject to such Lien;

(9) provisions with respect to the disposition or distribution of assets or property in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(10) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(11) restrictions contained in the terms of Indebtedness or Preferred Stock permitted to be incurred under Section 4.10; provided that such restrictions are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than the terms contained in the most restrictive, together or individually, of the Credit Facilities and other Existing Indebtedness as in effect on the Issue Date; and

(12) restrictions that are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than customary provisions in comparable financings and that the management of the Company determines, at the time of such financing, will not materially impair the Issuers’ ability to make payments as required under the Notes.

Section 4.10 Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock. The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to (collectively, “incur”) any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) and the Company shall not issue any Disqualified Stock and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any shares of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, provided that the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may incur Indebtedness, the Company may issue Disqualified Stock and, subject to the final paragraph of this covenant below, Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company may issue Preferred Stock if the Leverage Ratio of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would have been not greater than 5.75 to 1.0 determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred, or the Disqualified Stock or

Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, at the beginning of the most recently ended fiscal quarter.

So long as no Event of Default under Section 6.01(1), (2), (7) or (8) shall have occurred and be continuing, after giving effect to the incurrence thereof (and the use of proceeds therefrom), the first paragraph of this covenant shall not prohibit the incurrence of any of the following items of Indebtedness (collectively, “Permitted Debt”):

(1) the incurrence by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness under Credit Facilities; provided that the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding under this clause (1) for all Credit Facilities of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries after giving effect to such incurrence does not exceed an amount equal to $1.0 billion;

(2) the incurrence by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries of Existing Indebtedness (including under Credit Facilities);

(3) the incurrence on the Issue Date by the Company of Indebtedness represented by the Notes (but not including any Additional Notes);

(4) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness represented by Capital Lease Obligations, mortgage financings or purchase money obligations, in each case, incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of construction or improvement (including the cost of design, development, construction, acquisition, transportation, installation, improvement, and migration) of Productive Assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed, together with any related Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness permitted by clause (5) below, $75 million at any time outstanding:

(5) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to refund, refinance or replace, in whole or in part, Indebtedness (other than intercompany Indebtedness) that was permitted by this Indenture to be incurred under this clause (5), the first paragraph of this covenant or clauses (2), (3) or (4) of this paragraph;

(6) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of intercompany Indebtedness between or among the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that:

(a) if the Company is the obligor on such Indebtedness, such Indebtedness must be expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all Obligations with respect to the Notes; and

(b) (i) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such Indebtedness being held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof and (ii) any sale or other transfer of

any such Indebtedness to a Person that is not either the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof, shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute an incurrence of such Indebtedness that was not permitted by this clause (6);

(7) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Hedging Obligations that are incurred for the purpose of fixing or hedging interest rate risk with respect to any floating rate Indebtedness that is permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be outstanding;

(8) the guarantee by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that was permitted to be incurred by another provision of this Section 4.10;

(9) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of additional Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding under this clause (9), not to exceed $300 million; and

(10) the accretion or amortization of original issue discount and the write up of Indebtedness in accordance with purchase accounting.

In the event that an item of proposed Indebtedness (a) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt described in clauses (1) through (10) above or (b) is entitled to be incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant, the Company shall be permitted to classify and from time to time to reclassify such item of Indebtedness in any manner that complies with this covenant. Once any item of Indebtedness is so reclassified, it shall no longer be deemed outstanding under the category of Permitted Debt where initially incurred or previously reclassified. For avoidance of doubt, Indebtedness incurred pursuant to a single agreement, instrument, program, facility or line of credit may be classified as Indebtedness arising in part under one of the clauses listed above or under the first paragraph of this covenant, and in part under any one or more of the clauses listed above, to the extent that such Indebtedness satisfies the criteria for such classification.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company consummate a Subordinated Debt Financing or a Preferred Stock Financing. A “Subordinated Debt Financing” or a “Preferred Stock Financing,” as the case may be, with respect to any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company shall mean a public offering or private placement (whether pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act or otherwise) of Subordinated Notes or Preferred Stock (whether or not such Preferred Stock constitutes Disqualified Stock), as the case may be, of such Restricted Subsidiary to one or more purchasers (other than to one or more Affiliates of the Company). “Subordinated Notes” with respect to any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company shall mean Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiary that is contractually subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiary (including Indebtedness under Credit Facilities), provided that the foregoing shall not apply to priority of Liens, including by way of intercreditor arrangements. The foregoing limitation shall not apply to:

(a) any Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of any Person existing at the time such Person is merged with or into or becomes a Subsidiary of the Company; provided that such Indebtedness or Preferred Stock was not incurred or issued in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person merging with or into, or becoming a Subsidiary of, the Company, and

(b) any Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued in connection with, and as part of the consideration for, an acquisition, whether by stock purchase, asset sale, merger or otherwise, in each case involving such Restricted Subsidiary, which Indebtedness or Preferred Stock is issued to the seller or sellers of such stock or assets; provided that such Restricted Subsidiary is not obligated to register such Indebtedness or Preferred Stock under the Securities Act or obligated to provide information pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act.

Section 4.11 Limitation on Asset Sales. The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless:

(1) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of;

(2) such fair market value is determined by the Board of Directors of the Company and evidenced by a resolution of such Board of Directors set forth in an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee; and

(3) at least 75% of the consideration therefor received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash, Cash Equivalents or readily marketable securities.

For purposes of this Section 4.11, each of the following shall be deemed to be cash:

(a) any liabilities (as shown on the Company’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than contingent liabilities and liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets pursuant to a customary novation agreement that releases the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from further liability;

(b) any securities, notes or other obligations received by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the recipient thereof into cash, Cash Equivalents or readily marketable securities within 180 days after receipt thereof (to the extent of the cash, Cash Equivalents or readily marketable securities received in that conversion); and

Within 365 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof may apply such Net Proceeds or an amount equal to such Net Proceeds at its option:

(1) to repay or otherwise retire or repurchase debt under Credit Facilities or any other Indebtedness of the Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company (other than Indebtedness represented solely by a guarantee of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company); or

(2) to invest in Productive Assets; provided that any such amount of Net Proceeds which the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof has committed to invest in Productive Assets within 365 days of the applicable Asset Sale may be invested in Productive Assets within two years of such Asset Sale.

The amount of any Net Proceeds received from Asset Sales that are not applied or invested as provided in the preceding paragraph shall constitute “Excess Proceeds.” When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $25 million, the Company shall make an Asset Sale Offer to all Holders of Notes and will repay, redeem or offer to purchase all other Indebtedness of the Company that is of equal priority in right of payment with the Notes containing provisions requiring repayment, redemption or offers to purchase with the proceeds of sales of assets, to purchase, repay or redeem, on a pro rata basis, the maximum principal amount of Notes and such other Indebtedness of the Company of equal priority that may be purchased, repaid or redeemed out of the Excess Proceeds, which amount includes the entire amount of the Net Proceeds. The offer price in any Asset Sale Offer shall be payable in cash and equal to 100% of the principal amount of the subject Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes tendered into such Asset Sale Offer and such other Indebtedness of equal priority to be purchased, repaid or redeemed out of the Excess Proceeds exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes tendered into such Asset Sale Offer and such other Indebtedness of equal priority to be purchased, repaid or redeemed on a pro rata basis.

If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, then the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof may use such remaining Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture. Upon completion of any Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero.

In the event that the Company shall be required to commence an offer to Holders to purchase Notes pursuant to this Section 4.11, it shall follow the procedures specified in Sections 3.01 through 3.09.

Section 4.12 Sale and Leaseback Transactions. The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, enter into any sale and leaseback transaction; provided that the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may enter into a sale and leaseback transaction if:

(1) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary could have

(a) incurred Indebtedness in an amount equal to the Attributable Debt relating to such sale and leaseback transaction under the Leverage Ratio test in the first paragraph of Section 4.10 and

(b) incurred a Lien to secure such Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.14 or the definition of Permitted Liens; and

(2) the transfer of assets in that sale and leaseback transaction is permitted by, and the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary applies the proceeds of such transaction in compliance with, Section 4.11.

The foregoing restrictions shall not apply to a sale and leaseback transaction if the lease is for a period, including renewal rights, of not in excess of three years.

Section 4.13 Transactions with Affiliates. The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate (each, an “Affiliate Transaction”), unless:

(1) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms, taken as a whole, that are not less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with a Person who is not an Affiliate; and

(2) the Company delivers to the Trustee:

(a) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction, or series of related Affiliate Transactions, involving aggregate consideration given or received by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary in excess of $15 million, a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company or CCI set forth in an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with this Section 4.13 and that such Affiliate Transaction has been approved by a majority of the members of such Board of Directors; and

(b) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction, or series of related Affiliate Transactions, involving aggregate consideration given or received by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary in excess of $50 million, an opinion as to the fairness to the Holders of such Affiliate Transaction from a financial point of view issued by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national standing.

The following items shall not be deemed to be Affiliate Transactions and, therefore, shall not be subject to the provisions of the prior paragraph:

(1) any existing employment agreement and employee benefit arrangement (including stock purchase or option agreements, deferred compensation plans, and retirement, savings or similar plans) entered into by the Company or any of its

Subsidiaries and any employment agreement and employee benefit arrangements entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(2) transactions between or among the Company and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(3) payment of reasonable directors fees to Persons who are not otherwise Affiliates of the Company;

(4) customary indemnification and insurance arrangements in favor of directors and officers, regardless of affiliation with the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(5) payment of Management Fees;

(6) Restricted Payments that are permitted by Section 4.07 and Restricted Investments that are permitted by Section 4.08;

(7) Permitted Investments;

(8) transactions pursuant to agreements existing on the Issue Date, as in effect on the Issue Date, or as subsequently modified, supplemented, or amended, to the extent that any such modifications, supplements or amendments comply with the applicable provisions of the first paragraph of this Section 4.13;

(9) transactions contemplated by the Plan of Reorganization, including, without limitation, the payment of Specified Fees and Expenses;

(10) contributions to the common equity capital of the Company or the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Company;

(11) the assignment and assumption of contracts (which contracts were entered into prior to the Issue Date on an arms-length basis in the ordinary course of business of the relevant Parent, reasonably related to the business of the Company and the assignment and assumption of which would not result in the incurrence of any Indebtedness by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary) to a Restricted Subsidiary by a Parent; and

(12) transactions with a Person that would otherwise be deemed Affiliate Transactions solely because any Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary owns Equity Interests in such Person.

Section 4.14 Liens. The Company shall not, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien of any kind securing Indebtedness or trade payables on any asset of the Company, whether owned on the Issue Date or thereafter acquired, except Permitted Liens.

Section 4.15 Existence. Subject to Article 5, the Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect (i) its limited liability company existence, and the corporate, partnership or other existence of each of its Subsidiaries, in accordance with the respective organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary and (ii) the rights (charter and statutory), licenses and franchises of the Company and its Subsidiaries; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right, license or franchise, or the corporate, partnership or other existence of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Capital Corp), if the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and that the loss thereof is not likely to result in a material adverse effect on the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

Section 4.16 Repurchase at the Option of Holders upon a Change of Control. If a Change of Control occurs, each Holder of Notes shall have the right to require the Issuers to repurchase all or any part (equal to $1.00 in principal amount, or in either case, an integral multiple thereof) of that Holder’s Notes pursuant to a “Change of Control Offer.” In the Change of Control Offer, the Issuers shall offer a “Change of Control Payment” in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the date of purchase.

Within ten days following any Change of Control, the Issuers shall mail a notice to each Holder (with a copy to the Trustee) describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and stating:

(1) the purchase price and the purchase date, which shall not exceed 30 Business Days from the date such notice is mailed (the “Change of Control Payment Date”);

(2) that any Note not tendered shall continue to accrue interest;

(3) that, unless the Issuers default in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer shall cease to accrue interest after the Change of Control Payment Date;

(4) that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer shall be required to surrender the Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Notes completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Issuers, a depositary, if appointed, or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date;

(5) that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Paying Agent receives, not later than the close of business on the second Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of Notes delivered for

purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have the Notes purchased; and

(6) that Holders whose Notes are being purchased only in part shall be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, which unpurchased portion must be equal to $1.00 in principal amount or an integral multiple thereof.

The Issuers shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act (or any successor rules) and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes as a result of a Change of Control. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Section 4.16, the Issuers’ compliance with such laws and regulations shall not in and of itself cause a breach of their obligations under this Section 4.16.

On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuers shall, to the extent lawful:

(1) accept for payment all Notes or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;

(2) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered; and

(3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes so accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions thereof being purchased by the Issuers.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Indenture, if the Change of Control Payment Date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered on the Change of Control Payment Date.

The Paying Agent shall promptly mail to each Holder of Notes so tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee shall promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each such new Note shall be in a principal amount of $1.00 or an integral multiple thereof. The Issuers shall publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date.

The provisions described above that require the Issuers to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control shall be applicable regardless of whether or not any other provisions in this Indenture are applicable.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 4.16, the Issuers shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements

set forth in this Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuers and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer.

Section 4.17 Limitations on Issuances of Guarantees of Indebtedness. The Company shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, to Guarantee or pledge any assets to secure the payment of any other Indebtedness of the Company (the “Guaranteed Indebtedness”), unless:

(1) such Restricted Subsidiary simultaneously executes and delivers a supplemental indenture providing for the Guarantee (a “Subsidiary Guarantee”) of the payment of the Notes by such Restricted Subsidiary, and

(2) until one year after all the Notes have been paid in full in cash, such Restricted Subsidiary waives and will not in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any rights of reimbursement, indemnity or subrogation or any other rights against the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary thereof as a result of any payment by such Restricted Subsidiary under its Subsidiary Guarantee;

provided that this paragraph shall not be applicable to any Guarantee of any Restricted Subsidiary that existed at the time such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary and was not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary.

If the Guaranteed Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes, then the Guarantee of such Guaranteed Indebtedness shall be subordinated to the Subsidiary Guarantee at least to the extent that the Guaranteed Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes.

Any Subsidiary Guarantee shall terminate upon the release of such guarantor from its guarantee of the Guaranteed Indebtedness.

Section 4.18 Payments for Consent. The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration to or for the benefit of any Holder of Notes for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid and is paid to all Holders of the Notes that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or amendment.

Section 4.19 Application of Fall-Away Covenants. During any period of time that (a) the Notes have Investment Grade Ratings from both Rating Agencies and (b) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall not be subject to the provisions of Sections 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13 and clause (d) of Section 5.01 (collectively, the “Suspended Covenants”).

If the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries are not subject to the Suspended Covenants for any period of time as a result of the previous sentence and, subsequently, one, or both of the Rating Agencies withdraws its ratings or downgrades the ratings assigned to the Notes below the required Investment Grade Ratings or a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing, then the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall thereafter again be subject

to the Suspended Covenants. The ability of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries to make Restricted Payments after the time of such withdrawal, downgrade, Default or Event of Default shall be calculated in accordance with the terms of Section 4.07 as though such covenant had been in effect during the entire period of time from the Issue Date.

Section 4.20 Anti-Layering Covenants.

(a) At all times, CCOH shall be a direct Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or of a Restricted Subsidiary that Guarantees the Notes on an unsubordinated, full and unconditional basis.

(b) The Company shall not permit any members of the CCOH Group to guarantee or otherwise become an obligor with respect to any Indebtedness (“CCOH Guaranteed Indebtedness”) of the Company or any Parent or any Subsidiary of a Parent other than a member of the CCOH Group without Guaranteeing the Notes on an unsubordinated basis pursuant to Section 4.16 hereof (treating all references therein to “Guaranteed Indebtedness” as references to “CCOH Guaranteed Indebtedness”).

(c) The Company shall not permit any member of the CCOH Group to create a Lien on any of its assets or properties to secure the repayment of the Indebtedness of the Company or any Parent or any Subsidiary of a Parent who is not itself a member of the CCOH Group, unless:

(i) in the case of Liens securing Indebtedness that is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, the Notes are secured by a Lien on such property or assets that is senior in priority to such Liens;

(ii) and in all other cases, the Notes are equally and ratably secured;

provided that any Lien which is granted under this covenant shall be automatically discharged at the same time as the discharge of the Lien (other than through the exercise of remedies with respect thereto) that gave rise to the obligation to so secure the Notes or Guarantees.

ARTICLE V

SUCCESSORS

Section 5.01 Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets. Neither Issuer may, directly or indirectly, (1) consolidate or merge with or into another Person (whether or not such Issuer is the surviving Person) or (2) sell, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to another Person; unless:

(a) either:

(i) such Issuer is the surviving Person; or

(ii) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Issuer) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made is a Person organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia, provided that if the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger with such Issuer is a Person other than a corporation, a corporate co-issuer shall also be an obligor with respect to the Notes;

(b) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Issuer) or the Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made assumes all the obligations of such Issuer under the Notes and this Indenture pursuant to agreements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

(d) such Issuer or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Issuer) will, on the date of such transaction after giving pro forma effect thereto and any related financing transactions as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable period,

(x) be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Leverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of Section 4.10; or

(y) have a Leverage Ratio immediately after giving effect to such consolidation or merger no greater than the Leverage Ratio immediately prior to such consolidation or merger.

In addition, neither of the Issuers may, directly or indirectly, lease all or substantially all of their properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any other Person. The foregoing clause (d) shall not apply to a sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of assets between or among an Issuer and/or any of its Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries.

Section 5.02 Successor Corporation Substituted. Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of either Issuer in accordance with Section 5.01, the successor Person formed by such consolidation or into which either Issuer is merged or to which such transfer is made shall succeed to and (except in the case of a lease) be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, such Issuer under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named therein as such Issuer, and (except in the case of a lease) such Issuer shall be released from the obligations under the Notes and this Indenture, except with respect to any obligations that arise from, or are related to, such transaction.

ARTICLE VI

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

Section 6.01 Events of Default. Each of the following is an “Event of Default” with respect to the Notes:

(1) default for 30 consecutive days in the payment when due of interest on the Notes;

(2) default in payment when due of the principal of or premium, if any, on the Notes;

(3) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to comply with the provisions of Sections 4.16 or 5.01;

(4) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for 30 consecutive days after written notice thereof has been given to the Issuers by the Trustee, or to the Issuers and the Trustee by Holders of at least 25% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, to comply with any of their other covenants or agreements in this Indenture;

(5) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists, or is created after the Issue Date, if that default:

(a) is caused by a failure to pay at final stated maturity the principal amount of such Indebtedness prior to the expiration of the grace period provided in such Indebtedness on the date of such default (a “Payment Default”); or

(b) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express maturity,

and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $100 million or more;

(6) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay final judgments which are non-appealable aggregating in excess of $100 million, net of applicable insurance which has not been denied in writing by the insurer, which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days;

(7) the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:

(a) commences a voluntary case,

(b) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case,

(d) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or

(8) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

(a) is for relief against the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries in an involuntary case;

(b) appoints a custodian of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or for all or substantially all of the property of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries; or

and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days.

If a Default is deemed to occur solely because a Default (the “Initial Default”) already existed, then if such Initial Default is cured and is not continuing, the Default or Event of Default resulting solely because the Initial Default existed shall be deemed cured, and will be deemed annulled, waived and rescinded without any further action required.

Section 6.02 Acceleration. In the case of an Event of Default arising from clauses (7) or (8) of Section 6.01 with respect to the Company, all outstanding Notes shall become due and payable immediately without further action or notice. If any other Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by notice to the Issuers or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Issuers and the Trustee may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by written notice to the Trustee may on behalf of all of the Holders rescind an acceleration and its consequences if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree and if all existing Events of Default (except nonpayment of principal, interest or premium that has become due solely because of the acceleration) have been cured or waived.

Section 6.03 Other Remedies. If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture.

The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.

Section 6.04 Waiver of Existing Defaults. Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences hereunder, except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on, the Notes (provided, however, that the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may rescind an acceleration and its consequences, including any related payment default that resulted from such acceleration). Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

Section 6.05 Control by Majority. Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on it. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture that the Trustee determines may be prejudicial to the rights of other Holders of Notes or that may involve the Trustee in personal liability. The Trustee may take any other action which it deems proper that is not inconsistent with any such directive.

Section 6.06 Limitation on Suits. A Holder of a Note may pursue a remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes only if:

(a) the Holder of a Note gives to the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default;

(b) the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

(c) such Holder of a Note or Holders of Notes offer and, if requested, provide to the Trustee indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense;

(d) the Trustee does not comply with the request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer and, if requested, the provision of indemnity; and

(e) during such 60-day period the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes do not give the Trustee a direction inconsistent with the request.

A Holder of a Note may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder of a Note or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder of a Note.

Section 6.07 Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note (including in connection with an offer to purchase), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.

Section 6.08 Collection Suit by Trustee. If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(1) or (2) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuers for the whole amount of principal of, premium, if any, and interest remaining unpaid on the Notes and interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

Section 6.09 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders of the Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuers (or any other obligor upon the Notes), their creditors or their property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

Section 6.10 Priorities. If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article, it shall pay out the money in the following order:

First: to the Trustee, its agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.07, including payment of all compensation, expense and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the costs and expenses of collection;

Second: to Holders of Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for interest;

Third: to Holders of Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal and premium, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal and premium, respectively; and

Fourth: to the Issuers or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct.

The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders of Notes pursuant to this Section 6.10.

Section 6.11 Undertaking for Costs. In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder of a Note pursuant to Section 6.07, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes.

ARTICLE VII

TRUSTEE

Section 7.01 Duties of Trustee.

(1) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs.

(2) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

(a) the duties of the Trustee shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

(b) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions required to be furnished to the Trustee hereunder and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not

confirm or investigate the accuracy of any mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein).

(3) The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own gross negligent action, its own gross negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:

(a) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (2) of this Section;

(b) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was grossly negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

(c) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05.

(4) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (1), (2), and (3) of this Section 7.01.

(5) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or incur any liability. The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights and powers under this Indenture at the request of any Holders, unless such Holder shall have offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense.

(6) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuers. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

(7) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture or other paper or documents.

Section 7.02 Rights of Trustee.

(1) The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any document (whether in its original or facsimile form) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document.

(2) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee may consult with counsel of its own selection and the

written advice or opinion of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.

(3) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed with due care.

(4) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture.

(5) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from either of the Issuers shall be sufficient if signed by an Officer of such Issuer.

(6) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.

(7) The Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of any Default or Event of Default unless either (a) a Responsible Officer of the Trustee shall have actual knowledge of such Default or Event of Default or (b) written notice of such Default or Event of Default shall have been given to and received by a Responsible Officer of the Trustee by the Issuers or any Holder.

(8) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

(9) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed by the Trustee to act hereunder.

Section 7.03 Individual Rights of Trustee. The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuers or any Affiliate of the Issuers with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue as trustee or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee is also subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11.

Section 7.04 Trustee’s Disclaimer. The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Issuers’ use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Issuers or upon the Issuers’ direction under any provision of this Indenture, it shall not be responsible for

the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it shall not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other than its certificate of authentication.

Section 7.05 Notice of Defaults. If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known to a Responsible Officer of the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to Holders of Notes a notice of the Default or Event of Default within 90 days after the Trustee acquires knowledge thereof. Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders of the Notes.

Section 7.06 Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes. By May 15th of each year, and for so long as Notes remain outstanding, the Trustee shall mail to the Holders of the Notes a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with TIA Section 313(a) (but if no event described in TIA Section 313(a) has occurred within the twelve months preceding the reporting date, no report need be transmitted). The Trustee also shall comply with TIA Section 313(b)(2). The Trustee shall also transmit by mail all reports as required by TIA Section 313(c).

A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders of Notes shall be mailed to the Company and filed with the SEC and each stock exchange on which the Notes are listed in accordance with TIA Section 313(d). The Issuers shall promptly notify the Trustee when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange.

Section 7.07 Compensation and Indemnity. The Issuers, jointly and severally, shall pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture, the Registration Rights Agreement and any other document delivered in connection with any of such agreements and its services under any of such agreements or other documents, as separately agreed in writing. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Issuers shall reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel.

The Issuers shall, jointly and severally, indemnify the Trustee against any and all losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses (including reasonable legal fees and expenses) incurred by it arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of its duties under this Indenture, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture, the Registration Rights Agreement and any other document delivered in connection therewith (including this Section 7.07) and defending itself against any claim (whether asserted by the Issuers or any Holder or any other person) or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder, except to the extent any such loss, liability or expense is determined to have been caused by its own gross negligence or willful misconduct. The Trustee shall notify the Issuers promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Issuers shall not relieve the Issuers of their obligations hereunder. The Issuers shall defend the claim and the Trustee shall cooperate in the defense. The Trustee may have separate

counsel and the Issuers shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel. The Issuers need not pay for any settlement made without their consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

The obligations of the Issuers under this Section 7.07 shall survive resignation or removal of the Trustee and the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

To secure the Issuers’ payment obligations in this Section, the Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal and interest on particular Notes. Such Lien shall survive the resignation or removal of the Trustee and the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(7) or (8) occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.

The Trustee shall comply with the provisions of TIA Section 313(b)(2) to the extent applicable.

Section 7.08 Replacement of Trustee. A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee shall become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section.

The Trustee may resign in writing at any time and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Issuers. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Issuers in writing. The Issuers may remove the Trustee if:

(a) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10;

(b) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;

(d) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.

If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Issuers shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Issuers.

If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Issuers, or the Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition at the expense of the Issuers any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months, fails to comply with Section 7.10, such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Issuers. Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to Holders. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee; provided all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Issuers’ obligations under Section 7.07 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

Section 7.09 Successor Trustee by Merger, etc. If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation, the successor corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee.

Section 7.10 Eligibility; Disqualification. There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has a combined capital and surplus of at least $100 million as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition.

This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of TIA Section 310(a)(1), (2) and (5). The Trustee is subject to TIA Section 310(b).

Section 7.11 Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Issuers. The Trustee is subject to TIA Section 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA Section 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA Section 311(a) to the extent indicated therein.

ARTICLE VIII

LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

Section 8.01 Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. The Issuers and any Parent Guarantor may, at any time, elect to have either Section 8.02 or 8.03 be applied to all outstanding Notes and any Note Guarantee upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article 8.

Section 8.02 Legal Defeasance and Discharge. Upon the exercise by the Issuers and any Parent Guarantor under Section 8.01 of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Issuers and any Parent Guarantor shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04, be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes and any Note Guarantee on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Legal Defeasance”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Issuers and any Parent

Guarantor shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes, which shall thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05 and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in (a) and (b) below, and to have satisfied all their other obligations under such Notes, this Indenture, any Note Guarantee and the Registration Rights Agreement (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Issuers, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder:

(a) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on such Notes when such payments are due from the trust referred to below;

(b) the Issuers’ obligations with respect to the Notes concerning issuing temporary Notes, registration of Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust;

(c) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee and the Issuers’ obligations in connection therewith; and

(d) the Legal Defeasance provisions of this Indenture.

Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Issuers may exercise their option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of their option under Section 8.03.

Section 8.03 Covenant Defeasance. Upon the exercise by the Issuers and any Parent Guarantor under Section 8.01 of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Issuers and any Parent Guarantor shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04, be released from their obligations under the covenants contained in Article 5 and Sections 4.03, 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.14, 4.16, 4.17 and 4.19 with respect to the outstanding Notes and any Note Guarantee on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 are satisfied (hereinafter, “Covenant Defeasance”), and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes may not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes and any Note Guarantee, the Issuers may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes shall be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Issuers’ exercise under Section 8.01 of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04, Sections 6.01(3) through 6.01(6) shall not constitute Events of Default. In addition, upon Covenant Defeasance, any Note Guarantee will be released.

Section 8.04 Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance. The following shall be the conditions to the application of either Section 8.02 or 8.03 to the outstanding Notes:

In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance:

(1) the Issuers or any Parent Guarantor must irrevocably deposit, or cause to be deposited, with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as are expected to be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the outstanding Notes on the stated maturity or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and the Issuers and any Parent Guarantor must specify whether the Notes shall be defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date;

(2) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that

(a) the Issuers and any Parent Guarantor have received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling; or

(b) since the Issue Date, there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law,

in either case of (a) or (b) immediately above, to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

(3) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Issuers or any Parent Guarantor shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel confirming that the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

(4) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit and the grant of any Lien securing such borrowing);

(5) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under any material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Issuers or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Issuers or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries is bound;

(6) the Issuers or any Parent Guarantor must have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Issuers with the intent of preferring the Holders of the Notes over the other creditors of the Issuers or any Parent Guarantor with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors of the Issuers, any Parent Guarantor or others; and

(7) the Issuers or any Parent Guarantor must have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Opinion of Counsel required by clause (2) above with respect to a Legal Defeasance need not be delivered and the conditions set forth in clause 4(b) shall not apply if all Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation

(a) have become due and payable or

(b) will become due and payable on the maturity date or a redemption date within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuers.

Section 8.05 Deposited Money and Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions. Subject to Section 8.06, all money and non-callable Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.05, the “Trustee”) pursuant to Section 8.04 in respect of the outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuers acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

The Issuers shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or non-callable Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.

Anything in this Article 8 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Issuers from time to time upon the request of the Issuers any money or non-callable Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.04 which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.04(1)), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

Section 8.06 Repayment to Issuers. Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Issuers, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, and premium, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Issuers on their request or (if then held by the Issuers) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter look only to the Issuers for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Issuers as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Issuers cause to be published once, in The New York Times and The Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining shall be repaid to the Issuers.

Section 8.07 Reinstatement. If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any United States dollars or non-callable Government Securities in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Issuers’ obligations under this Indenture and the Notes, shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03, as the case may be; provided, however, that, if the Issuers make any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note following the reinstatement of their obligations, the Issuers shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

ARTICLE IX

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

Section 9.01 Without Consent of Holders of Notes. Notwithstanding Section 9.02 of this Indenture, the Issuers, any Parent Guarantor and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Notes or any Note Guarantee without the consent of any Holder of a Note:

(1) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency;

(2) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes;

(3) to provide for or confirm the issuance of Additional Notes or any Exchange Notes;

(4) to provide for the assumption of the Issuers’ or any Parent Guarantor’s obligations to Holders of Notes in the case of a merger or consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuers pursuant to Article 5;

(5) to add a Note Guarantee;

(6) to release any Subsidiary Guarantee in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture;

(7) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under this Indenture of any Holder;

(8) to add a guarantor; or

(9) to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA or otherwise as necessary to comply with applicable law.

Upon the request of the Issuers and any Parent Guarantor accompanied by a resolution of their respective boards of directors or the Board of Directors of CCI authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental Indenture, Notes or Note Guarantee (or an amendment or supplement of any of the foregoing), and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02, the Trustee shall join with the Issuers and any Parent Guarantor in the execution of any amended or supplemental Indenture, Notes or Note Guarantee authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but the Trustee shall not be obligated to enter into such amended or supplemental Indenture, Notes or Note Guarantee that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture, Notes, or Note Guarantee or otherwise.

Section 9.02 With Consent of Holders of Notes. Except as provided below in this Section 9.02, this Indenture, the Notes or any Note Guarantee may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding. This includes consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or a tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes. Any existing Default or compliance with any provision of this Indenture, the Notes or any Note Guarantee (other than any provision relating to the right of any Holder to bring suit for the enforcement of any payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on such Holder’s Notes, on or after the scheduled due dates expressed in the Notes) may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or a tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes). Section 2.08 shall determine which Notes are considered to be “outstanding” for purposes of this Section 9.02.

Upon the request of the Issuers and any Parent Guarantor accompanied by a resolution of their respective boards of directors or the Board of Directors of CCI authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental Indenture, Notes or Note Guarantee (or an amendment or supplement of any of the foregoing), and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders of Notes as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents (if any) described in Section 7.02, the Trustee shall join with the Issuers and any Parent Guarantor in the execution of such amended or supplemental Indenture, Notes or Note Guarantee (or such amendment or supplement) unless such amended or supplemental Indenture, Notes or Note Guarantee (or such amendment or supplement) directly affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture, Notes or Note

Guarantee or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental Indenture, Notes or Note Guarantee (or such amendment or supplement).

It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders of Notes under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.

After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Issuers shall mail to the Holders of Notes affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Issuers to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amended or supplemental Indenture, Notes or Note Guarantee (or such amendment) or waiver. Without the consent of each Holder affected thereby, an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 may not (with respect to any Notes held by such Holder):

(1) reduce the principal amount of such Notes;

(2) change the fixed maturity of such Notes or reduce the premium payable upon redemption of such Notes;

(3) reduce the rate of or extend the time for payment of interest on such Notes;

(4) waive a Default or an Event of Default in the payment of principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration);

(5) make such Notes payable in money other than that stated in such Notes;

(6) make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults applicable to any Notes or the rights of Holders thereof to receive payments of principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on such Notes;

(7) waive a redemption payment with respect to such Notes (other than a payment required by Section 4.11 or 4.16); or

(8) make any change in this Section 9.02.

Section 9.03 Compliance with Trust Indenture Act. Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes shall be set forth in an amended or supplemental Indenture that complies with the TIA as then in effect.

Section 9.04 Revocation and Effect of Consents. Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the

same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the waiver, supplement or amendment becomes effective. After an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, it shall bind every Holder. An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective once both (i) the requisite number of consents have been received by the Issuers or the Trustee and (ii) such amendment, supplement or waiver has been executed by the Company and the Trustee.

The Issuers may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to give their consent or take any other action described above or required or permitted to be taken pursuant to this Indenture. If a record date is fixed, then notwithstanding the immediately preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Holders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those Persons, shall be entitled to give such consent or to revoke any consent previously given or to take any such action, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date.

Section 9.05 Notation on or Exchange of Notes

. The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Issuers in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver.

Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

Section 9.06 Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc. The Trustee shall sign any amended or supplemental Indenture, Notes or Note Guarantee (or an amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing) authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee under this Indenture or otherwise. The Issuers and any Parent Guarantor may not sign an amendment or supplemental Indenture until their respective boards of directors or the Board of Directors of CCI approves it. In executing any amended or supplemental indenture, the Trustee shall be provided with and (subject to Section 7.01) shall be fully protected in relying upon, in addition to the documents required by Section 11.04, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, in each case from each of the Issuers, stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture.

ARTICLE X

GUARANTEE

Section 10.01 Unconditional Guarantee. If any Parent is added as a guarantor, such Parent Guarantor unconditionally guarantees, on a senior unsecured basis, to the Holders of all Notes authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns that: (i) the principal of and interest on the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, subject to any applicable grace period, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal, if any, and interest on any interest, to the extent lawful, of the

Notes and all other Obligations of the Issuers to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder will be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and (ii) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or of any such other Obligations, the same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, subject to any applicable grace period, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Any Parent Guarantor agrees that its obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Issuers, and action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor. Any Parent Guarantor waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of any Issuer, any right to require a proceeding first against an Issuer, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenants that any Note Guarantee will not be discharged except by complete performance of the Obligations contained in the Notes, this Indenture and any Note Guarantee, and waives any and all defenses available to a surety (other than payment in full). If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Issuers or any Parent Guarantor, or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to the Issuers or any Parent Guarantor, any amount paid by the Issuers or any Parent Guarantor to the Trustee or such Holder, any Note Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect. Any Parent Guarantor further agrees that, as between any Parent Guarantor, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 for the purposes of any Note Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the Obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6, such Obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by any Parent Guarantor for the purpose of any Note Guarantee.

Section 10.02 Severability. In case any provision of any Note Guarantee shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

Section 10.03 Waiver of Subrogation. Until all Obligations under the Notes are paid in full, any Parent Guarantor irrevocably waives any claims or other rights which it may now or hereafter acquire against the Issuer that arise from the existence, payment, performance or enforcement of any Parent Guarantor’s Obligations under its Note Guarantee and this Indenture, including any right of subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration, indemnification, and any right to participate in any claim or remedy of any Holder against the Issuers, whether or not such claim, remedy or right arises in equity, or under contract, statute or common law, including the right to take or receive from the Issuers, directly or indirectly, in cash or other property or by setoff or in any other manner, payment or security on account of such claim or other rights. If any amount shall be paid to any Parent Guarantor in violation of the preceding sentence and the Notes shall not have been paid in full, such amount shall have been deemed to have been paid to any Parent Guarantor for the benefit of, and held in trust for the benefit of, the Holders, and shall forthwith be paid to the Trustee for the benefit of the Holders to be credited and applied upon the Notes, whether matured or unmatured, in accordance with the terms of this Indenture.

Section 10.04 Execution of Note Guarantee. To evidence its Note Guarantee to the Holders set forth in this Article 10, any Parent Guarantor agrees to execute the Note Guarantee endorsed on each Note ordered to be authenticated and delivered by the Trustee. Any Parent Guarantor agrees that its Note Guarantee set forth in this Article 10 shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Note Guarantee. Each such Note Guarantee shall be signed on behalf of any Parent Guarantor by one of its authorized Officers prior to the authentication of the Note on which it is endorsed, and the delivery of such Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of such Note Guarantee on behalf of any Parent Guarantor. Such signatures upon any Note Guarantee may be by manual or facsimile signature of such Officer and may be imprinted or otherwise reproduced on any Note Guarantee, and in case any such Officer who shall have signed any Note Guarantee shall cease to be such Officer before the Note on which such Note Guarantee is endorsed shall have been authenticated and delivered by the Trustee or disposed of by the Issuers, such Note nevertheless may be authenticated and delivered or disposed of as though the Person who signed any Note Guarantee had not ceased to be such Officer of any Parent Guarantor.

Section 10.05 Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws. Any Parent Guarantor covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law or any usury law or other law that would prohibit or forgive it from performing any Note Guarantee as contemplated herein, wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, or which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) any Parent Guarantor hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.

ARTICLE XI

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 11.01 Trust Indenture Act Controls. If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by TIA Section 318(c), the imposed duties shall control.

Section 11.02 Notices. Any notice or communication by the Issuers or the Trustee to the others is duly given if in writing and delivered in Person or mailed by first class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), telex, telecopier or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others’ address:

If to the Issuers:

CCH II, LLC

CCH II Capital Corp.

Charter Communications, Inc.

12405 Powerscourt Drive, Suite 100

St. Louis, Missouri 63131

Telecopier No.: (314) 965-6640

Attention: Corporate Secretary

Telecopier No.: (212) 446-4900

Attention: Christian O. Nagler, Esq.

If to the Trustee:

The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, NA

2 North LaSalle Street, Suite 1020

Chicago, Illinois 60602

Telecopier No.: (312) 827-8542

Attention: Corporate Trust Department

The Issuers or the Trustee, by notice to the others may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when answered back, if telexed; when receipt acknowledged, if telecopied; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery.

Any notice or communication to a Holder shall be mailed by first class mail, certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address shown on the register kept by the Registrar. Any notice or communication shall also be so mailed to any Person described in TIA Section 313(c), to the extent required by the TIA. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders.

If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it. If the Issuers mail a notice or communication to Holders, it shall mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time.

Section 11.03 Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes. Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA Section 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Issuers, any Parent Guarantor, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA Section 312(c).

Section 11.04 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. Upon any request or application by the Issuers to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Issuers shall furnish to the Trustee:

(1) an Officers’ Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 11.05) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been satisfied; and

(2) an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 11.05) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied.

Section 11.05 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate provided pursuant to TIA Section 314(a)(4)) shall comply with the provisions of TIA Section 314(e) and shall include:

(1) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

(2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

(3) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been satisfied; and

(4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been satisfied.

Section 11.06 Rules by Trustee and Agents. The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions.

Section 11.07 No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees, Incorporators, Members and Stockholders. No director, officer, employee or incorporator of the Issuers or any Parent Guarantor, as such, and no member or stockholder of the Issuers or any Parent Guarantor, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers or any Parent Guarantor under the Notes, this Indenture, any Note Guarantee or the Registration Rights Agreement, or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of

Notes by accepting a Note and any Note Guarantee waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes and any Note Guarantee.

Section 11.08 Governing Law. THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS INDENTURE AND THE NOTES AND ANY NOTE GUARANTEE WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO THE APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGREES TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE OR THE NOTES OR ANY NOTE GUARANTEE.

Section 11.09 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements. This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Issuers, their Parents or their Subsidiaries or of any other Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.

Section 11.10 Successors. All agreements of the Issuers and any Parent Guarantor in this Indenture and the Notes, as the case may be, shall bind their respective successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors.

Section 11.11 Severability. In case any provision in this Indenture or the Notes, as the case may be, shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

Section 11.12 Counterpart Originals. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

Section 11.13 Table of Contents, Headings, etc. The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and Headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions.

Section 11.14 Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH OF THE ISSUERS AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

Section 11.15 Force Majeure. In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services; it being understood that the Trustee shall use

reasonable efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances.

ARTICLE XII

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

Section 12.01 Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture. This Indenture, the Notes, any Note Guarantee and the Registration Rights Agreement shall cease to be of further effect (except as to any surviving rights of registration of transfer or exchange of Notes herein expressly provided for), and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Issuers, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the Notes, any Note Guarantee and the Registration Rights Agreement, when

(1) either:

(a) all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered (other than (i) Notes which have been destroyed, lost or stolen and which have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 2.07 and (ii) Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Issuers and thereafter repaid to the Issuers or discharged from such trust,) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

(b) all such Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation:

(i) have become due and payable, or

(ii) will become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year, or

(iii) are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuers,

and the Issuers, in the case of (i), (ii) or (iii) above, have deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust for the purpose an amount sufficient to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on such Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal (and premium, if any) and interest to the date of such deposit (in the case of Notes which have become due and payable) or to the maturity or redemption thereof, as the case may be;

(2) the Issuers have paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable hereunder by the Issuers; and

(3) each of the Issuers has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent herein

provided for relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with.

Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture pursuant to this Article 12, the obligations of the Issuers to the Trustee under Section 7.07, and, if money shall have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to subclause (b) of clause (1) of this Section, the obligations of the Trustee under Section 12.02 shall survive such satisfaction and discharge.

Section 12.02 Application of Trust Money. All money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 12.01 shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium, if any) and interest for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee.

[Signatures on following page]

Dated as of , 2009

CCH II, LLC, as an Issuer

By:

_________________________

Name: Eloise Schmitz

Title: Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

CCH II CAPITAL CORP., as an Issuer

By:

_________________________

Name: Eloise Schmitz

Title: Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, NA, as Trustee

By:

_________________________

Name:

Title:

[Signature Page to Indenture]

EXHIBIT A

[Face of Note]

TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES OF CEDE & CO. OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE.3

1	This paragraph should be included only for Regulation S Global Notes.

2	This paragraph should be included only if the Notes are issued in global form.

3	This paragraph should be included only if the Notes are issued in global form.

A-1

STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (3) SO LONG AS THIS SECURITY IS ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”), TO A PERSON WHOM THE TRANSFEROR REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER, IN EACH CASE, TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE OFFER, RESALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (4) TO NON-U.S. PERSONS IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (5) IN ANY OTHER TRANSACTION THAT DOES NOT REQUIRE REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, IN EACH CASE, IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION AND SUBJECT TO THE TRUSTEE OR THE ISSUERS RECEIVING SUCH CERTIFICATES, LEGAL OPINIONS AND OTHER INSTRUMENTS, IN THE CASE OF TRANSFERS PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (3), (4) OR (5), AS MAY BE REQUIRED BY THE INDENTURE.4

4	This paragraph should be removed upon the registration of the Notes pursuant to the terms of a Registration Rights Agreement.

A-2

CUSIP NO. [_________]

13.5% Senior Notes due 2016

No. ___

$[__________________]

CCH II, LLC and CCH II CAPITAL CORP. promise to pay to _________________________________________________________ or its registered assigns, the principal amount of _____________________________________________ Dollars ($______________________________) on [ ] [ ].

Interest Payment Dates: February 15 and August 15

Record Dates: February 1 and August 1

Subject to Restrictions set forth in this Note.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of CCH II, LLC and CCH II Capital Corp. has caused this instrument to be duly executed.

Dated:

CCH II, LLC

By:

________________________

________________________

Name:

Title:

This is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST

COMPANY, NA, as Trustee

By:

________________________

Authorized Signatory

A-3

[Back of Note]

13.5% Senior Notes due 2016

Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

Interest

CCH II, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), and CCH II Capital Corp., a Delaware corporation (“Capital Corp” and, together with the Company, the “Issuers”), promise to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at the rate of 13.50% per annum from the Issue Date until maturity. [The interest rate on the Notes is subject to increase by the amount of Special Interest pursuant to the provisions of the Registration Rights Agreement entered into on the Issue Date.]* The Issuers will pay interest [and Special Interest, if any]* semi-annually in arrears on February 15 and August 15 of each year commencing on February 15, 2010 (each an “Interest Payment Date”), or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day. Interest on the Notes will accrue from and including the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of issuance; provided that if there is no existing Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on the face and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from and including such next succeeding Interest Payment Date. The Issuers shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at the rate then in effect; they shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest [and Special Interest, if any]* (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the same rate. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

2.	Method of Payment

The Issuers shall pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) [and Special Interest, if any]* to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the February 1 or August 1 next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. Payments in respect of the Notes represented by the Global Notes (including principal, premium, [Special Interest]* if any, and interest) will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Global Note holder. With respect to Notes in certificated form, the Issuers will make all payments of principal, premium, [Special Interest]* if any, and interest, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the holders thereof or, if no such account is specified, by mailing a check to each such holder’s registered address. Such payment shall be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

* Applicable only to Notes entitled to the benefit of the Registration Rights Agreement.

A-4

3.	Paying Agent and Registrar

Initially, The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, NA, the Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Issuers may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity.

Indenture

The Issuers issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of November 30, 2009, (the “Indenture”) among the Issuers, any Parent Guarantor and the Trustee. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein are used herein as defined in the Indenture. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S. Code Section 77aaa-77bbbb). The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and such Act for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling unless such provision violated the Trust Indenture Act.

5.	Optional Redemption

(a) Except as set forth in clause (b) and (c) of this paragraph 5, the Issuers shall not have the option to redeem the Notes pursuant to this paragraph 5 prior to November 30, 2012. On November 30, 2012 and thereafter, the Issuers shall have the option to redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, at the applicable redemption prices (expressed as percentages of the principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest [and Special Interest]* thereon, if any, to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on November 30 of the years indicated below:

Year	Percentage
2012		106.75	%
2013		103.375	%
2014		101.6875	%
2015 and thereafter		100.000	%

(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of clause (a) of this Paragraph 5, at any time prior to November 30, 2012, the Issuers may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes (including the principal amount of any Additional Notes) issued under the Indenture on a pro rata basis (or as nearly pro rata as practicable), at a redemption price of 113.50% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings; provided that:

(1) at least 65% of the original aggregate principal amount of Notes (including the principal amount of any Additional Notes) issued under the Indenture must remain

* Applicable only to Notes entitled to the benefit of the Registration Rights Agreement.

A-5

outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption (excluding Notes held by the Company and its Subsidiaries); and

(2) the redemption must occur within 60 days of the date of the closing of such Equity Offering.

(c) Notwithstanding the provisions of clause (a) of this paragraph 5, at any time prior to November 30, 2012, the Notes may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at the option of the Company upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first-class mail to each Holder’s registered address, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of such Notes redeemed plus the relevant Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, to, the applicable redemption date, subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date.

6.	Mandatory Redemption and Repurchase

Except as otherwise provided in Paragraph 7 below, the Issuers shall not be required to make mandatory redemption payments with respect to the Notes or be required to repurchase any of the Notes.

7.	Repurchase at Option of Holder

(a) If there is a Change of Control, the Issuers shall make an offer (a “Change of Control Offer”) to repurchase all or any part (equal to $1.00 in principal amount or an integral multiple thereof) of each Holder’s Notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest [and Special Interest]* thereon, if any, to the date of purchase (the “Change of Control Payment”). Within 10 days following any Change of Control, the Issuers shall mail a notice to each Holder describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and offering to repurchase Notes on the Change of Control Payment Date specified in such notice, pursuant to the procedures required by the Indenture and described in such notice.

(b) If the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof consummates any Asset Sale, the Issuers may be required to offer to purchase the Notes.

8.	Denominations, Transfer, Exchange

The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $1.00 and integral multiples of $1.00. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents, and the Issuers may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Issuers need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption or repurchase, except for the unredeemed or unrepurchased portion of any Note

* Applicable only to Notes entitled to the benefit of the Registration Rights Agreement.

A-6

being redeemed or repurchased in part. Also, the Issuers need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or repurchased or during the period between a record date and the corresponding Interest Payment Date.

9.	Persons Deemed Owners

The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes.

10.	Amendment and Supplement

The Indenture, the Notes or any Note Guarantee may be amended or supplemented only as provided for in the Indenture.

11.	Defaults and Remedies

Each of the following is an Event of Default: (i) default for 30 consecutive days in the payment when due of interest on the Notes, (ii) default in payment when due of the principal of or premium, if any, on the Notes, (iii) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to comply with Sections 4.16 and 5.01 of the Indenture, (iv) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for 30 consecutive days after written notice thereof has been given to the Issuers by the Trustee or to the Issuers and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 25% of the principal amount of the Notes outstanding to comply with any of their other covenants or agreements in the Indenture, (v) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists or is created after the date of the Indenture, if that default: (a) is caused by a failure to pay at final stated maturity the principal amount of such Indebtedness prior to the expiration of the grace period provided in such Indebtedness on the date of such default (a “Payment Default”); or (b) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express maturity, and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $100 million or more, (vi) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay final judgments which are non-appealable aggregating in excess of $100 million (net of applicable insurance which has not been denied in writing by the insurer), which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days or (vii) certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries. In the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the Company, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable without further action or notice. If any other Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by notice to the Issuers or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Issuers and the Trustee may declare all the Notes to be due and payable. Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any

A-7

continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of interest on, or the principal of, the Notes. The Issuers are required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture. Upon becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, the Issuers are required to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default or Event of Default.

12.	Trustee Dealings with Issuers

The Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from, and perform services for the Issuers or their Affiliates, and may otherwise deal with the Issuers or their Affiliates, as if it were not the Trustee.

13.	No Recourse Against Others

A director, officer, employee, incorporator, member or stockholder of either of the Issuers or any Parent Guarantor, as such, shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers or any Parent Guarantor under the Notes, the Indenture, any Note Guarantee or the Registration Rights Agreement or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note and any Note Guarantee waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of the Notes and any Note Guarantees.

14.	Governing Law

THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS NOTE, ANY NOTE GUARANTEE AND THE INDENTURE WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO THE APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AND THE HOLDERS AGREE TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS NOTE, THE INDENTURE OR ANY NOTE GUARANTEE.

15.	Authentication

This Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent.

16.	Abbreviations

Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint

A-8

tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

17.	Additional Rights of Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes

In addition to the rights provided to Holders of Notes under the Indenture, Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes shall have all the rights set forth in the applicable Registration Rights Agreement.

18.	CUSIP Numbers

Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuers have caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

The Issuers will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture and/or the Registration Rights Agreement. Requests may be made to:

CCH II, LLC

CCH II Capital Corp.

c/o Charter Communications, Inc.

12405 Powerscourt Drive Suite 100

St. Louis, Missouri 63131

Attention: Secretary

Telecopier No.: (314) 965-8793

A-9

ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:

(Insert assignee’s legal name)

(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

and irrevocably appoint ________________________________________________ to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuers. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

Date: __________________ Your Signature:

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

Signature Guarantee5:

5	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

A-10

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuers pursuant to Section 4.11 or 4.16 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below:

¨ Section 4.11

¨ Section 4.16

If you want to elect to have only part of the Note purchased by the Issuers pursuant to Section 4.11 or Section 4.16 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased: $_______________.

Date: __________________ Your Signature:

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

Tax Identification No.:

Signature Guarantee6:

* Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

6	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

A-11

CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED UPON EXCHANGE OR

REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER RESTRICTED NOTES

CCH II, LLC

CCH II Capital Corp.

c/o Charter Communications, Inc.

12405 Powerscourt Drive, Suite 100

St. Louis, Missouri 63131

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, NA

2 North LaSalle Street, Suite 1020

Chicago, Illinois 60602

Attention: Corporate Trust Department

Re: CUSIP # _________________

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of[ ], 2009 (the “Indenture”), among CCH II, LLC (the “Company”), CCH II Capital Corp. (“Capital Corp” and, together with the Company, the “Issuers”), and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, NA, as Trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Indenture.

This certificate relates to $_________ principal amount of Notes held in (check applicable space) ____ book-entry or _____ definitive form by the undersigned.

The undersigned __________________ (transferor) (check one box below):

hereby requests the Registrar to deliver in exchange for its beneficial interest in the Global Note held by the Depositary a Note or Notes in definitive, registered form of authorized denominations and an aggregate principal amount equal to its beneficial interest in such Global Note (or the portion thereof indicated above), in accordance with Section 2.06 of the Indenture;

¨	hereby requests the Trustee to exchange or register the transfer of a Note or Notes to _____________ (transferee).

In connection with any transfer of any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate occurring prior to the expiration of the periods referred to in Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the undersigned confirms that such Notes are being transferred in accordance with its terms:

A-12

CHECK ONE BOX BELOW:

(1)	¨ to the Issuers or any of their subsidiaries; or

(2)	¨ pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended; or

(3)

¨ inside the United States to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) that purchases for its own account or for the account of a qualified institutional buyer to whom notice is given that such transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, in each case pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A thereunder; or

(4)	¨ outside the United States in an offshore transaction within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, in compliance with Rule 904 thereunder; or

(5)	¨ in another transaction that does not require registration under the Securities Act.

Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Registrar will refuse to register any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate in the name of any person other than the registered holder thereof.

_______________________

Signature

Signature Guarantee:___________________

(Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guarantee medallion program)

TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (3) ABOVE IS CHECKED.

The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“Rule 144A”), and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A.

——————————————

[Name of Transferee]

Dated: ______________________________

NOTICE: To be executed by an executive officer

A-13

SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE7

The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global Note or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:

Date of Exchange	Amount of decrease in Principal Amount of this Global Note	Amount of increase in Principal Amount of this Global Note	Principal Amount of this Global Note following such decrease (or increase)	Signature of authorized officer of Trustee or Note Custodian

7	Should be included only in Notes issued in global form.

A-14

NOTE GUARANTEE

For value received, the undersigned hereby unconditionally guarantees, on a senior unsecured basis, to the Holder of this Note the cash payments in United States dollars of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on this Note in the amounts and at the times when due and interest on the overdue principal, premium, if any, and interest, if any, of this Note, if lawful, and the payment or performance of all other Obligations of the Issuers under the Indenture or this Note, to the Holder of this Note and the Trustee, in accordance with the Note, Article 10 of the Indenture and this Note Guarantee, including the terms stated in the Note, the Indenture and this Note Guarantee. The validity and enforceability of this Note Guarantee shall not be affected by the fact that it is not affixed to any particular Note. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Indenture dated as of [ ], 2009 among CCH II, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, CCH II Capital Corp., a Delaware corporation, the undersigned, and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, NA, as trustee (as amended or supplemented, the “Indenture”).

THIS NOTE GUARANTEE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK BUT WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAW OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. The undersigned hereby agrees to submit to the jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Note Guarantee.

This Note Guarantee is subject to release upon the terms set forth in the Indenture.

[ ]

By:

______________________

Name:

Title:

A-15

EXHIBIT B

[FORM OF CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED

IN CONNECTION WITH TRANSFERS PURSUANT TO RULE 144A]

CCH II, LLC

CCH II Capital Corp.

c/o Charter Communications, Inc.

12405 Powerscourt Drive, Suite 100

St. Louis, Missouri 63131

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, NA

2 North LaSalle Street, Suite 1020

Chicago, Illinois 60602

Attention: Corporate Trust Department

Re:

CCH II, LLC and CCH II Capital Corp. (the “Issuers”)

13.5% Senior Notes due 2016 (the “Notes”)

Ladies and Gentlemen:

In connection with our proposed sale of $________ aggregate principal amount at maturity of the Notes, we hereby certify that such transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A (“Rule 144A”) under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and, accordingly, we hereby further certify that the Notes are being transferred to a person that we reasonably believe is purchasing the Notes for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such person exercises sole investment discretion, and such person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and such Notes are being transferred in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

You and the Issuers are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.

Very truly yours,

_____________________

[Name of Transferor]

By:

_____________________

Authorized Signature

B-1

EXHIBIT C

[FORM OF CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED

IN CONNECTION WITH TRANSFERS

PURSUANT TO REGULATION S]

CCH II, LLC

CCH II Capital Corp.

c/o Charter Communications, Inc.

12405 Powerscourt Drive, Suite 100

St. Louis, Missouri 63131

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, NA

2 North LaSalle Street, Suite 1020

Chicago, Illinois 60602

Attention: Corporate Trust Department

Re:

CCH II, LLC and CCH II Capital Corp. (the “Issuers”)

13.50% Senior Notes due 2016 (the “Notes”)

Ladies and Gentlemen:

In connection with our proposed sale of $________ aggregate principal amount of the Notes, we confirm that such sale has been effected pursuant to and in accordance with Regulation S under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and, accordingly, we represent that:

(1) the offer of the Notes was not made to a person in the United States;

(2) either (a) at the time the buy order was originated, the transferee was outside the United States or we and any person acting on our behalf reasonably believed that the transferee was outside the United States or (b) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated off-shore securities market and neither we nor any person acting on our behalf knows that the transaction has been pre-arranged with a buyer in the United States;

(3) no directed selling efforts have been made in the United States in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S, as applicable;

(4) the transaction is being made in compliance with any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States or any other applicable jurisdiction; and

C-1

(5) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act and not the result of offers or sales specifically targeted to an identifiable group of U.S. citizens abroad.

If the transfer of the beneficial interest occurs prior to the expiration of the 40-day distribution compliance period set forth in Regulation S, the transferred beneficial interest will be held immediately thereafter through Euroclear or Clearstream.

In addition, if the sale is made during a restricted period and the provisions of Rule 903(c)(3) or Rule 904(c)(1) of Regulation S are applicable thereto, we confirm that such sale has been made in accordance with the applicable provisions of Rule 903(c)(3) or Rule 904(c)(1), as the case may be.

The Issuers and you are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. Terms used in this certificate have the meanings set forth in Regulation S.

Very truly yours,

_______________________

[Name of Transferor]

By:

_______________________

Authorized Signature

C-2

EXHIBIT D

[COMPLETE FORM I OR FORM II AS APPLICABLE.]

[FORM I - To be used by

the owner of a beneficial interest in a Temporary Regulation S Global Note]

CERTIFICATE OF BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP IN CONNECTION WITH EXCHANGES OF TEMPORARY REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTES

CCH II, LLC

CCH II Capital Corp.

c/o Charter Communications, Inc.

12405 Powerscourt Drive, Suite 100

St. Louis, Missouri 63131

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, NA

2 North LaSalle Street, Suite 1020

Chicago, Illinois 60602

Attention: Corporate Trust Department

Re:

13.5% Senior Notes due 2016 (CUSIP [_______])

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of [ ], 2009 (the “Indenture”), among CCH II, LLC (the “Company”), CCH II Capital Corp. (“Capital Corp” and, together with the Company, the “Issuers”), and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, NA, as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

We are the beneficial owner of $____ principal amount of Notes issued under the Indenture and represented by a Temporary Regulation S Global Note.

We hereby certify as follows:

[CHECK A OR B AS APPLICABLE.]

A.	We are a non-U.S. person (within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act).

B.	We are a U.S. person (within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act) that purchased the Notes in a transaction that did not require registration under the Securities Act.

D-1

You are entitled to rely upon this Certificate and are irrevocably authorized to produce this Certificate or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceeding or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.

Very truly yours,

[NAME OF BENEFICIAL OWNER]

By:

_______________________

Name:

Title:

Address:

Date: _________________

D-2

[FORM II - To be used by a Person acting on behalf of an owner of a beneficial interest in a Temporary Regulation Global Note]

CERTIFICATE OF BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP IN CONNECTION WITH EXCHANGES OF TEMPORARY REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTES

CCH II, LLC

CCH II Capital Corp.

c/o Charter Communications, Inc.

12405 Powerscourt Drive, Suite 100

St. Louis, Missouri 63131

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, NA

2 North LaSalle Street, Suite 1020

Chicago, Illinois 60602

Attention: Corporate Trust Department

Re:

13.5% Senior Notes due 2016 (CUSIP [_______])

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of [ ], 2009 (the “Indenture”), among CCH II, LLC (the “Company”), CCH II Capital Corp. (“Capital Corp.” and, together with the Company, the “Issuers”), and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, NA, as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

This is to certify that based solely on certifications we have received in writing, by tested telex or by electronic transmission from institutions appearing in our records as persons being entitled to a portion of the principal amount of Notes represented by a Temporary Regulation S Global Note issued under the above-referenced Indenture, that as of the date hereof, $____ principal amount of Notes represented by the Temporary Regulation S Global Note being submitted herewith for exchange is beneficially owned by persons that are either (i) non-U.S. persons (within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act) or (ii) U.S. persons that purchased the Notes in a transaction that did not require registration under the Securities Act.

We further certify that (i) we are not submitting herewith for exchange any portion of such Temporary Regulation S Global Note excepted in such certifications and (ii) as of the date hereof we have not received any notification from any institution to the effect that the statements made by such institution with respect to any portion of such Temporary Regulation S Global Note submitted herewith for exchange are no longer true and cannot be relied upon as of the date hereof.

D-3

Yours faithfully,

[Name of DTC Participant]

By:

_______________________

Name:

Title:

Address:

Date: _________________

D-4

exhibit10_2.htm

Exhibit 10.2

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

THIS REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made as of November 30, 2009 by and among Charter Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and the parties identified as “Investors” on the signature page hereto and any parties identified on the signature page of any joinder agreements executed and delivered pursuant to Section 11 hereof (each, including the Investors, a “Holder” and, collectively, the “Holders”). Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein are defined in Section 1 hereof.

RECITALS:

Whereas the Company proposes to issue the New Common Stock (as defined below) pursuant to, and upon the terms set forth in, the Plan of Reorganization of Charter Communications, Inc., Charter Investment, Inc. and the direct and indirect subsidiaries of Charter Communications, Inc. (the “Plan”) under chapter 11 of Title 11 of the United States Code. In accordance with the Plan, the Company agrees for the benefit of the Holders, as follows:

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Company and each of the Holders hereby agree as follows:

1. Definitions.

“Affiliate” of any particular Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Person.

“Agreement” has the meaning specified in the first paragraph hereof.

“Automatic Shelf Registration Statement” means an “automatic shelf registration statement” as defined in Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act.

“Board” means the board of directors of the Company.

“Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York City are authorized or required by applicable law or executive order to close.

“Certification” has the meaning specified in Section 13(p).

“Commission” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor governmental agency.

“Company” has the meaning specified in the first paragraph hereof.

“Company Notice” has the meaning specified in Section 2(c).

“control” (including the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”) means, unless otherwise noted, the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting shares, by contract, or otherwise.

“Counsel to the Holders” means, with respect to any Shelf Takedown, the counsel selected by the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities requested to be included in such Shelf Takedown.

“Demand Notice” has the meaning specified in Section 2(c).

“Determination Date” has the meaning specified in Section 2(g).

“Disclosure Package” means, with respect to any offering of securities, (i) the preliminary prospectus, (ii) each Free Writing Prospectus and (iii) all other information, in each case, that is deemed, under Rule 159 promulgated under the Securities Act, to have been conveyed to purchasers of securities at the time of sale of such securities (including a contract of sale).

“Effective Date” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Plan.

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

“Exchange Agreement” means that certain Exchange Agreement, dated as of the Effective Date, entered into by and among the Company, Charter Communications Holding Company, LLC, Paul G. Allen and Charter Investment, Inc., as amended from time to time.

“Follow-On Registration Notice” has the meaning specified in Section 2(h)(i).

“Follow-On Shelf” has the meaning specified in Section 2(h)(i).

“Form S-1 Shelf” has the meaning specified in Section 2(a).

“Form S-3 Shelf” has the meaning specified in Section 2(a).

“Free Writing Prospectus” means any “free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act.

“Hedging Counterparty” means a broker-dealer registered under Section 15(b) of the Exchange Act or an Affiliate thereof.

“Hedging Transaction” means any transaction involving a security linked to the Registrable Securities or any security that would be deemed to be a “derivative security” (as defined in Rule 16a-1(c) promulgated under the Exchange Act) with respect to the Registrable Securities or any transaction (even if not a security) which would (were it a security) be

considered such a derivative security, or which transfers some or all of the economic risk of ownership of the Registrable Securities, including any forward contract, equity swap, put or call, put or call equivalent position, collar, non-recourse loan, sale of an exchangeable security or similar transaction. For the avoidance of doubt, the following transactions shall be deemed to be Hedging Transactions:

(i) transactions by a Holder in which a Hedging Counterparty engages in short sales of Registrable Securities pursuant to a prospectus and may use Registrable Securities to close out its short position;

(ii) transactions pursuant to which a Holder sells short Registrable Securities pursuant to a prospectus and delivers Registrable Securities to close out its short position;

(iii) transactions by a Holder in which the Holder delivers, in a transaction exempt from registration under the Securities Act, Registrable Securities to the Hedging Counterparty who will then publicly resell or otherwise transfer such Registrable Securities pursuant to a prospectus or an exemption from registration under the Securities Act; and

(iv) a loan or pledge of Registrable Securities to a Hedging Counterparty who may then become a selling stockholder and sell the loaned shares or, in an event of default in the case of a pledge, sell the pledged shares, in each case, in a public transaction pursuant to a prospectus.

“Holder” and “Holders” have the meanings give to those terms in the first paragraph hereof.

“Holder Free Writing Prospectus” means each Free Writing Prospectus prepared by or on behalf of the relevant Holder or used or referred to by such Holder in connection with the offering of Registrable Securities.

“Investors” has the meaning specified in the first paragraph hereof.

“Lock-Up Period” has the meaning specified in Section 4(a).

“Losses” has the meaning specified in Section 8(d).

“FINRA” means the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority.

“Membership Units” means limited liability company interests in Charter Communications Holding Company, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company or any successor entity thereto, issued under a Limited Liability Company Agreement as amended from time to time.

“NASDAQ” means the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System.

“New Common Stock” means the shares of Class A Common Stock, par value $.001 per share, of the Company issued on and after the Effective Date and any additional shares of such common stock paid, issued or distributed in respect of any such shares by way of a stock dividend, stock split or distribution, or in connection with a combination of shares, and any such security into which such New Common Stock shall have been converted or exchanged in connection with a recapitalization, reorganization, reclassification, merger, consolidation, exchange, distribution or otherwise.

“Other Holders” has the meaning specified in Section 3(c).

“Person” means an individual, a partnership, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization, a governmental entity or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

“Piggyback Takedown” has the meaning specified in Section 3(a).

“Plan” has the meaning specified in the Recitals.

“Prospectus” means the prospectus used in connection with a Registration Statement.

“Registrable Securities” means at any time any shares of New Common Stock (i) issued on or after the Effective Date to any Holder or (ii) held or “beneficially owned” (as such term is used in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 promulgated under the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any Holder, such Holder shall be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such Holder has the right to acquire, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only upon the occurrence of a subsequent condition), by any Holder, including, without limitation, any New Common Stock issued pursuant to the Plan or upon the conversion, exercise or exchange, as applicable, of any other securities and/or interests issued pursuant to the Plan, including, without limitation, shares of New Common Stock acquired in open market or other purchases after the Effective Date, and shares of New Common Stock issued or issuable upon (A) the conversion of shares of Class B Common Stock, par value $.001 per share, of the Company, (B) the exchange of Membership Units pursuant to the Exchange Agreement, and (C) the exercise of the Warrants; provided, however, that as to any Registrable Securities, such securities shall cease to constitute Registrable Securities upon the earliest to occur of: (w) the date on which such securities are disposed of pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act; (x) the date on which such securities are disposed of pursuant to Rule 144 (or any successor provision) promulgated under the Securities Act; (y) with respect to the Registrable Securities of any Holder, any time that such Holder no longer holds or “beneficially owns” (as defined above) at least 1% of the outstanding New Common Stock; and (z) the date on which such securities cease to be outstanding.

“Registration Expenses” means all expenses (other than underwriting discounts and commissions) arising from or incident to the registration of Registrable Securities in compliance with this Agreement, including, without limitation, (i) Commission, stock exchange, FINRA and other registration and filing fees, (ii) all fees and expenses incurred in connection with complying with any securities or blue sky laws (including, without limitation, fees, charges and

disbursements of counsel in connection with blue sky qualifications of the Registrable Securities), (iii) all printing, messenger and delivery expenses, (iv) the fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the Company and of its independent public accountants and any other accounting and legal fees, charges and expenses incurred by the Company (including, without limitation, any expenses arising from any special audits or “comfort letters” required in connection with or incident to any registration), (v) the fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing of the Registrable Securities on NASDAQ (or any other national securities exchange), (vi) the fees and expenses incurred in connection with any road show for underwritten offerings reasonably expected to be in excess of $75 million in proceeds and (vii) fees, charges and disbursements of Counsel to the Holders, including, for the avoidance of doubt, any expenses of Counsel to the Holders in connection with the filing or amendment of any Registration Statement, Prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus hereunder.

“Registration Notice” has the meaning specified in Section 2(a).

“Registration Statement” means any registration statement filed hereunder or in connection with a Piggyback Takedown.

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time.

“Selling Expenses” means the underwriting fees, discounts, selling commissions and stock transfer taxes applicable to all Registrable Securities registered by the Holders and legal expenses not included within the definition of Registration Expenses.

“Shelf” has the meaning specified in Section 2(a).

“Shelf Registration” means a registration of securities pursuant to a registration statement filed with the Commission in accordance with and pursuant to Rule 415 promulgated under the Securities Act (or any successor rule then in effect).

“Shelf Takedown” means either an Underwritten Shelf Takedown or a Piggyback Takedown.

“Suspension Period” has the meaning specified in Section 2(e)(ii).

“Underwritten Shelf Takedown” has the meaning specified in Section 2(b).

“Warrants” has the meaning specified in the Plan.

“Well-Known Seasoned Issuer” means a “well-known seasoned issuer” as defined in Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act and which (i) is a “well-known seasoned issuer” under paragraph (1)(i)(A) of such definition or (ii) is a “well-known seasoned issuer” under paragraph (1)(i)(B) of such definition and is also eligible to register a primary offering of its securities relying on General Instruction I.B.1 of Form S-3 or Form F-3 under the Securities Act.

2. Shelf Registrations.

(a) Filing. The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to file, on or prior to December 31, 2009, a Registration Statement for a Shelf Registration on Form S-1 covering the resale of the Registrable Securities on a delayed or continuous basis (the “Form S-1 Shelf”). The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the registration statement to become effective by June 30, 2010. The Company shall give written notice of the filing of the Registration Statement at least twenty-five (25) days prior to filing the Registration Statement to all Holders of Registrable Securities (the “Registration Notice”) and shall include in such Registration Statement all Registrable Securities with respect to which the Company has received written requests for inclusion therein within twenty (20) days after sending the Registration Notice. The Company shall maintain the Shelf in accordance with the terms hereof. The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to convert the Form S-1 Shelf (and any Follow-On Shelf) to a Registration Statement for a Shelf Registration on Form S-3 (the “Form S-3 Shelf”, and together with the Form S-1 Shelf (and any Follow-On Shelf), the “Shelf”) as soon as practicable after the Company is eligible to use Form S-3.

(b) Requests for Underwritten Shelf Takedowns. At any time and from time to time after the Shelf has been declared effective by the Commission, any one or more Holders of Registrable Securities may request to sell all or any portion of their Registrable Securities in an underwritten offering that is registered pursuant to the Shelf (each, an “Underwritten Shelf Takedown”); provided that in the case of each such Underwritten Shelf Takedown such Holder or Holders will be entitled to make such demand only if the total offering price of the shares to be sold in such offering (including piggyback shares and before deduction of underwriting discounts) is reasonably expected to exceed, in the aggregate, $25 million.

(c) Demand Notices. All requests for Underwritten Shelf Takedowns shall be made by giving written notice to the Company (the “Demand Notice”). Each Demand Notice shall specify the approximate number of Registrable Securities to be sold in the Underwritten Shelf Takedown and the expected price range (net of underwriting discounts and commissions) of such Underwritten Shelf Takedown. Within five (5) days after receipt of any Demand Notice, the Company shall give written notice of such requested Underwritten Shelf Takedown to all other Holders of Registrable Securities (the “Company Notice”) and, subject to the provisions of Section 2(d) below, shall include in such Underwritten Shelf Takedown all Registrable Securities with respect to which the Company has received written requests for inclusion therein within 20 days after sending the Company Notice.

(d) Priority on Underwritten Shelf Takedowns. The Company shall not include in any Underwritten Shelf Takedown any securities which are not Registrable Securities without the prior written consent of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities requested to be included in the Underwritten Shelf Takedown. If the managing underwriters for such Underwritten Shelf Takedown advise the Company in writing that in their opinion the number of Registrable Securities and, if permitted hereunder, other securities requested to be included in such Underwritten Shelf Takedown exceeds the number of Registrable Securities and other securities, if any, which can be sold in an orderly manner in such offering within a price range acceptable to the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities requested to be included in the Underwritten Shelf

Takedown, the Company shall include in such Underwritten Shelf Takedown the number of Registrable Securities which can be so sold in the following order of priority: (i) first, the Registrable Securities requested to be included in such Underwritten Shelf Takedown, which in the opinion of such underwriter can be sold in an orderly manner within the price range of such offering, pro rata among the respective Holders of such Registrable Securities on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities requested to be included therein by each such Holder, and (ii) second, other securities requested to be included in such Underwritten Shelf Takedown to the extent permitted hereunder.

(e) Restrictions on Underwritten Shelf Takedowns and Use of Registration Statement.

(i) The Company shall not be obligated to effect more than three Underwritten Shelf Takedowns during any period of 12 consecutive months and shall not be obligated to effect an Underwritten Shelf Takedown within 100 days after the pricing of a previous Underwritten Shelf Takedown.

(ii) Upon written notice to the Holders of Registrable Securities, the Company shall be entitled to suspend, for a period of time (each, a “Suspension Period”), the use of any Registration Statement or Prospectus and shall not be required to amend or supplement the Registration Statement, any related Prospectus or any document incorporated therein by reference if the Company determines in its reasonable good faith judgment, after consultation with counsel, that the Registration Statement or any Prospectus may contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omits any fact necessary to make the statements in the Registration Statement or Prospectus not misleading; provided that (A) there are no more than five (5) Suspension Periods in any 12-month period, (B) the duration of all Suspension Periods may not exceed 120 days in the aggregate in any 12-month period, and (C) the Company shall use its good faith efforts to amend the Registration Statement and/or Prospectus to correct such untrue statement or omission as soon as reasonably practicable unless such amendment would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on any proposal or plan of the Company to effect a merger, acquisition, disposition, financing, reorganization, recapitalization or similar transaction, in each case that is material to the Company.

(f) Selection of Underwriters. The Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities requested to be included in an Underwritten Shelf Takedown shall have the right to select the investment banker(s) and manager(s) to administer the offering (which shall consist of one (1) or more reputable nationally recognized investment banks), subject to the Company’s approval which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

(g) Automatic Shelf Registration. Upon the Company becoming a Well-Known Seasoned Issuer, (i) the Company shall give written notice to all of the Holders as promptly as practicable but in no event later than twenty (20) Business Days thereafter, and such notice shall describe, in reasonable detail, the basis on which the Company has become a Well-Known Seasoned Issuer, and (ii) the Company shall, as promptly as practicable, register, under an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement, the sale of all of the Registrable Securities in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to file such Automatic Shelf Registration Statement as promptly as practicable,

but in no event later than thirty (30) Business Days after it becomes a Well-Known Seasoned Issuer, and to cause such Automatic Shelf Registration Statement to remain effective thereafter until there are no longer any Registrable Securities. The Company shall give written notice of filing such Registration Statement to all of the Holders as promptly as practicable thereafter. At any time after the filing of an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement by the Company, if the Company is no longer a Well-Known Seasoned Issuer (the “Determination Date”), within twenty (20) days after such Determination Date, the Company shall (A) give written notice thereof to all of the Holders and (B) file a Registration Statement on an appropriate form (or a post effective amendment converting the Automatic Shelf Registration Statement to an appropriate form) covering all of the Registrable Securities, and use commercially reasonable efforts to have such Registration Statement declared effective as promptly as practicable (but in no event more than 30 days) after the date the Automatic Shelf Registration Statement is no longer useable by the Holders to sell their Registrable Securities.

(h) Additional Selling Stockholders and Additional Registrable Securities.

(i) If the Company is not a Well-Known Seasoned Issuer, within 30 days after a written request by one or more Holders of Registrable Securities to register for resale any additional Registrable Securities owned by such Holders, the Company shall file a Registration Statement substantially similar to the Shelf then effective, if any (each, a “Follow-On Shelf”), to register for resale such Registrable Securities. The Company shall give written notice of the filing of the Follow-On Shelf at least 25 days prior to filing the Follow-On Shelf to all Holders of Registrable Securities (the “Follow-On Registration Notice”) and shall include in such Follow-On Shelf all Registrable Securities with respect to which the Company has received written requests for inclusion therein within twenty (20) days after sending the Follow-On Registration Notice. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to file a Follow-On Shelf (x) if the aggregate amount of Registrable Securities requested to be registered on such Follow-On Shelf by all Holders that have not yet been registered represent less than 1% of the then outstanding New Common Stock or (y) if the Company is not then eligible for use of Form S-3 for secondary offerings and the Company has filed a Follow-On Shelf in the prior 180 days. The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Follow-On Shelf to be declared effective as promptly as practicable and in any event within ninety (90) days of filing such Follow-On Shelf. Any Registrable Securities requested to be registered pursuant to this Section 2(h)(i) that have not been registered on a Shelf or pursuant to Section 3 below at the time the Follow-On Shelf is filed shall be registered pursuant to such Follow-On Shelf.

(ii) If the Company is a Well-Known Seasoned Issuer, within twenty (20) Business Days after a written request by one or more Holders of Registrable Securities to register for resale any additional Registrable Securities owned by such Holders, the Company shall make all necessary filings to include such Registrable Securities in the Automatic Shelf Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 2(g).

(iii) If a Form S-3 Shelf or Automatic Shelf Registration Statement is effective, within five (5) Business Days after written request therefor by a Holder of Registrable Securities, the Company shall file a prospectus supplement or current report on Form 8-K

to add such Holder as a selling stockholder in such Form S-3 Shelf or Automatic Shelf Registration Statement to the extent permitted under the rules and regulations promulgated by the Commission.

(i) Other Registration Rights. Except as expressly contemplated by the Plan, the Company represents and warrants that it is not a party to, or otherwise subject to, any other agreement granting registration rights to any other Person with respect to any securities of the Company.

3. Piggyback Takedowns.

(a) Right to Piggyback. Whenever the Company proposes to register any of its securities, or proposes to offer any of its New Common Stock pursuant to a registration statement in an underwritten offering of New Common Stock under the Securities Act (a “Piggyback Takedown”), the Company shall give prompt written notice to all Holders of Registrable Securities of its intention to effect such Piggyback Takedown. In the case of a Piggyback Takedown that is an underwritten offering under a shelf registration statement, such notice shall be given not less than five (5) Business Days prior to the expected date of commencement of marketing efforts for such Piggyback Takedown. In the case of a Piggyback Takedown that is an underwritten offering under a registration statement that is not a shelf registration statement, such notice shall be given not less than five (5) Business Days prior to the expected date of filing of such registration statement. The Company shall, subject to the provisions of Sections 3(b) and (c) below, include in such Piggyback Takedown, as applicable, all Registrable Securities with respect to which the Company has received written requests for inclusion therein within five (5) days after sending the Company’s notice. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Company may determine not to proceed with any Piggyback Takedown upon written notice to the Holders of Registrable Securities requesting to include their Registrable Securities in such Piggyback Takedown.

(b) Priority on Primary Piggyback Takedowns. If a Piggyback Takedown is an underwritten primary registration on behalf of the Company, and the managing underwriters for a Piggyback Takedown advise the Company in writing that in their reasonable opinion the number of securities requested to be included in such Piggyback Takedown exceeds the number which can be sold in an orderly manner in such offering within a price range acceptable to the Company, the Company shall include in such Piggyback Takedown the number which can be so sold in the following order of priority: (i) first, the securities the Company proposes to sell, (ii) second, the Registrable Securities requested to be included in such Piggyback Takedown (pro rata among the Holders of such Registrable Securities on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities requested to be included therein by each such Holder), and (iii) third, other securities requested to be included in such Piggyback Takedown.

(c) Priority on Secondary Piggyback Takedowns. If a Piggyback Takedown is an underwritten secondary registration on behalf of holders of the Company’s securities (“Other Holders”), and the managing underwriters advise the Company in writing that in their opinion the number of securities requested to be included in such Piggyback Takedown exceeds the number which can be sold in an orderly manner in such offering within a price range acceptable to the Other Holders, the Company shall include in such registration the number which can be so

sold in the following order of priority: (i) first, the securities requested to be included therein by the Other Holders requesting such registration and the Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration, pro rata among the holders of any such securities and Registrable Securities on the basis of the number of securities and Registrable Securities so requested to be included therein by each such holder, and (ii) second, other securities requested to be included in such registration.

(d) Selection of Underwriters. If any Piggyback Takedown is an underwritten offering, the Company will have the sole right to select the investment banker(s) and manager(s) for the offering.

4. Holdback Agreements.

(a) Holders of Registrable Securities. In connection with any Shelf Takedown or other underwritten public offering of equity securities by the Company, no Holder who “beneficially owns” (as such term is defined under and determined pursuant to Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) five percent (5%) or more of the outstanding shares of New Common Stock shall effect any public sale or distribution (including sales pursuant to Rule 144) of equity securities of the Company, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for such securities, without prior written consent from the Company, during the seven (7) days prior to and the 90-day period beginning on the date of pricing of such Shelf Takedown (the “Lock-Up Period”), except as part of the Shelf Takedown, and (i) unless the underwriters managing the Shelf Takedown or other underwritten public equity offering by the Company otherwise agree by written consent and (ii) only if such Lock-Up Period is applicable on substantially similar terms to the Company and the executive officers and directors of the Company; provided that nothing herein will prevent any Holder that is a partnership or corporation from making a distribution of Registrable Securities to the partners or stockholders thereof or a transfer to an Affiliate that is otherwise in compliance with the applicable securities laws, so long as such distributees or transferees agree to be bound by the restrictions set forth in this Section 4(a). Each Holder agrees to execute a lock-up agreement in favor of the Company’s underwriters to such effect and, in any event, that the Company’s underwriters in any relevant Shelf Takedown shall be third party beneficiaries of this Section 4(a). The provisions of this Section 4(a) will no longer apply to a Holder once such Holder ceases to hold Registrable Securities.

(b) The Company. In connection with any Shelf Takedown, the Company shall not effect any public sale or distribution of its equity securities, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for such securities (except pursuant to registrations on Form S-8 or Form S-4 under the Securities Act), during the seven (7) days prior to and the 90-day period beginning on the date of pricing of such Shelf Takedown.

5. Company Undertakings. Whenever Registrable Securities are registered pursuant to this Agreement, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to effect the registration and the sale of such Registrable Securities as soon as reasonably practicable in accordance with the intended method of disposition thereof, and pursuant thereto the Company shall as expeditiously as possible:

(a) before filing a Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto, at the Company’s expense, furnish to the Holders whose securities are covered by the Registration Statement copies of all such documents, other than documents that are incorporated by reference, proposed to be filed and such other documents reasonably requested by such Holders, which documents shall be subject to the review and comment of the counsel to such Holders;

(b) notify each Holder of Registrable Securities of the effectiveness of each Registration Statement and prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements to such Registration Statement and the Prospectus used in connection therewith as may be necessary to keep such Registration Statement effective for a period ending on the date on which all Registrable Securities have been sold under the Registration Statement applicable to such Shelf Registration or have otherwise ceased to be Registrable Securities, and comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such Registration Statement during such period in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the sellers thereof set forth in such Registration Statement;

(c) furnish to each seller of Registrable Securities, and the managing underwriters, without charge, such number of copies of the applicable Registration Statement, each amendment and supplement thereto, the Prospectus included in such Registration Statement (including each preliminary Prospectus, final Prospectus, and any other Prospectus (including any Prospectus filed under Rule 424, Rule 430A or Rule 430B promulgated under the Securities Act and any “issuer free writing prospectus” as such term is defined under Rule 433 promulgated under the Securities Act)), all exhibits and other documents filed therewith and such other documents as such seller or such managing underwriters may reasonably request including in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such seller, and upon request, a copy of any and all transmittal letters or other correspondence to or received from, the Commission or any other governmental authority relating to such offer;

(d) use its commercially reasonable efforts (i) to register or qualify such Registrable Securities under such other securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as any seller reasonably requests, (ii) to keep such registration or qualification in effect for so long as such Registration Statement remains in effect, and (iii) to do any and all other acts and things which may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable such seller to consummate the disposition in such jurisdictions of the Registrable Securities owned by such seller (provided that the Company shall not be required to (i) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this subsection, (ii) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction or (iii) consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction);

(e) notify each seller of such Registrable Securities, Counsel to the Holders and the managing underwriters (i) at any time when a Prospectus relating to the applicable Registration Statement is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, (A) upon discovery that, or upon the happening of any event as a result of which, such Registration Statement, or the Prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus relating to such Registration Statement, or any document incorporated or deemed to be incorporated therein by reference contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits any fact necessary to make the statements in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus relating thereto not misleading or otherwise requires

the making of any changes in such Registration Statement, Prospectus, Free Writing Prospectus or document, and, at the request of any such seller and subject to Section 2(e)(ii) hereof, the Company shall promptly prepare a supplement or amendment to such Prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus, furnish a reasonable number of copies of such supplement or amendment to each seller of such Registrable Securities, Counsel to the Holders and the managing underwriters and file such supplement or amendment with the Commission so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such Registrable Securities, such Prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus as so amended or supplemented shall not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, (B) as soon as the Company becomes aware of any request by the Commission or any Federal or state governmental authority for amendments or supplements to a Registration Statement or related Prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus covering Registrable Securities or for additional information relating thereto, (C) as soon as the Company becomes aware of the issuance or threatened issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending or threatening to suspend the effectiveness of a Registration Statement covering the Registrable Securities or (D) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification or exemption from qualification of any Registrable Security for sale in any jurisdiction, or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose; and (ii) when each Registration Statement or any amendment thereto has been filed with the Commission and when each Registration Statement or the related Prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus or any Prospectus supplement or any post effective amendment thereto has become effective.

(f) use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause all such Registrable Securities (i) if the New Common Stock is then listed on a securities exchange or included for quotation in a recognized trading market, to continue to be so listed or included, (ii) if the New Common Stock is not then listed on a securities exchange or included for quotation in a recognized trading market, to, as promptly as practicable (subject to the limitations set forth in the Plan), and in no event later than the effective date of the Form S-1 Shelf filed pursuant to Section 2(a), be listed on NASDAQ or another national securities exchange, and (iii) to be registered with or approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary to enable the sellers thereof to consummate the disposition of the Registrable Securities;

(g) provide and cause to be maintained a transfer agent and registrar for all such Registrable Securities from and after the effective date of the applicable Registration Statement;

(h) enter into and perform under such customary agreements (including underwriting agreements in customary form, including customary representations and warranties and provisions with respect to indemnification and contribution) and take all such other actions as the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities included in such Shelf Takedown or the underwriters, if any, reasonably request in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities (including effecting a stock split, a combination of shares, or other recapitalization) and provide reasonable cooperation, including causing appropriate officers to attend and participate in “road shows” and other information meetings organized by the underwriters, if any; provided, that the Company shall have no obligation to participate in “road shows” in connection with any Underwritten Shelf Takedown in which the total offering price of the Registrable Securities to be sold therein is less than $75,000,000; provided, further, that the

Company shall have no obligation to participate in more than two “road shows” in any twelve-month period;

(i) for a reasonable period prior to the filing of any Registration Statement or the commencement of marketing efforts for a Shelf Takedown, as applicable, pursuant to this Agreement, make available for inspection and copying by any Holder of Registrable Securities, Counsel to the Holders, any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such Registration Statement or Shelf Takedown, as applicable, and any other attorney, accountant or other agent retained by any such Holder or underwriter, all financial and other records and pertinent corporate documents of the Company, and cause the Company’s officers, directors, employees and independent accountants to supply all information and participate in any due diligence sessions reasonably requested by any such Holder, underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent in connection with such Registration Statement or Shelf Takedown, as applicable, provided that recipients of such financial and other records and pertinent corporate documents agree in writing to keep the confidentiality thereof pursuant to a written agreement reasonably acceptable to the Company and the applicable underwriter (which shall contain customary exceptions thereto);

(j) permit any Holder of Registrable Securities, Counsel to the Holders, any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to a Registration Statement, and any other attorney, accountant or other agent retained by such Holder of Registrable Securities or underwriter, to participate (including, but not limited to, reviewing, commenting on and attending all meetings) in the preparation of such Registration Statement and any Prospectus supplements relating to a Shelf Takedown, if applicable;

(k) in the event of the issuance or threatened issuance of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement, or of any order suspending or preventing the use of any related Prospectus or suspending the qualification of any New Common Stock included in such Registration Statement for sale in any jurisdiction, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts promptly to (i) prevent the issuance of any such stop order, and in the event of such issuance, to obtain the withdrawal of such order and (ii) obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending or preventing the use of any related Prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus or suspending qualification of any Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement for sale in any jurisdiction at the earliest practicable date;

(l) in connection with any Shelf Takedown, obtain and furnish to each such Holder of Registrable Securities including Registrable Securities in such Shelf Takedown a signed counterpart of (i) a cold comfort letter from the Company’s independent public accountants and (ii) a legal opinion of counsel to the Company addressed to the relevant underwriters and/or such Holders of Registrable Securities, in each case in customary form and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by such letters as the managing underwriters and/or Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities included in such Shelf Takedown reasonably request;

(m) with respect to each Free Writing Prospectus or other materials to be included in the Disclosure Package, ensure that no Registrable Securities be sold “by means of” (as defined in Rule 159A(b) promulgated under the Securities Act) such Free Writing Prospectus or other materials without the prior written consent of a majority of the Holders of the Registrable

Securities that are being sold pursuant to such Free Writing Prospectus, which Free Writing Prospectuses or other materials shall be subject to the review of Counsel to the Holders; provided, however, the Company shall not be responsible or liable for any breach by a Holder that has not obtained the prior written consent of the Company pursuant to Section 13(q);

(n) provide a CUSIP number for the Registrable Securities prior to the effective date of the first Registration Statement including Registrable Securities;

(o) promptly notify in writing the Holders, the sales or placement agent, if any, therefor and the managing underwriters of the securities being sold, (i) when such Registration Statement or related Prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus or any Prospectus amendment or supplement or post effective amendment has been filed, and, with respect to any such Registration Statement or any post effective amendment, when the same has become effective and (ii) of any written comments by the Commission and by the blue sky or securities commissioner or regulator of any state with respect thereto;

(p) (i) prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements to each Registration Statement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act, including post effective amendments to each Registration Statement as may be necessary to keep such Registration Statement continuously effective for the applicable time period required hereunder and if applicable, file any Registration Statements pursuant to Rule 462(b) promulgated under the Securities Act; (ii) cause the related Prospectus to be supplemented by any required Prospectus supplement, and as so supplemented to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 (or any similar provisions then in force) promulgated under the Securities Act; (iii) comply with the provisions of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and any applicable securities exchange or other recognized trading market with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such Registration Statement during such period in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the sellers thereof set forth in such Registration Statement as so amended or in such Prospectus as so supplemented; and (iv) provide additional information related to eachRegistration Statement as requested by, and obtain any required approval necessary from, the Commission or any Federal or state governmental authority.

(q) cooperate with each Holder of Registrable Securities and each underwriter participating in the disposition of such Registrable Securities and underwriters’ counsel in connection with any filings required to be made with FINRA;

(r) within the deadlines specified by the Securities Act, make all required filing fee payments in respect of any Registration Statement or Prospectus used under this Agreement (and any offering covered thereby);

(s) if requested by any participating Holder of Registrable Securities or the managing underwriters, promptly include in a Prospectus supplement or amendment such information as the Holder or managing underwriters may reasonably request, including in order to permit the intended method of distribution of such securities, and make all required filings of such Prospectus supplement or such amendment as soon as reasonably practicable after the Company has received such request;

(t) in the case of certificated Registrable Securities, cooperate with the participating Holders of Registrable Securities and the managing underwriters to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates (not bearing any legends) representing Registrable Securities to be sold after receiving written representations from each participating Holder that the Registrable Securities represented by the certificates so delivered by such Holder will be transferred in accordance with the Registration Statement, and enable such Registrable Securities to be in such denominations and registered in such names as the Holders or managing underwriters may reasonably request at least two (2) Business Days prior to any sale of Registrable Securities; and use its commercially reasonable efforts to take all other actions necessary to effect the registration and sale of the Registrable Securities contemplated hereby.

(u) use its commercially reasonable efforts to take all other actions necessary to effect the registration and sale of the Registrable Securities contemplated hereby.

6. Registration Expenses. All Registration Expenses shall be borne by the Company. All Selling Expenses relating to Registrable Securities registered shall be borne by the Holders of such Registrable Securities pro rata on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities sold.

7. Hedging Transactions.

(a) The Company agrees that, in connection with any proposed Hedging Transaction, if, in the reasonable judgment of Counsel to the Holders, it is necessary or desirable to have a Registration Statement under the Securities Act cover such Hedging Transaction or sales or transfers (whether short or long) of Registrable Securities in connection therewith, then the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to take such actions (which may include the filing of a prospectus supplement to include additional or changed information that is material or is otherwise required to be disclosed, including a description of such Hedging Transaction, the name of the Hedging Counterparty, identification of the Hedging Counterparty or its Affiliates as underwriters or potential underwriters, if applicable, or any change to the plan of distribution, but shall not include the filing of a post-effective amendment to a Registration Statement) as may reasonably be required to have such Hedging Transaction or sales or transfers of Registrable Securities in connection therewith covered by a Registration Statement under the Securities Act in a manner consistent with the rights and obligations of the Company hereunder.

(b) All Registration Statements in which Holders may include Registrable Securities under this Agreement shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 7. The selection of any Hedging Counterparty shall not be subject to Section 2(f), but the Hedging Counterparty shall be selected by the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities subject to the Hedging Transaction that is proposed to be effected.

(c) If in connection with a Hedging Transaction, a Hedging Counterparty or any Affiliate thereof is (or may be considered) an underwriter or selling stockholder, then it shall be required to provide customary indemnities to the Company regarding the plan of distribution and like matters.

(d) The Company further agrees to include, under the caption “Plan of Distribution” (or the equivalent caption), in each Registration Statement, and any related Prospectus (to the extent such inclusion is permitted under applicable Commission regulations and is consistent with comments received from the Commission during any Commission review of the Registration Statement), language substantially in the form of Schedule I hereto and to include in each prospectus supplement filed in connection with any proposed Hedging Transaction language mutually agreed upon by the Company, the relevant Holders and the Hedging Counterparty describing such Hedging Transaction.

(e) In connection with a Hedging Transaction, each Hedging Counterparty shall be treated in the same manner as a managing underwriter for purposes of Section 5 of this Agreement.

8. Indemnification; Contribution.

(a) The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Holder of Registrable Securities, the Affiliates, directors, officers, employees, members, managers and agents of each such Holder and each Person who controls any such Holder within the meaning of either the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses to which they or any of them may become subject insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in a Registration Statement as originally filed or in any amendment thereof, or the Disclosure Package, or any preliminary, final or summary Prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus included in any such Registration Statement, or in any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and agrees to reimburse each such indemnified party, as incurred, for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action (whether or not the indemnified party is a party to any proceeding); provided, however, that the Company will not be liable in any case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage, liability or expense arises (i) out of or is based upon any such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made therein in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of any such Holder specifically for inclusion therein including, without limitation, any notice and questionnaire, or (ii) out of sales of Registrable Securities made during a Suspension Period after notice is given pursuant to Section 2(e)(ii) hereof. This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which the Company may otherwise have.

(b) Each Holder severally (and not jointly) agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company and each of its Affiliates, directors, employees, members, managers and agents and each Person who controls the Company within the meaning of either the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which they or any of them may become subject insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in a Registration Statement as originally filed or in any amendment thereof, or in the Disclosure Package or any Holder Free Writing

Prospectus, preliminary, final or summary Prospectus included in any such Registration Statement, or in any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, to the extent, but only to the extent, that any such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission is contained in any written information relating to such Holder furnished to the Company by or on behalf of such Holder specifically for inclusion therein; provided, however, that the total amount to be indemnified by such Holder pursuant to this Section 8(b) shall be limited to the net proceeds (after deducting underwriters’ discounts and commissions) received by such Holder in the offering to which such Registration Statement or Prospectus relates. This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which any such Holder may otherwise have.

(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 8 of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under this Section 8, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof; but the failure so to notify the indemnifying party (i) will not relieve it from liability under paragraph (a) or (b) above unless and to the extent such action and such failure results in material prejudice to the indemnifying party and forfeiture by the indemnifying party of substantial rights and defenses; and (ii) will not, in any event, relieve the indemnifying party from any obligations to any indemnified party other than the indemnification obligation provided in paragraph (a) or (b) above. The indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it shall wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel satisfactory to such indemnified party (who shall not, except with the consent of the indemnified party, be counsel to the indemnifying party), and, except as provided in the next sentence, after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election to so assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to such indemnified party for any legal expenses of other counsel or any other expenses subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation. Notwithstanding the indemnifying party’s rights in the prior sentence, the indemnified party shall have the right to employ its own counsel (and one local counsel), and the indemnifying party shall bear the reasonable fees, costs and expenses of such separate counsel if (i) the use of counsel chosen by the indemnifying party to represent the indemnified party would present such counsel with a conflict of interest; (ii) the actual or potential defendants in, or targets of, any such action include both the indemnified party and the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it and/or other indemnified parties which are different from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party; (iii) the indemnifying party shall not have employed counsel satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party within a reasonable time after notice of the institution of such action; or (iv) the indemnifying party shall authorize the indemnified party to employ separate counsel at the expense of the indemnifying party. No indemnifying party shall, in connection with any one action or separate but substantially similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general circumstances or allegations, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm of attorneys (in addition to any local counsel) for all indemnified parties. An indemnifying party shall not be liable under this Section 8 to any indemnified party regarding any settlement or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any pending or threatened claim, action, suit or proceeding in respect of

which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties to such claim or action) unless such settlement, compromise or consent is consented to by such indemnifying party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. No indemnifying party, in the defense of any such claim or litigation, shall, except with the consent of each indemnified party, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement or compromise that does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff therein, to such indemnified party, of a full and final release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation.

(d) In the event that the indemnity provided in Section 8(a) or Section 8(b) above is unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party for any reason, then each applicable indemnifying party agrees to contribute to the aggregate losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating or defending same) (collectively, “Losses”) to which such indemnifying party may be subject in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the indemnifying party on the one hand and by the indemnified party on the other from the offering of the New Common Stock. If, however, the allocation provided by the immediately preceding sentence is not permitted by applicable law, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to such amount paid or payable by such indemnified party in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such relative benefits but also the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and the indemnified party on the other in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof), as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party on the one hand or the indemnified party on the other and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The parties agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 8(d) were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Holders of Registrable Securities or any agents or underwriters or all of them were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above in this Section 8(d). The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to above in this Section 8(d) shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 8(d), no Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. For purposes of this Section 8, each Person who controls any Holder of Registrable Securities, agent or underwriter within the meaning of either the Securities Act or the Exchange Act and each director, officer, employee and agent of any such Holder, agent or underwriter shall have the same rights to contribution as such Holder, agent or underwriter, and each Person who controls the Company within the meaning of either the Securities Act or the Exchange Act and each officer and director of the Company shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company, subject in each case to the applicable terms and conditions of this Section 8(d).

(e) The provisions of this Section 8 will remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any Holder of Registrable Securities or the Company or any of the officers, directors or controlling Persons referred to in this Section 8 hereof, and will survive the transfer of Registrable Securities.

(f) To the extent any indemnification by an indemnifying party is prohibited or limited by law, the indemnifying party agrees to make the maximum contribution with respect to any amounts for which it would otherwise be liable under Section 8 to the fullest extent permitted by law; provided, however, that: (i) no Person involved in the sale of Registrable Securities which Person is guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the 1933 Act) in connection with such sale shall be entitled to contribution from any Person involved in such sale of Registrable Securities who was not guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation; and (ii) contribution by any seller of Registrable Securities shall be limited in amount to the net amount of proceeds received by such seller from the sale of such Registrable Securities pursuant to such Shelf Registration.

9. Participation in Underwritten Offering/Sale of Registrable Securities.

(a) No Person may participate in any underwritten offering hereunder unless such Person (i) agrees to sell such Person’s securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements in customary form entered into pursuant to this Agreement and (ii) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements; provided that no Holder of Registrable Securities included in any underwritten registration shall be required to make any representations or warranties to the Company or the underwriters (other than representations and warranties regarding (1) such Holder’s ownership of its Registrable Securities to be sold or transferred, (2) such Holder’s power and authority to effect such transfer and (3) such matters pertaining to compliance with securities laws as may be reasonablyrequested) or to undertake any indemnification obligations to the Company with respect thereto, except as otherwise provided in Section 8(b) hereof, or to the underwriters with respect thereto, except to the extent of the indemnification being given to the Company and its controlling persons in Section 8(b) hereof.

(b) Each Person that has securities registered on a Registration Statement filed hereunder agrees that, upon receipt of any notice contemplated in Section 2(e)(ii), such Person will forthwith discontinue the disposition of its Registrable Securities pursuant to the applicable Registration Statement.

10. Rule 144 and Rule 144A; Other Exemptions. With a view to making available to the Holders of Registrable Securities the benefits of Rule 144 and Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act and other rules and regulations of the Commission that may at any time permit a Holder of Registrable Securities to sell securities of the Company to the public without registration, the Company covenants that it will (i) file in a timely manner all reports and other documents required, if any, to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations adopted thereunder and (ii) make available information necessary to comply with Rule 144 and Rule 144A, if available with respect to resales of the Registrable Securities under the Securities Act, at all times, all to the extent required from time to time to

enable such Holder to sell Registrable Securities without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by (x) Rule 144 and Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act (if available with respect to resales of the Registrable Securities), as such rules may be amended from time to time or (y) any other rules or regulations now existing or hereafter adopted by the Commission. Upon the reasonable request of any Holder of Registrable Securities, the Company will deliver to such Holder a written statement as to whether it has complied with such information requirements, and, if not, the specific reasons for non-compliance.

11. Transfer of Registration Rights. The rights of a Holder hereunder may be transferred, assigned, or otherwise conveyed on a pro rata basis in connection with any transfer, assignment, or other conveyance of Registrable Securities to any transferee or assignee; provided that all of the following additional conditions are satisfied: (a) such transfer or assignment is effected in accordance with applicable securities laws; (b) such transferee or assignee agrees in writing to become subject to the terms of this Agreement; and (c) the Company is given written notice by such Holder of such transfer or assignment, stating the name and address of the transferee or assignee and identifying the Registrable Securities with respect to which such rights are being transferred or assigned.

12. Amendment, Modification and Waivers; Further Assurances

(a) Amendment. This Agreement may be amended with the consent of the Company and the Company may take any action herein prohibited, or omit to perform any act herein required to be performed by it, only if the Company shall have obtained the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding to such amendment, action or omission to act; provided that no such amendment, action or omission that adversely affects, alters or changes the interests of any Holder shall be effective against such Holder without the prior written consent of such Holder.

(b) Effect of Waiver. No waiver of any terms or conditions of this Agreement shall operate as a waiver of any other breach of such terms and conditions or any other term or condition, nor shall any failure to enforce any provision hereof operate as a waiver of such provision or of any other provision hereof. No written waiver hereunder, unless it by its own terms explicitly provides to the contrary, shall be construed to effect a continuing waiver of the provisions being waived and no such waiver in any instance shall constitute a waiver in any other instance or for any other purpose or impair the right of the party against whom such waiver is claimed in all other instances or for all other purposes to require full compliance with such provision. The failure of any party to enforce any provision of this Agreement shall not be construed as a waiver of such provision and shall not affect the right of such party thereafter to enforce each provision of this Agreement in accordance with its terms.

(c) Further Assurances. Each of the parties hereto shall execute all such further instruments and documents and take all such further action as any other party hereto may reasonably require in order to effectuate the terms and purposes of this Agreement.

13. Miscellaneous.

(a) No Inconsistent Agreements. The Company shall not hereafter enter into any agreement with respect to its securities which is inconsistent with or violates the rights granted to the Holders of Registrable Securities in this Agreement.

(b) Adjustments Affecting Registrable Securities. The Company shall not take any action, or permit any change to occur, with respect to its securities which would materially and adversely affect the ability of the Holders of Registrable Securities to include such Registrable Securities in a registration undertaken pursuant to this Agreement or which would materially and adversely affect the marketability of such Registrable Securities in any such registration (including effecting a stock split or a combination of shares).

(c) Remedies; Specific Performance. Any Person having rights under any provision of this Agreement shall be entitled to enforce such rights specifically, to recover damages caused by reason of any breach of any provision of this Agreement and to exercise all other rights existing in their favor. The parties hereto agree and acknowledge that money damages would not be an adequate remedy for any breach of the provisions of this Agreement and that any party may in its sole discretion apply to any court of law or equity of competent jurisdiction for specific performance and/or injunctive relief (without posting any bond or other security) in order to enforce or prevent violation of the provisions of this Agreement and shall not be required to prove irreparable injury to such party or that such party does not have an adequate remedy at law with respect to any breach of this Agreement (each of which elements the parties admit). The parties hereto further agree and acknowledge that each and every obligation applicable to it contained in this Agreement shall be specifically enforceable against it and hereby waives and agrees not to assert any defenses against an action for specific performance of their respective obligations hereunder. All rights and remedies existing under this Agreement are cumulative to, and not exclusive of, any rights or remedies available under this Agreement or otherwise.

(d) Successors and Assigns. All covenants and agreements in this Agreement by or on behalf of any of the parties hereto shall bind and inure to the benefit of the respective successors and assigns of the parties hereto (including any trustee in bankruptcy) whether so expressed or not. In addition, whether or not any express assignment has been made, the provisions of this Agreement which are for the benefit of purchasers or Holders of Registrable Securities are also for the benefit of, and enforceable by, any subsequent Holder of Registrable Securities. No assignment or delegation of this Agreement by the Company, or any of the Company’s rights, interests or obligations hereunder, shall be effective against any Holder without the prior written consent of such Holder.

(e) Severability. Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of this Agreement.

(f) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two or more counterparts, any one of which need not contain the signatures of more than one party, but all such counterparts taken together shall constitute one and the same Agreement.

(g) Descriptive Headings; Interpretation; No Strict Construction. The descriptive headings of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a substantive part of this Agreement. Whenever required by the context, any pronoun used in this Agreement shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms, and the singular forms of nouns, pronouns, and verbs shall include the plural and vice versa. Reference to any agreement, document, or instrument means such agreement, document, or instrument as amended or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, and, if applicable, hereof. The words “include”, “includes” or “including” in this Agreement shall be deemed to be followed by “without limitation”. The use of the words “or,” “either” or “any” shall not be exclusive. The parties hereto have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. If an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties hereto, and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any of the provisions of this Agreement. All references to laws, rules, regulations and forms in this Agreement shall be deemed to be references to such laws, rules, regulations and forms, as amended from time to time or, to the extent replaced, the comparable successor thereto in effect at the time. All references to agencies, self-regulatory organizations or governmental entities in this Agreement shall be deemed to be references to the comparable successors thereto from time to time.

(h) Governing Law. This Agreement and the exhibits and schedules hereto shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law rules or provisions (whether of the State of New York or any other jurisdiction) to the extent such rules or provisions would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of New York.

(i) Notices. All notices, demands or other communications to be given or delivered under or by reason of the provisions of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given when (a) delivered personally to the recipient, (b) telecopied or sent by facsimile to the recipient, or (c) one (1) Business Day after being sent to the recipient by reputable overnight courier service (charges prepaid). Such notices, demands and other communications shall be sent to the Company at the address set forth below and to any Holder of Registrable Securities at the address set forth on the signature page hereto, or at such address or to the attention of such other Person as the recipient party has specified by prior written notice to the sending party. The Company’s address is:

Charter Communications, Inc.

12405 Powerscourt Drive

St. Louis, Missouri 63131

Attention: General Counsel

with copies to:

Attn: Christian O. Nagler, Esq.

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

601 Lexington Avenue

New York, NY 10022-4611

Facsimile: (212) 446-4900

Notices to the Holders shall be sent to:

Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP

1285 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10019-6064

Attention:

Facsimile:

and to:

Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP

300 South Grand Avenue

Los Angeles, CA 90071

Attention: Nicholas P. Saggese

Facsimile: (213) 687-5600

If any time period for giving notice or taking action hereunder expires on a day which is a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday in the State of New York or the jurisdiction in which the Company’s principal office is located, the time period shall automatically be extended to the Business Day immediately following such Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday.

(j) Delivery by Facsimile. This Agreement, the agreements referred to herein, and each other agreement or instrument entered into in connection herewith or therewith or contemplated hereby or thereby, and any amendments hereto or thereto, to the extent signed and delivered by means of a facsimile machine or other electronic means, shall be treated in all manner and respects as an original agreement or instrument and shall be considered to have the same binding legal effect as if it were the original signed version thereof delivered in person. At the request of any party hereto or to any such agreement or instrument, each other party hereto or thereto shall reexecute original forms thereof and deliver them to all other parties. No party hereto or to any such agreement or instrument shall raise the use of a facsimile machine or other electronic means to deliver a signature or the fact that any signature or agreement or instrument was transmitted or communicated through the use of a facsimile machine or other electronic means as a defense to the formation or enforceability of a contract and each such party forever waives any such defense.

including contract claims, tort claims and all other common law and statutory claims. Each party hereto acknowledges that this waiver is a material inducement to enter into this Agreement, that each has already relied on this waiver in entering into this Agreement, and that each will continue to rely on this waiver in their related future dealings. Each party hereto further warrants and represents that it has reviewed this waiver with its legal counsel and that it knowingly and voluntarily waives its jury trial rights following consultation with legal counsel. THIS WAIVER IS IRREVOCABLE, MEANING THAT IT MAY NOT BE MODIFIED EITHER ORALLY OR IN WRITING (OTHER THAN BY A MUTUAL WRITTEN WAIVER SPECIFICALLY REFERRING TO THIS SECTION 13(k) AND EXECUTED BY EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO), AND THIS WAIVER SHALL APPLY TO ANY SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENTS, RENEWALS, SUPPLEMENTS OR MODIFICATIONS TO THIS AGREEMENT. In the event of litigation, this Agreement may be filed as a written consent to a trial by the court.

(l) Arm’s Length Agreement. Each of the parties to this Agreement agrees and acknowledges that this Agreement has been negotiated in good faith, at arm’s length, and not by any means prohibited by law.

(m) Sophisticated Parties; Advice of Counsel. Each of the parties to this Agreement specifically acknowledges that (a) it is a knowledgeable, informed, sophisticated Person capable of understanding and evaluating the provisions set forth in this Agreement and (ii) it has been fully advised and represented by legal counsel of its own independent selection and has relied wholly upon its independent judgment and the advice of such counsel in negotiating and entering into this Agreement.

(n) Entire Agreement. This Agreement, together with Schedule I attached hereto, and any certificates, documents, instruments and writings that are delivered pursuant hereto, constitutes the entire agreement and understanding of the parties in respect of the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior understandings, agreements or representations by or among the parties, written or oral, to the extent they relate in any way to the subject matter hereof.

(o) Attorneys’ Fees. In the event of litigation or other proceedings in connection with or related to this Agreement, the prevailing party in such litigation or proceeding shall be entitled to reimbursement from the opposing party of all reasonable expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses of investigation in connection with such litigation or proceeding.

(p) Certification. Within fifteen (15) Business Days following receipt of written request from the Company by any Holder (which request shall not be made more than twice in any calendar year), such Holder shall certify to the Company that such Holder continues to hold Registrable Securities (the “Certification”). If a Holder fails to provide the Certification within the fifteen (15) Business Day period referred to in the immediately preceding sentence, the Company reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to remove such Holder’s Registrable Securities from a Registration Statement within fifteen (15) Business Days after receipt by such Holder of a second written notice specifying that the Holder may be removed from such Registration Statement unless such Holder provides the Certification within such subsequent fifteen (15) Business Day period.

(q) FWP Consent. No Holder shall use a Holder Free Writing Prospectus without the prior written consent of the Company, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

(r) Notification of Status. Each Holder shall provide written notice to the Company within ten (10) Business Days from the first day on which the Holder no longer holds Registrable Securities.

(s) Termination. The obligations of the Company and of any Holder, other than those obligations contained in Section 8, shall terminate with respect to the Company and such Holder as soon as both (A) such Holder no longer holds any Registrable Securities and (B) such Holder is no longer an Affiliate of the Company or otherwise subject to the volume limitations set forth in Rule 144(e) promulgated under the Securities Act or any successor provision.

* * * * *

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Registration Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

CHARTER COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

By: _________________________

Its: _________________________

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

INVESTORS

[Name]

By: _________________________

Its: _________________________ ;

Address:

[ ]

Facsimile:

[Name]

By: _________________________

Its: _________________________ ;

Address:

[ ]

Facsimile:

[Name]

By: _________________________

Its: _________________________ ;

Address:

[ ]

Facsimile:

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

SCHEDULE I

Plan of Distribution

A selling stockholder may also enter into hedging and/or monetization transactions. For example, a selling stockholder may:

(a)

enter into transactions with a broker-dealer or affiliate of a broker-dealer or other third party in connection with which that other party will become a selling stockholder and engage in short sales of the common stock under this prospectus, in which case the other party may use shares of common stock received from the selling stockholder to close out any short positions;

(b)	itself sell short common stock under this prospectus and use shares of common stock held by it to close out any short position;

(c)

enter into options, forwards or other transactions that require the selling stockholder to deliver, in a transaction exempt from registration under the Securities Act, common stock to a broker-dealer or an affiliate of a broker-dealer or other third party who may then become a selling stockholder and publicly resell or otherwise transfer that common stock under this prospectus; or

(d)

loan or pledge common stock to a broker-dealer or affiliate of a broker-dealer or other third party who may then become a selling stockholder and sell the loaned shares or, in an event of default in the case of a pledge, become a selling stockholder and sell the pledged shares, under this prospectus.

exhibit10_3.htm

Exhibit 10.3

CCH II, LLC,

CCH II CAPITAL CORP.

EXCHANGE AND REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

EXCHANGE AND REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated as of November 30, 2009, by and among CCH II, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and CCH II Capital Corp., a Delaware corporation (collectively, the “Issuers”) and the undersigned Investors (as defined below).

WHEREAS:

Where as the Issuers propose to issue 13.50% Senior Notes due 2016 (the “Notes”) pursuant to, and upon the terms set forth in, the Plan of Reorganization of Charter Communications, Inc, its subsidiaries, and Charter Investment, Inc. (the “Plan”) under chapter 11 of Title 11 of the United States Code. In accordance with the Plan, the Issuers, jointly and severally, agree for the benefit of the Investors, as follows:

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Issuers and each of the holders hereby agree as follows:

1. Certain Definitions. For purposes of this Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:

“Agreement” shall mean this Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement.

“Base Interest” shall mean the interest that would otherwise accrue on the Notes under the terms thereof and the Indenture, without giving effect to the provisions of this Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement.

“beneficial owner” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), such “person” will be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such “person” has the right to acquire by conversion or exercise of other securities, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only upon the occurrence of a subsequent condition. The term “beneficially own” has a corresponding meaning.

“broker-dealer” shall mean any broker or dealer registered with the Commission under the Exchange Act.

“Certification” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 7(p).

“Closing Date” shall mean the date on which the Notes are initially issued.

“Commission” shall mean the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, or any other federal agency at the time administering the Exchange Act or the Securities Act, whichever is the relevant statute for the particular purpose.

“Definitive Notes” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Indenture.

“Effective Time” in with respect to any Registration Statement means the time and date as of which the Commission declares such Registration Statement effective or as of which such Registration Statement otherwise becomes effective.

“Electing Holder” shall mean any holder of Registrable Securities that has returned a completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire to the Issuers in accordance with Section 3(e)(ii) hereof.

“Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or any successor thereto, and the rules, regulations and forms promulgated thereunder, all as the same shall be amended from time to time.

“Exchange Notes” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(a) hereof.

“Exchange Offer” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(a) hereof.

“Exchange Offer Registration” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 3(c) hereof.

“Exchange Offer Registration Statement” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(a) hereof.

“Free Writing Prospectus” means any “free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act.

“holder” shall mean, unless the context otherwise indicates, each of the holders who acquired Registrable Securities from the Issuers and any transferees thereof, in each case for so long as such person is a registered holder of any Registrable Securities.

“Indenture” shall mean the indenture governing the Notes, dated as of the Closing Date.

“Notes” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto. Unless the context otherwise requires, all references to a “Note” or “Notes” include any related Note Guarantee.

“Note Guarantee” means, in respect of any Notes or Exchange Notes, the related guarantee thereof by a Parent.

“Notice and Questionnaire” means a Notice of Registration Statement and Selling Securityholder Questionnaire substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto.

“Parent” means Charter Communications, Inc. or any direct or indirect subsidiary of the foregoing, 100% of the voting stock of which is owned directly or indirectly by Charter Communications, Inc.

“Person” shall mean a corporation, association, partnership, organization, limited liability company, business, individual, government or political subdivision thereof or governmental agency.

“Registrable Securities” shall mean the Notes and the Exchange Notes; provided, however, that a Note or Exchange Note shall cease to be a Registrable Security when (i) in the circumstances contemplated by Section 2(a) hereof, such Exchange Note has been issued in exchange for a Note to a holder other than a Restricted Holder in the Exchange Offer as contemplated in Section 2(a) hereof; (ii) in the circumstances contemplated by Section 2(b) hereof, a Shelf Registration Statement registering such Note or Exchange Note under the Securities Act has been declared or becomes effective and such Note or Exchange Note has been sold or otherwise transferred by the holder thereof pursuant to and in a manner contemplated by such effective Shelf Registration Statement; (iii) such Note or Exchange Note is sold pursuant to Rule 144 under circumstances in which any legend borne by such Note or Exchange Note relating to restrictions on transferability thereof, under the Securities Act or otherwise, is removed by the Issuers or pursuant to the Indenture; (iv) after the earlier of (a) the date the Exchange Offer is consummated, and (b) the date that is one (1) year after the date of this Agreement, the holder of such Note or Exchange Note, as applicable, is eligible to dispose of all of the Notes and Exchange Notes held by such holder within a three (3) month period pursuant to Rule 144(e) (or any successor provision thereto); or (v) such Note or Exchange Note shall cease to be outstanding.

“Registration Default” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(c) hereof.

“Registration Default Period” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(c) thereof.

“Registration Expenses” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 4 hereof.

“Registration Statement” means any registration statement filed as contemplated hereunder.

“Restricted Holder” shall mean (i) a holder that is an affiliate of the Issuers within the meaning of Rule 405 or Rule 144, (ii) a holder who acquires Exchange Notes outside the ordinary course of such holder’s business, (iii) a holder who has arrangements or understandings with any person to participate in the Exchange Offer for the purpose of distributing Exchange Notes and (iv) a holder that is a broker-dealer, but only with respect to Exchange Notes received by such broker-dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer in exchange for Registrable Securities acquired by the broker-dealer directly from the Issuers.

“Rule 144,” “Rule 405” and “Rule 415” shall mean, in each case, such rule promulgated under the Securities Act (or any successor provision), as the same shall be amended from time to time.

“Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, or any successor thereto, and the rules, regulations and forms promulgated thereunder, all as the same shall be amended from time to time.

“Shelf Registration” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(b) hereof.

“Shelf Registration Statement” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(b) hereof.

“Special Interest” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(c) hereof.

“Suspension Period” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 3(f) hereof.

“Transfer Restricted Notes” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(c) hereof.

“Trigger Date” means the effective date of the Plan.

“Trust Indenture Act” shall mean the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, or any successor thereto, and the rules, regulations and forms promulgated thereunder, all as the same shall be amended from time to time.

Unless the context otherwise requires, any reference herein to a “Section” or “clause” refers to a Section or clause, as the case may be, of this Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, and the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement as a whole and not to any particular Section or other subdivision.

For the avoidance of doubt, the term “Notes” as used herein refers only to the Notes issued pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.

2. Registration Under the Securities Act.

(a) Except as set forth in Section 2(b) below, the Issuers shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to file under the Securities Act, on or prior to January 15, 2010, a Registration Statement relating to an offer to exchange (such registration statement, the “Exchange Offer Registration Statement”, and such offer, the “Exchange Offer”) any and all of the Notes that are Definitive Notes at the time the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is declared effective by the Commission, for a like aggregate principal amount of notes issued by the Issuers, which notes are substantially identical in all material respects to the Notes (and are entitled to the benefits of the Indenture which has been qualified under the Trust Indenture Act), except that they have been registered pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and do not contain provisions for the additional interest contemplated in Section 2(c) below (such notes, collectively, the “Exchange Notes”). Unless the context otherwise requires, all references to an “Exchange Note” or “Exchange Notes” include any related Note Guarantee. The Issuers agree to use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Exchange Offer Registration Statement to become or be declared effective under the Securities Act as soon as practicable but in no event later than June 30, 2010. The Exchange Offer will be registered under the Securities Act on the appropriate form and will comply with the Exchange Act. The Issuers further agree to use their commercially reasonable efforts to complete the Exchange Offer as soon as practicable but in no event later than sixty (60) business days (or longer, if required by the federal securities laws), after such Registration Statement has become effective, hold the Exchange Offer open for at least twenty (20) business days (calculated in accordance with the Exchange Act) and exchange the Exchange Notes for all Registrable Securities that have been properly tendered and not withdrawn on or prior to the expiration of the Exchange Offer. The Exchange Offer will be deemed to have been completed only if the Exchange Notes received by holders, other than Restricted Holders, in the Exchange Offer in exchange for Registrable Securities are, upon receipt, transferable by each such holder without restriction under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and without material restrictions under the blue sky or securities laws of a substantial majority of the States of the United States of America. The Exchange Offer shall be deemed to have been completed upon the earlier to occur of (i) the Issuers having exchanged the Exchange Notes for all outstanding Registrable Securities pursuant to the Exchange Offer and (ii) the Issuers having exchanged, pursuant to the Exchange Offer, Exchange Notes for all Registrable Securities that have been properly tendered and not withdrawn before the expiration of the Exchange Offer. Within five (5) business days following completion of the Exchange Offer, the Issuers shall provide a copy of the Notice and Questionnaire to each holder of Exchange Notes through the facilities of the Depository Trust Company, together with a notice (x) stating that any holder of Exchange Notes that continues to hold Registrable Securities has registration rights pursuant to Section 2(d) of this Agreement and (y) containing instructions as to how such holder may exercise such registration rights.

(b) The Issuers shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to, as soon as practicable after the Trigger Date, but in no event later than June 30, 2010, file a “shelf” registration statement providing for the registration of, and the sale on a continuous or delayed basis by the holders of, all the Registrable Securities, which Registrable Securities are held by Restricted Holders, pursuant to Rule 415 or any similar rule that may be adopted by the Commission (such filing, the “Shelf Registration” and such Registration Statements, collectively, the “Shelf Registration Statement”). The Issuers agree to use their commercially reasonable

efforts (x) to cause the Shelf Registration Statement to become or be declared effective by the Commission as soon as practicable but in no event later than ninety (90) days after such obligation to file arises and to keep such Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective for a period ending at such time as there are no longer any Registrable Securities outstanding; provided, however, that no holder shall be entitled to be named as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement or to use the prospectus forming a part thereof for resales of Registrable Securities unless such holder is an Electing Holder and a Restricted Holder, and (y) after the Effective Time of the Shelf Registration Statement, promptly upon the request of any holder of Registrable Securities that is not then an Electing Holder, to take any action reasonably necessary to enable such holder to use the prospectus forming a part thereof for resales of Registrable Securities, including, without limitation, any action necessary to identify such holder as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement; provided, however, that nothing in this clause (y) shall relieve any such holder of the obligation to return a completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire to the Issuers in accordance with Section 3(e)(iii) hereof. The Issuers further agree to supplement or make amendments to the Shelf Registration Statement, as and when required by the rules, regulations or instructions applicable to the registration form used by the Issuers for such Shelf Registration Statement or by the Securities Act for shelf registration, and the Issuers agree to furnish to each Electing Holder copies of any such supplement or amendment prior to its being used or promptly following its filing with the Commission.

(c) In the event that (i) the Issuers have not filed the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement on or before the date on which such registration statement is required to be filed pursuant to Section 2(a) or 2(b), respectively, or (ii) such Exchange Offer Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement has not become effective or been declared effective by the Commission on or before the date on which such registration statement is required to become or be declared effective pursuant to Section 2(a) or 2(b), respectively, or (iii) the Exchange Offer has not been consummated within sixty (60) business days after the initial effective date of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement (if the Exchange Offer is then required to be made) or (iv) any Shelf Registration Statement required by Section 2(b) hereof is filed and becomes or is declared effective but shall thereafter either be withdrawn by either of the Issuers or shall become subject to an effective stop order issued pursuant to Section 8(d) of the Securities Act suspending the effectiveness of such registration statement (except as specifically permitted herein) without being succeeded immediately by an additional registration statement filed and declared effective (each such event referred to in clauses (i) through (iv), a “Registration Default” and each period during which a Registration Default has occurred and is continuing, a “Registration Default Period”), then, as liquidated damages for such Registration Default, subject to the provisions of Section 7(c), special interest (“Special Interest”), in addition to the Base Interest, shall accrue on the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Transfer Restricted Notes (as defined below) affected by such Registration Default at a per annum rate of 0.25% for the first ninety (90) days of the Registration Default Period, and at a per annum rate of 0.50% thereafter for the remaining portion of the Registration Default Period. All accrued Special Interest shall be paid in cash by the Issuers on each Interest Payment Date (as defined in the Indenture). Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Registration Default shall not be deemed to have occurred as a result of a failure to file or have declared effective an Exchange Offer Registration Statement or as a result of a failure to consummate the Exchange Offer if (x) on or prior to the time the Exchange Offer is completed (A) existing law or Commission policy or interpretations are changed such that the

Exchange Notes received by holders, other than Restricted Holders, in the Exchange Offer in exchange for Registrable Securities are not or would not be, upon receipt, transferable by each such holder without restriction under the Securities Act or (B) the Commission does not permit the Exchange Offer to be consummated because Registrable Securities have been registered on the Shelf Registration Statement and (y) the Issuers are then in compliance with Section 2(d). The parties hereto agree that the Special Interest provided for in this Section 2(c) constitutes a reasonable estimate of the damage that will be suffered by holders of Registrable Securities by reason of the happening of any Registration Default. Upon the occurrence of a Registration Default, the Issuers shall send a notice to all holders stating that a Registration Default has occurred, describing the nature of the Registration Default and stating that holders shall have fifteen (15) business days to identify to the Issuers, including, without limitation, through the use of a temporary CUSIP identification, such holder’s Transfer Restricted Notes entitled to Special Interest. Any holder who holds Transfer Restricted Notes that does not identify itself to the Issuers during the fifteen (15) business day period following such notice delivery (which notice shall be deemed delivered once delivered through the facilities of the Depository Trust Company) shall not be entitled to receive any Special Interest with respect to the related Registration Default; provided, however, that after any Interest Payment Date on which such holder did not receive Special Interest related to such Registration Default, such holder shall be entitled to receive Special Interest, if any, related to such Registration Default with respect to future interest payment periods on future Interest Payment Dates if it identifies itself to the Issuers as holding Transfer Restricted Notes entitled to such Special Interest within fifteen (15) business days following any Interest Payment Date on which it did not receive Special Interest. Notwithstanding the foregoing and anything in this Agreement to the contrary, in the case of an event referred to in clause (ii) above, a “Registration Default” shall be deemed not to have occurred so long as the Issuers have used and are continuing to use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Exchange Offer Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement, as the case may be, to become or be declared effective. For purposes of this Agreement, “Transfer Restricted Notes” shall mean, with respect to any Registration Default, any Notes or Exchange Notes which have not ceased being Registrable Securities pursuant to the definition thereof in Section 1 of this Agreement.

(d) If (i) on or prior to the time the Exchange Offer is completed, (A) existing law or Commission policy or interpretations are changed such that the Exchange Notes received by holders, other than Restricted Holders, in the Exchange Offer in exchange for Registrable Securities are not or would not be, upon receipt, transferable by each such holder without restriction under the Securities Act or (B) the Commission does not permit the Exchange Offer to be consummated because Registrable Securities have been registered on the Shelf Registration Statement, (ii) after completion of the Exchange Offer as contemplated by this Agreement, one or more Restricted Holders give written notice to the Issuers that they hold Exchange Notes that continue to be Registrable Securities, or (iii) the Exchange Offer has not been completed by April 15, 2010, the Issuers shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to (1) file a “shelf” Registration Statement on the appropriate form (or amend the existing Shelf Registration Statement) to register for resale on a delayed or continuous basis under Rule 415 any Registrable Securities not already registered for resale under the Shelf Registration Statement as soon as practicable, but in no event more than forty-five (45) days after the occurrence of one of the events set forth in clauses (i), (ii), or (iii) immediately above, and (2) have such Registration Statement (or post effective amendment) be declared effective as soon as practicable, but in no

event more than one-hundred fifty (150) days after the occurrence of such event and keep such Registration Statement (or post effective amendment) continuously effective for a period ending at such time as there are no longer any Registrable Securities outstanding; provided, however, that, except as provided in the immediately following sentence, no holder shall be entitled to be named as a selling securityholder in any such Registration Statement (or post effective amendment) or to use the prospectus forming a part thereof for resales of Registrable Securities unless such holder (x) is an Electing Holder or (y) in the case of a post effective amendment, is at such time already named as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement. After the Effective Time of such Registration Statement (or post effective amendment), promptly upon the request of any holder of Registrable Securities that is not then an Electing Holder, the Issuers shall take any action reasonably necessary to enable such holder to use the prospectus forming a part thereof for resales of Registrable Securities, including, without limitation, any action necessary to identify such holder as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement; provided, however, that nothing in this sentence shall relieve any such holder of the obligation to return a completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire to the Issuers in accordance with Section 3(e)(iii) hereof. The Issuers further agree to supplement or make amendments to such Registration Statement (or post effective amendment), as and when required by the rules, regulations or instructions applicable to the registration form used by the Issuers for such Registration Statement or by the Securities Act for shelf registration, and the Issuers agree to furnish to each Electing Holder copies of any such supplement or amendment prior to its being used or promptly following its filing with the Commission. With respect to any Registration Statement filed pursuant to this Section 2(d), the Issuers shall comply with subparagraphs (ii) through (xvi) of Section 3(e) as if such Registration Statement were a Shelf Registration Statement. With respect to the event described in (iii) above, such registration shall be in lieu of conducting the Exchange Offer contemplated by Section 2(a).

(e) The Issuers shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to take all actions necessary or advisable to be taken by them to ensure that the transactions contemplated herein are effected as so contemplated in Section 2(a) or 2(b) hereof.

(f) Any reference herein to a Registration Statement as of any time shall be deemed to include any document incorporated, or deemed to be incorporated, therein by reference as of such time and any reference herein to any post-effective amendment to a registration statement as of any time shall be deemed to include any document incorporated, or deemed to be incorporated, therein by reference as of such time.

3. Registration Procedures. If the Issuers file a Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2(a) or Section 2(b), the following provisions shall apply:

(a) At or before the Effective Time of the Exchange Offer or the Shelf Registration, as the case may be, the Issuers shall cause the Indenture to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act if not already qualified.

(b) In the event that such qualification would require the appointment of a new trustee under the Indenture, the Issuers shall appoint a new trustee thereunder pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Indenture.

(c) In connection with the Issuers’ obligations with respect to the registration of Exchange Notes as contemplated by Section 2(a) (the “Exchange Offer Registration”); if applicable, the Issuers shall, as soon as practicable (or as otherwise specified):

(i) prepare, file with the Commission and have declared effective, within the time periods specified in Section 2(a), an Exchange Offer Registration Statement on any form which may be utilized by the Issuers and which shall permit the Exchange Offer to be effected as contemplated by Section 2(a);

(ii) as soon as practicable, prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements to such Exchange Offer Registration Statement and the prospectus included therein as may be necessary to effect and maintain the effectiveness of such Exchange Offer Registration Statement for the periods and purposes contemplated in Section 2(a) hereof and as may be required by the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission and the instructions applicable to the form of such Exchange Offer Registration Statement; and

(iii) promptly notify the holders, and confirm such advice in writing, (A) when such Exchange Offer Registration Statement or the prospectus included therein or any prospectus amendment or supplement or post-effective amendment has been filed, and, with respect to such Exchange Offer Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment, when the same has become effective, (B) of any comments by the Commission and by the blue sky or securities commissioner or regulator of any state with respect thereto, or any request by the Commission for amendments or supplements to such Exchange Offer Registration Statement or prospectus or for additional information, (C) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of such Exchange Offer Registration Statement or the initiation or, to the knowledge of the Issuers, threatening of any proceedings for that purpose, (D) if at any time the Representations and Warranties of the Issuers contemplated by Section 5 hereof cease to be true and correct in all material respects, or (E) of the receipt by the Issuers of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Exchange Notes for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or, to the knowledge of the Issuers, threatening of any proceeding for such purpose;

(iv) use their commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of such Exchange Offer Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto as soon as practicable;

(v) to the extent necessary, use their commercially reasonable efforts to (A) register or qualify the Exchange Notes under the securities laws or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as are contemplated by Section 2(a) no later than the commencement of the Exchange Offer and (B) keep such registrations or qualifications in effect and comply with such laws so as to permit the continuance of offers, sales and dealings therein in such jurisdictions until the completion of the Exchange Offer; provided, however, that neither of the Issuers shall be required for any such purpose to (1) qualify as a foreign corporation or limited liability company, as the case may be, in any jurisdiction wherein it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for the

requirements of this Section 3(c)(v), (2) consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction or (3) make any changes to its certificate of incorporation or by-laws (or other organizational document) or any agreement between it and holders of its ownership interests;

(vi) use their commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the consent or approval of each governmental agency or authority, whether federal, state or local, which may be required to effect the Exchange Offer Registration and the Exchange Offer;

(vii) provide a CUSIP number for all Exchange Notes, not later than the applicable Effective Time;

(viii) comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission, and make generally available to their securityholders as soon as practicable but no later than eighteen months after the effective date of such Exchange Offer Registration Statement, an earnings statement of the Issuers and their subsidiaries complying with Section 11(a) of the Securities Act (including, at the option of the Issuers, Rule 158 thereunder);

(ix) mail to each holder a copy of the prospectus forming part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, together with an appropriate letter of transmittal and related documents;

(x) utilize the services of a depositary for the Exchange Offer which may be the Trustee, any new trustee under the Indenture, or an affiliate of any of them;

(xi) permit holders to withdraw tendered Notes at any time prior to the close of business, New York time, on the last business day on which the Exchange Offer is open; and

(xii) prior to the Effective Time, provide a supplemental letter to the Commission as contemplated in Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation (pub. avail. May 13, 1988) and Morgan Stanley and Co., Inc. (pub. avail. June 5, 1991).

(d) As soon as practicable after the close of the Exchange Offer, the Issuers shall:

(i) accept for exchange all Registrable Securities tendered and not validly withdrawn pursuant to the Exchange Offer;

(ii) deliver to the Trustee for cancellation all Notes so accepted for exchange; and

(iii) cause the Trustee promptly to authenticate and deliver to each holder a principal amount of Exchange Notes equal to the principal amount of the Registrable Securities of such holder so accepted for exchange.

(e) In connection with the Issuers’ obligations with respect to the Shelf Registration, if applicable, the Issuers shall, as soon as practicable (or as otherwise specified):

(i) prepare and file with the Commission within the time periods specified in Section 2(b), a Shelf Registration Statement on any form which may be utilized by the Issuers and which shall register all the Registrable Securities for resale by the holders thereof in accordance with such method or methods of disposition as may be specified by such of the holders as, from time to time, may be Electing Holders and use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Shelf Registration Statement to become or be declared effective within the time periods specified in Section 2(b);

(ii) not less than thirty (30) calendar days prior to the anticipated Effective Time of the Shelf Registration Statement, mail the Notice and Questionnaire to the holders of Registrable Securities; except as provided in Section 2(b) and Section 2(d) and as contemplated by Section 3(e)(iii), no holder shall be entitled to be named as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement as of the Effective Time, and no holder shall be entitled to use the prospectus forming a part thereof for resales of Registrable Securities at any time, unless such holder has returned a completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire to the Issuers by the deadline for response set forth therein; provided, however, holders of Registrable Securities shall have at least twenty (20) calendar days from the date on which the Notice and Questionnaire is first mailed to such holders to return a completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire to the Issuers;

(iii) after the Effective Time of the Shelf Registration Statement, upon the request of any holder of Registrable Securities that is not then an Electing Holder, promptly send a Notice and Questionnaire to such holder; provided that the Issuers shall not be required to take any action to name such holder as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement or to enable such holder to use the prospectus forming a part thereof for resales of Registrable Securities until such holder has returned a completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire to the Issuers;

(iv) as soon as practicable prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements to such Shelf Registration Statement and the prospectus included therein as may be necessary to effect and maintain the effectiveness of such Shelf Registration Statement for the period specified in Section 2(b) and as may be required by the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission and the instructions applicable to the form of such Shelf Registration Statement, and furnish to the Electing Holders copies of any such supplement or amendment simultaneously with or prior to its being used or filed with the Commission;

(v) comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all the Registrable Securities covered by such Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the Electing Holders provided for in such Shelf Registration Statement;

(vi) provide the Electing Holders in advance of filing thereof with the Commission, a draft of such Shelf Registration Statement, each prospectus included

therein or filed with the Commission and each amendment or supplement thereto (including any documents incorporated by reference therein after the initial filing), in each case in substantially the form to be filed with the Commission, and shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to reflect in each such document, when so filed with the Commission, such comments as are reasonably proposed;

(vii) promptly notify each of the holders and the Electing Holders, and confirm such advice in writing, (A) when such Shelf Registration Statement or the prospectus included therein or any prospectus amendment or supplement or post-effective amendment has been filed, and, with respect to such Shelf Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment, when the same has become effective, (B) of any comments by the Commission and by the blue sky or securities commissioner or regulator of any state with respect thereto, or any request by the Commission for amendments or supplements to such Shelf Registration Statement or prospectus or for additional information, (C) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of such Shelf Registration Statement or the initiation or, to the knowledge of the Issuers, threatening of any proceedings for that purpose, (D) of the receipt by the Issuers of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Registrable Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or, to the knowledge of the Issuers, threatening of any proceeding for such purpose or (E) if at any time when a prospectus is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, that such Shelf Registration Statement, prospectus, prospectus amendment or supplement or post-effective amendment does not conform in all material respects to the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act, or contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing;

(viii) use their commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of such Shelf Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto as soon as practicable;

(ix) if requested by any Electing Holder, promptly incorporate in a prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment such information as is required by the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission, and as such Electing Holder specifies should be included therein relating to the terms of the sale of such Registrable Securities, including, without limitation, information (i) with respect to the principal amount of Registrable Securities being sold by such Electing Holder, the name and description of such Electing Holder, the offering price of such Registrable Securities, and any discount, commission or other compensation payable in respect thereof and (ii) with respect to any other material terms of the offering of the Registrable Securities to be sold by such Electing Holder; and make all required filings of such prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment upon notification of the matters to be incorporated in such prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment;

(x) furnish to each Electing Holder a copy of such Shelf Registration Statement, each such amendment and supplement thereto (in each case including all exhibits thereto upon request and documents incorporated by reference therein) and such

number of copies of such Shelf Registration Statement (excluding exhibits thereto and documents incorporated by reference therein unless specifically so requested by such Electing Holder) and of the prospectus included in such Shelf Registration Statement (including, without limitation, each preliminary prospectus and any summary prospectus), in conformity in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act, and such other documents, as such Electing Holder may reasonably request in order to facilitate the offering and disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such Electing Holder and to permit such Electing Holder to satisfy the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act; and the Issuers hereby consent to the use of such prospectus (including, without limitation, such preliminary and summary prospectus) and any amendment or supplement thereto by each such Electing Holder, in each case in the form most recently provided to such person by the Issuers, in connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Securities covered by the prospectus (including, without limitation, such preliminary and summary prospectus) or any supplement or amendment thereto;

(xi) use their commercially reasonable efforts to (A) register or qualify the Registrable Securities to be included in such Shelf Registration Statement under such securities laws or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as any Electing Holder shall reasonably request, (B) keep such registrations or qualifications in effect and comply with such laws so as to permit the continuance of offers, sales and dealings therein in such jurisdictions during the period the Shelf Registration is required to remain effective under Section 2(b) above and for so long as may be necessary to enable any such Electing Holder to complete its resale of Notes pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement and (C) take any and all other actions as may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable each such Electing Holder to consummate the disposition in such jurisdictions of such Registrable Securities; provided, however, that none of the Issuers shall be required for any such purpose to (1) qualify as a foreign corporation or limited liability company, as the case may be, in any jurisdiction wherein it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for the requirements of this Section 3(e)(xi), (2) consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction or (3) make any changes to its certificate of incorporation or by-laws (or other organizational document) or any agreement between it and holders of its ownership interests;

(xii) use their commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the consent or approval of each governmental agency or authority, whether federal, state or local, which may be required to effect the Shelf Registration or the offering or sale in connection therewith or to enable the selling holder or holders to offer, or to consummate the disposition of, their Registrable Securities;

(xiii) unless any Registrable Securities shall be in book-entry only form, cooperate with the Electing Holders to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Registrable Securities to be sold, which certificates, if so required by any securities exchange upon which any Registrable Securities are listed, shall be penned, lithographed or engraved, or produced by any combination of such methods, on steel engraved borders, and which certificates shall not bear any restrictive legends;

(xiv) provide a CUSIP number for all Registrable Securities, not later than the applicable Effective Time;

(xv) include in the Shelf Registration Statement a “Plan of Distribution” section with at least the information substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B, to the extent permitted by the rules, regulations, and form requirements promulgated by the Commission, except to the extent revised pursuant to comments received from the Staff of the Commission; and

(xvi) comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission, and make generally available to its securityholders as soon as practicable but in any event not later than eighteen months after the effective date of such Shelf Registration Statement, earnings statements of the Issuers and their respective subsidiaries complying with Section 11(a) of the Securities Act (including, at the option of the Issuers, Rule 158 thereunder).

(f) In the event that the Issuers are required, pursuant to Section 3(e)(vii)(E) hereof, to notify the Electing Holders, the Issuers shall prepare and furnish to each of the Electing Holders a reasonable number of copies of a prospectus supplemented or amended so that, as thereafter delivered to purchasers of Registrable Securities, such prospectus conforms in all material respects to the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act, and shall not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing. Each Electing Holder agrees that upon receipt of any notice from the Issuers pursuant to this Section 3(f), such Electing Holder shall forthwith discontinue the disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement applicable to such Registrable Securities until such Electing Holder shall have received copies of such amended or supplemented prospectus, and if so directed by the Issuers, such Electing Holder shall deliver to the Issuers (at the Issuers’ expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies, then in such Electing Holder’s possession of the prospectus covering such Registrable Securities at the time of receipt of such notice. Upon written notice to the holders of Registrable Securities, the Issuers shall be entitled to suspend, for a period of time (each, a “Suspension Period”), the use of any Registration Statement or prospectus and shall not be required to amend or supplement the Registration Statement, any related prospectus or any document incorporated therein by reference if the Issuers determine in their reasonable good faith judgment, after consultation with counsel, that the Registration Statement or any prospectus may contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit any fact necessary to make the statements in the Registration Statement or prospectus not misleading; provided that (A) there are no more than five (5) Suspension Periods in any 12-month period, (B) the duration of any such Suspension Periods may not exceed one-hundred twenty (120) days in the aggregate in any 12-month period, and (C) the Issuers shall use their good faith efforts to amend the Registration Statement and/or prospectus to correct such untrue statement or omission as soon as reasonably practicable unless such amendment would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on any proposal or plan of the Issuers to effect a merger, acquisition, disposition, financing, reorganization, recapitalization or similar transaction, in each case that is material to the Issuers.

(g) In the event of a Shelf Registration, in addition to the information required to be provided by each Electing Holder in its Notice and Questionnaire, the Issuers may require such Electing Holder to furnish to the Issuers such additional information regarding such Electing Holder and such Electing Holder’s intended method of distribution of Registrable Securities as may be required in order to comply with the Securities Act. Each such Electing Holder agrees to notify the Issuers as promptly as practicable of any inaccuracy or change in information previously furnished by such Electing Holder to the Issuers or of the occurrence of any event in either case as a result of which any prospectus relating to such Shelf Registration contains or would contain an untrue statement of a material fact regarding such Electing Holder or such Electing Holder’s intended method of disposition of such Registrable Securities or omits to state any material fact regarding such Electing Holder or such Electing Holder’s intended method of disposition of such Registrable Securities required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing, and promptly to furnish to the Issuers any additional information required to correct and update any previously furnished information or required so that such prospectus shall not contain, with respect to such Electing Holder or the disposition of such Registrable Securities, an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing.

4. Registration Expenses. The Issuers agree, subject to the last sentence of this Section 4, to bear and to pay or cause to be paid promptly all expenses incident to the Issuers’ performance of or compliance with this Agreement, including, without limitation, (a) all Commission, filing and review fees and expenses, (b) all fees and expenses in connection with the qualification of the Notes for offering and sale under the securities laws and blue sky laws referred to in Section 3(e)(xi) hereof, (c) all expenses relating to the preparation, printing, production, distribution and reproduction of each registration statement required to be filed hereunder, each prospectus included therein or prepared for distribution pursuant hereto, each amendment or supplement to the foregoing, the expenses of preparing the Notes for delivery and the expenses of printing or producing any blue sky or legal investment memoranda and all other documents in connection with the offering, sale or delivery of Notes to be disposed of (including, without limitation, certificates representing the Notes), (d) messenger, telephone and delivery expenses relating to the offering, sale or delivery of Notes and the preparation of documents referred in clause (c) above, (e) fees and expenses of the Trustee under the Indenture, any agent of the Trustee and any reasonable fees and expenses for counsel for the Trustee and of any collateral agent or custodian, (f) internal expenses (including, without limitation, all salaries and expenses of the Issuers’ officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), (g) fees, disbursements and expenses of counsel and independent certified public accountants of the Issuers, (h) reasonable fees, disbursements and expenses of one counsel for the Electing Holders retained in connection with a Shelf Registration, as selected by the Electing Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Securities held by Electing Holders (which counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Issuers), (i) any fees charged by securities rating services for rating the Notes, and (j) reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of any other persons, including, without limitation, special experts, retained by the Issuers in connection with such registration (collectively, the “Registration Expenses”). To the extent that any Registration Expenses are incurred, assumed or paid by any holder of Registrable Securities, the

Issuers shall reimburse such person for the full amount of the Registration Expenses so incurred, assumed or paid promptly after receipt of a request therefor.

5. Indemnification.

(a) The Issuers agree, jointly and severally, to indemnify and hold harmless each holder of Registrable Securities or Exchange Notes, as the case may be, the affiliates, directors, officers, employees, members, managers and agents of each such holder and each Person who controls any such holder within the meaning of either the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses to which they or any of them may become subject insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in a Registration Statement as originally filed or in any amendment thereof, or the Disclosure Package, or any preliminary, final or summary prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus included in any such Registration Statement, or in any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and agrees to reimburse each such indemnified party, as incurred, for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action (whether or not the indemnified party is a party to any proceeding); provided, however, that the Issuers will not be liable in any case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage, liability or expense arises (i) out of or is based upon any such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made therein in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Issuers by or on behalf of any such holder specifically for inclusion therein including, without limitation, any notice and questionnaire, or (ii) out of sales of Registrable Securities made during a Suspension Period after notice is given pursuant to Section 3(f) hereof. This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which the Issuers may otherwise have.

(b) Each holder severally (and not jointly) agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Issuers and any Parent, and each of their affiliates, directors, employees, members, managers and agents and each Person who controls any Issuer or any Parent within the meaning of either the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which they or any of them may become subject insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in a Registration Statement as originally filed or in any amendment thereof, or in the Disclosure Package or any Holder Free Writing Prospectus, preliminary, final or summary prospectus included in any such Registration Statement, or in any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, to the extent, but only to the extent, that any such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission is contained in any written information relating to such holder furnished to the Issuers by or on behalf of such holder specifically for inclusion therein; provided, however, that the total amount to be indemnified by such holder pursuant to this Section 5(b) shall be limited to the net proceeds (after deducting underwriters’ discounts and

commissions) received by such holder in the offering to which such Registration Statement or prospectus relates. This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which the Issuers may otherwise have.

(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 5 of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under this Section 5, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof; but the failure so to notify the indemnifying party (i) will not relieve it from liability under paragraph (a) or (b) above unless and to the extent such action and such failure results in material prejudice to the indemnifying party and forfeiture by the indemnifying party of substantial rights and defenses; and (ii) will not, in any event, relieve the indemnifying party from any obligations to any indemnified party other than the indemnification obligation provided in paragraph (a) or (b) above. The indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it shall wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel satisfactory to such indemnified party (who shall not, except with the consent of the indemnified party, be counsel to the indemnifying party), and, except as provided in the next sentence, after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election to so assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to such indemnified party for any legal expenses of other counsel or any other expenses subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation. Notwithstanding the indemnifying party’s rights in the prior sentence, the indemnified party shall have the right to employ its own counsel (and one local counsel), and the indemnifying party shall bear the reasonable fees, costs and expenses of such separate counsel if (i) the use of counsel chosen by the indemnifying party to represent the indemnified party would present such counsel with a conflict of interest; (ii) the actual or potential defendants in, or targets of, any such action include both the indemnified party and the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it and/or other indemnified parties which are different from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party; (iii) the indemnifying party shall not have employed counsel satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party within a reasonable time after notice of the institution of such action; or (iv) the indemnifying party shall authorize the indemnified party to employ separate counsel at the expense of the indemnifying party. No indemnifying party shall, in connection with any one action or separate but substantially similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general circumstances or allegations, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm of attorneys (in addition to any local counsel) for all indemnified parties. An indemnifying party shall not be liable under this Section 5 to any indemnified party regarding any settlement or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any pending or threatened claim, action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties to such claim or action) unless such settlement, compromise or consent is consented to by such indemnifying party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. No indemnifying party, in the defense of any such claim or litigation, shall, except with the consent of each indemnified party, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement or compromise that does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff therein, to such indemnified party, of a full and final release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation.

(d) In the event that the indemnity provided in Section 5(a) or Section 5(b) above is unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party for any reason, then each applicable indemnifying party agrees to contribute to the aggregate losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating or defending same) to which such indemnifying party may be subject in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the indemnifying party on the one hand and by the indemnified party on the other from the offering of the Registrable Securities. If, however, the allocation provided by the immediately preceding sentence is not permitted by applicable law, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to such amount paid or payable by such indemnified party in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such relative benefits but also the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and the indemnified party on the other in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof), as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party on the one hand or the indemnified party on the other and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The parties agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 5(d) were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above in this Section 5(d). The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to above in this Section 5(d) shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 5(d), no Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. For purposes of this Section 5, each Person who controls any holder of Registrable Securities, agent or underwriter within the meaning of either the Securities Act or the Exchange Act and each director, officer, employee and agent of any such holder, agent or underwriter shall have the same rights to contribution as such holder, agent or underwriter, and each Person who controls the Issuers within the meaning of either the Securities Act or the Exchange Act and each officer and director of the Issuers shall have the same rights to contribution as the Issuers, subject in each case to the applicable terms and conditions of this Section 5(d).

(e) The provisions of this Section 5 will remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any holder of Registrable Securities or the Issuers or any of the officers, directors or controlling Persons referred to in this Section 5 hereof, and will survive the transfer of Registrable Securities.

Person involved in such sale of Registrable Securities who was not guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation; and (ii) contribution by any seller of Registrable Securities shall be limited in amount to the net amount of proceeds received by such seller from the sale of such Registrable Securities pursuant to such Shelf Registration.

6. Rule 144 and Rule 144A; Other Exemptions. With a view to making available to the holders of Registrable Securities the benefits of Rule 144 and Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act and other rules and regulations of the Commission that may at any time permit a holder of Registrable Securities to sell such securities to the public without registration, the Issuers covenant that they will (i) file in a timely manner all reports and other documents required, if any, to be filed by them under the Securities Act and Exchange Act and the rules and regulations adopted thereunder and (ii) make available information necessary to comply with Rule 144 and Rule 144A, if available with respect to resales of the Registrable Securities under the Securities Act, at all times, all to the extent required from time to time to enable such holder to sell Registrable Securities without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by (x) Rule 144 and Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act (if available with respect to resales of the Registrable Securities), as such rules may be amended from time to time or (y) any other rules or regulations now existing or hereafter adopted by the Commission. Upon the reasonable request of any holder of Registrable Securities, the Issuers will deliver to such holder a written statement as to whether they have complied with such information requirements, and, if not, the specific reasons for non-compliance.

7. Miscellaneous.

(a) No Inconsistent Agreements. The Issuers shall not hereafter enter into any agreement with respect to its securities which is inconsistent with or violates the rights granted to the holders of Registrable Securities in this Agreement.

(b) Adjustments Affecting Registrable Securities. The Issuers shall not take any action, or permit any change to occur, with respect to its securities which would materially and adversely affect the ability of the holders of Registrable Securities to include such Registrable Securities in a registration undertaken pursuant to this Agreement or which would materially and adversely affect the marketability of such Registrable Securities in any such registration (including effecting a stock split or a combination of shares).

obligation applicable to it and contained in this Agreement shall be specifically enforceable against it and hereby waives and agrees not to assert any defenses against an action for specific performance of their respective obligations hereunder. All rights and remedies existing under this Agreement are cumulative to, and not exclusive of, any rights or remedies available under this Agreement or otherwise.

(d) Successors and Assigns. All covenants and agreements in this Agreement by or on behalf of any of the parties hereto shall bind and only inure to the benefit of the respective successors and assigns of the parties hereto whether so expressed or not. In addition, whether or not any express assignment has been made, the provisions of this Agreement which are for the benefit of purchasers or holders of Registrable Securities are also for the benefit of, and enforceable by, any subsequent holder of Registrable Securities. No assignment or delegation of this Agreement by the Issuers, or any of the Issuers’ rights, interests or obligations hereunder, shall be effective against any holder without the prior written consent of such holder.

State of New York or any other jurisdiction) to the extent such rules or provisions would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of New York.

(i) Notices. All notices, demands or other communications to be given or delivered under or by reason of the provisions of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given when (a) delivered personally to the recipient, (b) telecopied or sent by facsimile to the recipient, or (c) one (1) Business Day after being sent to the recipient by reputable overnight courier service (charges prepaid). Such notices, demands and other communications shall be sent to the Issuers at the address set forth below and to any holder of Registrable Securities at the address set forth on the signature page hereto, or at such address or to the attention of such other Person as the recipient party has specified by prior written notice to the sending party. The Issuers’ address is:

Charter Communications, Inc.

12405 Powerscourt Drive

St. Louis, Missouri 63131

Attention: General Counsel

with copies to:

Attn: Christian O. Nagler, Esq.

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

601 Lexington Avenue

New York, NY 10022-4611

Facsimile: (212) 446-4900

Notice to the holders shall be sent to:

Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP

1285 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10019-6064

Attention: Lawrence G. Wee

Facsimile: (212) 757-3990

and to:

Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP

300 South Grand Avenue

Los Angeles, CA 90071

Attention: Nicholas P. Saggese

Facsimile: (213) 687-5600

If any time period for giving notice or taking action hereunder expires on a day which is a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday in the State of New York or the jurisdiction in which the Issuers’ principal office is located, the time period shall automatically be extended to the Business Day immediately following such Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday.

(k) Waiver of Jury Trial. Each of the parties to this Agreement hereby agrees to waive its respective rights to a jury trial of any claim or cause of action based upon or arising out of this Agreement. The scope of this waiver is intended to be all-encompassing of any and all disputes that may be filed in any court and that relate to the subject matter of this Agreement, including contract claims, tort claims and all other common law and statutory claims. Each party hereto acknowledges that this waiver is a material inducement to enter into this Agreement, that each has already relied on this waiver in entering into this Agreement, and that each will continue to rely on this waiver in their related future dealings. Each party hereto further warrants and represents that it has reviewed this waiver with its legal counsel and that it knowingly and voluntarily waives its jury trial rights following consultation with legal counsel. THIS WAIVER IS IRREVOCABLE, MEANING THAT IT MAY NOT BE MODIFIED EITHER ORALLY OR IN WRITING (OTHER THAN BY A MUTUAL WRITTEN WAIVER SPECIFICALLY REFERRING TO THIS SECTION 7(k) AND EXECUTED BY EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO), AND THIS WAIVER SHALL APPLY TO ANY SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENTS, RENEWALS, SUPPLEMENTS OR MODIFICATIONS TO THIS AGREEMENT. In the event of litigation, this Agreement may be filed as a written consent to a trial by the court.

among the parties, written or oral, to the extent they relate in any way to the subject matter hereof.

(p) Certification. Within fifteen (15) business days following receipt of written request from the Issuers by any holder (which request shall not be made more than twice in any calendar year), such holder shall certify to the Issuers that such holder continues to hold Registrable Securities (the “Certification”). If a holder fails to provide the Certification within the fifteen (15) business day period referred to in the immediately preceding sentence, the Issuers reserve the right, in their sole discretion, to remove such holder’s Registrable Securities from a Registration Statement within fifteen (15) business days after receipt by such holder of a second written notice specifying that the holder may be removed from such Registration Statement unless such holder provides the Certification within such subsequent fifteen (15) business day period.

(q) Use of FWP. No holder shall use a Holder Free Writing Prospectus without the prior written consent of the Issuers, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.

(r) Notification of Status. Each holder shall notify the Issuers by written notice within ten (10) business days from the first day on which the holder no longer holds Registrable Securities.

(s) Acknowledgement. Each holder understands that in can only participate in an Exchange Offer if: (i) it acquired the Registrable Securities in the ordinary course of business; and (ii) it does not engage in, intend to engage in, or have arrangements to participate in a distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of the Exchange Notes.

(t) Termination. The obligations of the Issuers and of any holder, other than those obligations contained in Section 5, shall terminate with respect to the Issuers and such holder as soon as both (A) such holder no longer holds any Registrable Securities and (B) such holder is no longer a Restricted Holder or otherwise subject to the volume limitations set forth in Rule 144(e) promulgated under the Securities Act or any successor provision thereto with respect to Registrable Securities.

(u) Note Guarantee. The obligations of the Issuers hereunder, including, without limitation, under Section 2, will be deemed satisfied if satisfied by any Parent that provides a Note Guarantee.

If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding, please sign and return to us counterparts hereof, and upon the acceptance hereof by you, on behalf of each of the holders, this letter and such acceptance hereof shall constitute a binding agreement between each of the holders and the Issuers.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each undersigned holders and the Issuers have caused their respective signature page to this Registration Rights Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first written above.

ISSUERS:

CCH II, LLC, as an Issuer

By:_____________________

Name:

Title:

CCH II CAPITAL CORP.

as an Issuer

By:_____________________

Name:

Title:

[Signature Page to Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement]

[_______]_____________________________

By:

Name:

Title:

Address:

[_______]_____________________________

By:

Name:

Title:

Address:

[_______]_____________________________

By:

Name:

Title:

[_______]_____________________________

By:

Name:

Title:

Address:

[_______]_____________________________

By:

Name:

Title:

Address:

[Signature Page to Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement]

EXHIBIT A

CCH II, LLC

CCH II CAPITAL CORP.

INSTRUCTION TO DTC PARTICIPANTS

(Date of Mailing)

URGENT — IMMEDIATE ATTENTION REQUESTED

DEADLINE FOR RESPONSE: [DATE](1)

The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) has identified you as a DTC Participant through which beneficial interests in the CCH II, LLC (“CCH II”) and CCH II Capital Corp. (collectively, the “Issuers”) 13.50% Senior Notes due 2016 (the “Notes”) are held.

The Issuers are in the process of registering the Notes under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, for resale by the beneficial owners thereof. In order to have their Notes included in the Exchange and Registration Statement, beneficial owners must complete and return the enclosed Notice of Registration Statement and Selling Securityholder Questionnaire.

It is important that beneficial owners of the Notes receive a copy of the enclosed materials as soon as possible as their rights to have the Notes included in the registration statement depend upon their returning the Notice and Questionnaire by [_________]. Please forward a copy of the enclosed documents to each beneficial owner that holds interests in the Notes through you. If you require more copies of the enclosed materials or have any questions pertaining to this matter, please contact the Issuers c/o CCH II, LLC, 12405 Powerscourt Drive, St. Louis, Missouri, 63131, Attention: General Counsel.

_____________

(1) Not less than twenty (20) calendar days from date of mailing.

A-1

CCH II, LLC

CCH II CAPITAL CORP.

Notice of Registration Statement

and

Selling Securityholder Questionnaire

(Date)

Reference is hereby made to the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement (the “Registration Rights Agreement”) among the Issuers and the holders named therein. Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the Issuers have filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) a registration statement on Form [ ] (the “Shelf Registration Statement”) for the registration and resale under Rule 415 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), of the Issuers’ Notes. A copy of the Registration Rights Agreement is attached hereto. All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Registration Rights Agreement.

Each beneficial owner of Registrable Securities is entitled to have the Registrable Securities beneficially owned by it included in the Shelf Registration Statement. In order to have Registrable Securities included in the Shelf Registration Statement, this Notice of Registration Statement and Selling Securityholder Questionnaire (“Notice and Questionnaire”) must be completed, executed and delivered to the Issuers’ counsel at the address set forth herein for receipt ON OR BEFORE [Deadline for Response]. Beneficial owners of Registrable Securities who do not complete, execute and return this Notice and Questionnaire by such date (i) will not be named as selling securityholders in the Shelf Registration Statement and (ii) may not use the prospectus forming a part thereof for resales of Registrable Securities.

Certain legal consequences arise from being named as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement and related prospectus. Accordingly, holders and beneficial owners of Registrable Securities are advised to consult their own securities law counsel regarding the consequences of being named or not being named as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement and related prospectus.

A-2

ELECTION

The undersigned holder (the “Selling Securityholder”) of Registrable Securities hereby elects to include in the Shelf Registration Statement the Registrable Securities beneficially owned by it and listed below in Item (3). The undersigned, by signing and returning this Notice and Questionnaire, agrees to be bound with respect to such Registrable Securities by the terms and conditions of this Notice and Questionnaire and the Registration Rights Agreement, including, without limitation, Section 5 of the Registration Rights Agreement, as if the undersigned Selling Securityholder were an original party thereto.

Upon any sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement, the Selling Securityholder will be required to deliver to the Issuers and the Trustee the Notice of Transfer Pursuant to Registration Statement set forth in Exhibit C to the Registration Rights Agreement within ten (10) business days of such transfer.

The Selling Securityholder hereby provides the following information to the Issuers and represents and warrants that such information is accurate and complete:

QUESTIONNAIRE

(1) (i) Full Legal Name of Selling Securityholder:

(ii) Full Legal Name of Registered Holder (if not the same as in (i) above) of Registrable Securities Listed in Item (3) below:

(iii) Full Legal Name of DTC Participant (if applicable and if not the same as (ii) above) Through Which Registrable Securities Listed in Item (3) below are held:

(iv) Full name of person or persons who have voting or investment control of the Registrable Securities:

(2) Address for Notices to Selling Securityholder:

_______________________________

Telephone: ______________________________

Fax: ______________________________

Contact Person: ______________________________

(3) Beneficial Ownership of Notes:

A-3

Except as set forth below in this Item (3), the undersigned does not beneficially own any Notes.

(a) Principal amount of Registrable Securities beneficially owned:

______________________________________________

CUSIP No(s). of such Registrable Securities: ____________________________

(b) Principal amount of Notes other than Registrable Securities beneficially owned:

______________________________________________

CUSIP No(s). of such other Notes: ____________________________

(c) Principal amount of Registrable Securities which the undersigned wishes to be included in the Registration Statement: _______________________

CUSIP No(s). of such Registrable Securities to be included in the Registration Statement: ____________________________

(4) Beneficial Ownership of Other Securities of the Issuers:

Except as set forth below in this Item (4), the undersigned Selling Securityholder is not the beneficial or registered owner of any other securities of the Issuers other than the Notes listed above in Item (3).

State any exceptions here:

(5) Relationships with the Issuers:

Except as set forth below, neither the Selling Securityholder nor any of its affiliates, officers, directors or principal equity holders (5% or more) has held any position or office or has had any other material relationship with the Issuers (or their respective predecessors or affiliates) during the past three years.

State any exceptions here:

(6) Plan of Distribution:

Except as set forth below, the undersigned Selling Securityholder intends to distribute the Registrable Securities listed above in Item (3) only as follows (if at all): All or any portion of such Registrable Securities may be sold from time to time directly by the undersigned Selling Securityholder or, alternatively, through one or more underwriters, broker-dealers or agents. Such Registrable Securities may be sold in one or more transactions at fixed prices, at prevailing market prices at the time of sale, at varying prices determined at the time of sale, or at negotiated prices. Such sales may be effected in transactions (which may involve crosses or

A-4

block transactions) (i) on any national securities exchange or quotation service on which the Registrable Securities may be listed or quoted at the time of sale, (ii) in the over-the-counter market, (iii) in transactions otherwise than on such exchanges or services or in the over-the-counter market, or (iv) through the writing of options, whether such options are listed on an options exchange or otherwise, (v) ordinary brokerage transactions and transactions in which the broker-dealer solicits purchasers, (vi) block trades in which the broker-dealer will attempt to sell the shares as agent but may position and resell a portion of the block as principal to facilitate the transaction, (vii) purchases by a broker-dealer as principal and resale by the broker-dealer for its account, (viii) an exchange distribution in accordance with the rules of the applicable exchange, (ix) privately negotiated transactions, (x) short sales, (xi) sales pursuant to Rule 144 or Rule 144A, (xii) broker-dealers may agree with the selling securityholder to sell a specified number of shares at a stipulated price per share, (xiii) a combination of any such methods of sale, and (xiv) any other method permitted pursuant to applicable law. In connection with sales of the Registrable Securities or otherwise, the Selling Securityholder may enter into hedging transactions with broker-dealers, which may in turn engage in short sales of the Registrable Securities in the course of hedging the positions they assume. The Selling Securityholder may also sell Registrable Securities short and deliver Registrable Securities to close out such short positions, or loan or pledge Registrable Securities to broker-dealers that in turn may sell such Notes.

State any exceptions here:

By signing below, the Selling Securityholder acknowledges that it understands its obligation to comply, and agrees that it will comply, with the provisions of the 1934 Act including, without limitation, Regulation M.

In the event that the Selling Securityholder transfers all or any portion of the Registrable Securities listed in Item (3) above after the date on which such information is provided to the Issuers, the Selling Securityholder agrees to notify the transferee(s) at the time of the transfer of its rights and obligations under this Notice and Questionnaire and the Registration Rights Agreement.

By signing below, the Selling Securityholder consents to the disclosure of the information contained herein in its answers to Items (1) through (6) above and the inclusion of such information in the Shelf Registration Statement and related prospectus. The Selling Securityholder understands that such information will be relied upon by the Issuers and Charter Holdings in connection with the preparation of the Shelf Registration Statement and related prospectus.

By signing below, the undersigned hereby represents and warrants that it is entitled under the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement to have all of its Registrable Securities included in the Registration Statement and cannot sell such Registrable Securities in one transaction under Rule 144 solely because of the provisions of Rule 144.

In accordance with the Selling Securityholder’s obligation under Section 3(e) of the Registration Rights Agreement to provide such information as may be required by law for inclusion in the Shelf Registration Statement, the Selling Securityholder agrees to promptly

A-5

notify the Issuers of any inaccuracies or changes in the information provided herein which may occur subsequent to the date hereof at any time while the Shelf Registration Statement remains in effect. All notices hereunder and pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement shall be made in writing, by hand-delivery, first-class mail, or air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery as follows:

(i) To the Issuers:

CCH II, LLC

CCH II Capital Corp.

12405 Powerscourt Drive

St. Louis, Missouri 63131

Attention: General Counsel

with a copy to:

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

153 East 53rd Street

New York, NY 10022

Attn: Christian O. Nagler

Once this Notice and Questionnaire is executed by the Selling Securityholder and received by the Issuers’ counsel, the terms of this Notice and Questionnaire, and the representations and warranties contained herein, shall be binding on, shall inure to the benefit of and shall be enforceable by the respective successors, heirs, personal representatives, and assigns of the Issuers and the Selling Securityholder (with respect to the Registrable Securities beneficially owned by such Selling Securityholder and listed in Item (3) above). This Agreement shall be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of New York without giving effect to any provisions relating to conflicts of laws.

The undersigned represents and warrants that it holds Registrable Securities and is entitled to have such Registrable Securities included in a Registration Statement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, by authority duly given, has caused this Notice and Questionnaire to be executed and delivered either in person or by its duly authorized agent.

Dated: ____________________

______________________________________________________________________

Selling Securityholder

(Print/type full legal name of beneficial owner of Registrable Securities)

By: ___________________________________________

Name:

Title:

A-6

PLEASE RETURN THE COMPLETED AND EXECUTED NOTICE AND QUESTIONNAIRE FOR RECEIPT ON OR BEFORE [DEADLINE FOR RESPONSE] TO THE ISSUERS’ COUNSEL AT:

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

153 East 53rd Street

New York, NY 10022

Attn: Christian O. Nagler

A-7

EXHIBIT B

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

We are registering our 13.50% Senior Notes due 2016 to permit the resale of such securities. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale by the selling securityholder of the securities.

The selling securityholder may sell all or a portion of the securities beneficially owned by it and offered hereby from time to time directly or through one or more underwriters, broker-dealers or agents. If the securities are sold through underwriters or broker-dealers, the selling securityholder will be responsible for underwriting discounts or commissions or agent’s commissions. The securities may be sold in one or more transactions at fixed prices, at prevailing market prices at the time of the sale, at varying prices determined at the time of sale, or at negotiated prices. These sales may be effected in transactions, which may involve crosses or block transactions,

·	on any national securities exchange or quotation service on which the securities may be listed or quoted at the time of sale;

·	in the over-the-counter market;

·	in transactions otherwise than on these exchanges or systems or in the over-the-counter market;

·	through the writing of options, whether such options are listed on an options exchange or otherwise;

·	ordinary brokerage transactions and transactions in which the broker-dealer solicits purchasers;

·	block trades in which the broker-dealer will attempt to sell the shares as agent but may position and resell a portion of the block as principal to facilitate the transaction;

·	purchases by a broker-dealer as principal and resale by the broker-dealer for its account;

·	an exchange distribution in accordance with the rules of the applicable exchange;

·	privately negotiated transactions;

·	short sales;

·	sales pursuant to Rule 144 or Rule 144A;

·	broker-dealers may agree with the selling securityholder to sell a specified number of such shares at a stipulated price per share;

·	a combination of any such methods of sale; and

B-1

·	any other method permitted pursuant to applicable law.

If the selling securityholders effect such transactions by selling securities to or through underwriters, broker-dealers or agents, such underwriters, broker-dealers or agents may receive commissions in the form of discounts, concessions or commissions from the selling securityholders or commissions from purchasers of the securities for whom they may act as agent or to whom they may sell as principal (which discounts, concessions or commissions as to particular underwriters, broker-dealers or agents may be in excess of those customary in the types of transactions involved). In connection with sales of the securities, the selling securityholders may enter into hedging transactions with broker-dealers, which may in turn engage in short sales of the securities in the course of hedging in positions they assume. The selling securityholder may also sell securities short and deliver securities covered by this prospectus to close out short positions and to return borrowed shares in connection with such short sales. The selling securityholder may also loan or pledge securities to broker-dealers that in turn may sell such securities.

The selling securityholders and any broker-dealer participating in the distribution of the securities may be deemed to be “underwriters” within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, and any commission paid, or any discounts or concessions allowed to, any such broker-dealer may be deemed to be underwriting commissions or discounts under the Securities Act of 1933. At the time a particular offering of the securities is made, a prospectus supplement, if required, will be distributed which will set forth the aggregate amount of shares of securities being offered and the terms of the offering, including the name or names of any broker-dealers or agents, any discounts, commissions and other terms constituting compensation from the selling securityholders and any discounts, commissions or concessions allowed or reallowed or paid to broker-dealers.

There can be no assurance that the selling securityholders will sell any or all of the securities pursuant to the shelf registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part.

We will pay all expenses of the registration of the securities pursuant to the registration rights agreement, including, without limitation, Securities and Exchange Commission filing fees; provided, however, that the selling security holders will pay all underwriting discounts and selling commissions, if any. We will indemnify the selling security holders against liabilities, including some liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, in accordance with the registration rights agreements, or the selling securityholders will be entitled to contribution. We may be indemnified by the selling securityholders against civil liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, that may arise from any written information furnished to us by the selling securityholders specifically for use in this prospectus, in accordance with the related registration rights agreement, or we may be entitled to contribution.

Once sold under the registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part, the securities will be freely tradable in the hands of persons other than our affiliates.

B-2

EXHIBIT C

NOTICE OF TRANSFER PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION STATEMENT

CCH II, LLC

CCH II Capital Corp.

12405 Powerscourt Drive

St. Louis, Missouri 63131

Attention: General Counsel

The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, NA, as trustee

2 North LaSalle Street, Suite 1020

Chicago, Illinois 60602

Attention: Trust Officer

Re: 13.50% Senior Notes due 2016

Dear Sirs:

Please be advised that _______________ has transferred $___________ aggregate principal amount of the above-referenced Notes pursuant to an effective Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-____) filed by the Issuers.

We hereby certify that the prospectus delivery requirements, if any, of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, have been satisfied and that the above-named beneficial owner of the Notes is named as a “Selling Holder” in the prospectus dated [date] or in supplements thereto, and that the aggregate principal amount of the Notes transferred are the Notes listed in such prospectus opposite such owner’s name.

Dated:__________________

< font id="TAB2" style="LETTER-SPACING: 9pt"> Very truly yours,

__________________________

(Name)

By: __________________________

< font id="TAB2" style="LETTER-SPACING: 9pt"> (Authorized Signature)

C-3

exhibit10_4.htm

Exhibit 10.4

AMENDED AND RESTATED

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

CHARTER COMMUNICATIONS HOLDING COMPANY, LLC

(a Delaware Limited Liability Company)

This AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT (as amended from time to time, this “Agreement”) is entered into as of November 30, 2009 among Charter Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“CCI”), Charter Investment, Inc, a Delaware corporation (“CII”), and Charter Communications Holding Company, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, a Certificate of Formation (as amended from time to time, the “Certificate”) of the Company was filed in the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on May 25, 1999. The Company was formed and has heretofore been operated pursuant to the Limited Liability Company Agreement, entered into and made effective as of May 25, 1999 by CII, as amended and restated numerous times, most recently by that certain Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement, dated as of January 1, 2001, among CII, Vulcan Cable III Inc., CCI and certain other investors (the “Existing LLC Agreement”).

WHEREAS, on March 27, 2009, CCI, CII and certain direct and indirect subsidiaries of CCI, including the Company (collectively, the “Debtors”), filed petitions for relief under chapter 11 of title 11 of the United States Code (the “Bankruptcy Code”) in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York (the “Bankruptcy Court”).

WHEREAS, the Debtors filed a joint plan of reorganization (the “Joint Plan”) which, pursuant to the Bankruptcy Code, was confirmed by an order, entered November 17, 2009 (the “Confirmation Order”), of the Bankruptcy Court.

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Joint Plan, among other things, and on the effective date thereof (the “Effective Date”) (i) all of CII’s existing membership interests in the Company are being cancelled, other than a 1% interest to be retained by CII (the “Retained Interest”), (ii) CCI will hold all of the membership interests in the Company other than the Retained Interest, (iii) the parties are confirming CCI as manager of the Company, and (iv) CCI, CII and Paul G. Allen (“Mr. Allen”) are entering into an agreement (the “New Exchange Agreement”), pursuant to which,

among other things, CII and Mr. Allen shall have the right, exercisable at their election at any time and from time to time, to exchange, directly or indirectly, all or any portion of the Retained Interest for common stock of CCI in accordance with the New Exchange Agreement.

WHEREAS, the Confirmation Order provides, among other things, for the amendment and restatement of the Existing LLC Agreement on the terms set forth herein, and the parties desire to amend and restate the Existing LLC Agreement on such terms.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the terms and provisions set forth herein, the benefits to be gained by the performance thereof and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree to amend and restate the Existing LLC Agreement as follows:

SECTION 1. General.

(a) Formation. Effective as of the date and time of filing of the Certificate in the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, the Company was formed as a limited liability company under the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, 6 Del. C. § 18-101, et. seq., as amended from time to time (the “Act”). Except as expressly provided herein, the rights and obligations of the Members (as defined in Section 1(h)) in connection with the regulation and management of the Company shall be governed by the Act.

(b) Name. The name of the Company shall be “Charter Communications Holding Company, LLC.” The business of the Company shall be conducted under such name or any other name or names that the Manager (as defined in Section 4(a)(i) hereof) shall determine from time to time.

(c) Registered Agent. The address of the registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware shall be c/o Corporation Service Company, 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware 19808. The name and address of the registered agent for service of process on the Company in the State of Delaware shall be Corporation Service Company, 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware 19808. The registered office or registered agent of the Company may be changed from time to time by the Manager.

(d) Principal Office. The principal place of business of the Company shall be at 12405 Powerscourt Drive, St. Louis, MO 63131. At any time, the Manager may change the location of the Company’s principal place of business.

(e) Term. The term of the Company commenced on the date of the filing of the Certificate of Formation in the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, and the

Company will have perpetual existence until dissolved and its affairs wound up in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

(f) (Intentionally Omitted).

(g) Qualification; Registration. The Manager shall cause the Company to be qualified, formed or registered under assumed or fictitious name statutes or similar laws in any jurisdiction in which the Company transacts business and in which such qualification, formation or registration is required or desirable. The Manager, as an authorized person within the meaning of the Act, shall execute, deliver and file any certificates (and any amendments and/or restatements thereof) necessary for the Company to qualify to do business in a jurisdiction in which the Company may wish to conduct business.

(h) Voting. Each member of the Company (if there is only one member of the Company, the “Member”; or if there are more than one, the “Members”) shall have one vote (a “Vote”) as to any matter under the Act or this Agreement that requires the vote, approval or consent of the Members for each one percentage point of Percentage Interest (as defined in Section 7) held by such Member (totaling 100 Votes for all Members) (any fraction of such a percentage point shall be entitled to an equivalent fraction of a Vote). Any vote, approval or consent as to any matter under the Act or this Agreement by a Member may be evidenced by such Member’s execution of any document or agreement (including this Agreement or an amendment hereto) which would otherwise require as a precondition to its effectiveness such vote, approval or consent of the Members.

SECTION 2. Purposes. The Company was formed for the object and purpose of, and the nature of the business to be conducted by the Company is, engaging in any lawful act or activity for which limited liability companies may be formed under the Act.

SECTION 3. Powers. The Company shall have all powers necessary, appropriate or incidental to the accomplishment of its purposes and all other powers conferred upon a limited liability company pursuant to the Act.

SECTION 4. Management.

(a) Management by Manager.

i) The Members hereby confirm CCI, or its successor-in-interest that acquires directly or indirectly substantially all of the assets or business of CCI, as the Company’s manager (the “Manager”). CCI shall be the Manager until a simple majority of the Votes elects otherwise or until its earlier resignation. No other person may be elected as Manager without the approval of

a simple majority of the Votes (for purposes of this Agreement, to the extent the context requires, the term “person” refers to both individuals and entities). Except as otherwise required by applicable law and as provided below with respect to the Board (if applicable) and except for such matters which require the approval of the Members under this Agreement or applicable law, the powers of the Company shall at all times be exercised by or under the authority of, and the business, property and affairs of the Company shall be managed by, or under the direction of, the Manager. The Manager is a “manager” of the Company within the meaning of the Act. Any person appointed as Manager shall accept its appointment by execution of a consent to this Agreement.

ii) The Manager shall be authorized to elect, remove or replace directors and officers of the Company, who shall have such authority with respect to the management of the business and affairs of the Company as set forth herein or as otherwise specified by the Manager in the resolution or resolutions pursuant to which such directors or officers were elected.

iii) Except as otherwise required by this Agreement or applicable law, the Manager shall be authorized to execute or endorse any check, draft, evidence of indebtedness, instrument, obligation, note, mortgage, contract, agreement, certificate or other document on behalf of the Company without the consent of any Member or other person.

iv) No annual or regular meetings of the Manager or the Members are required. The Manager and Members may, by written consent, take any action which it or they are otherwise required or permitted to take at a meeting.

v) The Manager’s duty of care in the discharge of its duties to the Company and the Members is limited to discharging its duties in good faith, with the care a director of a Delaware corporation would exercise under similar circumstances, in the manner it reasonably believes to be in the best interests of the Company and its Members.

vi) Except as required by the Act, no Manager shall be liable for the debts, liabilities and obligations of the Company, including without limitation any debts, liabilities and obligations under a judgment, decree or order of a court, solely by reason of being a manager of the Company.

(b) Consent Required.

i) The affirmative vote, approval, consent or ratification of the Manager shall be required to:

(1) alter the primary purposes of the Company as set forth in Section 2;

(2) issue membership interests in the Company to any Person and admit such Person as a member;

(3) do any act in contravention of this Agreement or any resolution of the members, or cause the Company to engage in any business not authorized by the Certificate or the terms of this Agreement or that which would make it impossible to carry on the usual course of business of the Company;

(4) enter into or amend any agreement which provides for the management of the business or affairs of the Company by a person other than the Manager;

(5) change or reorganize the Company into any other legal form;

(6) amend this Agreement;

(7) approve a merger or consolidation with another person;

(8) sell all or substantially all of the assets of the Company;

(9) change the status of the Company from one in which management is vested in the Manager to one in which management is vested in the members or in any other manager, other than as may be delegated to the Board and the officers hereunder;

(10) possess any Company property or assign the rights of the Company in specific Company property for other than a Company purpose;

(11) operate the Company in such a manner that the Company becomes an “investment company” for purposes of the Investment Company Act of 1940;

(12) except as otherwise provided or contemplated herein, enter into any agreement to acquire property or services from any person who is a director or officer of the Company;

(13) settle any litigation or arbitration with any third party, any Member, or any affiliate of any Member, except for any litigation or arbitration brought or defended in the ordinary course of business where the present value of the total settlement amount or damages will not exceed Fifty Million Dollars ($50,000,000);

(14) subject to the additional restrictions set forth in Section 4(b)(ii)(6) and Section 13, materially change any of the tax reporting positions or elections of the Company;

(15) make or commit to any expenditures which, individually or in the aggregate, exceed or are reasonably expected to exceed the Company’s total budget (as approved by the Manager) by the greater of 5% of such budget or Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000); or

(16) make or incur any secured or unsecured indebtedness which, individually or in the aggregate, exceeds Fifty Million Dollars ($50,000,000), provided that this restriction shall not apply to (i) any refinancing of or amendment to existing indebtedness which does not increase total borrowing, (ii) any indebtedness to (or guarantee of indebtedness of) any company controlled by or under common control with the Company (“Intercompany Indebtedness”), (iii) the pledge of any assets to support any otherwise permissible indebtedness of the Company or any Intercompany Indebtedness or (iv) indebtedness necessary to finance a transaction or purchase approved by the Manager.

ii) In addition to the foregoing, at any time prior to January 1, 2010, one hundred percent (100%) of the Votes shall be required to:

(1) issue limited liability company interests in the Company to any person or enter into any agreement, understanding or arrangement to do so;

(2) change or reorganize the Company into any other legal form;

(3) approve a merger or consolidation of the Company with another person or enter into any agreement, understanding or arrangement to do so;

(4) sell all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole or enter into any agreement, understanding or arrangement to do so;

(5) voluntarily dissolve the Company;

(6) amend Exhibit C hereto, change the classification of the Company to other than a partnership or an entity disregarded from its owner for federal, state and local tax purposes, or materially change any of the tax reporting positions or elections of the Company; or

(7) engage in any other transaction reasonably expected to result in income or gain being allocated to CII for United States federal income tax purposes that is outside the ordinary course of business with respect to the operation of the Company and its direct and

indirect subsidiaries or enter into any agreement, understanding or arrangement to do any of the foregoing.

iii) Each of the events described in the foregoing clauses (1) through (7) of Section 4(b)(ii) are referred to herein as a “Gain Recognition Event.” From and after January 1, 2010, for so long as CII or another Allen Entity is a Member, if the Manager determines in good faith that a Gain Recognition Event is reasonably likely to occur, the Manager shall provide prompt written notice to CII of the nature and terms of such Gain Recognition Event and the anticipated timing thereof.

i) Board of Directors. Notwithstanding Section 4(a), the Manager may delegate its powers to manage the business of the Company to a Board of Directors (the “Board”), which, subject to the resolutions adopted by the Manager from time to time, shall have the authority to exercise all such powers of the Company and do all such lawful acts and things as may be done by the Manager and as are not by statute or by this Agreement required to be exercised or done only by the Manager. Except for the rights and duties that are assigned to officers of the Company, the rights and duties of the directors may not be assigned or delegated to any person. The number of directors shall be determined by the Manager and may be changed form time to time by the Manager. Each director shall be appointed by the Manager and shall serve in such capacity until the earlier of his or her resignation or removal (with or without cause) or replacement by the Manager. At the date hereof, there are no directors of the Company.

ii) Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the Board may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board, but not less often than annually.

iii) Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board may be called by the President or any director on twenty-four (24) hours’ notice to each director; special meetings shall be called by the President or Secretary in like manner and on like notice on the written request of Members holding a simple majority of the Votes. Notice of a special meeting may be given by facsimile. Attendance in person of a director at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of that meeting, except when the director objects, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not duly called or convened.

iv) Telephonic Meetings. Directors may participate in any regular or special meeting of the Board, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment, by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other. Participation in a meeting pursuant to this Section 4(d)(iv) will constitute presence in person at such meeting.

v) Quorum. At all meetings of the Board, a majority of the directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, the Certificate or this Agreement. If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the Board, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time until a quorum shall be present. Notice of such adjournment shall be given to any director not present at such meeting.

vi) Action Without Meeting. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate or this Agreement, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board may be taken without a meeting if all directors consent thereto in writing and such written consent is filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board.

vii) Actions of Manager Controls. No action, authorization or approval of the Board shall be required, necessary or advisable for the taking of any action by the Company that has been approved by the Manager. In the event that any action of the Manager conflicts with any action of the Board or any other person or entity, the action of the Manager shall control.

(d) Director’s Duty of Care. Each director’s duty of care in the discharge of his or her duties to the Company and the Members is limited to discharging his duties in good faith, with the care a director of a Delaware corporation would exercise under similar circumstances, in the manner he or she reasonably believes to be in the best interests of the Company and its Members.

SECTION 5. Officers.

(a) Officers. The Company shall have such officers as may be necessary or desirable for the business of the Company. The officers may include a Chairman of the Board, a President, a Treasurer and a Secretary, and such other additional officers, including one or more Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers as the Manager, the Board, the Chairman of the Board, or the President may from time to time elect. Any two or more offices may be held by the same individual. At the date hereof, the officers of the Company are set forth on Exhibit A hereto.

(b) Election and Term. The President, Treasurer and Secretary shall, and the Chairman of the Board may, be appointed by and shall hold office at the pleasure of the Manager or the Board. The Manager, the Board, or the President may each appoint such other officers and agents as such person shall deem desirable, who shall hold office at the pleasure of the Manager, the Board, or the President, and who shall have such authority and shall perform such duties as from time to time shall, subject to the provisions of Section 5(d) hereof, be prescribed by the Manager, the Board, or the President.

(c) Removal. Any officer may be removed by the action of the Manager or the action of at least a majority of the directors then in office, with or without cause, for any reason or for no reason. Any officer other than the Chairman of the Board, the President, the Treasurer or the Secretary may also be removed by the Chairman of the Board or the President, with or without cause, for any reason or for no reason.

(d) Duties and Authority of Officers.

i) President. The President shall be the chief executive officer and (if no other person has been appointed as such) the chief operating officer of the Company; shall (unless the Chairman of the Board elects otherwise) preside at all meetings of the Members and Board; shall have general supervision and active management of the business and finances of the Company; and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board or the Manager are carried into effect; subject, however, to the right of the directors to delegate any specific powers to any other officer or officers. In the absence of direction by the Manager, Board, or the Chairman of the Board to the contrary, the President shall have the power to vote all securities held by the Company and to issue proxies therefor. In the absence or disability of the President, the Chairman of the Board (if any) or, if there is no Chairman of the Board, the most senior available officer appointed by the Manager or the Board shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the President with the same force and effect as if performed by the President, and shall be subject to all restrictions imposed upon him.

ii) Vice President. Each Vice President, if any, shall perform such duties as shall be assigned to such person and shall exercise such powers as may be granted to such person by the Manager, the Board or by the President of the Company. In the absence of direction by the Manager, the Board or the President to the contrary, any Vice President shall have the power to vote all securities held by the Company and to issue proxies therefor.

iii) Secretary. The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, a notice as required of all meetings of the Members and of the Board. The Secretary shall keep or cause to be kept, at the principal executive office of the Company or such other place as the Board may direct, a book of minutes of all meetings and actions of directors and Members. The minutes shall show the time and place of each meeting, whether regular or special (and, if special, how authorized and the notice given), the names of those present at Board meetings, the number of Votes present or represented at Members’ meetings, and the proceedings thereof. The Secretary shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed from time to time by the Manager or the Board and may be assisted in his or her duties by any Assistant Secretary who shall have the same powers of the Secretary in absence of the Secretary.

iv) Treasurer. The Treasurer shall have custody of the Company funds and securities and shall keep or cause to be kept full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books of the Company to be maintained for such purpose; shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects of the Company in the name and to the credit of the Company in

depositories designated by the Manager or the Board; and shall disburse the funds of the Company as may be ordered by the Manager or the Board.

v) Chairman of the Board. The Chairman of the Board, if any, shall perform such duties as shall be assigned, and shall exercise such powers as may be granted to him or her by the Manager or the Board.

vi) Authority of Officers. The officers, to the extent of their powers set forth in this Agreement or otherwise vested in them by action of the Manager or the Board not inconsistent with this Agreement, are agents of the Company for the purpose of the Company’s business and the actions of the officers taken in accordance with such powers shall bind the Company.

SECTION 6. Members.

(a) Members. The Members of the Company shall be set forth on Exhibit B hereto as amended from time to time. At the date hereof, CCI and CII are the only Members. Neither CCI nor CII are required to make any capital contribution to the Company; however, CCI may make capital contributions to the Company at any time in its sole discretion (for which its capital account balance shall be appropriately increased). Each Member shall have a capital account in the Company, the balance of which, at the date hereof, is reflected on Exhibit B hereto, which capital account balance shall be adjusted from time to time in accordance with the provisions set forth on Exhibit C hereto. The provisions of this Agreement, including this Section 6, are intended to benefit the Members and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall not be construed as conferring any benefit upon any creditor of the Company. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, neither CCI nor CII shall have any duty or obligation to any creditor of the Company to make any contribution to the Company.

(b) Admission of Members. Other persons may be admitted as Members from time to time pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, including Section 4(b). In such event, this Agreement may be amended as appropriate in accordance with the provisions of Section 15(b) to establish the rights and responsibilities of the Members and to govern their relationships.

(c) Limited Liability. Except as required by the Act, no Member shall be liable for the debts, liabilities and obligations of the Company, including without limitation any debts, liabilities and obligations of the Company under a judgment, decree or order of a court, solely by reason of being a member of the Company.

(d) Competing Activities. Notwithstanding any duty otherwise existing at law or in equity, (i) neither a Member nor a Manager of the Company, or any of their respective affiliates, partners, members, shareholders, directors, managers, officers or employees, shall be expressly or impliedly restricted or prohibited solely by virtue of this Agreement or the relationships created

hereby from engaging in other activities or business ventures of any kind or character whatsoever and (ii) except as otherwise agreed in writing or by written Company policy, each Member and Manager of the Company, and their respective affiliates, partners, members, shareholders, directors, managers, officers and employees, shall have the right to conduct, or to possess a direct or indirect ownership interest in, activities and business ventures of every type and description, including activities and business ventures in direct competition with the Company.

(e) Bankruptcy. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the bankruptcy (as defined in the Act) of a Member shall not cause the Member to cease to be a member of the Company and, upon the occurrence of such an event, the Company shall continue without dissolution.

SECTION 7. Units; Percentage Interests. The Company has only one class of units (“Units”) representing membership interests in the Company, which entitle the Members to certain rights as set forth in this Agreement. The number of Units held by each Member, at the date hereof, is set forth on Exhibit B hereto. For purposes of this Agreement, “Percentage Interest” shall mean (a) with respect to CII (or its permitted transferees), a fraction expressed as a percentage (x) the numerator of which is the number of Available Exchange Shares (as defined in the New Exchange Agreement) from time to time, and (y) the denominator of which is the sum of (I) 111,990,247, plus (II) the number of Available Exchange Shares from time to time, plus (III) the number of additional shares of CCI common stock (if any) issued after the Effective Date (other than in connection with exercise of the Exchange Option under the New Exchange Agreement) so long as all of the proceeds (if any) of such issuance (net of underwriting discounts and commissions) are contributed to the Company or any of the Company’s wholly owned direct or indirect subsidiaries, and (b) with respect to CCI, one-hundred percent (100%) minus the percentage calculated pursuant to clause (a) of this definition.

SECTION 8. Distributions. The Company may from time to time distribute to the Members such amounts in cash and other assets as shall be determined by the Members acting by simple majority of the Votes. Each such distribution (including liquidating distributions) shall be divided among the Members in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests. Notwithstanding that the assets of the Company remaining after payment of or due provision for all debts, liabilities, and obligations of the Company may be insufficient to return the capital contributions or share of the Company’s profits reflected in such Member’s positive capital account balance, a Member shall have no recourse against the Company or any other Member. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Company shall not be required to make a distribution to the Members on account of their interest in the Company if such distribution would violate the Act or any other applicable law.

SECTION 9. Allocations. The profits and losses of the Company shall be allocated to the Members in accordance with the provisions set forth on Exhibit C hereto.

SECTION 10. Dissolution; Winding Up.

(a) Dissolution. The Company shall be dissolved upon (i) the adoption of a plan of dissolution by the Members acting by unanimity of the Votes and the approval of the Manager or (ii) the occurrence of any other event required to cause the dissolution of the Company under the Act.

(b) Effective Date of Dissolution. Any dissolution of the Company shall be effective as of the date on which the event occurs giving rise to such dissolution, but the Company shall not terminate unless and until all its affairs have been wound up and its assets distributed in accordance with the provisions of the Act and the Certificate is cancelled.

(c) Winding Up. Upon dissolution of the Company, the Company shall continue solely for the purposes of winding up its business and affairs as soon as reasonably practicable. Promptly after the dissolution of the Company, the Manager shall immediately commence to wind up the affairs of the Company in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and the Act. In winding up the business and affairs of the Company, the Manager may, to the fullest extent permitted by law, take any and all actions that it determines in its sole discretion to be in the best interests of the Members, including, but not limited to, any actions relating to (i) causing written notice by registered or certified mail of the Company’s intention to dissolve to be mailed to each known creditor of and claimant against the Company, (ii) the payment, settlement or compromise of existing claims against the Company, (iii) the making of reasonable provisions for payment of contingent claims against the Company and (iv) the sale or disposition of the properties and assets of the Company. It is expressly understood and agreed that a reasonable time shall be allowed for the orderly liquidation of the assets of the Company and the satisfaction of claims against the Company so as to enable the Manager to minimize the losses that may result from a liquidation.

SECTION 11. Transfer. At any such time as the Company has more than one Member, no Member shall transfer, directly or indirectly, whether by sale, assignment, gift, pledge, hypothecation, mortgage, exchange or otherwise (each, a “Transfer”), all or any part of his, her or its limited liability company interest in the Company to any other person without the prior written consent of each of the other Members; provided, however, that this Section 11 shall not restrict the ability of (x) any Member to Transfer (at any time) all or a portion of its limited liability company interest in the Company to another Member or (y) CCI to Transfer (at any time) all or a portion of its limited liability company interest in the Company to any other person or entity. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing herein shall prohibit, restrict or limit in any way the rights of Mr. Allen and CII to engage in the transactions set forth in the New Exchange Agreement. Upon the Transfer of a Member’s limited liability company interest, the Manager shall provide notice of such Transfer to each of the other Members and shall amend Exhibit B hereto to reflect the Transfer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (x) CII shall be permitted to Transfer (at any time) its membership interest in the Company (or any portion thereof) to another Allen Entity (as defined below), including in connection with a liquidation of CII, and (y) the holders of capital stock of CII shall be permitted to Transfer (at any time) shares of such capital stock (or any portion thereof) to an Allen Entity or, so long as CII’s membership interest in the Company is Transferred to one or more Allen Entities prior to or concurrently with the Transfer of such capital stock, to any other person or entity. For purposes hereof, “Allen Entity” means from time to time any of (1) Mr.

Allen, (2) any entity controlled by Mr. Allen, (3) any trust in which Mr. Allen is the grantor, (4) the estate, spouse, immediate family members and heirs of Mr. Allen, and (5) any trust created as a result of the death of Mr. Allen. “Controlled” shall mean the direct or indirect ownership of at least 50 % of the voting power and economic interest of an entity.

SECTION 12. Admission of Additional Members. The admission of additional or substitute Members to the Company shall be accomplished by the approval required under Section 4(b) and the amendment of this Agreement, including Exhibit B hereto, in accordance with the provisions of Section 15(b), pursuant to which amendment each additional or substitute Member shall agree to become bound by this Agreement.

SECTION 13. Tax Status. It is intended that the Company shall be treated as a partnership for federal, state and local income tax purposes. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Manager shall not take any action that would result in the Company being treated as other than a partnership or an entity disregarded from its owner for federal, state and local income tax purposes (or refrain from taking any action, where omission would have such result) without prior consent from all the Members. All provisions of this Agreement are to be construed so as to preserve such tax status. Additional provisions with respect to tax matters are set forth on Exhibit C hereto. The Members acknowledge and agree that transactions consummated pursuant to the Joint Plan did not result in a termination of the Company pursuant to Section 708 of the Code.

SECTION 14. Exculpation and Indemnification.

(a) Exculpation. Neither the Members, the Manager, the directors (if any) of the Company, the officers of the Company, their respective affiliates, nor any person who at any time shall serve, or shall have served, as a director, officer, employee or other agent of any such Members, Manager, directors, officers, or affiliates (a “Specified Agent”) shall be liable, in damages or otherwise, to the Company or to any Member or any other Person for, and neither the Company nor any Member shall take any action against such Members, Manager, directors, officers, affiliates or Specified Agent, in respect of any Loss (as defined below) which arises out of any acts or omissions performed or omitted by such person pursuant to the authority granted by this Agreement, or otherwise performed on behalf of the Company, or otherwise arising out of or relating to the business and affairs of the Company, unless it is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that such Member, Manager, director, officer, affiliate, or Specified Agent did not act in good faith, in the best interests of the Company and within the scope of authority conferred on such person by this Agreement or approved by the Manager, to the extent applicable. For purposes hereof, “Loss” means any costs or expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses), judgments, fines, losses, claims, damages, liabilities and amounts paid in settlement in connection with any actual or threatened claim, action, suit, proceeding or investigation, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative.

(b) No Recourse. Each Member shall look solely to the assets of the Company for return of such Member’s investment, and if the property of the Company remaining after the discharge of the debts and liabilities of the Company is insufficient to return such investment, each Member shall have no recourse against the Company, the other Members or their affiliates, except as expressly provided herein; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not relieve any Member or the Manager of any fiduciary duty or implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing to the Members that it may have hereunder or under applicable law.

(c) Indemnification. In any threatened, pending or completed claim, action, suit or proceeding to which a Member, a Manager, a director of the Company, any officer of the Company, their respective affiliates, or any Specified Agent was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party by reason of the fact that such person is or was engaged in activities on behalf of the Company or otherwise relating to the business and affairs of the Company, including without limitation any action or proceeding brought under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, against a Member, a Manager, a director of the Company, any officer of the Company, their respective affiliates, or any Specified Agent relating to the Company, the Company shall to the fullest extent permitted by law indemnify and hold harmless the Members, Manager, directors of the Company, officers of the Company, their respective affiliates, and any such Specified Agents against losses, damages, expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by or in connection with such claim, action, suit or proceeding; provided, however, that none of the Members, Managers, directors of the Company, officers of the Company, their respective affiliates or any Specified Agent shall be indemnified for actions constituting bad faith, willful misconduct, or fraud. Any act or omission by any such Member, Manager, director, officer, or any such affiliate or Specified Agent, if done in reliance upon the opinion of independent legal counsel or public accountants selected with reasonable care by such Member, Manager, director, officer, or any such affiliate or Specified Agent, as applicable, shall not constitute bad faith, willful misconduct, or fraud on the part of such Member, Manager, director, officer, or any such affiliate or Specified Agent.

(d) Expenses. To the extent permitted by applicable law, expenses (including reasonable legal fees) incurred by a Member, a Manager, a director of the Company, any officer of the Company, their respective affiliates, or any Specified Agent in such Person’s capacity as such in defending any claim, action, suit, or proceeding shall, from time to time, be advanced by the Company prior to the final disposition of such claim, action, suit, or proceeding upon receipt by the Company of an undertaking by or on behalf of the Member, Manager, director, officer, affiliate, or Specified Agent to repay such amount if it shall be determined that such Person is not entitled to be indemnified as authorized in Section 14(c).

(e) No Presumption. The termination of any claim, action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order or settlement shall not, of itself, create a presumption that any act or failure to act by a Member, a Manager, a director of the Company, any officer of the Company, their respective affiliates or any Specified Agent constituted bad faith, willful misconduct or fraud under this Agreement.

(f) Limitation on Indemnification. Any such indemnification under this Section 14 shall be recoverable only out of the assets of the Company and not from the Members.

(g) Reliance on the Agreement. To the extent that, at law or in equity, a Member, Manager, director of the Company, officer of the Company or any Specified Agent has duties (including fiduciary duties) and liabilities relating thereto to the Company or to any Member or other person bound by this Agreement, such Member, Manager, director, officer or any Specified Agent acting under this Agreement shall not be liable to the Company or to any Member or other person bound by this Agreement for its good faith reliance on the provisions of this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement, to the extent that they restrict the duties and liabilities of a Member, Manager, director of the Company, officer of the Company or any Specified Agent otherwise existing at law or in equity, are agreed by the parties hereto to replace such other duties and liabilities of such Member, Manager, director or officer or any Specified Agent.

SECTION 15. Miscellaneous.

(a) Certificate of Limited Liability Company Interest. A Member’s limited liability company interest may be evidenced by a certificate of limited liability company interest executed by the Manager or an officer in such form as the Manager may approve; provided that such certificate of limited liability company interest shall not bear a legend that causes such limited liability company interest to constitute a security under Article 8 (including Section 8-103) of the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted and in effect in the State of Delaware, or the corresponding statute of any other applicable jurisdiction.

(b) Amendment. The terms and provisions set forth in this Agreement may be amended by simple majority of the Votes unless such an amendment would disproportionately affect a Member (each such Member, a “Disproportionately Affected Member”) in which case the terms and provisions set forth in this Agreement may be amended only by a written instrument executed by each such Disproportionately Affected Member. Notwithstanding the foregoing, one hundred percent (100%) of the Votes shall be required to amend Section 4(b)(ii), Section 4(b)(iii), Section 6, Section 7, Section 8, Section 9, Section 11, Section 13, Section 14 and this Section 15(b) of this Agreement and Exhibit C to this Agreement. Compliance with any term or provision set forth herein may be waived only by a written instrument executed by each Member. No failure or delay on the part of any Member in exercising any right, power or privilege granted hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right, power or privilege preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege granted hereunder.

(c) Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Members and their respective successors and assigns.

(d) Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to any conflicts of law principles that would require the application of the laws of any other jurisdiction.

(e) Severability. In the event that any provision contained in this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason, the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability thereof shall not affect any other provision hereof.

(f) Multiple Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

(g) Entire Agreement. This Agreement (together with the New Exchange Agreement, the Joint Plan and all related documents, instruments and agreements contemplated by the Joint Plan) constitutes the entire agreement of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes and replaces any prior or contemporaneous understandings.

(h) Relationship between the Agreement and the Act. Regardless of whether any provision of this Agreement specifically refers to particular Default Rules (as defined below), (i) if any provision of this Agreement conflicts with a Default Rule, the provision of this Agreement controls and the Default Rule is modified or negated accordingly, and (ii) if it is necessary to construe a Default Rule as modified or negated in order to effectuate any provision of this Agreement, the Default Rule is modified or negated accordingly. For purposes of this Section 15(h), “Default Rule” shall mean a rule stated in the Act which applies except to the extent it may be negated or modified through the provisions of a limited liability company’s Limited Liability Company Agreement.

(i) Inspection. Upon the request of any Member, the Manager shall make reasonably available to the requesting Member the Company’s books and records; provided, however, that the Manager shall have the right to keep confidential from the Members, for such period of time as the Manager deems reasonable, any information which the Manager reasonably believes to be in the nature of trade secrets or other information the disclosure of which the Manager in good faith believes is not in the best interest of the Company or could damage the Company or its business or which the Company is required by law or by agreement with a third party to keep confidential. Any such request, inspection, or copying of information by a Member may be made by that Person or that Person’s agent or attorney.

(j) Financial Statements. The Manager shall cause annual audited financial statements to be sent to each Member not later than 90 days after the close of the calendar year, but in no event later than when CCI receives such statements. The report shall contain a balance sheet as of the end of the calendar year and an income statement and statement of cash flow for the calendar year. Such financial statements shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted

accounting principles consistently applied and be accompanied by the report thereon of the independent accountants engaged by the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the audited financial statements of CCI shall satisfy this Section 15(j) to the extent that such financials statements do not reflect the financials or assets of other material operations. In addition, the Manager shall provide any Member with such periodic operating and financial reports of the Company as such Member may from time to time reasonably request.

(k) Parties in Interest. Except as expressly provided in the Act and Section 14 of this Agreement, nothing in this Agreement shall confer any rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement on any persons other than the Members and their respective heirs, representatives, successors and permitted assigns nor shall anything in this Agreement relieve or discharge the obligation or liability of any third person to any party to this Agreement, nor shall any provision give any third person any right of subrogation or action over or against any party to this Agreement.

(l) Notices. Any notice to be given to any party hereto in connection with this Agreement shall be in writing (which may include facsimile) and shall be deemed to have been given and received when delivered to the address of the receiving party as specified on the signature pages hereof. Any party may, at any time by giving five (5) days’ prior written notice to the other parties, designate any other address in substitution of the foregoing address to which such notice shall be given.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be duly executed on the date first above written.

CHARTER COMMUNICATIONS, INC., a Delaware corporation, as Member and Manager

By: __________________________

Name:

Title:

Address for notices:

__________________________

CHARTER INVESTMENT, INC., a Delaware corporation

By: __________________________

Name: William L. McGrath

Title: Vice President

Address for notices:

c/o Vulcan Inc.

505 Fifth Avenue South, Suite 900

Seattle, Washington 98104

Attention: General Counsel

Facsimile: (206) 342-3347

CHARTER COMMUNICATIONS HOLDING COMPANY LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

By: __________________________

Name:

Title:

Address for notices:

__________________________

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of

Charter Communications Holding Company, LLC]

EXHIBIT A

Officers

Neil Smit	President and Chief Executive Officer
Michael J. Lovett	Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer
Eloise E. Schmitz	Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Gregory L. Doody	Executive Vice President and General Counsel
Grier C. Raclin	Executive Vice President and Chief Administrative Officer
Marwan Fawaz	Executive Vice President and Chief Technology Officer
Ted W. Schremp	Executive Vice President and Chief Marketing Officer
Joshua L. Jamison Steven E. Apodaca	President, East Operations President, West Operations
Greg S. Rigdon	Senior Vice President - Corporate Development
Joseph R. Stackhouse	Senior Vice President - Customer Operations
Jay E. Carlson	Senior Vice President - Information Technology
Kevin D. Howard	Vice President, Controller and Chief Accounting Officer
Thomas M. Degnan	Vice President - Finance and Corporate Treasurer
Richard R. Dykhouse	Vice President, Associate General Counsel and Corporate Secretary
Paul J. Rutterer	Assistant Secretary

EXHIBIT B

Member	Capital Account	Units

Charter Communications, Inc.	$[•]	99

Charter Investment, Inc.	$[•]	1

EXHIBIT C

TAX AND ACCOUNTING MATTERS

SECTION 1. Capital Accounts.

(a) Maintenance of Capital Accounts; Determination of Profits and Losses; General Rules. A separate “Book Capital Account” (as defined in Section 1(b) of this Exhibit C) shall be maintained for each Member in accordance with the provisions of this Section 1. Similarly, the “Profits” or “Losses” (as defined in Section 2(a) of this Exhibit C) shall be determined by the Company.

(b) Book Capital Accounts. A capital account (the “Book Capital Account”) for each Member shall be maintained at all times during the term of the Company in accordance with this Section 1(b) and the capital accounting rules set forth in Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv) of the Income Tax Regulations, as the same may be amended from time to time (“Income Tax Regulations”). The Company shall make all adjustments required by Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv), including, without limitation, the adjustments contained in Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(g) of the Income Tax Regulations (relating to Section 704(c) property). In the event that at any time during the term of the Company beginning on the day immediately following the Effective Date it shall be determined that the Book Capital Accounts shall not have been maintained as required by this Section 1(b), then said accounts shall be retroactively adjusted so that the same shall conform to this Section 1(b).

i) Initial Book Capital Accounts. The “Initial Book Capital Account” of a Member, as of the date of this Agreement, shall be equal to the amount set forth on Exhibit B of the Agreement.

ii) Determination of Book Items. Consistent with the provisions of Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(g)(3) of the Income Tax Regulations: (1) “Book Depreciation” (which means the depreciation, depletion or amortization deduction or allowance that shall be allowable to the Company with respect to an item of property of the Company, determined in the manner hereinafter set forth) for each item of property of the Company shall be the amount that bears the same relationship to the “Gross Asset Value” of such item of property of the Company as the “Tax Depreciation” (which means the depreciation, depletion, amortization deduction or allowance as determined for federal income tax purposes) with respect to such item of property of the Company for such year bears to the “adjusted basis” (within the meaning of Section 1011(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”)) of such item of property of the Company; and (2) “Book Gain or Loss” shall be the gain or loss recognized by the Company from the sale, other disposition or revaluation (as provided in the definition of “Gross Asset Value” below) of property of the Company (such gain or loss determined by reference to the Gross Asset Value, and not the adjusted tax basis, of such property to the Company). If an item of property of

the Company shall have an “adjusted basis” (as defined in the preceding sentence) equal to zero, Book Depreciation shall be determined under a reasonable method, which method shall be selected by the Manager; provided that with respect to any item of property with an adjusted basis of zero as of the Effective Date, Book Depreciation shall be determined consistent with past practice.

iii) Book Adjustments on Distributions. With respect to all distributions of property to the Members, such distribution shall comply with the provisions contained in Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(e) of the Income Tax Regulations (relating to adjustments to Member’s Book Capital Accounts in connection with such distributions) and all allocations and adjustments made in connection therewith shall be in accordance with Section 2 of this Exhibit C.

iv) Section 704(b) Compliance. The foregoing provisions and the other provisions of this Agreement relating to the maintenance of Book Capital Accounts are intended to comply with Section 704(b) of the Code and with the Income Tax Regulations promulgated thereunder (and shall be interpreted and applied in a manner consistent with such Income Tax Regulations). In the event the Manager shall determine that it is prudent to modify the manner in which the Book Capital Accounts, or any debits or credits thereto, are computed in order to comply with Section 704(b) of the Code and with Income Tax Regulations promulgated thereunder, then the Manager may make such modification, provided that any change in the manner of maintaining Book Capital Accounts shall not materially alter the economic arrangement between the Members.

SECTION 2.

Allocation of Income, Losses and Deductions for Book and Tax Purposes.

(a) Profits and Losses. The “Profits” or “Losses” of the Company (which means the Company’s taxable income or loss, respectively, as calculated in accordance with Section 703(a) of the Code (with, however, (1) all items of income, gain, loss or deduction required to be stated separately pursuant to Section 703(a)(1) of the Code being included in such taxable income or loss, (2) any income and gain that is exempt from federal income tax, and all expenditures made by the Company described in Section 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code (or treated as expenditures so described pursuant to Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(i) of the Income Tax Regulations) being included in such Profits or Losses, (3) Book Depreciation (and not Tax Depreciation) including without limitation all items of Member Nonrecourse Deductions (as defined in Section 2(c) of this Exhibit C)) being included in calculating such Profits or Losses, and (4) Book Gain or Loss (and not Tax Gain or Loss (as defined in Section 2(b)(i) of this Exhibit C)) being included in calculating such Profits or Losses), but excluding in such calculation the amounts allocated under Sections 2(b) and (d) of this Exhibit C) for each fiscal year of the Company, shall be determined and allocated to each of the Members in the following order and priority:

i) Profit and Loss. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, Profit (and items thereof) and Loss (and items thereof) shall be allocated among the Member’s Book Capital Accounts such that the Book Capital Accounts of the Members (after the Book Capital

Accounts have been adjusted to reflect all prior capital contributions and distributions for the relevant fiscal year and increased by each Member’s share of Company Minimum Gain and Member Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain) are as nearly as possible equal (proportionately) to the amounts that would be distributed to the Members if (1) all of the assets of the Company were sold to a third party for cash in an amount equal to their Gross Asset Value (except assets actually sold during the fiscal year shall be treated as sold for the consideration received therefore), (2) the Company satisfied all of its liabilities in accordance with their terms (limited with respect to each nonrecourse liability to the Gross Asset Value of the assets securing such liability), and (3) all of the Company assets were distributed in liquidation of the Company in accordance with Section 8 of this Agreement. The Manager may, in its discretion, make such other assumptions as it deems necessary or appropriate in order to effectuate the intended economic arrangement of the Members. Notwithstanding anything else in this Agreement or this Exhibit C to the contrary, the provisions of the Existing LLC Agreement, taking into account each Member’s Percentage Interest (as defined in the Existing LLC Agreement) immediately before the transactions contemplated by the Joint Plan, shall govern with respect to allocations of income, gain, loss, credit and deduction for the period up to and including the Effective Date, including any items of income, gain, loss, credit and deduction arising on the Effective Date and/or arising as a result of the transactions effective as of the Effective Date, as contemplated by the Joint Plan.

The assets of the Company shall be revalued as of the Effective Date in accordance with Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f) of the Income Tax Regulations. For purposes of this Section 2, “Gross Asset Value” shall mean, with respect to any asset, the gross fair market value of such asset as of the Effective Date, except as follows:

(1) the initial Gross Asset Value of any asset contributed by a Member to the Company after the Effective Date shall be the gross fair market value of such asset at the time of such contribution as determined in good faith by the Manager and the initial Gross Asset Value of any other asset acquired by the Company after the Effective Date shall be equal to its cost, within the meaning of Section 1012 of the Code;

(2) the Gross Asset Values of all Company assets may, in the discretion of the Manager, be adjusted to equal their respective gross fair market values, as reasonably determined by the Manager, as of the following times: (i) the acquisition of an additional interest in the Company by any new or existing Member in exchange for more than a de minimis capital contribution; (ii) the distribution by the Company to a Member of more than a de minimis amount of Company property as consideration for an interest in the Company; (iii) the liquidation of the Company within the meaning of Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g) of the Income Tax Regulations or as otherwise provided in the Income Tax Regulations; and (iv) at any other time the Manager reasonably deems appropriate;

(3) the Gross Asset Value of any Company asset distributed to any Member shall be the gross fair market value of such asset on the date of distribution (taking Section 7701(g) of the Code into account), as reasonably determined by the Manager;

(4) the Gross Asset Values of Company assets shall be increased (or decreased) to reflect any adjustments to the adjusted basis of such assets pursuant to Code Section 734(b) or Code Section 743(b), but only to the extent that such adjustments are taken into account in determining Book Capital Accounts pursuant to Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m) of the Income Tax Regulations and this Exhibit C; provided, however, that Gross Asset Values shall not be adjusted pursuant to this clause (4) to the extent the Manager reasonably determines that an adjustment pursuant to clause (2) above is necessary or appropriate in connection with a transaction that would otherwise result in an adjustment pursuant to this clause (4); and

(5) if the Gross Asset Value of an asset has been determined or adjusted pursuant to clause (1), (2) or (4) above, such Gross Asset Value shall thereafter be adjusted by the Book Depreciation taken into account with respect to such asset for purposes of computing Profits and Losses.

(b) Tax Allocations.

i) Tax Gain or Loss. The gain or loss for United States federal income tax purposes from the sale or other disposition of property of the Company (“Tax Gain or Loss”) for each fiscal year of the Company shall be calculated and reflected to the Members as provided in this Section 2(b). Tax Gain or Loss for purposes of this Section shall be calculated (1) without including any income from interest on any deferred portion of the sale price and (2) without including in the tax basis of the property of the Company any remaining special basis adjustment to property of the Company under Section 732(d) or 743 of the Code except to the extent that such special basis adjustment is allocated to the common basis of property of the Company under Section 1.734-2(b)(1) of the Income Tax Regulations. The Members agree that the tax effects of any special basis adjustment that is not included in the calculation of tax gain or loss in accordance with clause (2) of the preceding sentence shall be separately reflected in calculating the tax gain or loss of the Member to whom such special basis adjustment relates.

ii) Section 704(c) Property. In the case of “Section 704(c) Property” (as hereinafter defined), Tax Gain or Loss (as the case may be) and Tax Depreciation shall be allocated in accordance with the requirements of Section 704(c) of the Code and the Income Tax Regulations thereunder and such other provisions of the Code as govern the treatment of Section 704(c) Property. Such allocations shall be made in accordance with the “traditional method” as set forth in Section 1.704-3(b) of the Income Tax Regulations. As used herein, “Section 704(c) Property” means (i) each item of property of the Company which is contributed to the Company (or which was contributed to the Company prior to the Effective Date) and to which Section 704(c) of the Code or Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(d) of the Income Tax Regulations applies, and (ii) each item of property of the Company which, as contemplated by Section 1.704-1(b)(4)(i) and other analogous provisions of the Income Tax Regulations, is governed by the principles of Section 704(c) of the Code (or principles analogous to the principles contained in Section 704(c) of the Code) by virtue of (a) an increase or decrease in the Book Capital Accounts of the Members to reflect a revaluation of property of the Company on the Company’s books as provided by Section

1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f) of the Income Tax Regulations (including revaluations occurring prior to the Effective Date), (b) the fact that it constitutes a receivable, account payable, or other accrued but unpaid item which, under principles analogous to those applying to an item of property of the Company having an adjusted tax basis that differs from its Gross Asset Value, is treated as an item of property described in Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(g)(2) of the Income Tax Regulations, or (c) any other provision of the Code or the Income Tax Regulations (including, without limitation, Section 1.704-1(b)(4)(i) of the Income Tax Regulations) as the same may from time to time be construed, to the extent that, and for so long as, such item of property of the Company continues to be governed by the principles of Section 704(c) of the Code (or principles analogous to the principles contained in Section 704(c) of the Code). The allocation of tax items shall except as provided otherwise in this Exhibit C or the Code and the Income Tax Regulations follow the allocation of book items.

i) Limitations.

(1) General Limitation. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 2 of Exhibit C, no allocation of Loss shall be made to a Member which would cause such Member (a “Restricted Member”) to have a deficit balance (or increase such deficit balance) in its Adjusted Book Capital Account which exceeds the sum of such Member’s share of Company Minimum Gain and such Member’s share of Member Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain. If the limitation contained in the preceding sentence would apply to cause an item of loss or deduction to be unavailable for allocation to a Restricted Member, then such item of loss or deduction shall be allocated between or among Members who are not Restricted Members in accordance with such Members’ Percentage Interests. If all members are Restricted Members, items of loss or deduction shall be allocated among all Members in accordance with their Percentage Interests.

(2) Members Nonrecourse Deductions. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 2, any and all items of loss and deduction and any and all expenditures described in Section 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code (or treated as expenditures so described pursuant to Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(i) of the Income Tax Regulations) that are (in accordance with the principles set forth in Section 1.704-2(i)(2) of the Income Tax Regulations) attributable to Member Nonrecourse Debt (collectively, “Member Nonrecourse Deductions”) shall be allocated to the Member that bears the Economic Risk of Loss for such Member Nonrecourse Debt. If both Members bear such Economic Risk of Loss, such Member Nonrecourse Deductions shall be allocated between or among Members in accordance with the ratios in which they share such Economic Risk of Loss. If both Members bear such Economic Risk of Loss for different portions of Member Nonrecourse Debt, each such portion shall be treated as a separate Member Nonrecourse Debt.

ii) Minimum Gain Chargebacks.

(1) Company Minimum Gain. Except to the extent provided in Section 1.704-2(f)(2), (3), (4) and (5) of the Income Tax Regulations, if there is, for any fiscal year of the Company, a net decrease in Company Minimum Gain, there shall be allocated to each Member, before any other allocation pursuant to this Section 2 is made under Section 704(b) of the Code of the Company items for such fiscal year, items of income and gain for such year (and, if necessary, for subsequent years) equal to the Member’s share of the net decrease in Company Minimum Gain. A Member’s share of the net decrease in Company Minimum Gain is (i) the amount of such total net decrease multiplied by the Member’s percentage share of the Company’s minimum gain at the end of the immediately preceding taxable year, and (ii) in the event that a Member’s share of the net decrease in Company Minimum Gain results from a revaluation, the increase in such Member’s Book Capital Account attributable to such revaluation to the extent the reduction in minimum gain is caused by the revaluation determined in accordance with Section 1.704-2(g)(1) and (2) of the Income Tax Regulations. Items of income and gain to be allocated pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2(c)(ii)(1) shall consist first of gains recognized from the disposition of items of property of the Company subject to one or more Nonrecourse Liabilities of the Company, and then of a pro rata portion of the other items of Company income and gain for that year. This Section 2(c)(ii)(1) is intended to comply with the minimum gain chargeback requirement in the Income Tax Regulations and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

(2) Company’s Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain. Except to the extent provided in Section 1.704-2(i)(4) of the Income Tax Regulations, if there is, for any fiscal year of the Company, a net decrease in the Member Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain, there shall be allocated to each Member that has a share of the Member Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain at the beginning of such fiscal year before any other allocation pursuant to this Section 2 (other than an allocation required pursuant to Section 2(c)(ii)(1) of this Exhibit C) is made under Section 704(b) of the Code for such fiscal year, items of income and gain for such year (and, if necessary, for subsequent years) equal to such Member’s share of the net decrease in the Member Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain. The determination of a Member’s share of the net decrease in the Member Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain shall be made in a manner consistent with the principles contained in Sections 1.704-2(i)(5) and 1.704-2(g)(1) and (2) of the Income Tax Regulations. The determination of which items of income and gain to be allocated pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2(c)(ii)(2) shall be made in a manner that is consistent with the principles contained in Sections 1.704-2(f)(6), (i)(4) and (j)(2) of the Income Tax Regulations. This Section 2(c)(ii)(2) is intended to comply with the minimum gain chargeback requirement in Section 1.704-2(i)(4) of the Income Tax Regulations and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

iii) Nonrecourse Deductions. Nonrecourse Deductions for any fiscal year shall be specially allocated among the Members in accordance with their Percentage Interests.

iv) Certain Defined Terms. For purposes of this Exhibit C: (i) “Company Minimum Gain” shall have the same meaning as “partnership minimum gain” as set forth in Section 1.704-2(b)(2) of the Income Tax Regulations and the amount of Company Minimum Gain, as well as any net increase or decrease in any Company Minimum Gain for any taxable year shall be determined in accordance with the rules of Section 1.704-2(d) of the Income Tax Regulations

treating such Company Minimum Gain as partnership minimum gain; (ii) “Member Nonrecourse Debt” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.704-2(b)(4) of the Income Tax Regulations; (iii) “Member Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain” shall have the same meaning as “partner nonrecourse debt minimum gain” as set forth in Section 1.704-2(i)(2) of the Income Tax Regulations; (iv) “Nonrecourse Liability” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.704-2(b)(3) of the Income Tax Regulations; (v) “Adjusted Book Capital Account” means the Book Capital Account of a Member reduced by any adjustments, allocations or distributions described in Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5) or (6) of the Income Tax Regulations; (vi) “Economic Risk of Loss” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.752-2(b)-(j) of the Income Tax Regulations; (vii) “Nonrecourse Deductions” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.704-2(b)(1) of the Income Tax Regulations.

v) Code Section 754 Adjustments. As of the Effective Date and upon consummation of the Joint Plan, the Company shall have in place and the Manager shall cause the Company to file an election under Section 754 of the Code (and applicable provisions of state and local law). Pursuant to Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m) of the Income Tax Regulation, to the extent an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any Member asset under Sections 734(b) or 743(b) of the Code is required to be taken into account in determining Book Capital Accounts, the amount of such adjustment to the Book Capital Accounts shall be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the basis of the asset) or loss (if the adjustment decreases such basis) and such gain or loss shall be specially allocated to the Members in a manner consistent with the manner in which their Book Capital Accounts are required to be adjusted pursuant to Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m) of the Income Tax Regulations.

(d) Tax and Accounting Matters.

i) Qualified Income Offset. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Exhibit C, in the event any Member unexpectedly receives any adjustments, allocations or distributions described in Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5) or (6) of the Income Tax Regulations, there shall be specially allocated to such Member such items of Company income and gain, at such times and in such amounts as will eliminate as quickly as possible the deficit balance (if any) in its Book Capital Account (in excess of the sum of such Member’s share of Company Minimum Gain and such Member’s share of Member Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain) created by such adjustments, allocations or distributions.

ii) Gross Income Allocation. In the event any Member has a deficit balance (if any) in its Book Capital Account (in excess of the sum of such Member’s share of Company Minimum Gain and such Member’s share of Member Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain) at the end of any fiscal year, each such Member shall be specially allocated items of Company income and gain in the amount of such excess as quickly as possible, provided that an allocation pursuant to this Section 2(d)(ii) shall be made only if and to the extent that such Person would have a deficit balance (if any) in its Book Capital Account (in excess of the sum of such Member’s share of Company Minimum Gain and such Member’s share of Member Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain)

after all other allocations provided for in this Exhibit C have been made as if Section 2(d)(i) and this Section 2(d)(ii) were not in this Exhibit C.

(e) Nonrecourse Liabilities for Purposes of Section 752. As permitted by Section 1.752-3(a)(3) of the Income Tax Regulations, the Members hereby specify that excess Nonrecourse Liabilities of the Company shall be allocated first to each Member up to the amount of built-in gain that is allocable to such Member on Section 704(c) Property where such Section 704(c) Property is subject to the Nonrecourse Liability to the extent that such built-in gain exceeds the amount of liabilities allocated pursuant to Section 1.752-3(a)(2) of the Income Tax Regulations with respect to such property. To the extent the excess Nonrecourse Liabilities exceed the amount of such built-in gain, remaining excess Nonrecourse Liabilities shall then be allocated in accordance with the Members’ Percentage Interests. The amount of Nonrecourse Liabilities allocated to any Member shall be adjusted to reflect any transfer of interests, diminution and/or increase in Percentage Interests or diminution and/or increase in any built-in gain allocable to any Member pursuant to section 704(c) of the Code, taking into account an adjustment for any such diminution and/or increase in Percentage Interests.

SECTION 3. No Deficit Funding Obligation.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Exhibit C or in the Agreement, no Member having a negative balance in its Book Capital Account shall have any obligation to the Company or to any other Member to restore its Book Capital Account to zero.

SECTION 4. Order of Application.

For purposes of this Exhibit C, the provisions set forth in the Agreement and this Exhibit C shall be applied in the order and manner provided in Section 1.704-2 of the Income Tax Regulations.

SECTION 5.

Allocations in Connection with Transfer of Member Interests.

Upon the effective date of a valid direct or indirect transfer of all or part of an interest in the Company pursuant to the New Exchange Agreement, CII and Mr. Allen shall specify a “closing of the books” or “pro rata” method with respect to the allocation of items of income, deduction, gain, loss and/or credit of the Company in accordance with Section 706(d) of the Code; provided, however, that with respect to any transaction pursuant to the Joint Plan, all cancellation of indebtedness income shall be allocated using a “closing of the books” method pursuant to the Existing LLC Agreement.

SECTION 6. Tax Matters Partner.

(a) Tax Matters Partner. The Manager shall be the “tax matters partner” of the Company as such term is defined in Section 6231(a)(7) of Code (“Tax Matters Partner”), and it shall serve as such at the expense of the Company with all powers granted to a tax matters partner under the Code. Each Member shall give prompt notice to each other Member of any and all notices it receives from the Internal Revenue Service or any relevant state or local taxing authority concerning the Company, or its federal, state or local income tax return. The Tax Matters Partner shall at the Company’s expense furnish the Members with status reports regarding any negotiation between the Internal Revenue Service (or any relevant state or local taxing authority) and the Company, and each Member, if it so requests, may participate in such negotiation. The Tax Matters Partner shall not enter into any settlement with any taxing authority (federal, state or local), or extend the statute of limitations, on behalf of the Company or the Members without the approval of the Members.

(b) Books and Records. The Manager shall maintain books and records of the Company as may be required in connection with the preparation and filing of the Company’s required United States federal, state and local income tax returns or other tax returns or reports of foreign jurisdictions. All such books and records shall at all times be made available at the principal office of the Manager and shall be open to the reasonable inspection and examination by the Members or their duly authorized representatives during normal business hours upon reasonable advance notice.

(c) Tax Returns. The Manager shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Company’s accountants, as soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal year of the Company but in no event later than July 15, to (i) prepare and submit drafts of the Company’s federal, state and local tax returns to the Members and (ii) prepare and deliver to each Member such information as is necessary to complete such Member’s federal, state and local tax or information returns. The Manager shall also use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Company’s accountants, as soon as practicable after the end of any short taxable year of a Member with respect to the Company, but in no event later than 225 days after the end of such short taxable year, to prepare and submit estimates to such Member of such information as is necessary to permit such Member to prepare its federal, state and local tax or information returns. The costs of such preparation and review, and the costs of any revisions or supplements to such tax returns or information statements required as a result of such review, shall be a Company expense. The Manager shall use diligent efforts to have the Company’s accountants prepare and file final federal, state and local tax returns for the Company no later than the initial statutory filing date therefore (subject to any extension obtained from the Internal Revenue Service relating thereto).

exhibit10_5.htm

EXHIBIT 10.5

EXCHANGE AGREEMENT

This EXCHANGE AGREEMENT (this "Agreement"), dated as of November 30, 2009, is made by and among Charter Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), Charter Investment, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("CII"), Paul G. Allen ("Mr. Allen"), and Charter Communications Holding Company, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company ("Holdco").

RECITALS

WHEREAS, on March 27, 2009, the Company, CII, Holdco and certain direct and indirect subsidiaries of Holdco (collectively, the "Debtors") filed petitions for relief under chapter 11 of title 11 of the United States Code (the "Bankruptcy Code") in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York (the "Bankruptcy Court").

WHEREAS, the Debtors filed a joint plan of reorganization (the "Joint Plan") which, pursuant to the Bankruptcy Code, was confirmed by an order, entered November 17, 2009 (the "Confirmation Order"), of the Bankruptcy Court.

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Joint Plan, among other things, and on the effective date thereof (the "Effective Date") (i) all of CII's membership interests in Holdco are being cancelled, other than a 1% interest to be retained by CII (the "Retained Interest"), (ii) the Company will hold all of the membership interests in Holdco other than the Retained Interest, (iii) the Limited Liability Company Agreement of Holdco is being amended and restated in a manner consistent with the Joint Plan (as so amended and restated, the "Holdco LLC Agreement"), and (iv) the Company is granting the Allen Entities (as defined below) the right and option to exchange all or any portion of the Retained Interest for Class A Common Stock, par value $.001 per share, of the Company (the "Class A Stock") in accordance with the terms hereof.

WHEREAS, the Confirmation Order provides, among other things, that the Company, CII, Mr. Allen, and Holdco enter into this Agreement to provide the Allen Entities the rights provided for herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the respective covenants and agreements of the parties and for other good and valuable consideration (the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged by each party), the parties hereby agree as follows:

AGREEMENT

1. Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

"Allen Entity" means from time to time any of (1) Mr. Allen, (2) any entity controlled by Mr. Allen, (3) any trust in which Mr. Allen is the grantor, (4) the estate, spouse, immediate family members and heirs of Mr. Allen, and (5) any trust created as a result of the

death of Mr. Allen. For purposes of this definition, "controlled" means the direct or indirect ownership of at least fifty percent (50%) of the voting power and economic interest of such entity.

"Available Exchange Shares" means from time to time the Exchange Shares less any portion thereof previously issued (or deemed issued pursuant to Section 3(c)) to an Exchanging Holder in connection with exercise of a portion of its Exchange Option hereunder, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 5(c).

"Business Day" means any day other than Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banking institutions in New York, New York are required or authorized by law or executive order to remain closed.

"Code" means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

"Current Market Price" means (x) in the case where the Class A Stock has been publicly traded on an established securities market for a minimum of twenty (20) Trading Days before an Allen Entity gives notice of the exercise of the Exchange Option pursuant to Section 3(a), the volume-weighted average sale price per share of the Class A Stock for the twenty (20) Trading Days immediately preceding such exercise, and (y) in the case where the Class A Stock has not been publicly traded on an established securities market for a minimum of twenty (20) Trading Days before an Allen Entity gives notice of the exercise of the Exchange Option pursuant to Section 3(a), the fair market value, as reasonably determined by a special committee of the board of directors of the Company consisting solely of directors that are not nominated, appointed or elected by any Allen Entity after consultation with an investment banking firm of nationally recognized standing.

"Exchange Expiration Date" means the date that is five (5) years after the date hereof.

"Exchange Option" means the right and option of any Allen Entity to exchange directly or indirectly such Person's Holdco Units for Class A Stock pursuant to Section 2, including through a Taxable Exchange of Units, a Taxable Stock-For-Stock Exchange, a Merger, a C/D Reorganization and/or a B Reorganization (as such terms are defined in Section 2 hereof).

"Exchange Shares" means 1,120,649 shares of Class A Stock.

"Exchanging Holder" means any Allen Entity that is a direct or indirect holder of any Holdco Units exercising its Exchange Option with respect to such Holdco Units.

"Governmental Authority" means any federal, state or local governmental authority, including any court or administrative or regulatory agency.

"Holdco Units" means units of membership interests issued by Holdco to its members which entitle such members to the rights set forth in the Holdco LLC Agreement.

"Legal Requirements" means applicable common law and any applicable statute, ordinance, code, or other law, rule, regulation, order, technical or other standard, requirement, or procedure enacted, adopted, promulgated, or applied by any Governmental Authority, including the terms of any license or permit and any applicable order, decree, or judgment that may have been handed down, adopted, or imposed by any Governmental Authority, in each case as in effect on the date of this Agreement.

"Lock-Up Agreement" means the Lock-Up Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2009, by and between Mr. Allen, Charter Investment, Inc. and the Company.

"Person" means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability partnership, limited liability company, trust, association, organization, or other entity.

"Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, or any successor federal statute, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, in each case, as amended from time to time.

"Trading Day" means with respect to the Class A Stock, a day on which the Class A Stock is publicly listed or admitted to trading on an established securities market.

2. Exchange Right.

(a) The Company hereby grants to each Allen Entity the right and option, exercisable at any time and from time to time on or before the Exchange Expiration Date, on one or more occasions, at the election of such Allen Entity, to exchange all or any portion of the Holdco Units held by such Allen Entity in a taxable transaction for (i) shares of Class A Stock and (ii) one thousand dollars ($1,000) in cash (a "Taxable Exchange of Units"). In the event any Allen Entity elects to exchange pursuant to this Section 2(a), the number of shares of Class A Stock the Exchanging Holder shall be entitled to receive under Section 2(d) shall be reduced by a number of shares of Class A Stock, rounded to the nearest whole number, that is equal to (x) one thousand dollars ($1,000) divided by (y) the Current Market Price. Any reduction pursuant to the preceding sentence in the number of shares of Class A Stock the Exchanging Holder shall be entitled to receive pursuant to Section 2(d)(i) shall result in a corresponding reduction in the number of Available Exchange Shares (if any) remaining after the exercise of the Exchange Option pursuant to this Section 2(a).

(b) Subject to Section 2(e), the Company hereby grants to each Allen Entity the right and option, exercisable at any time and from time to time on or before the Exchange Expiration Date, on one or more occasions, at the election of such Allen Entity, to exchange all of the Holdco Units held by such Allen Entity by permitting the equity holders of such Allen Entity to exchange one hundred percent (100%) of the equity in such Allen Entity in a taxable transaction for (i) shares of Class A Stock and (ii) one thousand dollars ($1,000) in cash (a "Taxable Stock-For-Stock Exchange"). In the event any Allen Entity elects to exchange pursuant to this Section 2(b), the number of shares of Class A Stock the Exchanging Holder shall be entitled to receive under Section 2(d) shall be reduced by a number of shares of Class A Stock, rounded to

the nearest whole number, that is equal to (x) one thousand dollars ($1,000) divided by (y) the Current Market Price. Any reduction pursuant to the preceding sentence in the number of shares of Class A Stock the Exchanging Holder shall be entitled to receive pursuant to Section 2(d)(i) shall result in a corresponding reduction in the number of Available Exchange Shares (if any) remaining after the exercise of the Exchange Option pursuant to this Section 2(b).

(c) Subject to Section 2(e), the Allen Entities shall have the right and option, exercisable at any time and from time to time on or before the Exchange Expiration Date, on one or more occasions, at the election of any Allen Entity, to require the Company to and the Company shall effect any exchange of Holdco Units held by such Allen Entity in a tax-free transaction by (at the election of such Allen Entity):

(i) permitting such Allen Entity to merge with and into the Company (or, at the election of such Allen Entity but subject to Section 3(d), causing such Allen Entity to merge with and into a directly wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company or causing a directly wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company to merge with and into such Allen Entity) in a transaction that qualifies as a reorganization under Section 368(a) of the Code (the "Merger");

(ii) permitting such Allen Entity to exchange all of the Holdco Units held by such Allen Entity for shares of Class A Stock in a transaction that qualifies as a reorganization under Section 368(a)(1)(C) or Section 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code (the "C/D Reorganization"); or

(iii) permitting the equity holders of the Allen Entity to exchange equity in such Allen Entity constituting "control," as defined in Section 368(c) of the Code, of such Allen Entity solely for shares of Class A Stock in a transaction that qualifies as a reorganization under Section 368(a)(l)(B) of the Code (the "B Reorganization").

Each of a Merger, a C/D Reorganization and a B Reorganization is referred to herein as a "Non-Recognition Transaction." If an exchange is to be effected through a Merger, the Company shall promptly take all action (and, if applicable, cause its wholly-owned subsidiary to take all action) necessary to effect the Merger, including without limitation, execution of reasonable and customary agreements of merger, the voting of all shares in any subsidiary in favor of the Merger and the filing of a Certificate of Merger with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (or other applicable jurisdiction). The shareholders of the Allen Entity that is a party to a Taxable Stock-For-Stock Exchange, Merger or B Reorganization shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as an Exchanging Holder.

(d) (i) Subject to Sections 2(a), 2(b) and 2(d)(ii), the consideration to be received by an Exchanging Holder in connection with the exercise of its Exchange Option hereunder shall be a number of shares of Class A Stock equal to:

(x) in the case of an exchange of all Holdco Units then held by the Allen Entities, the Available Exchange Shares (which, in the case of a Taxable Stock-For-Stock Exchange, Merger or B Reorganization, shall be allocated among Exchanging Holders (if more than

one) in proportion to their respective holdings of the equity securities of the applicable Allen Entity), and

(y) in the case of an exchange of less than all Holdco Units then held by the Allen Entities, a portion of the Available Exchange Shares equal to the product of (a) the Available Exchange Shares multiplied by (b) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of Holdco Units sought to be exchanged by such Exchanging Holder, and the denominator of which is the total number of Holdco Units then held by all Allen Entities.

(ii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 2(d)(i), if (x) the Exchanging Holder and the Company have received distributions from Holdco in respect of Holdco Units pursuant to and in accordance with Section 8 of the Holdco LLC Agreement before the Exchanging Holder exercises its Exchange Option and (y) as of the date an Exchanging Holder delivers its written notice of exercise under Section 3(a) in respect of the exercise of such Exchange Option (the "Applicable Exercise Date"), the Company has not paid dividends or made other distributions to holders of Class A Stock attributable to the distributions the Company received from Holdco as described in clause (x) of this Section 2(d)(ii), the number of shares of Class A Stock the Exchanging Holder shall be entitled to receive pursuant to Section 2(d)(i) shall be reduced by a number of shares of Class A Stock, rounded to the nearest whole number, that is equal to (A) the fair market value (if other than cash, as determined in good faith by the board of directors of the Company after consultation with an investment banking firm of nationally recognized standing) of the distribution the Exchanging Holder received as described in clause (x) of this Section 2(d)(ii) divided by (B) the Current Market Price as of the Applicable Exercise Date.

(iii) Any reduction pursuant to Section 2(d)(ii) in the number of shares of Class A Stock the Exchanging Holder shall be entitled to receive pursuant to Section 2(d)(i) shall result in a corresponding reduction in the number of Available Exchange Shares (if any) remaining after the exercise of the applicable Exchange Option.

(e) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the exchange rights under Section 2(b) and Section 2(c) shall not be available to any Allen Entity unless and until Allen Entities have utilized 90% of CII's available ordinary suspended losses under Section 1366(d) of the Code against ordinary income. For purposes of this Section 2(e), the amount and character of available suspended losses under Section 1366(d) of the Code shall be measured as of the date any Allen Entity delivers written notice under Section 3(a) to effect the first transaction undertaken under this Agreement pursuant to Section 2(a) and the amount of applicable ordinary income realized shall be measured as of the date the applicable Allen Entity delivers written notice under Section 3(a), in each case determined in good faith by such Allen Entity in its sole discretion, taking into account any facts and/or circumstances such Allen Entity may deem appropriate, including, without limitation, any transactions, income or income allocations to such Allen Entity with respect to Holdco or any direct or indirect subsidiary of Holdco (the Company, Holdco and such direct or indirect subsidiaries of Holdco, "Charter") or investment in Charter equities or debt securities in the applicable taxable year. In no event shall the Allen Entities in the aggregate be permitted to effect more than two exchanges pursuant to Section 2(b) and Section 2(c), taken together, in any six-month period. This Section 2(e) shall

not apply to any transaction in which the Allen Entities are required to exchange pursuant to Section 5(g) hereof.

3. Consummation of Exchange.

(a) An Exchanging Holder shall exercise its Exchange Option by delivering written notice of exercise to the Company, specifying the portion of such holder's Holdco Units, directly or indirectly, to be exchanged, whether such transaction is effected as a Taxable Exchange of Units, a Taxable Stock-For-Stock Exchange or a Non-Recognition Transaction and, with respect to a Non-Recognition Transaction, the nature of the Non-Recognition Transaction.

(b) Upon its receipt of notice pursuant to Section 3(a) or, in the case of a Merger, upon filing of the Certificate of Merger with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (or other applicable jurisdiction), and without any further action on the part of any party hereto, the Company shall be deemed to have acquired the Holdco Units and/or common stock of the applicable Allen Entity being exchanged pursuant to Section 2(a), 2(b) or 2(c), as applicable, and the Exchanging Holder shall be deemed to have acquired the shares of Class A Stock specified in Section 2(d).

(c) An Exchanging Holder may, but shall not be required to, surrender the certificate(s), if any, evidencing the Holdco Units and/or common stock of the applicable Allen Entity being exchanged pursuant to Section 2(a), 2(b) or 2(c), as applicable, to the Company for cancellation, and such Exchanging Holder shall be entitled to receive certificate(s) representing the corresponding number of Exchange Shares. Until so surrendered or presented for cancellation, such certificate(s), if any, held by the Exchanging Holders shall be deemed and treated for all corporate purposes to represent the applicable number of shares of Class A Stock specified in Section 2(d).

(d) To the extent not inconsistent with tax-free treatment, a Merger or C/D Reorganization shall be effected by causing the Holdco Units to be acquired from the applicable Allen Entity by a direct and wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company.

4. Representations by the Allen Entities. Each Exchanging Holder exercising its Exchange Option hereunder represents and warrants to the Company, as of the date of delivery of the notice provided in Section 3(a) and, in the case of a Merger, as of the date of filing of the Certificate of Merger with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (or other applicable jurisdiction), as follows:

(a) The Holdco Units subject to such Exchange Option and, in the case of a Taxable Stock-For-Stock Exchange, Merger or B Reorganization, the common stock of the applicable Allen Entity are owned, both of record and beneficially, by such Exchanging Holder or Allen Entity, as applicable, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances or adverse interests of any kind or nature whatsoever (including any restriction on the right to vote, sell, or otherwise dispose of the Holdco Units, and in the case of a Taxable Stock-For-Stock Exchange, Merger or B Reorganization, the common stock of such applicable Allen Entity), other than those arising under applicable law and those arising under the organizational documents of Holdco or the

Company, and, upon the transfer of such Holdco Units pursuant to this Agreement (or, in the case of a Taxable Stock-For-Stock Exchange, Merger or B Reorganization, the common stock of such applicable Allen Entity), the Company will receive good title to the Holdco Units, or, in the case of a Taxable Stock-For-Stock Exchange, Merger or B Reorganization, the common stock of such applicable Allen Entity, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, and adverse interests created by the Exchanging Holder, other than those arising under applicable law or those arising under the organizational documents of Holdco or the Company.

(b) Such Exchanging Holder is acquiring such shares of Class A Stock with the intent of holding such shares for investment for its own account and without the intent or a view to participating directly or indirectly in, or for resale in connection with, any distribution of such shares within the meaning of the Securities Act of any applicable state securities laws.

(c) Such Exchanging Holder acknowledges and agrees that shares of Class A Stock are being issued to it in reliance on the exemption from registration contained in Section 4(2) of the Securities Act and exemptions contained in applicable state securities laws, and that such shares cannot be sold or transferred except in a transaction that is exempt under the Securities Act and those state acts or pursuant to an effective registration statement under those acts or in a transaction that is otherwise in compliance with the Securities Act and those state acts.

(d) Such Exchanging Holder is an "accredited investor" within the meaning assigned to such term under Regulation D promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act.

(e) In the case of a Taxable Stock-For-Stock Exchange, Merger or B Reorganization only, (i) the applicable Allen Entity does not own any material assets other than the Holdco Units, common stock of the Company, goodwill and deferred tax assets, and (ii) any material liabilities of such applicable Allen Entity required by United States generally accepted accounting principles in effect from time to time to be reflected on a consolidated balance sheet of such Allen Entity as of the date of delivery of notice under Section 3(a) (other than deferred taxes) have been defeased or the satisfaction of such liabilities has been adequately provided for by another Allen Entity.

5. Other Covenants.

(a) Closing of the Books. For any taxable year in which the Exchange Option is exercised or the Allen Entities are required to effect an exchange pursuant to Section 5(g) hereof, the Company agrees to utilize, and to cause Holdco to utilize, at any Allen Entity's election, a "closing of the books" or "pro rata" method with respect to Holdco's income allocations, and to the extent applicable in connection with a Taxable Stock-For-Stock Exchange, Merger or B Reorganization, income allocations for the applicable Allen Entity, in each case, for the taxable year in which any exchange occurs under this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all allocations of cancellation of indebtedness income related to confirmation of the Joint Plan shall be made utilizing the closing of the books method.

(b) Reporting. The Company agrees to report, and to cause Holdco and, to the extent applicable in connection with a Taxable Stock-For-Stock Exchange, Merger or B

Reorganization, the applicable Allen Entity to report, any transaction hereunder for tax purposes consistent with the manner the transaction is effected as specified in the notice delivered pursuant to Section 3(a), except to the extent prohibited by any applicable law. In addition, the Company and the applicable Allen Entities agree to report any transaction hereunder pursuant to Section 5(g) for tax purposes in a manner consistent with the type of transaction such Allen Entities have elected (or deemed elected) pursuant to Section 5(g), except to the extent prohibited by any applicable law.

(i) The number of Available Exchange Shares shall be adjusted proportionately in connection with any subdivision (by any stock split, stock dividend, reclassification, recapitalization or otherwise) or combination (by reverse stock split, reclassification, recapitalization or otherwise) of the outstanding shares of Class A Stock.

(ii) In the event any transaction or event (including, but not limited to, any merger, consolidation, sale of assets, tender or exchange offer, reclassification, compulsory share exchange or liquidation) occurs in which the shares of Class A Stock are converted into or exchanged for stock, other securities, cash and/or assets (each, a "Fundamental Change"), subject to Section 5(g), an Exchanging Holder shall be entitled to receive upon any subsequent exercise of its Exchange Option the kind and amount of stock, other securities, cash and/or assets that such Exchanging Holder would have received if such exercise had occurred immediately prior to such Fundamental Change.

(iii) If the Company distributes to holders of its Class A Stock any assets (including but not limited to cash), securities, any rights or warrants to purchase securities (including but not limited to Class A Stock) or any other property in respect of Class A Stock (other than (x) as described in clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section 5(c) and (y) from distributions received from Holdco that were distributed to each member of Holdco (including the applicable Allen Entities) pursuant to and in accordance with Section 8 of the Holdco LLC Agreement) (any such non-excluded event being referred to herein as an "Extraordinary Distribution"), then the number of Available Exchange Shares shall be increased, effective immediately after the earlier of the record date and the distribution date of such Extraordinary Distribution, by an amount (rounded to the nearest whole number) equal to the product of (x) the number of Available Exchange Shares immediately prior to such record date or distribution date, as applicable, multiplied by (y) the quotient obtained by dividing (A) the aggregate fair market value (if other than cash, as determined in good faith by the board of directors of the Company after consultation with an investment banking firm of nationally recognized standing) of the assets, securities, rights, warrants, and/or other property distributed in such Extraordinary Distribution in respect of each share of Class A Stock by (B) the Current Market Price as of such record date or distribution date, as applicable.

If at any time an adjustment is required by this Section 5(c), such adjustment will be applicable immediately after the record date, the distribution or the effective date of the event causing such adjustment, whichever occurs first, to allow the exchange of the aggregate amount of Class A

Stock and/or, as applicable, the aggregate kind and amount of other stock or securities, cash and/or assets to which the Allen Entities shall be entitled.

(d) Reservation of Shares. The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Class A Stock, solely for purpose of issuance upon exercise of the Exchange Option, a number of shares of Class A Stock equal to the Available Exchange Shares.

(e) Prior Notice by the Company. The Company will deliver written notice to each party hereto (other than Holdco) at least thirty days prior to:

(i) the fixing of the record date to determine the holders of shares of common stock of the Company entitled to receive any dividend or other distribution or any right, including the right to acquire any additional shares of stock of any class;

(ii) the fixing of the record date to determine the holders of shares of common stock of the Company entitled to participate in or, if no such record date is fixed, the consummation date of, any capital reorganization or any reclassification of or change in the outstanding capital stock of the Company, or any consolidation or merger, sale, transfer, or disposition of substantially all of the Company's assets as an entirety, or the liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, or any other transaction or event that would cause an adjustment of the number of Exchange Shares pursuant to Section 5(c) hereof; or

(iii) the consummation of any disposition by the Company of all or substantially all its Holdco Units.

Any notice by the Company pursuant to this Section 5(e) shall specify the applicable record date or consummation date, as applicable, and set forth the general nature of the action to be taken.

(f) Assumption of Company Obligations by Successor. Subject to Section 5(g), the Company will not consolidate with any Person, merge into any Person, or otherwise sell, convey, transfer, or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its capital stock (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) to any Person, or liquidate or dissolve unless the Person that consolidates or merges with the Company or acquires all or substantially all of its capital stock (or, in the case of a triangular merger or consolidation or other transaction in which a direct or indirect parent of such consolidating Person has a publicly traded class of equity securities, such direct or indirect parent) expressly assumes, by an agreement executed and delivered to the Allen Entities parties hereto, in form reasonably satisfactory to such Allen Entities, all of the obligations of the Company under this Agreement.

(g) Required Exchange.

(i) If, at any time after the later of (x) 120 (one-hundred and twenty) days after the Effective Date and (y) January 1, 2010, the Company solicits or receives a bona fide proposal from any Person (a “Company Sale Proposal”) in connection with a transaction that would result in a Change of Control (as defined in the Lock-Up Agreement), and such Company Sale

Proposal is approved by a majority of the members of the board of directors of the Company not affiliated with the Person(s) making such Company Sale Proposal (any such transaction, a "Company Sale Transaction"), then the Company may elect to require the applicable Allen Entities to effect an exchange in the form elected by the Allen Entities as determined below by delivering a written notice (a “Required Exchange Notice”) of such Company Sale Transaction to Mr. Allen and each Allen Entity that is a record holder of Holdco Units within ten (10) days following board approval of such Company Sale Proposal specifying (A) the material terms of the Company Sale Proposal, (B) the identity of the Person(s) involved in the Company Sale Proposal, (C) the anticipated closing date thereof, and (D) if the Company determines, in its reasonable discretion, that a Non-Recognition Transaction in connection with the Company Sale Transaction would not be available, the reasons for such unavailability, in which case the Allen Entities shall be limited to electing to exchange pursuant to this Section 5(g) using a Taxable Exchange of Units or a Taxable Stock-for-Stock Exchange. Within ten (10) Business Days of receipt of the Required Exchange Notice, the applicable Allen Entities shall deliver a written notice to the Company specifying the type of exchange to be effected in the transaction pursuant to this Section 5(g), and, if the applicable Allen Entities specify a Non-Recognition Transaction, if available, the nature thereof. If the applicable Allen Entities fail to specify the type of transaction within the required time period, the applicable Allen Entities shall be deemed to have elected a Taxable Stock-for-Stock Exchange. For the avoidance of doubt, the Allen Entities shall be permitted to specify the type of election pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence without regard to Section 2(e) hereof.

(ii) If the Company delivers a Required Exchange Notice and does not rescind such notice pursuant to clause (iii) of this Section 5(g), the exchange elected (or deemed elected) by the applicable Allen Entities pursuant to Section 5(g)(i) shall be deemed to occur, and the applicable Allen Entities shall be deemed to hold the number of shares of Class A Stock determined under Section 2(d), automatically and without any further action on the part of any party hereto, in each case effective immediately prior to consummation of the Company Sale Transaction, and the applicable Allen Entities shall be entitled to receive in the Company Sale Transaction the same kind and amount of consideration per share, and on the same terms and conditions, as the other holders of Class A Stock or Holdco Units, as applicable. If the exchange elected (or deemed elected) by the applicable Allen Entity pursuant to Section 5(g)(i) is deemed to occur pursuant to this Section 5(g)(ii), then the Company shall deliver prompt written notice of the occurrence of such exchange to the applicable Allen Entity as soon as reasonably practicable after such exchange.

(iii) Any such Company Sale Proposal, and the terms of any Company Sale Transaction, may be amended or modified from time to time, and any such Required Exchange Notice may be rescinded, by the Company; provided that the Company shall give prompt written notice of any such amendment, modification or rescission to each of the parties required to receive the Required Exchange Notice under clause (i) of this Section 5(g) specifying in reasonable detail the terms of any amendment or modification, as applicable.

6. Representations of the Company. The Company represents and warrants to each party hereto (other than Holdco) as follows:

(a) The Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of Delaware. The Company has all requisite power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and the documents contemplated hereby, and to perform and comply with all of the terms, covenants, and conditions to be performed and complied with by the Company hereunder and thereunder. The Company is duly qualified to transact business in each jurisdiction in which the nature of its business makes such qualification necessary, except where the failure to be so qualified would not impair or hinder the ability of the Company to perform its obligations under this Agreement.

(b) The execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement by the Company have been duly authorized by all necessary actions on the part of the Company. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Company and constitutes the legal, valid, and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms except as the enforceability of this Agreement may be affected by bankruptcy, insolvency, or similar laws affecting creditors' rights generally, and by judicial discretion in the enforcement of equitable remedies.

(c) The execution and delivery by the Company of this Agreement and the documents contemplated hereby and the performance by the Company of its obligations under this Agreement and the documents contemplated hereby, including its issuance of shares of common stock of the Company (with or without the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or both): (A) do not require the consent of any third party (including any Governmental Authority); (B) will not conflict with any provision of the Company's Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the Company's Amended and Restated Bylaws, or any other organizational documents of the Company; (C) will not violate, result in a breach of, or contravene any Legal Requirement applicable to the Company; and (D) will not violate, conflict with, result in a material breach of any terms of, constitute grounds for termination of, constitute a default under, or result in the acceleration of any performance required by the terms of, any mortgage, indenture, lease, contract, agreement, or similar instrument to which the Company is a party or by which the Company or its properties may be bound legally.

(d) The shares of Class A Stock to be issued under this Agreement, when issued, sold, and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, will be duly and validly issued, fully paid, and nonassessable and will be free of restrictions on transfer other than restrictions on transfer under applicable state and federal securities laws.

7. Miscellaneous.

(a) Complete Agreement; Modifications. This Agreement (together with the Holdco LLC Agreement, the Joint Plan and all related documents, instruments and agreements expressly contemplated by the Joint Plan) constitutes the parties' entire agreement with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all other agreements, representations, warranties, statements, promises and understandings, whether oral or written, with respect to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement may not be amended, altered or modified except by a writing signed by each of the parties hereto.

(b) Additional Documents. Each party hereto agrees to execute any and all further documents and writings and to perform such other actions which may be or become necessary or expedient to effectuate and carry out this Agreement, including any Non-Recognition Transaction.

(c) Notices. Any notice or other communication required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be in writing and shall be sufficiently given if delivered in person or transmitted by facsimile, addressed as follows (or at such other address as either party shall have designated by notice as herein provided to the other party):

If to Mr. Allen, CII or any other Allen Entity:	Vulcan Inc. 505 Fifth Avenue South, Suite 900 Seattle, Washington 98104 Attention: William L. McGrath Fax: (206) 342-2347

with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):	Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP 300 S. Grand Avenue, Suite 3400 Los Angeles, California 90071 Attention: Nicholas P. Saggese Fax: (213) 687-5600

If to the Company:	Charter Communications, Inc. 12405 Powerscourt Drive St. Louis, Missouri 63131 Attention: General Counsel Fax: (314) 965-8793

with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):	Kirkland & Ellis LLP 601 Lexington Avenue New York, New York 10022 Attention: Richard M. Cieri and Paul M. Basta Fax: (212) 446-4900

Any such notice or other communication shall be deemed to have been given and received on the day on which it is delivered or faxed (or, if such day is not a Business Day or if the notice or other communication is not telecopied during business hours, at the place of receipt, on the next following Business Day); provided, however, that any such notice or other communication shall be deemed to have been given and received on the day on which it is sent if delivery thereof is refused or if delivery thereof in the manner described above is not possible because of the intended recipient's failure to advise the sending party of a change in the intended recipient's address or facsimile number.

(d) No Third Party Beneficiaries. None of the provisions of this Agreement shall be for the benefit of, or enforceable by, any Person that is not a party to this Agreement, other than Mr. Allen, CII and any other Allen Entity.

(e) Waivers Strictly Construed. With regard to any power, remedy or right provided herein or otherwise available to any party hereunder (a) no waiver or extension of time shall be effective unless expressly contained in a writing signed by the waiving party; and (b) no alteration, modification or impairment shall be implied by reason of any previous waiver, extension of time, delay, or omission in exercise or other indulgence.

(f) Severability. The validity, legality, or enforceability of the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected even if one or more of the provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any respect.

(g) Successors and Assigns. Except as provided herein to the contrary, this Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties, their respective successors (including any successor by merger, consolidation, or otherwise to all or substantially all of a party's business or assets) and permitted assigns.

(h) Assignments. Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights or obligations hereunder shall be assigned by any of the parties hereto without the prior written consent of the other parties. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Mr. Allen and/or CII or any other Allen Entity may, without the consent of the Company or Holdco, assign its rights and obligations hereunder to any other Allen Entity that holds, directly or indirectly, Holdco Units from time to time as permitted by the Holdco LLC Agreement; provided, that as a condition to such assignment, the assignee executes an acknowledgment in which such assignee agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement as if an original party hereto (including obligations with respect to the delivery of representations and warranties required by this Agreement to be delivered with any notice delivered pursuant to Section 3(a)).

(i) Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York, without regard to any choice of law provisions of that state or the laws of any other jurisdiction.

(j) Headings. The Section headings in this Agreement are inserted only as a matter of convenience and in no way define, limit, extend, or interpret the scope of this Agreement or of any particular Section.

(k) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

(l) Costs. All filing fees, transfer taxes, sales taxes, document stamps or other similar charges levied by any Governmental Authority in connection with the exchange of the Holdco Units for shares of Class A Stock pursuant to this Agreement shall be paid by the Company. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, each party will bear its own costs in connection with the performance of its obligations under this Agreement.

(m) Default. In the event of any legal action between the parties arising out of or in relation to this Agreement, the prevailing party in such legal action shall be entitled to recover, in

addition to any other legal remedies, all of its costs and expenses, including reasonable attorney's fees, from the non-prevailing party, regardless of whether such legal action is prosecuted to completion.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed and delivered this Agreement as of the date first written above.

CHARTER COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

By:________________________________

Name:

Title:

CHARTER INVESTMENT, INC.

By:________________________________

Name: William L. McGrath

Title: Vice President

CHARTER COMMUNICATIONS HOLDING COMPANY, LLC

By:________________________________

Name:

Title:

___________________________________

PAUL G. ALLEN

[Signature Page to Exchange Agreement]

exhibit10_6.htm

EXHIBIT 10.6

LOCK-UP AGREEMENT

This LOCK-UP AGREEMENT (this "Agreement"), dated as of November 30, 2009, is made by and between Paul G. Allen ("Mr. Allen"), Charter Investment, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("CII") and Charter Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company").

RECITALS

WHEREAS, on March 27, 2009, the Company, CII and certain direct and indirect subsidiaries of the Company (collectively, the "Debtors") filed petitions for relief under chapter 11 of title 11 of the United States Code (the "Bankruptcy Code") in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York (the "Bankruptcy Court").

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Joint Plan, among other things, and on the effective date thereof (the "Effective Date"), Mr. Allen and/or CII, as applicable, will receive various consideration in settlement of their rights, claims and remedies against the Debtors (other than CII) (the "Allen Entities Settlement"), including without limitation, shares of Class B Common Stock, par value $.001 per share, of the Company ("Class B Stock"), representing 35% of the combined voting power of Class A Common Stock, par value $.001 per share, of the Company ("Class A Stock") and Class B Stock.

WHEREAS, as part of the Allen Entities Settlement, Mr. Allen has agreed to certain restrictions on transfer of shares of Class B Stock received pursuant to the Joint Plan ("Subject Securities") and conversion of Subject Securities into Class A Stock, on a one-for-one basis, as provided by and permitted under the Company's Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

WHEREAS, the Confirmation Order provides, among other things, for entry into this agreement to provide for such restrictions on transfer and conversion of Subject Securities on the terms set forth herein, and the parties desire to enter into this Agreement on such terms.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the terms and provisions set forth herein, the benefits to be gained by the performance thereof and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Company, Mr. Allen and CII hereby agree as follows:

AGREEMENT

1.	Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

"Authorized Class B Holders" means any of (a) Mr. Allen, (b) his estate, spouse, immediate family members and heirs and (c) any trust, corporation, partnership or other entity, the beneficiaries, stockholders, partners or other owners of which consist exclusively of Mr. Allen or such other Persons referred to in clause (b) above or a combination thereof.

"CCO" means Charter Communications Operating, LLC.

"CCO Credit Facility" means the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of March 18, 1999, as amended and restated on March 6, 2007, among CCO, CCO Holdings, LLC, the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties thereto, J.P. Morgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, J.P. Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. and Bank of America, N.A., as syndication agents, Citicorp North America, Inc., Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., General Electric Capital Corporation and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, as revolving facility co-documentation agents, and Citicorp North America, Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, General Electric Capital Corporation and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., as term facility co-documentation agents.

"Change of Control" means, directly or indirectly, (a) the sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger, consolidation or recapitalization of the Company), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (b) the consummation of any transaction, including any merger or consolidation, the result of which is that any "person" (as such term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) other than an Authorized Class B Holder, becomes the holder, directly or indirectly, of 35% or more of the combined voting power of the capital stock of the Company or (c) the consummation of any transaction (including without limitation, a merger, consolidation or recapitalization), pursuant to which any of the outstanding capital stock of the Company is converted into or exchanged for cash, securities or other property, other than any such transaction where the capital stock of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such transaction (other than Class B Stock) is converted into or exchanged for capital stock of the surviving or transferee Person constituting a majority of the outstanding voting power of such surviving or transferee Person immediately after giving effect to such transaction.

"Lock-Up Termination Date" means the earliest to occur of (a) September 15, 2014, (b) the repayment, replacement, refinancing or substantial modification, including any waiver, to the change of control provisions of the CCO Credit Facility, and (c) a Change of Control.

"Person" means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, limited liability company, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

"Transfer" means, directly or indirectly, any sale, assignment, gift, pledge, hypothecation, mortgage, exchange or other disposition.

2.	Restriction on Transfer or Conversion of Class B Stock.

(a)

(i) From and after the Effective Date to but not including the Lock-Up Termination Date, each of Mr. Allen and CII shall not Transfer any Subject Securities or convert any Subject Securities into Class A Stock; provided, that, the foregoing restrictions shall not apply to any Transfer by an Authorized Class B Holder to any other Authorized Class B Holder. Any Transfer or conversion of Subject Securities that does not comply with the foregoing restrictions shall be deemed void ab initio.

(ii) Mr. Allen hereby warrants and represents to the Company that, as of the date hereof, (x) he is the sole stockholder of CII and (y) he holds all of the voting power with respect to the shares of capital stock of CII.

(b)

For the avoidance of doubt, the Company acknowledges and agrees that nothing herein shall restrict or limit in any manner whatsoever the right of Mr. Allen, CII or Mr. Allen's other affiliates to Transfer (at any time) any securities of the Company or its subsidiaries (other than Subject Securities) held from time to time by Mr. Allen, CII or any such other affiliates, including without limitation, shares of Class A Stock, warrants to purchase shares of Class A Stock and any other securities received by Mr. Allen, CII and/or such other affiliates pursuant to the Allen Entities Settlement.

Transfer Agent; Stop Transfer Instructions. During the term of this Agreement, each of Mr. Allen and CII agrees and consents to the entry of stop transfer instructions with the Company's transfer agent and registrar against the Transfer or conversion, as applicable, of Subject Securities if and to the extent (and only to the extent) such Transfer or conversion is prohibited by Section 2(a).

Termination. This Agreement shall terminate without further action on the Lock-Up Termination Date or earlier upon the mutual written agreement of the parties hereto. Immediately upon the termination of this Agreement, this Agreement and all obligations hereunder of the parties hereto shall be terminated in all respects.

5.	No Third Party Beneficiaries. Other than the parties to this Agreement, nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any Person any right, benefit or remedy of any nature whatsoever under or by reason of this Agreement.

6.	Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts made and to be

performed in such state without giving effect to applicable principles of conflicts of law to the extent that the application of the laws of another jurisdiction would be required thereby.

Severability. If any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid or unenforceable in any respect, the validity and enforceability of the remaining terms and provisions of this Agreement shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and the parties will attempt in good faith to agree upon a valid and enforceable provision that is a reasonable substitute therefor and effects the original intent of the parties as closely as possible, and upon so agreeing, shall incorporate such substitute provision in this Agreement.

8.	Amendments. This Agreement may not be amended except by the express written agreement signed by all of the parties to this Agreement.

Entire Agreement. This Agreement (together with the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company) constitutes the entire agreement, and supersedes all other prior agreements, understandings, representations and warranties, both written and oral, between the parties to this Agreement with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement.

10.

Counterparts; Effectiveness. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when such counterparts have been signed by each party and delivered to the other party, it being understood that all parties need not sign the same counterpart.

11.

Assignment; Succession. Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights or obligations hereunder shall be assigned by any of the parties hereto without the prior written consent of the other parties; provided, that, Mr. Allen or CII may, without the consent of the other parties hereto, assign their respective rights and obligations hereunder to a transferee of Subject Securities permitted by this Agreement; provided further, that as a condition to such assignment, any such transferee shall have delivered to the Company a written instrument, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company, to the effect that such transferee agrees to be bound by the terms of this Agreement, including, without limitation, the restrictions on Transfer in Section 2(a)(i). Subject to the preceding sentence, this Agreement will be binding upon, inure to the benefit of and be enforceable upon and by the parties and their respective successors and assigns including, but not limited to, any of their respective estates, spouses, immediate family members and heirs.

12.

Notices. The Company shall provide each of Mr. Allen and CII with prompt written notice of the occurrence of any event described in clause (b) or (c) of the definition of "Lock Up Termination Date." Any notice to be given to any party hereto shall be in writing (which may include facsimile) and shall be deemed to have been given and received when delivered to the address of the receiving party as specified on the

signature pages hereof. Any party may, at any time by giving five (5) days' prior written notice to the other parties, designate any other address in substitution of the foregoing address to which such notice shall be given.

13.

Specific Performance. The parties agree that a breach of any covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement may cause the non-breaching party to sustain irreparable damages and that money damages may not be an adequate remedy at law. The parties agree that, in the event of any breach or threatened breach of any covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement, the non-breaching party (in addition to any other remedy that may be available to it, including monetary damages) shall be entitled to seek (a) the remedy of specific performance of such covenant or agreement, and (b) an injunction restraining such breach or threatened breach.

[Signature Pages Follow]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed and delivered this Agreement as of the date first written above.

CHARTER COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

By:________________________________

Name:

Title:

Address for notices:

Charter Communications, Inc.

12405 Powerscourt Drive

St. Louis, MO 63131

Attention: General Counsel

Facsimile: 314-543-2308

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

601 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10022

Attention: Christian O. Nagler

Facsimile: (212) 446-6460

CHARTER INVESTMENT, INC.

By:________________________________

Name: William L. McGrath

Title: Vice President

Address for notices:

c/o Vulcan Inc.

505 Fifth Avenue South, Suite 900

Seattle, Washington 98104

Attention: General Counsel

Facsimile: (206) 342-3347

___________________________________

PAUL G. ALLEN

Address for notices:

c/o Vulcan Inc.

505 Fifth Avenue South, Suite 900

Seattle, Washington 98104

Attention: General Counsel

Facsimile: (206) 342-3347

exhibit10_7.htm

Exhibit 10.7

FIRST AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDMENT (“Amendment”) is dated as of November [_______], 2009, and is entered into between Charter Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) and Neil Smit (“Executive”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Agreement (defined below).

WHEREAS, Executive and the Company entered into an employment agreement dated as of July 1, 2008 (the “Agreement”), pursuant to which Executive continued to serve as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company.

WHEREAS, the Company and Executive desire to amend the Agreement as provided in this Amendment and agree that all other terms and conditions of the Agreement shall otherwise remain in place, except as expressly amended herein.

NOW THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the premises contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties to this Amendment hereby agree as follows:

I. Amendments to Agreement. The parties hereby agree to amend the Agreement as follows:

A. Section 2.3 shall be amended by deleting the second, third and fourth sentence thereof.

B. Section 2.4 shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the phrase “[intentionally left blank]”.

C. Section 2.5(a) shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“Effective as of the Effective Date, the Performance Cash award granted to Executive on April 28, 2008 is hereby amended such that any portion of that award scheduled to vest based (in whole or in part) on Executive's continuous service with the Company after the expiration of the Term shall instead vest (and hence, for avoidance of doubt, become nonforfeitable) on June 30, 2010, subject only to Executive's continuous employment by the Company through that date and the degree to which any applicable quantitative performance criteria are ultimately satisfied.”

D. Section 2.5 of the Agreement shall be amended by adding a new Section 2.5(c) to state as follows:

“(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Executive shall not be entitled to an Annual LTI Grant for 2009 if Executive receives the full $6,000,000 award made to Executive under the Restructuring Value Program pursuant to the Value Creation Plan, adopted by the Company as of March 12, 2009 (the “VCP”).”

II. Acknowledgments. Executive acknowledges that he has reviewed the provisions of this Amendment and considered the effect of these provisions on the Agreement, has had adequate opportunity to consult with counsel with respect to these provisions and fully and freely consents to the terms of this Amendment.

III. Miscellaneous.

A. This Amendment may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

B. Except as provided herein, the provisions of the Agreement are and shall remain in full force and effect.

C. This Amendment shall become effective upon the occurrence of the effective date of the Company's plan of reorganization

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

[Signature Page to Follow]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Amendment to be executed by a duly authorized officer of the Company, and Executive has executed this Amendment, each as of the day and year first above written.

EXECUTIVE

________________________________

Neil Smit

CHARTER COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

________________________________

By: Michael Lovett

Title: Chief Operations Officer

exhibit10_8.htm

Exhibit 10.8

AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDMENT (“Amendment”) is dated November ___, 2009, and is entered into between Charter Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) and Eloise E. Schmitz (“Executive”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Agreement (defined below).

WHEREAS, Executive and the Company entered into an amended and restated employment agreement dated as of July 1, 2008 (the “Agreement”), pursuant to which Executive continued to serve as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company.

I. Amendments to Agreement. The parties hereby agree to amend the Agreement as follows:

A. Section 1(f) of the Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

““Change in Control” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i) an acquisition of any voting securities of the Company by any “Person” or “Group” (as those terms are used for purposes of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act of 1934, amended (the “Exchange Act”)), immediately after which such Person has “Beneficial Ownership” (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of thirty-five percent (35%) or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding voting securities; provided, however, that voting securities which are acquired in a “Non-Control Transaction” (as hereinafter defined) assuming that the acquisition of voting securities for this purpose qualifies as Merger (as hereinafter defined) shall not constitute a Change in Control; and provided further that an acquisition of Beneficial Ownership of less than fifty percent (50%) of the Company’s then outstanding voting securities by any Equity Backstop Party (as defined in the Joint Plan) or the Allen Entities (as defined in the Joint Plan) shall not be considered to be a Change in Control under this clause (i);

(ii) the individuals who, as of immediately after the effective date of the Company’s Chapter 11 plan of reorganization (the “Emergence Date”), are members

of the Board (the “Incumbent Board”), cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Board; provided, however, that if the election, or nomination for election by the Company’s common stockholders, of any new director (excluding any director whose nomination or election to the Board is the result of any actual or threatened proxy contest or settlement thereof) was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the Incumbent Board, such new director shall, for purposes of this Agreement, be considered as a member of the Incumbent Board;

(iii) the consummation of a merger, consolidation or reorganization with or into the Company or in which securities of the Company are issued (a “Merger”), unless such Merger is a Non-Control Transaction. A “Non-Control Transaction” shall mean a Merger where: (1) the stockholders of the Company, immediately before such Merger own directly or indirectly immediately following such Merger more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of the entity resulting from such Merger or its controlling parent entity (the “Surviving Entity”), (2) the individuals who were members of the Incumbent Board immediately prior to the execution of the agreement providing for such Merger constitute at least a majority of the members of the board of directors (or similar governing body) of the Surviving Entity, and (3) no Person other (X) than the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates or any of their respective employee benefit plans (or any trust forming a part thereof) that, immediately prior to such Merger was maintained by the Company or any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company, or (Y) any Person who, immediately prior to such Merger had Beneficial Ownership of thirty-five percent (35%) or more of the then outstanding voting securities of the Company, has Beneficial Ownership of thirty-five percent (35%) or more of the combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities or common stock of the Surviving Entity; provided that this clause (Y) shall not trigger a Change in Control solely because, after such Merger, any Equity Backstop Party or any Allen Entity has Beneficial Ownership of more than thirty-five percent (35%) but less than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities or common stock of the Surviving Entity;

(iv) complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company (other than where assets of the Company are transferred to or remain with subsidiaries of the Company); or

(v) the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its direct and indirect subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, directly or indirectly, to any Person (other than a transfer to a subsidiary or affiliate of the Company unless, such sale or disposition constitutes a Non-Control Transaction with the disposition of assets being regarded as a Merger for this purpose or the distribution to the Company’s stockholders of the stock of a subsidiary or affiliate of the Company or any other assets).

Notwithstanding the foregoing a Change in Control shall not occur solely based on a filing of a Chapter 11 reorganization proceeding of the Company or the implementation of the Joint Plan.”

B. Section 1(h) of the Agreement shall be amended by adding the following to the end thereof:

“or any successor to the functions thereof.”

C. Section 1(j) of the Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

““Company Stock” shall mean the common stock of the Company issued in connection with the Company’s emergence from its Chapter 11 reorganization proceeding in process on April [ ], 2009 and any stock received in exchange therefor.”

D. The definition of “Plan” in Section 1(s) of the Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

““Plan” shall mean the 2009 Stock Incentive Plan as amended by the Company from time to time.”

E. Section 1 of the Agreement shall be amended by adding Section 1(v) reflecting the following:

“”Joint Plan” means the joint plan of reorganization of the Company, Charter Investment, Inc. and the Company’s direct and indirect subsidiaries filed pursuant to chapter 11 of title 11 of the United States Code, 11 U.S.C. §§ 101–1532s, on March 27, 2009.”

F. Section 7 of the Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“Stock Options. The Committee may, in its discretion, grant to Executive options to purchase shares of Company Stock (all of such options, collectively, the “Options”) pursuant to the terms of the Plan, any successor plan and an associated Stock Option Agreement.”

G. Section 8 of the Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“Restricted Shares. The Committee may, in its discretion, grant to Executive restricted shares of Company Stock (collectively, the “Restricted Shares”), which shall be subject to restrictions on their sale as set forth in the Plan and an associated Restricted Shares Grant Letter.”

H. Section 9 of the Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“Performance Share Units. The Committee may, in its discretion, grant to Executive restricted stock units subject to performance vesting conditions (collectively, the “Performance Units”), which shall be subject to restrictions on their sale as set forth in the Plan and an associated Performance Unit Grant Letter.”

I. Section 14(iv) of the Agreement shall be amended by adding to the end of the section the following:

“Notwithstanding the foregoing Good Reason shall not occur solely based on a filing of a Chapter 11 reorganization proceeding of the Company or the implementation of the Joint Plan. For the avoidance of doubt, contingent on the Restructuring Value Plan becoming effective as set forth in the Joint Plan, no long-term incentive award shall be granted to Executive in respect of 2009.”

II. Acknowledgments.

A. Notwithstanding any provision of the Agreement or the Amendment to the contrary, Executive acknowledges that he does not have any right to terminate his employment pursuant to the Employment Agreement for Good Reason or on account of any claim that the Company breached the Agreement, including any right to collect severance in connection therewith, arising out of or in connection with any fact, event, occurrence, omission or other matter or thing occurring prior to the date of this Amendment, including, without limitation, any fact, event, occurrence, omission or other matter or thing relating to the implementation of the Joint Plan or its completion.

B. Executive acknowledges that he has reviewed the provisions of this Amendment and considered the effect of these provisions on the Agreement, has had adequate opportunity to consult with counsel with respect to these provisions and fully and freely consents to the terms of this Amendment.

III. Miscellaneous.

A. This Amendment may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

B. Except as provided herein, the provisions of the Agreement are and shall remain in full force and effect.

C. This Amendment shall become effective as of the Emergence Date.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

[Signature Page to Follow]

EXECUTIVE

________________________________

Name: Eloise E. Schmitz

CHARTER COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

________________________________

By: Neil Smit

Title: President & Chief Executive Officer

exhibit10_9.htm

Exhibit 10.9

SECOND AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS SECOND AMENDMENT (“Amendment”) is dated November __, 2009, and is entered into between Charter Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) and Marwan Fawaz (“Executive”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Agreement (defined below).

WHEREAS, Executive and the Company entered into an amended and restated employment agreement dated as of August 1, 2007 (the “Agreement”), pursuant to which Executive continued to serve as Executive Vice President and Chief Technical Officer of the Company.

I. Amendments to Agreement. The parties hereby agree to amend the Agreement as follows:

A. Section 1(f) of the Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

““Change in Control” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events:

(ii) the individuals who, as of immediately after the effective date of the Company’s Chapter 11 plan of reorganization (the “Emergence Date”), are members

(iv) complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company (other than where assets of the Company are transferred to or remain with subsidiaries of the Company); or

Notwithstanding the foregoing a Change in Control shall not occur solely based on a filing of a Chapter 11 reorganization proceeding of the Company or the implementation of the Joint Plan.”

B. Section 1(h) of the Agreement shall be amended by adding the following to the end thereof:

“or any successor to the functions thereof.”

C. Section 1(j) of the Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

D. The definition of “Plan” in Section 1(s) of the Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

““Plan” shall mean the 2009 Stock Incentive Plan as amended by the Company from time to time.”

E. Section 1 of the Agreement shall be amended by adding Section 1(v) reflecting the following:

F. Section 7 of the Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

G. Section 8 of the Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

H. Section 9 of the Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“Performance Share Units. The Committee may, in its discretion, grant to Executive restricted stock units subject to performance vesting conditions

(collectively, the “Performance Units”), which shall be subject to restrictions on their sale as set forth in the Plan and an associated Performance Unit Grant Letter.”

I. Section 14(iv) of the Agreement shall be amended by adding to the end of the section the following:

II. Acknowledgments.

III. Miscellaneous.

A. This Amendment may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

B. Except as provided herein, the provisions of the Agreement are and shall remain in full force and effect.

C. This Amendment shall become effective as of the Emergence Date.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

[Signature Page to Follow]

EXECUTIVE

________________________________

Name: Marwan Fawaz

CHARTER COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

________________________________

By: Neil Smit

Title: President & Chief Executive Officer

exhibit10_10.htm

Exhibit 10.10

SECOND AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS SECOND AMENDMENT (“Amendment”) is dated November ___, 2009, and is entered into between Charter Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) and Grier Raclin (“Executive”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Agreement (defined below).

I. Amendments to Agreement. The parties hereby agree to amend the Agreement as follows:

A. Section 1(f) of the Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

““Change in Control” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events:

(ii) the individuals who, as of immediately after the effective date of the Company’s Chapter 11 plan of reorganization (the “Emergence Date”), are members of the Board (the “Incumbent Board”), cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the

Board; provided, however, that if the election, or nomination for election by the Company’s common stockholders, of any new director (excluding any director whose nomination or election to the Board is the result of any actual or threatened proxy contest or settlement thereof) was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the Incumbent Board, such new director shall, for purposes of this Agreement, be considered as a member of the Incumbent Board;